2011 Honda Odyssey

10/07/17 09:33:49 31TK8600_002
Introduction
Congratulations! Your selection of a 2011 Honda Odyssey was a wise As you read this manual, you will
investment. It will give you years of driving pleasure. find information that is preceded by
a symbol. This
One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new vehicle is to information is intended to help you
read this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls and avoid damage to your vehicle, other
convenience items. Afterwards, keep this owner’s manual in your vehicle so property, or the environment.
you can refer to it at any time.
Several warranties protect your new vehicle. Read the warranty booklet
thoroughly so you understand the coverages and are aware of your rights
and responsibilities.
Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manual

helps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves your investment.
When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that your dealer’s staff
is specially trained in servicing the many systems unique to your vehicle.
Your dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will be pleased to answer
any questions and concerns.
2011 Odyssey i
10/07/17 09:33:54 31TK8600_003
Introduction
California Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
Event Data Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with one or more devices commonly referred to as event data recorders. These
devices record front seat belt use, front passenger seat occupancy, airbag deployment data, and the failure
of any airbag system component. This data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else
except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data
can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may
also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act

The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials − special
handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
ii 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:34:04 31TK8600_004
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
is very important. And operating this including:
vehicle safely is an important
responsibility. Safety Labels − on the vehicle.
Safety Messages − preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of
To help you make informed three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
decisions about safety, we have These signal words mean:
provided operating procedures and
other information on labels and in You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
this manual. This information alerts HURT if you don’t follow instructions.
you to potential hazards that could
hurt you or others. You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
HURT if you don’t follow instructions.
Of course, it is not practical or
possible to warn you about all the You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
hazards associated with operating or instructions.
maintaining your vehicle. You must
use your own good judgement. Safety Headings − such as Important Safety Reminders or Important
Safety Precautions.
Safety Section − such as Driver and Passenger Safety.
Instructions − how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information − please read it
carefully.
2011 Odyssey iii

10/07/17 09:34:16 31TK8600_006
Contents
Owner's Identification Form
Your Vehicle at a Glance (main controls) ................................................................................................ 3

Driver and Passenger Safety (seat belts, SRS, and child protection) ............................................................. 5
Instruments and Controls (indicators, gauges, dashboard, and steering column) ........................................... 61
Features (climate control, audio, steering wheel, rear entertainment, security, cruise control, and HomeLink ) ... 217
Before Driving (fuel, vehicle break-in, and cargo loading) ........................................................................ 539
Driving (engine and transmission operation).......................................................................................... 557
Maintenance (minder, fluid checking, minor services, and vehicle storage).................................................. 597
Taking Care of the Unexpected (flat tire, jump starting, overheating, and fuses) ......................................... 653
Technical Information (vehicle specifications, tires, and emissions controls)............................................... 685
Warranty and Customer Relations (U.S. and Canada only) (warranty and contact information)................... 703
Authorized Manuals (U.S. only) (how to order) ................................................................................... 707
Index ................................................................................................................................................. I
Service Information Summary (fluid capacities and tire pressures)
00X31-TK8-6001
© Amerian Honda Motor Co., Inc. - All Rights Reserved
2011 Odyssey 1
10/07/17 09:34:32 31TK8600_007
Overview of Contents
Contents entertainment and other Technical Information

A convenient reference to the convenience features. ID numbers, dimensions, capacities,
sections in this manual. and technical information.
Before Driving
Your Vehicle at a Glance What gasoline to use, how to break- Warranty and Customer
A quick reference to the main in your new vehicle, and how to load Relations
controls in your vehicle. luggage and other cargo. (U.S. and Canada only)
A summary of the warranties
Driver and Passenger Safety Driving covering your new vehicle, and how
Important information about the The proper way to start the engine, to contact us for any reason. Refer to
proper use and care of your vehicle’s shift the transmission, and park; plus your warranty manual for detailed
seat belts, an overview of the what you need to know if you’re information.
supplemental restraint system, and planning to tow a trailer.
valuable information on how to Authorized Manuals
protect children with child restraints. Maintenance (U.S. only)
The Maintenance MinderTM shows How to order manuals and other
Instruments and Controls you when you need to take your technical literature.
Explains the purpose of each vehicle to the dealer for maintenance
instrument panel indicator and gauge, service. There is also a list of things Index
and how to use the controls on the to check and instructions on how to
dashboard and steering column. check them. Service Information Summary
A summary of the information you
Features Taking Care of the Unexpected need when you pull up to the fuel
How to operate the heating and This section covers several problems pump.
cooling system/climate control motorists sometimes experience,
system, the audio system, rear and details how to handle them.
2 2011 Odyssey
10/07/19 15:50:04 31TK8600_008
Your Vehicle at a Glance
DRIVER’S FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL MOONROOF HOMELINK MIRROR CONTROL

AIRBAG INDICATORS (P.63) SWITCH＊ (P.195) BUTTONS (P.483) AUTO BUTTON＊

(P.9, 26) GAUGES (P.77) (P.197)
HEATING AND
BSI ALERT INDICATOR＊ COOLING SYSTEM＊(P.218)
(P.582) CLIMATE CONTROL
SYSTEM＊
DRIVING POSITION (P.225)
MEMORY SYSTEM＊
(P.190) PASSENGER’S
FRONT AIRBAG
MIRROR CONTROLS (P.9, 26)
(P.198)
BSI ALERT INDICATOR＊
POWER DOOR LOCK (P.582)
MASTER SWITCH AUTOMATIC
(P.155) TRANSMISSION
(P.561)
POWER WINDOW
SWITCHES
(P.192)
USB ADAPTER CABLE＊
(P.288, 298, 385, 395)
FUEL FILL DOOR
RELEASE HANDLE
(P.541)
HOOD RELEASE ACCESSORY POWER

HANDLE SOCKETS
(P.544) PARKING BRAKE PEDAL (P.199) (P.211)
＊ : If equipped
2011 Odyssey 3
10/07/19 15:50:11 31TK8600_009
HEADLIGHT/TURN SIGNAL/ REMOTE AUDIO CRUISE CONTROL WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS

FOG LIGHTS＊2 CONTROLS＊2 BUTTONS (P.135)
(P.136) (P.411) (P.480)
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES＊2 (P.189)
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST

(VSA) OFF SWITCH
(P.571) PASSENGER AIRBAG
OFF INDICATOR
(P.33)
BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM
(BSI) OFF SWITCH＊2
(P.585) HAZARD WARNING
BUTTON
POWER SLIDING (P.142)
DOOR SWITCH＊2
(P.169)
AUDIO SYSTEM(P.234)
REAR ENTERTAINMENT
POWER TAILGATE SYSTEM＊2
SWITCH＊2 HORN＊1 (P.414, 442)
(P.163)
AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
PARKING SENSOR STEERING WHEEL (P.412)
SYSTEM SWITCH＊2 ADJUSTMENTS
(P.486) (P.143)
COOL BOX SWITCH＊2
(P.209)
VOICE CONTROL BUTTONS＊2 BLUETOOTH HANDSFREELINK MULTI-INFORMATION
(P.496, 517) BUTTONS＊2 (P.496, 517) BUTTONS＊2 (P.83)
＊1 : To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.
＊2 : If equipped
4 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:34:52 31TK8600_010
Driver and Passenger Safety
This section gives you important Additional Information About Your All Children Should Sit in a Back
information about how to protect Seat Belts .................................. 20 Seat ............................................ 37
yourself and your passengers. It Seat Belt System Components ... 20 The Passenger’s Front Airbag
shows you how to use seat belts. It Lap/Shoulder Belt ....................... 21 Can Pose Serious Risks .......... 37

explains how your airbags work. And Automatic Seat Belt If You Must Drive with
it tells you how to properly restrain Tensionners.............................. 22 Several Children ...................... 39
infants and children in your vehicle. Seat Belt Maintenance ................ 23 If a Child Requires Close
Additional Information About Your Attention ................................... 39
Airbags ...................................... 24 Additional Safety Precautions .... 39
Airbag System Components ....... 24 Protecting Infants and Small
How Your Front Airbags Children .................................... 41
Important Safety Precautions .......... 6 Work.......................................... 26 Protecting Infants ........................ 41
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features........ 7 How Your Side Airbags Work.... 30 Protecting Small Children .......... 42
Seat Belts ........................................ 8 How Your Side Curtain Airbags Selecting a Child Seat ...................... 44
Airbags ............................................ 9 Work.......................................... 31 Installing a Child Seat ..................... 45
Protecting Adults and Teens.......... 11 How the SRS Indicator Works ... 32 With LATCH ................................ 46
1. Close and Lock the Doors ...... 11 How the Side Airbag Off With a Lap/Shoulder Belt .......... 50
2. Adjust the Front Seats ............ 12 Indicator Works ....................... 33 With a Tether ............................... 52
3. Adjust the Seat-Backs ............. 13 How the Passenger Airbag Protecting Larger Children ............ 54
4. Adjust the Head Restraints .... 14 Off Indicator Works ................ 33 Checking Seat Belt Fit ................ 54
5. Fasten and Position the Seat Airbag Service .............................. 34 Using a Booster Seat ................... 55
Belts ...................................... 15 Additional Safety Precautions .... 35 When Can a Larger Child Sit in
6. Maintain a Proper Sitting Protecting Children − General Front .......................................... 56
Position ................................. 17 Guidelines ................................. 36 Additional Safety Precautions .... 57
Advice for Pregnant Women...... 18 All Children Must Be Carbon Monoxide Hazard .............. 58
Additional Safety Precautions .... 18 Restrained ................................ 36 Safety Labels .................................... 59
2011 Odyssey 5
10/07/17 09:35:03 31TK8600_011
Important Safety Precautions
You’ll find many safety Be Aware of Airbag Hazards to the road, other vehicles and
recommendations throughout this While airbags can save lives, they pedestrians could lead to a crash.
section, and throughout this manual. can cause serious or fatal injuries to Remember, situations can change
The recommendations on this page occupants who sit too close to them, quickly, and only you can decide
are the ones we consider to be the or are not properly restrained. when it is safe to divert attention
most important. Infants, young children, and short away from driving.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt adults are at the greatest risk. Be
A seat belt is your best protection in sure to follow all instructions and Control Your Speed
all types of collisions. Airbags are warnings in this manual. Excessive speed is a major factor in
designed to supplement seat belts, crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
not replace them. So even though Don’t Drink and Drive the higher the speed, the greater the
your vehicle is equipped with airbags, Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even risk, but serious injuries can also
make sure you and your passengers one drink can reduce your ability to occur at lower speeds. Never drive
always wear your seat belts, and respond to changing conditions, and faster than is safe for current
wear them properly (see page 15 ). your reaction time gets worse with conditions, regardless of the
every additional drink. So don’t drink maximum speed posted.
Restrain All Children and drive, and don’t let your friends
Children age 12 and under should drink and drive, either. Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
ride properly restrained in a back Condition
seat, not the front seat. Infants and Pay Appropriate Attention to the Having a tire blowout or a
small children should be restrained Task of Driving Safely mechanical failure can be extremely
in a child seat. Larger children Engaging in mobile phone hazardous. To reduce the possibility
should use a booster seat and a lap/ conversation or other activities that of such problems, check your tire
shoulder belt until they can use the keep you from paying close attention pressures and condition frequently,
belt properly without a booster seat and perform all regularly scheduled
(see pages 36 − 57 ). maintenance (see page 599 ).
6 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:35:10 31TK8600_012
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many

(9) (12) (3) (9) features that work together to
(6) protect you and your passengers
(8) during a crash.

(4)
(10) Some features do not require any
(6) action on your part. These include a
strong steel framework that forms a
(8) safety cage around the passenger
compartment, front and rear crush
(7) zones, a collapsible steering column,
(10) and tensioners that tighten the front
seat belts in a crash.
(11)
However, you and your passengers
(1) Safety Cage can’t take full advantage of these
(5) (7) (2) Crush Zones features unless you remain sitting in
(3) Seats and Seat-Backs the correct position and always wear
(4) Head Restraints
(5) Collapsible Steering Column your seat belts. In fact, some safety
(6) Seat Belts features can contribute to injuries if
(7) Front Airbags they are not used properly.
(8) Side Airbags
(9) Side Curtain Airbags
(10) Door Locks The following pages explain how you
(11) Front Seat Belt Tensioners can take an active role in protecting
(2) (1) (2) (12) Occupant Position Detection
System (OPDS) Sensor
yourself and your passengers.
2011 Odyssey 7
10/07/17 09:35:21 31TK8600_013
Seat Belts Help keep you from being thrown

Your vehicle is equipped with seat against the inside of the vehicle
belts in all seating positions. Not wearing a seat belt properly and against other occupants.
increases the chance of serious
Your seat belt system also includes injury or death in a crash, even Keep you from being thrown out
an indicator on the instrument panel though your vehicle has airbags. of the vehicle.
and a beeper to remind you and your
passengers to fasten your seat belts. Be sure you and your Help keep you in a good position
passengers always wear seat should the airbags ever deploy. A
Why Wear Seat Belts belts and wear them properly. good position reduces the risk of
Seat belts are the single most injury from an inflating airbag and
effective safety device for adults and allows you to get the best
larger children. (Infants and smaller When properly worn, seat belts: advantage from the airbag.
children must be properly restrained
in child seats.) Keep you connected to the vehicle Of course, seat belts cannot
so you can take advantage of the completely protect you in every
Not wearing a seat belt properly vehicle’s built-in safety features. crash. But in most cases, seat belts
increases the chance of serious can reduce your risk of serious
injury or death in a crash, even Help protect you in almost every injury.
though your vehicle has airbags. type of crash, including:
− frontal impacts What you should do: Always wear
In addition, most states and all − side impacts your seat belt, and make sure you
Canadian provinces and territories − rear impacts wear it properly.
require you to wear seat belts. − rollovers
8 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:35:28 31TK8600_014
Airbags

Your vehicle has a supplemental Your vehicle also has side airbags to In addition, your vehicle has side
restraint system (SRS) with front help protect the upper torso of the curtain airbags to help protect the
airbags to help protect the heads and driver or a front seat passenger heads of the driver, front passenger,
chests of the driver and a front seat during a moderate to severe side and passengers in the outer rear
passenger during a moderate to impact (see page 30 for more seating positions during a moderate
severe frontal collision (see page information on how your side airbags to severe side impact or rollover (see
26 for more information on how work). page 31 for more information on how
your front airbags work). your side curtain airbags work).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 9
10/07/17 09:35:34 31TK8600_015
The most important things you need What you should do: Always wear The rest of this section gives more
to know about your airbags are: your seat belt properly, and sit detailed information about how you
Airbags do not replace seat belts. upright and as far back from the can maximize your safety.
They are designed to supplement steering wheel as possible while
the seat belts. allowing full control of the vehicle. A Remember, however, that no safety
front passenger should move their system can prevent all injuries or
Airbags offer no protection in rear seat as far back from the dashboard deaths that can occur in a severe
collisions, or minor frontal or side as possible. crash, even when seat belts are
collisions. properly worn and the airbags deploy.
Airbags can pose serious hazards.
To do their job, airbags must
inflate with tremendous force. So
while airbags help save lives, they
can cause minor injuries or more
serious or even fatal injuries if
occupants are not properly
restrained or sitting properly.
10 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:35:42 31TK8600_016
Protecting Adults and Teens
Introduction 1.Close and Lock the Doors On Touring models

The following pages provide After everyone has entered the
instructions on how to properly vehicle, be sure the doors and the
protect the driver, adult passengers, tailgate are closed and locked.

and teenage children who are large
enough and mature enough to drive Your vehicle has a door and
or ride in the front. tailgate open indicator on the
instrument panel to indicate
See pages 36 − 57 for important when any door or the tailgate is not
guidelines on how to properly tightly closed.
protect infants, small children, and
larger children who ride in your
vehicle.
The door and tailgate open indicator

appears on the multi-information
display to indicate when a specific
door or the tailgate is not tightly
closed.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 11
10/07/17 09:35:52 31TK8600_017
When one or more doors are open, Locking the doors and the tailgate 2.Adjust the Front Seats
the ‘‘DOOR OPEN’’ message will also helps prevent an outsider from
come on. unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate when you come to a stop.
When the tailgate is not tightly
closed, the ‘‘TAILGATE OPEN’’ See page 155 for how to lock the
message will come on. doors and the tailgate, and page
75 for how the door and tailgate
When both tailgate and one or more open indicator works.
doors are not tightly closed, the
‘‘DOOR & TAILGATE OPEN’’ Except Touring models
message will come on. This vehicle has auto door locking/
unlocking features. See page 156 for
Locking the doors and the tailgate how to set them.
reduces the chance of someone Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the
being thrown out of the vehicle On Touring models rear as possible while allowing you to
during a crash, and it helps prevent This vehicle has auto door locking/ maintain full control of the vehicle.
passengers from accidentally unlocking features. See pages Have a front passenger adjust their
opening a door or the tailgate and 120 and 122 for how to set them. seat as far to the rear as possible.
falling out.
12 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:36:01 31TK8600_018
If you sit too close to the steering 3.Adjust the Seat-Backs

wheel or dashboard, you can be
seriously injured by an inflating front Sitting too close to a front
airbag, or by striking the steering airbag can result in serious

wheel or dashboard. injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport Always sit as far back from the
Canada recommend that drivers front airbags as possible.
allow at least 10 inches (25 cm)
between the center of the steering
wheel and the chest. In addition to After you adjust a manual seat, rock
adjusting the seat, you can adjust the it back and forth to make sure the
steering wheel up and down, and in seat is locked in position.
and out (see page 143 ). Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a
See page 175 for how to adjust a comfortable, upright position,
If you cannot get far enough away front seat (power adjustment) and leaving ample space between your
from the steering wheel and still page 176 for a manual adjustment. chest and the airbag cover in the
reach the controls, we recommend center of the steering wheel.
that you investigate whether some
type of adaptive equipment may help. Passengers with adjustable seat-
backs should also adjust their seat-
back to a comfortable, upright
position.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 13
10/07/17 09:36:09 31TK8600_019
4.Adjust the Head Restraints
Reclining the seat-back too far Improperly positioning head

can result in serious injury or restraints reduces their
death in a crash. effectiveness and you can be
seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an
upright position, and sit well Make sure head restraints are
back in the seat. in place and positioned properly
before driving.
Reclining a seat-back so that the

shoulder part of the belt no longer Properly adjusted head restraints
rests against the occupant’s chest will help protect occupants from
reduces the protective capability of Adjust the driver’s head restraint so whiplash and other crash injuries.
the belt. It also increases the chance the center of the back of your head
of sliding under the belt in a crash rests against the center of the See page 179 for how to adjust the
and being seriously injured. The restraint. head restraints and how the driver’s
farther a seat-back is reclined, the and front passenger’s active head
greater the risk of injury. Have passengers adjust their head restraints work.
restraints properly as well. Taller
See pages 175 and 177 for how to persons should adjust their restraint
adjust the seat-backs. as high as possible.
14 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:36:17 31TK8600_020
5.Fasten and Position the Seat This spreads the forces of a crash
Belts over the strongest bones in your
Insert the latch plate into the buckle, upper body.
then tug on the belt to make sure the

belt is securely latched. Check that The center seating position of the
the belt is not twisted, because a third row has a detachable seat belt
twisted belt can cause serious that can be unlatched and retracted
injuries in a crash. into the ceiling to allow the seat to be
folded down or for the belt to be
stored out of reach of a child. See
pages 187 and 188 for how to unlatch
and relatch the seat belt.
Position the lap part of the belt as On all models except LX

low as possible across your hips, The multi-functional center seat that
then pull up on the shoulder part of can be installed in the center seating
the belt so the lap part fits snugly. position of the second row also has a
This lets your strong pelvic bones detachable seat belt.
take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
If necessary, pull up on the belt again

to remove any slack, then check that
the belt rests across the center of
your chest and over your shoulder.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 15
10/07/17 09:36:24 31TK8600_021
Never place the shoulder portion of a

lap/shoulder belt under your arm or
Improperly positioning the seat behind your back. This could cause
belts can cause serious injury very serious injuries in a crash.
or death in a crash.
If a seat belt does not seem to work
Make sure all seat belts are properly, it may not protect the
properly positioned before occupant in a crash.
driving.
No one should sit in a seat with an
RELEASE inoperative seat belt. Using a seat
If the seat belt touches or crosses BUTTONS belt that is not working properly can
your neck, or if it crosses your arm result in serious injury or death.
instead of your shoulder, you need to The front seats and second row seats Have your dealer check the belt as
adjust the seat belt anchor height. have adjustable seat belt anchors. To soon as possible.
adjust the height of an anchor,
squeeze the two release buttons, and See page 20 for additional
slide the anchor up or down as information about your seat belts
needed (it has four positions). and how to take care of them.
16 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:36:29 31TK8600_022
6.Maintain a Proper Sitting In addition, an occupant who is out of

Position position in the front seat can be
After all occupants have adjusted seriously or fatally injured in a crash Sitting improperly or out of
their seats and head restraints, and by striking interior parts of the position can result in serious

put on their seat belts, it is very vehicle or being struck by an injury or death in a crash.
important that they continue to sit inflating front airbag.
upright, well back in their seats, with Always sit upright, well back in
their feet on the floor, until the the seat, with your feet on the
vehicle is safely parked and the floor.
engine is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the

chance of injury during a crash. For
example, if an occupant slouches,
lies down, turns sideways, sits
forward, leans forward or sideways,
or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is
greatly increased.
2011 Odyssey 17
10/07/17 09:36:37 31TK8600_023
Advice for Pregnant Women When driving, remember to sit Additional Safety Precautions
upright and adjust the seat as far Never let passengers ride in the
back as possible while allowing full cargo area or on top of a folded-
control of the vehicle. When riding down back seat. If they do, they
as a front passenger, adjust the seat could be very seriously injured in a
as far back as possible. crash.
This will reduce the risk of injuries Passengers should not stand up or
to both you and your unborn child change seats while the vehicle is
that can be caused by a crash or an moving. A passenger who is not
inflating front airbag. wearing a seat belt during a crash
or emergency stop can be thrown
Each time you have a checkup, ask against the inside of the vehicle,
your doctor if it’s okay for you to against other occupants, or out of
If you are pregnant, the best way to drive. the vehicle.
protect yourself and your unborn
child when driving or riding in a Two people should never use the
vehicle is to always wear a seat belt, same seat belt. If they do, they
and keep the lap part of the belt as could be very seriously injured in a
low as possible across the hips. crash.
18 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:36:42 31TK8600_024
Do not put any accessories on seat Do not attach or place objects on Do not cover or replace front seat-
belts. Devices intended to improve the front airbag covers. Objects on back covers without consulting
occupant comfort or reposition the the covers marked ‘‘SRS AIRBAG’’ your dealer. Improperly replacing
shoulder part of a seat belt can could interfere with the proper or covering front seat-back covers

reduce the protective capability of operation of the airbags or be can prevent your side airbags from
the belt and increase the chance of propelled inside the vehicle and inflating during a side impact.
serious injury in a crash. hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
Do not place hard or sharp objects Do not attach hard objects on or

between yourself and a front near a door. If a side airbag or a
airbag. Carrying hard or sharp side curtain airbag inflates, a cup
objects on your lap, or driving with holder or other hard object
a pipe or other sharp object in attached on or near the door could
your mouth, can result in injuries be propelled inside the vehicle and
if your front airbag inflates. hurt someone.
Keep your hands and arms away

from the airbag covers. If your
hands or arms are close to an
airbag cover, they could be injured
if the airbag inflates.
2011 Odyssey 19
10/07/17 09:36:49 31TK8600_025
Additional Information About Your Seat Belts
Seat Belt System Components The seat belt system If either the driver or a front
Your seat belt system includes lap/ includes an indicator on the passenger does not fasten their seat
shoulder belts in all seating positions. instrument panel and a beeper to belt while driving, the beeper will
The front seat belts are also remind you and your passengers to sound and the indicator will flash
equipped with automatic seat belt fasten your seat belts. again at regular intervals.
tensioners.
This system monitors the front seat On Touring models
belts. If you turn the ignition switch You will also see a ‘‘FASTEN SEAT
to the ON (II) position before your BELT’’ or ‘‘FASTEN PASSENGER
seat belt is fastened, the beeper will SEAT BELT’’ message on the multi-
sound and the indicator will flash. If information display (see page 90 ).
your seat belt is not fastened before
the beeper stops, the indicator will When no one is sitting in the front
stop flashing but remain on. passenger’s seat, or a child or small
adult is riding there, the indicator
If a front passenger does not fasten should not come on and the beeper
their seat belt, the indicator will should not sound.
come on about 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
(II) position.
20 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:36:58 31TK8600_026
If the indicator comes on or the Lap/Shoulder Belt All seat belts have an emergency
beeper sounds when the driver’s seat The lap/shoulder belt goes over locking retractor. In normal driving,
belt is latched and there is no front your shoulder, across your chest, the retractor lets you move freely in
seat passenger and no items on the and across your hips. your seat while it keeps some

front seat, something may be tension on the belt. During a collision
interfering with the monitoring To fasten the belt, insert the latch or sudden stop, the retractor
system. Look for and remove: plate into the buckle, then tug on the automatically locks the belt to help
belt to make sure the buckle is restrain your body.
Any items under the front latched (see page 15 for how to
passenger’s seat. properly position the belt). The seat belts in all positions except
the driver’s have a lockable retractor
Any object(s) hanging on the seat To unlock the belt, press the red that must be activated to secure a
or in the seat-back pocket. PRESS button on the buckle. Guide child seat (see page 50 ).
the belt across your body so that it
Any objects, such as a folded-down retracts completely. After exiting the
second row seat, that is touching vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the
the rear of the seat-back. way and will not get closed in the
door.
If no obstructions are found, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 21
10/07/17 09:37:06 31TK8600_027
If the shoulder part of the belt is Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

pulled all the way out, the lockable
retractor will activate. The belt will
retract, but it will not allow the
passenger to move freely.
To deactivate the lockable retractor,

unlatch the buckle and let the seat
belt fully retract. To refasten the
seat belt, pull it out only as far as
needed.
The lap/shoulder belt in the center

Allowing a child to play with a seating positions on the second For added protection, the front seat
seat belt or wrap one around (except LX models) and third row belts are equipped with automatic
their neck can result in serious seats are equipped with a detachable seat belt tensioners. When activated,
injury or death. seat belt that has two parts: a small the tensioners immediately tighten
latch plate and an anchor buckle. the belts to help hold the driver and
Instruct children not to play with a front passenger in position.
any seat belt and make sure The detachable seat belt should
any unused seat belt a child normally be latched whenever the
can reach is buckled, fully seat-backs are in an upright position.
retracted, and locked. For more information about the
detachable seat belt, see page 187 .
22 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:37:13 31TK8600_028
The tensioners can be activated Seat Belt Maintenance If a seat belt is worn during a crash,
during a collision in which the front For safety, you should check the it must be replaced by the dealer. A
airbags do not deploy. In this case, the condition of your seat belts regularly. belt that has been worn during a
airbags would not be needed, but the crash may not provide the same level

additional restraint could be helpful. Pull each belt out fully, and look for of protection in a subsequent crash.
frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check
If the tensioner is activated, the SRS that the latches work smoothly and The dealer should also inspect the
indicator comes on and the tensioner the belts retract easily. If a belt does anchors for damage and replace
must be replaced. not retract easily, cleaning the belt them if needed. If the automatic seat
may correct the problem (see page belt tensioners activate during a
636 ). Any belt that is not in good crash, they must be replaced.
condition or working properly will
not provide good protection and
should be replaced as soon as
possible. Not checking or maintaining
seat belts can result in serious
Honda provides a limited warranty injury or death if the seat belts
on seat belts. See your Honda do not work properly when
Warranty Information booklet for needed.
details.
Check your seat belts regularly
and have any problem
corrected as soon as possible.
2011 Odyssey 23
10/07/17 09:37:19 31TK8600_029
Additional Information About Your Airbags
Airbag System Components
(10) (2) (8)(13)

(9) (12)
(5)
(4)
(15)
(1)
(1) Driver’s Front Airbag
(2) Passenger’s Front Airbag
(3) (6)
(3) Control Unit/Rollover Sensor
(4) Front Seat Belt Tensioners
(5) Side Airbags (5)
(6) Side Curtain Airbags
(7) Driver’s Seat Position Sensor
(8) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors (4)
(9) Front Impact Sensors
(10) Passenger Airbag Off Indicator (7)
(11) Side Impact Sensors (11)
(12) Occupant Position Detection System (11)
(OPDS) Sensors (4)
(13) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors Control Unit/
OPDS Sensors Control Unit (11) (14)
(14) Rear Safing Sensor
(15) Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
24 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:37:28 31TK8600_030
Your airbag system includes: Two side curtain airbags, one for Sensors that can detect whether
each side of the vehicle. The the driver’s seat belt and the front
Two SRS (supplemental restraint airbags are stored in the ceiling, passenger’s seat belt are latched
system) front airbags. The driver’s above the side windows. The front or unlatched (see page 20 ).

airbag is stored in the center of and rear pillars are marked ‘‘SIDE
the steering wheel; the front CURTAIN AIRBAG’’ (see page 31). A driver’s seat position sensor that
passenger’s airbag is stored in the monitors the distance of the seat
dashboard. Both are marked ‘‘SRS Automatic front seat belt from the front airbag. If the seat is
AIRBAG’’ (see page 26 ). tensioners (see page 22 ). too far forward, the airbag will
inflate with less force (see page 29 ).
Two side airbags, one for the Sensors that can detect a
driver and one for a front moderate to severe front impact, Weight sensors that monitor the
passenger. The airbags are stored side impact, or if your vehicle is weight on the front passenger’s
in the outer edges of the seat- about to rollover. seat. If the weight is about 65 lbs
backs. Both are marked ‘‘SIDE (29 kg) or less (the weight of an
AIRBAG’’ (see page 30 ). Sensors that can detect whether a infant or small child), the
child is in the passenger’s side passenger’s front airbag will be
airbag path and signal the control turned off (see page 29 ).
unit to turn the airbag off (see
page 31 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 25
10/07/17 09:37:36 31TK8600_031
A rollover sensor that can detect if An indicator on the instrument How Your Front Airbags Work
your vehicle is about to roll over panel that alerts you that the
and signal the control unit to passenger’s side airbag has been
deploy both side curtain airbags turned off (see page 33 ).
(see page 32 ).
An indicator on the dashboard that
A sophisticated electronic system alerts you that the passenger’s
that continually monitors and front airbag has been turned off
records information about the (see page 33 ).
sensors, the control unit, the
airbag activators, the seat belt Emergency backup power in case
tensioners, and driver and front your vehicle’s electrical system is
passenger seat belt use when the disconnected in a crash.
ignition switch is in the ON (II)
position. If you ever have a moderate to
severe frontal collision, sensors will
An indicator on the instrument detect the vehicle’s rapid
panel that alerts you to a possible deceleration.
problem with your airbag system
components (see page 32 ). If the rate of deceleration is high
enough, the control unit will inflate
the driver’s and front passenger’s
airbags, at the time and with the
force needed.
26 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:37:44 31TK8600_032
During a frontal crash, your seat belt The total time for inflation and
restrains your lower body and torso, deflation is one-tenth of a second, so
and the airbag helps protect your fast that most occupants are not
head and chest. aware that the airbags deployed until

they see them lying in their laps.
Although both airbags normally
inflate within a split second of each After a crash, you may see what
other, it is possible for only one looks like smoke. This is actually
airbag to deploy. powder from the airbag’s surface.
Although the powder is not harmful,
This can happen if the severity of a people with respiratory problems
collision is at the margin, or may experience some temporary
threshold, that determines whether discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
or not the airbags will deploy. In the vehicle as soon as it is safe to
such cases, the seat belt will provide After inflating, the front airbags will do so.
sufficient protection, and the immediately deflate, so they won’t
supplemental protection offered by interfere with the driver’s visibility,
the airbag would be minimal. or the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
Only the driver’s airbag can deploy if
there is no passenger in the front
seat, or if the advanced airbag
system has turned the passenger’s
airbag off (see page 33 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 27
10/07/17 09:37:51 31TK8600_033
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Advanced Airbags Occupants must sit upright and

Front Airbags (SRS) Your front airbags are also advanced wear their seat belts properly.
Your vehicle is equipped with dual- airbags. The main purpose of this
stage, multiple-threshold front feature is to help prevent airbag- Do not spill any liquids on or
airbags (SRS). During a frontal crash caused injuries to short drivers and under the seats, cover the sensors,
severe enough to cause one or both children or small-statured adults who or put any cargo or metal objects
front airbags to deploy, the airbags ride in front. under the front seats.
can inflate at different rates,
depending on the severity of the For both advanced airbags to work Objects placed or pushed under
crash, whether or not the seat belts properly: the front passenger’s seat may
are latched, and/or other factors. cause the sensor to malfunction,
Front airbags are designed to increasing the risk of injury in a
supplement the seat belts to help crash.
reduce the likelihood of head and
chest injuries in frontal crashes. Failure to follow these instructions
could damage the sensors or prevent
them from working properly.
28 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:37:59 31TK8600_034
Be aware that objects placed on the

passenger’s seat can also cause the
airbag to be turned off.

When the passenger airbag gets
turned off by the weight sensors, a
‘‘passenger airbag off’’ indicator in
the center of the dashboard comes
on (see page 33 ).
If the weight sensors detect there is

DRIVER’S SEAT POSITION SENSOR PASSENGER’S SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR no passenger in the front seat, the
airbag is automatically turned off.
The driver’s advanced front airbag The passenger’s advanced front However, the passenger airbag off
system includes a seat position airbag system has weight sensors indicator in this situation will not
sensor under the seat. If the seat is under the seat. Although Honda come on.
too far forward, the airbag will does not encourage carrying an
inflate with less force, regardless of infant or small child in front, if the To ensure that the passenger’s
the severity of the impact. sensors detect the weight of an advanced front airbag system will
infant or small child (up to about 65 work properly, do not do anything
If there is a problem with the sensor, lbs or 29 kg), the system will that would increase or decrease the
the SRS indicator will come on, and automatically turn the passenger’s weight on the front passenger’s seat.
the airbag will inflate in the normal front airbag off. This includes:
manner regardless of the driver’s
seating position.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 29
10/07/17 09:38:07 31TK8600_035
A second row passenger pushing How Your Side Airbags Work Only one airbag will deploy during a
or pulling on the back of the front side impact. If the impact is on the
passenger’s seat. passenger’s side, the passenger’s
side airbag will deploy even if there
Moving the front seat forcibly is no passenger.
back against cargo on the seat, the
floor behind it, or a folded second To get the best protection from the
row seat. side airbags, front seat occupants
should wear their seat belts and sit
Hanging heavy items on the front upright and well back in their seats.
passenger seat, or placing heavy
items in the seat-back pocket.
Second-row passengers should not

wedge objects or intentionally If you ever have a moderate to
force their feet under the front severe side impact, sensors will
passenger seat. detect rapid acceleration and signal
the control unit to instantly inflate
Also, make sure the floor mat behind either the driver’s or the passenger’s
the front passenger’s seat is properly side airbag.
positioned on the floor (see page
637 ). If it is not, the mat may
interfere with the proper operation
of the front passenger’s seat and its
sensors.
30 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:38:17 31TK8600_036
Side Airbag Cutoff System If the side airbag off indicator comes How Your Side Curtain Airbags
Your vehicle has a side airbag cutoff on (see page 33 ), have the Work
system designed primarily to protect passenger sit upright. Once the
a child riding in the front passenger’s passenger is out of the airbag’s SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG

seat. deployment path, the system will
turn the airbag back on, and the
Although Honda does not encourage indicator will go out.
children to ride in front, if the
position sensors detect a child has There will be some delay between
leaned into the side airbag’s the moment the passenger moves
deployment path, the airbag will into or out of the airbag deployment
shut off. path and when the indicator comes
on or goes off.
The side airbag may also shut off if a
short adult leans sideways, or a A front seat passenger should not
larger adult slouches and leans use a cushion or another object as a In a Side Impact
sideways into the airbag’s backrest. It may prevent the cutoff In a moderate to severe side impact,
deployment path. system from working properly. sensors will detect rapid acceleration
and signal the control unit to
Objects placed on the front instantly inflate the side curtain
passenger seat can also cause the airbag.
side airbag to be shut off.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 31
10/07/17 09:38:27 31TK8600_037
If the impact is on the passenger’s In a Rollover How the SRS Indicator

side, the passenger’s side curtain If the rollover sensor detects your Works
airbag will inflate even if there are no vehicle is about to roll over, it signals The SRS indicator alerts you to a
occupants on that side of the vehicle. the control unit, which immediately potential problem with your airbag
deploys both side curtain airbags and system components.
activates both front seat belt
tensioners. When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position, this indicator
The airbag on the passenger’s side comes on for several seconds then
will deploy, and the seat belt goes off. This tells you the system is
tensioner will activate, even if there working properly.
are no passengers on that side of the
vehicle. If the indicator comes on at any
other time, or does not come on at all,
To get the best protection from the you should have the system checked
side curtain airbags, occupants by your dealer. For example:
should wear their seat belts and sit
upright and well back in their seats. If the SRS indicator does not come
on after you turn the ignition
One or both side curtain airbags may switch to the ON (II) position.
inflate in a moderate to severe
frontal collision which causes the If the indicator stays on after the
front airbags to deploy. engine starts.
If the indicator comes on or

flashes on and off while you drive.
32 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:38:37 31TK8600_038
On Touring models U.S. Canada How the Side How the Passenger Airbag Off
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK Airbag Off Indicator Works
AIRBAG SYSTEM’’ message on the Indicator Works
multi-information display (see This indicator alerts you that the

page 90 ). passenger’s side airbag has been
automatically shut off. It does not U.S.
If you see any of these indications, mean there is a problem with your
the airbag system components may side airbags.
not work properly when you need Canada
them. When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position, the indicator
should come on for several seconds
and then go off (see page 68 ). If it
Ignoring the SRS indicator can doesn’t come on, stays on, or comes PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR
result in serious injury or death on while driving without a passenger
if the airbag systems or in the front seat, have the system This indicator alerts you that the
tensioners do not work properly. checked. passenger’s front airbag has been
shut off because weight sensors
Have your vehicle checked by a On Touring models detect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less
dealer as soon as possible if You will also see a ‘‘PASSENGER (the weight of an infant or small
the SRS indicator alerts you to SIDE AIRBAG OFF’’ message on the child) on the front passenger’s seat.
a possible problem. multi-information display (see page It does not mean there is a problem
page 90 ). with the airbag.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 33
10/07/17 09:38:46 31TK8600_039
Be aware that objects placed on the If the indicator comes on with no Airbag Service
front seat can cause the indicator to front seat passenger and no objects Your airbag systems are virtually
come on. on the seat, or with an adult riding maintenance free, and there are no
there, something may be interfering parts you can safely service.
If no weight is detected on the front with the weight sensors. Look for However, you must have your
seat, the airbag will be automatically and remove: vehicle serviced if:
shut off. However, the indicator will
not come on. Any items under the front An airbag ever inflates. Any airbag
passenger’s seat. that has deployed must be
The passenger airbag off indicator replaced along with the control
may come on and off repeatedly if Any object(s) hanging on the seat unit and other related parts. Any
the total weight on the seat is near or in the seat-back pocket. seat belt tensioner that activates
the airbag cutoff threshold. must also be replaced.
Any object(s) touching the rear of
If an adult or teenage passenger is the seat-back. Do not try to remove or replace
riding in front, move the seat as far any airbag by yourself. This must
to the rear as possible, and have the If no obstructions are found, have be done by an authorized dealer or
passenger sit upright and wear the your vehicle checked by a dealer as a knowledgeable body shop.
seat belt properly. soon as possible.
34 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:38:52 31TK8600_040
The SRS indicator alerts you to a Additional Safety Precautions Do not remove or modify a front
problem. Take your vehicle to an Do not attempt to deactivate your seat without consulting your
authorized dealer as soon as airbags. Together, airbags and dealer. This could make the
possible. If you ignore this seat belts provide the best driver’s seat position sensor or the

indication, your airbags may not protection. front passenger’s weight sensors
operate properly. ineffective. If it is necessary to
Do not tamper with airbag remove or modify a front seat to
If your vehicle has a moderate to components or wiring for any accommodate a person with
severe impact. Even if your reason. Tampering could cause disabilities, first contact Honda
airbags do not inflate, your dealer the airbags to deploy, possibly Automobile Customer Service at
should inspect the driver’s seat causing very serious injury. (800) 999-1009 in the US, or
position sensor, the front Honda Customer Relations at
passenger’s weight sensors, the Do not expose the front passenger’s 1-888-9-HONDA-9 in Canada.
front seat belt tensioners, and all seat-back to liquid. If water or
seat belts and their anchors worn another liquid soaks into the seat-
during a crash to make sure they back, it can prevent the side airbag
are operating properly. cutoff system from working
properly.
2011 Odyssey 35
10/07/17 09:39:00 31TK8600_041
Protecting Children − General Guidelines
All Children Must Be Restrained

Each year, many children are injured
or killed in vehicle crashes because Children who are unrestrained
they are either unrestrained or not or improperly restrained can be
properly restrained. In fact, traffic seriously injured or killed in a
collisions are the number one cause crash.
of death of children age 12 and
under. Any child too small for a seat
belt should be properly
To reduce the number of child restrained in a child seat. A
deaths and injuries, every state, larger child should be properly
Canadian province and territory restrained with a seat belt and
requires that infants and children be use a booster seat if necessary.
Children depend on adults to protect properly restrained when they ride in
them. However, despite their best a vehicle.
intentions, many adults do not know Larger children must be restrained
how to properly protect child Infants and small children must be with a lap/shoulder belt and ride on
passengers. restrained in an approved child seat a booster seat until the seat belt fits
that is properly secured to the them properly (see pages 54 − 57 ).
If you have children, or ever need to vehicle (see pages 41 − 53 ).
drive with a child in your vehicle, be
sure to read this section. It begins
with important general guidelines,
then presents special information for
infants, small children, and larger
children.
36 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:39:11 31TK8600_042
All Children Should Sit in a Back The Passenger’s Front Airbag Small Children
Seat Can Pose Serious Risks Placing a forward-facing child seat in
According to crash statistics, Front airbags have been designed to the front seat of a vehicle equipped
children of all ages and sizes are help protect adults in a moderate to with a passenger’s front airbag can

safer when they are restrained in a severe frontal collision. To do this, be hazardous. If the vehicle seat is
back seat. the passenger’s front airbag is quite too far forward, or the child’s head is
large, and it can inflate with enough thrown forward during a collision, an
The National Highway Traffic Safety force to cause very serious injuries. inflating front airbag can strike the
Administration and Transport child with enough force to kill or
Canada recommend that all children Even though your vehicle has an very seriously injure a small child.
aged 12 and under be properly advanced front airbag system that
restrained in a back seat. Some automatically turns the passenger’s Larger Children
states have laws restricting where front airbag off under certain Children who have outgrown child
children may ride. circumstances (see page 33 ), please seats are also at risk of being injured
follow these guidelines: or killed by an inflating passenger’s
Children who ride in back are less front airbag. Whenever possible,
likely to be injured by striking Infants larger children should sit in the back
interior vehicle parts during a Never put a rear-facing child seat in seat, on a booster seat if needed, and
collision or hard braking. Also, the front seat of a vehicle equipped be properly restrained with a seat
children cannot be injured by an with a passenger’s front airbag. If belt. (See page 54 for important
inflating front airbag when they ride the airbag inflates, it can hit the back information about protecting larger
in the back. of the child seat with enough force children.)
to kill or very seriously injure an
infant.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 37
10/07/17 09:39:23 31TK8600_043
To remind you of the passenger’s U.S. Models

front airbag hazards, and that SUN VISORS DASHBOARD
children must be properly restrained
in a back seat, your vehicle has
warning labels on the dashboard
(U.S. models) and on the front visors.
Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
Canadian Models
SUN VISORS
38 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:39:34 31TK8600_044
If You Must Drive with Several If a Child Requires Close Additional Safety Precautions
Children Attention Never hold an infant or child on
Your vehicle has two rows of back Many parents say they prefer to put your lap. If you are not wearing a
seats where children can be properly an infant or a small child in the front seat belt in a crash, you could be

restrained. If you ever have to carry passenger seat so they can watch the thrown forward and crush the
a group of children, and a child must child, or because the child requires child against the dashboard or a
ride in front: attention. seat-back. If you are wearing a
seat belt, the child can be torn
Place the largest child in the front Placing a child in the front seat from your arms and be seriously
seat, provided the child is large exposes the child to hazards in a hurt or killed.
enough to wear the lap/shoulder frontal collision, and paying close
belt properly (see page 54 ). attention to a child distracts the Never put a seat belt over yourself
driver from the important tasks of and a child. During a crash, the
Move the vehicle seat as far to the driving, placing both of you at risk. belt could press deep into the child
rear as possible (see pages and cause serious or fatal injuries.
175 and 176 ). If a child requires close physical
attention or frequent visual contact, Never let two children use the
Have the child sit upright and well we strongly recommend that another same seat belt. If they do, they
back in the seat (see page 17 ). adult ride with the child in a back could be very seriously injured in a
seat. The back seat is far safer for a crash.
Make sure the seat belt is properly child than the front.
positioned and secured (see page
15 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 39
10/07/17 09:39:40 31TK8600_045
Make sure any unused seat belt Use the power sliding door main Lock all doors and the tailgate
that a child can reach is buckled, switch to prevent children from when your vehicle is not in use.
the lockable retractor is operating the sliding doors. This Children who play in vehicles can
activated, and the belt is fully will prevent unintended use of the accidentally get trapped inside.
retracted and locked. If a child doors. Teach your children not to play in
wraps a loose seat belt around or around vehicles.
their neck, they can be seriously Do not leave children alone in a
or fatally injured. (See pages vehicle. Leaving children without Keep vehicle keys and remote
50 and 51 for how to activate adult supervision is illegal in most transmitters out of the reach of
and deactivate the lockable states, Canadian provinces and children. Even very young
retractor.) territories, and can be very children learn how to unlock
hazardous. vehicle doors, turn on the ignition
Use childproof door locks to switch, and open the tailgate,
prevent children from opening the For example, infants and small which can lead to accidental injury
doors. This can prevent children children left in a vehicle on a hot or death.
from accidentally falling out (see day can die from heatstroke. A
page 162 ). child left alone with the key in the
ignition switch can accidentally set
the vehicle in motion, possibly
injuring themselves or others.
40 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:39:51 31TK8600_046
Protecting Infants and Small Children
Protecting Infants Only a rear-facing child seat provides Rear-facing Child Seat Placement
proper support for a baby’s head, A rear-facing child seat can be placed
neck, and back. in any seating position in the second
or third row, but not in the front.

Two types of seats may be used: a Never put a rear-facing child seat in
seat designed exclusively for infants, the front seat.
or a convertible seat used in the rear-
facing, reclining mode. If the passenger’s front airbag
inflates, it can hit the back of the
Do not put a rear-facing child seat in child seat with enough force to kill or
a forward-facing position. If placed seriously injure an infant.
facing forward, an infant could be
very seriously injured during a When properly installed in the
frontal collision. second row, a rear-facing child seat
Child Seat Type may prevent the driver or a front
An infant must be properly passenger from moving their seat as
restrained in a rear-facing, reclining far back as recommended, or from
child seat until the child reaches the Placing a rear-facing child seat locking their seat-back in the desired
seat maker’s weight or height limit in the front seat can result in position.
for the seat, and the child is at least serious injury or death during a
one year old. crash. It could also interfere with proper
operation of the passenger’s
Always place a rear-facing child advanced front airbag system.
seat in the back seat, not the
front.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 41
10/07/17 09:39:57 31TK8600_047
In any of these situations, we Protecting Small Children and weight are appropriate for a
strongly recommend that you install rear-facing seat.
the child seat directly behind the
front passenger’s seat, move the seat Of the different seats available, we
as far forward as needed, and leave it recommend those that have a five-
unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get point harness system as shown.
a smaller rear-facing child seat.
We also recommend that a small
child use the child seat until the child
reaches the weight or height limit
for the seat.
Child Seat Type

Many states, Canadian provinces and
territories allow a child one year of
age or older who also meets the
minimum size and weight
requirements to transition from a
rear-facing child seat to a forward
facing seat. Know the requirements
where you are driving and follow the
child seat instructions. Many experts
recommend use of a rear-facing seat
up to age two, if the child’s height
42 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:40:03 31TK8600_048
Child Seat Placement Even with advanced front airbags

We strongly recommend placing a that automatically turn the
forward-facing child seat in a back passenger’s front airbag off (see Placing a forward-facing child
seat, not the front. page 33 ), a back seat is the safest seat in the front seat can result

place for a small child. in serious injury or death if the
Placing a forward-facing child seat in front airbag inflates.
the front seat of a vehicle equipped If it is necessary to put a forward-
with a passenger’s airbag can be facing child seat in the front, move If you must place a forward-
hazardous. If the vehicle seat is too the vehicle seat as far to the rear as facing child seat in front, move
far forward, or the child’s head is possible, and be sure the child seat is the vehicle seat as far back as
thrown forward during a collision, an firmly secured to the vehicle and the possible, and properly restrain
inflating airbag can strike the child child is properly strapped in the seat. the child.
with enough force to cause very
serious or fatal injuries.
2011 Odyssey 43
10/07/17 09:40:10 31TK8600_049
Selecting a Child Seat
When buying a child seat, you need Since LATCH-compatible child seats Whatever type of seat you choose, to
to choose either a conventional child are easier to install and reduce the provide proper protection, a child
seat, or one designed for use with possibility of improper installation, seat should meet three
the Lower Anchors and Tethers for we recommend selecting this style. requirements:
CHildren (LATCH) system. 1. The child seat should meet
In seating positions and vehicles not Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Conventional child seats must be equipped with LATCH, a LATCH- Standard 213 or Canadian Motor
secured to a vehicle with a seat belt, compatible child seat can be installed Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
whereas LATCH-compatible seats using a seat belt. Look for FMVSS 213 or CMVSS
are secured by attaching the seat to 213 on the box.
hardware built into the rear seating
positions. 2. The child seat should be of the
proper type and size to fit the child.
Rear-facing for infants, forward-
facing for small children.
3. The child seat should fit the
vehicle seating position (or
positions) where it will be used.
Before purchasing a conventional

child seat, or using a previously
purchased one, we recommend that
you test the seat in the specific
vehicle seating position or positions
where the seat will be used.
44 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:40:17 31TK8600_050
Installing a Child Seat
After selecting a proper child seat A child seat secured with a seat belt 3. Secure the child in the child seat.
and a good place to install the seat, should be installed as firmly as Make sure the child is properly
there are three main steps in possible. However, it does not need strapped in the child seat
installing the seat: to be ‘‘rock solid.’’ Some side-to-side according to the child seat maker’s

movement can be expected and instructions. A child who is not
1. Properly secure the child seat to should not reduce the child seat’s properly secured in a child seat
the vehicle. All child seats must be effectiveness. can be seriously injured in a crash.
secured to the vehicle with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt or with If the child seat is not secure, try The following pages provide
the LATCH (Lower Anchors and installing it in a different seating guidelines on how to properly install
Tethers for CHildren) system. A position, or use a different style of a child seat. A forward-facing child
child whose seat is not properly child seat that can be firmly secured. seat is used in all examples, but the
secured to the vehicle can be instructions are the same for rear-
endangered in a crash. facing child seats.
2. Make sure the child seat is firmly

secured. After installing a child
seat, push and pull the seat
forward and from side-to-side to
verify that it is secure.
2011 Odyssey 45
10/07/17 09:40:26 31TK8600_051
Installing a Child Seat with BUTTON

LATCH
Your vehicle is equipped with
LATCH (Lower Anchors and
Tethers for CHildren) at each of the
second and third row seats, and the
second row center seat (except LX
models).
The lower anchors are located

between the seat-back and seat LOWER
bottom, and are to be used only with ANCHORS Rigid type
a child seat designed for use with
LATCH. Using the Outer LATCH 3. Place the child seat on the vehicle
To install a LATCH-compatible child seat, then attach the seat to the
The location of each lower anchor is seat in either outer second row seat: lower anchors according to the
indicated by a small button above the child seat maker’s instructions.
anchor point. 1. Move the seat belt buckle or
tongue away from the lower Some LATCH-compatible seats
anchors. have a rigid-type connector as
shown above.
2. Make sure there are no objects
near the anchors that could
prevent a secure connection
between the child seat and the
anchors.
46 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:40:35 31TK8600_052
TETHER STRAP TETHER

STRAP HOOK

Flexible type ANCHOR
Other LATCH-compatible seats have 5. Lift the head restraint (see page 6. Attach the tether strap hook to the
a flexible-type connector as shown 179 ), then route the tether strap tether anchor, then tighten the
above. through the legs of the head strap as instructed by the child
restraint and over the seat-back, seat maker.
4. Whatever type you have, follow making sure the strap is not If the tether strap is too long and
the child seat maker’s instructions twisted. cannot be tightened firmly, find a
for adjusting or tightening the fit. route where the strap can be
tightened securely.
7. Push and pull the child seat
forward and from side-to-side to
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 47
10/07/17 09:40:43 31TK8600_053
Using the Center LATCH 1. Unlatch the detachable seat belt

anchor latch and retract the seat
LOWER ANCHORS belt all the way into the ceiling. TETHER STRAP
Place the latch plate and anchor
COVER latch in their holding slots (see
page 187 ).
2. Remove the covers on each lower

BUTTON end of the seat-back by pulling on
the handles.
3. Follow step 1 through 4 as TETHER ANCHOR FITTING

HANDLE described previously to secure the ATTACHING CLIP
child seat.
To install a LATCH-compatible child 4. Lift the head restraint (see page
seat in the second row center seat 179 ), then route the tether strap
(except LX models), use the center through the legs of the head
lower anchors as shown above. restraint and over the seat-back,
making sure the strap is not
twisted.
5. Attach the attaching clip to the

anchor fitting, then tighten the
strap as instructed by the child
seat maker.
48 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:40:50 31TK8600_054
6. Push and pull the child seat To install a LATCH-compatible child BUTTON
forward and from side to side to seat in a third row seat:
1. Unlatch the detachable seat belt

anchor latch and retract the seat
belt all the way into the ceiling.
Place the latch plate and anchor
latch in their holding slots (see
page 187 ).
LOWER ANCHORS
The location of each lower anchor is

indicated by a small button above the
anchor point.
2. After properly securing the child

seat (see pages 46 and 47 ), lift the
head restraint, then route the
tether strap over the seat-back and
through the head restraint legs.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 49
10/07/17 09:40:57 31TK8600_055
3. You can also remove the rear head Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/
restraints (see page 180 ). The Shoulder Belt
removed head restraints should be When not using the LATCH system,
secured in the cargo area so they all child seats must be secured to the
will not be thrown while you are vehicle with the lap part of a lap/
driving. Make sure to replace the shoulder belt.
head restraints when the child
seats are not in use. In addition, the lap/shoulder belts in
all seating positions except the
4. Follow steps 6 and 7 on page 47 . driver’s have a lockable retractor
that must be activated to secure a
child seat.
If you intend to install a child seat in 1. With the child seat in the desired
the center seating position of the seating position, route the belt
second and third row, make sure the through the child seat according
detachable seat belt is securely to the seat maker’s instructions,
latched (see page 187 ). then insert the latch plate into the
buckle and remove any slack from
the lap portion of the belt.
50 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:41:05 31TK8600_056

2. To activate the lockable retractor, 4. After confirming that the belt is 5. Push and pull the child seat
slowly pull the shoulder part of the locked, grab the shoulder part of forward and from side-to-side to
belt all the way out until it stops, the belt near the buckle, and pull verify that it is secure enough to
then let the belt feed back into the up to remove any slack from the stay upright during normal driving
retractor. lap part of the belt. Remember, if maneuvers. If the child seat is not
the lap part of the belt is not tight, secure, unlatch the belt, allow it to
3. After the belt has retracted, tug on the child seat will not be secure. retract fully, then repeat these
it. If the belt is locked, you will not steps.
be able to pull it out. If you can pull To remove slack, it may help to
the belt out, it is not locked, and put weight on the child seat, or To deactivate the lockable retractor
you will need to repeat these steps. push on the back of the seat while and remove a child seat, unlatch the
pulling up on the belt. buckle, unroute the seat belt, and let
the belt fully retract.
2011 Odyssey 51
10/07/17 09:41:12 31TK8600_057
Installing a Child Seat with a Second Row Installation

Tether
A child seat with a tether can be Outer Position
installed in any seating position in TETHER
STRAP HOOK
the second or third row seats.
Since a tether can provide additional

security to the lap/shoulder belt
installation, we recommend using a
tether whenever one is required or
available.
TETHER ANCHOR POINTS ANCHOR
Each second row seat has a tether 1. After properly securing the child
anchorage point behind the seat- seat (see pages 50 and 51 ), lift the
back. head restraint, then route the
2. Attach the tether strap hook to the

anchor, making sure the strap is
not twisted.
52 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:41:21 31TK8600_058
Third Row Installation

Center Position (except LX models) TETHER STRAP HOOK

ANCHOR
TETHER STRAP HOOK TETHER ANCHOR POINTS ANCHOR
3. Tighten the strap according to the Each third row seat has a tether removed head restraints should be
seat maker’s instructions. anchorage point behind the seat- secured in the cargo area so they will
back. not be thrown while you are driving.
If the tether strap is too long and Make sure to replace the head
cannot be tightened firmly, find a 1. After properly securing the child restraints when the child seats are
route where the strap can be seat (see pages 50 and 51 ), lift the not in use.
tightened securely. head restraint, then route the
2. Attach the tether strap hook to the
anchor, making sure the tether
strap is not twisted.
You can also remove the rear head 3. Tighten the strap according to the
restraints (see page 187 ). The seat maker’s instructions.
2011 Odyssey 53
10/07/17 09:41:29 31TK8600_059
Protecting Larger Children
When a child reaches the Checking Seat Belt Fit

recommended weight or height limit
for a forward-facing child seat, the Allowing a child age 12 or under
child should sit in a back seat on a to sit in front can result in injury
booster seat and wear the lap/ or death if the passenger’s front
shoulder belt. airbag inflates.
The following pages give If a child must ride in front,

instructions on how to check proper move the vehicle seat as far
seat belt fit, what kind of booster back as possible, use a booster
seat to use if one is needed, and seat if needed, have the child
important precautions for a child sit up properly and wear the
who must sit in front. seat belt properly.
To determine if a lap/shoulder belt

properly fits a child, have the child
put on the seat belt, then ask
yourself:
1. Does the child sit all the way back

against the seat?
2. Do the child’s knees bend

comfortably over the edge of the
seat?
54 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:41:37 31TK8600_060
3. Does the shoulder belt cross Using a Booster Seat territories where you intend to drive.
between the child’s neck and arm?
Booster seats can be high-back or
4. Is the lap part of the belt as low as low-back. Whichever style you select,

possible, touching the child’s make sure the booster seat meets
thighs? federal safety standards (see page
44 ) and that you follow the booster
5. Will the child be able to stay seat maker’s instructions.
seated like this for the whole trip?
If a child who uses a booster seat
If you answer yes to all these must ride in front, move the vehicle
questions, the child is ready to wear seat as far back as possible and be
the lap/shoulder belt correctly. If sure the child is wearing the seat
you answer no to any question, the belt properly.
child needs to ride on a booster seat. A child who has outgrown a forward-
facing child seat should ride in a A child may continue using a booster
back seat and use a booster seat seat until the tops of their ears are
until the lap/shoulder belt fits them even with the top of the vehicle’s or
properly without the booster. booster’s seat-back. A child of this
height should be tall enough to use
Some states, Canadian provinces and the lap/shoulder belt without a
territories also require children to booster seat.
use a booster seat until they reach a
given age or weight (e.g., 6 years or
60 lbs). Be sure to check current
laws in the states, provinces and
2011 Odyssey 55
10/07/17 09:41:49 31TK8600_061
When Can a Larger Child Sit in Of course, children vary widely. And If you decide that a child can safely
Front while age may be one indicator of ride up front, be sure to:
The National Highway Traffic Safety when a child can safely ride in front,
Administration and Transport there are other important factors you Carefully read the owner’s manual,
Canada recommend that all children should consider. and make sure you understand all
aged 12 and under be properly seat belt instructions and all safety
restrained in a back seat. Physical Size information.
Physically, a child must be large
If the passenger’s front airbag enough for the lap/shoulder belt to Move the vehicle seat to the rear-
inflates in a moderate to severe properly fit (see pages 15 and 54 ). If most position.
frontal collision, the airbag can cause the seat belt does not fit properly,
serious injuries to a child who is with or without the child sitting on a Have the child sit up straight, back
unrestrained, improperly restrained, booster seat, the child should not sit against the seat, and feet on or
sitting too close to the airbag, or out in front. near the floor.
of position.
Maturity Check that the child’s seat belt is
A side airbag also poses risks. If any To safely ride in front, a child must properly and securely positioned.
part of a larger child’s body is in the be able to follow the rules, including
path of a deploying side airbag, the sitting properly, and wearing the seat Supervise the child. Even mature
child could receive possibly serious belt properly throughout a ride. children sometimes need to be
injuries. reminded to fasten the seat belts
or sit properly.
56 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:41:54 31TK8600_062
Additional Safety Precautions Do not put any accessories on a

Do not let a child wear a seat belt seat belt. Devices intended to
across the neck. This could result improve a child’s comfort or
in serious neck injuries during a reposition the shoulder part of a

crash. seat belt can make the belt less
effective and increase the chance
Do not let a child put the shoulder of serious injury in a crash.
part of a seat belt behind the back
or under the arm. This could
cause very serious injuries during
a crash. It also increases the
chance that the child will slide
under the belt in a crash and be
injured.
Two children should never use the

same seat belt. If they do, they
could be very seriously injured in a
crash.
2011 Odyssey 57
10/07/17 09:42:01 31TK8600_063
Carbon Monoxide Hazard
Your vehicle’s exhaust contains With the tailgate open, air flow can
carbon monoxide gas. Carbon pull exhaust gas into your vehicle’s
monoxide should not enter the Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. interior and create a hazardous
vehicle in normal driving if you Breathing it can cause condition. If you must drive with the
maintain your vehicle properly and unconsciousness and even kill tailgate open, open all the windows
follow the information on this page. you. and set the heating and cooling
system/climate control system as
Have the exhaust system inspected Avoid any enclosed areas or shown below.
for leaks whenever: activities that expose you to
carbon monoxide. If you must sit in your parked vehicle
The vehicle is raised for an oil with the engine running, even in an
change. unconfined area, adjust the heating
High levels of carbon monoxide can and cooling system/climate control
You notice a change in the sound collect rapidly in enclosed areas, system as follows:
of the exhaust. such as a garage. Do not run the
engine with the garage door closed. 1. Select the fresh air mode.
The vehicle was in a collision that Even with the door open, run the 2. Select the mode.
may have damaged the underside. engine only long enough to move the 3. Set the fan speed to high.
vehicle out of the garage. 4. Set the temperature control to a
comfortable setting.
58 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:42:14 31TK8600_064
Safety Labels
These labels are in the locations SUN VISORS

shown. They warn you of potential U.S. models Canadian models
hazards that could cause serious
injury or death. Read these labels

carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard

to read (except for the U.S.
dashboard label which may be
removed by the owner), contact your
dealer for a replacement.
DASHBOARD
U.S. models only
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 59
10/07/17 09:42:24 31TK8600_065
Safety Labels
DOORJAMB
U.S. models Canadian models
RADIATOR CAP
60 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:42:28 31TK8600_066
Instruments and Controls
This section gives information about Windshield Wipers and Seats ................................................ 175
the controls and displays that Washers .................................. 135 Seat Heaters ................................... 189
contribute to the daily operation of Rear Window Wiper and Driving Position Memory
your vehicle. All the essential Washer .................................... 136 System......................................... 190
controls are within easy reach. Turn Signal and Headlights.......... 136 Power Windows ............................. 192
Fog Lights ...................................... 139 Moonroof ........................................ 195

Instrument Panel Brightness ....... 140 Mirrors ............................................ 197
Hazard Warning Button ................ 142 Parking Brake ................................ 199
Rear Window Defogger ................ 142 Interior Convenience Items .......... 201
Steering Wheel Adjustments ....... 143 Removable Center Console ...... 202
Keys and Locks.............................. 144 Flip-up Trash Bag Ring ............. 203
Immobilizer System....................... 145 Beverage Holders ...................... 203
Ignition Switch ............................... 147 Integrated Sunshades ............... 205
Remote Transmitter ...................... 148 Sunglasses Holder ..................... 206
Opening or Closing the Power Conversation Mirror ................. 207
Sliding Doors .......................... 151 Sun Visor .................................... 207
Opening or Closing the Power Vanity Mirror ............................. 208
Tailgate ................................... 151 Coat Hooks ................................. 208
Door Locks ..................................... 155 Glove Box ................................... 208
Control Locations ............................ 62 Power Door Locks ..................... 155 Center Pocket ............................ 209
Instrument Panel ............................. 63 Auto Door Locking/ Cool Box ..................................... 209
Instrument Panel Indicators ........... 65 Unlocking ............................... 156 Coin Box ..................................... 211
Gauges .............................................. 77 Childproof Door Locks ............. 162 Accessory Power Sockets......... 211
Multi-Information Display .............. 83 Tailgate ........................................... 162 AC Power Outlet ........................ 212
Controls Near the Steering Power Tailgate ........................... 163 Interior Lights ................................ 213
Wheel .......................................... 134 Sliding Doors .................................. 167
2011 Odyssey 61
10/07/19 15:50:18 31TK8600_067
Control Locations
INSTRUMENT PANEL MOONROOF SWITCH＊ HOMELINK BUTTONS MIRROR CONTROL AUTO BUTTON＊
INDICATORS (P.63) (P.195) (P.483) (P.197)
GAUGES (P.77)
BSI ALERT INDICATOR＊ HEATING AND COOLING

(P.582) SYSTEM＊ (P.218)
CLIMATE CONTROL
DRIVING POSITION SYSTEM＊
MEMORY SYSTEM＊ (P.225)
(P.190)
BSI ALERT INDICATOR＊
MIRROR CONTROLS (P.582)
(P.198)
AUTOMATIC
POWER DOOR LOCK TRANSMISSION
MASTER SWITCH (P.561)
(P.155)
USB ADAPTER CABLE＊
POWER WINDOW (P.288, 298, 385, 395)
SWITCHES
(P.192)
ACCESSORY POWER
SOCKETS
FUEL FILL DOOR (P.211)
RELEASE HANDLE
(P.541) HOOD RELEASE HANDLE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL
(P.544) (P.199)
Vehicle with navigation system is shown.
＊ : If equipped
62 2011 Odyssey
10/07/19 15:50:28 31TK8600_068
Instrument Panel
LX, EX, EX-L models
LOW TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR (P.71) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR (P.73)

FUEL ECONOMY INDICATOR (P.75) SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR＊(P.76)
MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR (P.76) STARTER SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.70)
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (P.66) CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR (P.75)

VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST (VSA) CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR (P.75)
SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.69)
LIGHTS ON INDICATOR (P.73)
VSA OFF INDICATOR (P.69)
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHTS (DRL)
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.73)
INDICATOR (P.69)
SEAT BELT
TIRE PRESSURE REMINDER
MONITORING INDICATOR (P.65)
SYSTEM (TPMS)
INDICATOR (P.72) LOW FUEL
INDICATOR (P.74)
CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.66) SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (P.66) SYSTEM (SRS) INDICATOR (P.67)
POWER TAILGATE INDICATOR＊ (P.74) SIDE AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR (P.68)
DOOR and TAILGATE OPEN INDICATOR (P.75) PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE
PARKING SENSOR INDICATORS＊(P.487) SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.67)
POWER SLIDING DOOR INDICATOR＊ (P.75) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) INDICATOR (P.68)
＊ : If equipped
The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.
2011 Odyssey 63
10/07/19 15:50:37 31TK8600_069
Instrument Panel
Touring models
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR (P.73) SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.76)

LOW TIRE PRESSURE/TPMS INDICATOR (P.71)
SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR (P.76)
FUEL ECONOMY INDICATOR (P.75)
CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR (P.75)
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (P.66)
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR (P.75)
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST (VSA)
LIGHTS ON INDICATOR (P.73)
VSA OFF INDICATOR (P.69)
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM FOG LIGHT

INDICATOR (P.69) INDICATOR (P.73)
CHARGING SYSTEM
INDICATOR (P.66) LOW FUEL
INDICATOR (P.74)
LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (P.66) SEAT BELT REMINDER INDICATOR (P.65)
＊
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.70) SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
DOOR and TAILGATE OPEN INDICATOR (P.75) SIDE AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR (P.68)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.68) PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.67)
＊ : If equipped
The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.
64 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:43:00 31TK8600_070
Instrument Panel Indicators
The instrument panel has many Seat Belt Reminder If your front passenger does not
indicators to give you important Indicator fasten their seat belt, the indicator
information about your vehicle. This indicator comes on when you comes on about 6 seconds after the
turn the ignition switch to the ON ignition switch is turned to the ON
(II) position. It reminds you and your (II) position.
passengers to fasten your seat belts.

A beeper also sounds if you have not If either of you do not fasten your
fastened your seat belt. seat belt while driving, the beeper
will sound and the indicator will flash
If you turn the ignition switch to the again at regular intervals. For more
ON (II) position before fastening information, see page 20 .
your seat belts, the beeper sounds,
and the indicator flashes. If you do On Touring models
not fasten your seat belts before the You will also see a ‘‘FASTEN SEAT
beeper stops, the indicator stops BELT’’ or ‘‘FASTEN PASSENGER
flashing but remains on. SEAT BELT’’ message on the multi-
information display (see page 90 ).
2011 Odyssey 65
10/07/17 09:43:09 31TK8600_071
Malfunction Indicator Charging System Low Oil Pressure

Lamp Indicator Indicator
For more information, see page This indicator has two functions: The engine can be severely
671 . damaged if this indicator flashes
1. If it comes on when the engine is or stays on when the engine is
On Touring models running, the battery is not being running. For more information,
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK charged, and you will see a see page 669 .
EMISSION SYSTEM’’ message on ‘‘CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM’’
the multi-information display (see message on the multi-information On Touring models
page 91 ). display or a ‘‘CHECK CHARGE You will also see a ‘‘CHECK
SYSTEM’’ message on the ENGINE OIL LEVEL’’ message
information display, depending on on the multi-information display
models. (see page 91 ).
2. This indicator also comes on when

the battery needs to be replaced
along with a ‘‘REPLACE
BATTERY’’ message on the multi-
information display or a
‘‘CHANGE BATT’’ message on
the information display, depending
on models. For more information,
see page 670 .
66 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:43:19 31TK8600_072
U.S. Canada Parking Brake 2. If it remains on after you have Supplemental Restraint
and Brake fully released the parking brake System (SRS) Indicator
System while the engine is running, or if it This indicator comes on for several
Indicator (Red) comes on while driving, there seconds when you turn the ignition
This indicator has two functions: could be a problem with the brake switch to the ON (II) position. If it
system. For more information, see comes on at any other time, it

1. It comes on when you turn the page 672 . indicates a potential problem with
ignition switch to the ON (II) your front airbags. This indicator will
position. It is a reminder to check On Touring models also alert you to a potential problem
the parking brake. A beeper You will also see a ‘‘BRAKE with your airbag system components.
sounds if you drive with the FLUID LOW’’ or ‘‘CHECK For more information, see page 32 .
parking brake not fully released. BRAKE SYSTEM’’ message on
Driving with the parking brake not the multi-information display (see On Touring models
fully released can damage the page 90 ). You will also see a ‘‘CHECK
brakes and tires. AIRBAG SYSTEM’’ message on the
multi-information display (see page 90).
On Touring models
You will also see a ‘‘RELEASE
PARKING BRAKE’’ message on
the multi-information display (see
page 90 ) .
2011 Odyssey 67
10/07/17 09:43:27 31TK8600_073
U.S. Canada Anti-lock Brake System On Touring models

Side Airbag Off (ABS) Indicator You will also see a ‘‘CHECK ABS
Indicator This indicator normally comes on SYSTEM’’ message on the multi-
This indicator comes on for several for a few seconds when you turn information display (see page 91).
seconds when you turn the ignition the ignition switch to the ON (II)
switch to the ON (II) position. If it position. If it comes on at any
comes on at any other time, it other time, there is a problem with
indicates that the passenger’s side the ABS. If this happens, have
airbag has automatically shut off. your vehicle checked at a dealer.
For more information, see page 33 . With this indicator on, your
vehicle still has normal braking
On Touring models ability but no anti-lock function.
You will also see a ‘‘PASSENGER For more information, see page
SIDE AIRBAG OFF’’ message on the 568 .
multi-information display (see page 90).
68 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:43:37 31TK8600_074
Immobilizer System Vehicle Stability Assist VSA OFF Indicator

Indicator (VSA) System Indicator
This indicator comes on briefly when This indicator normally comes on for It comes on as a reminder that you
you turn the ignition switch to the a few seconds when you turn the have turned off the vehicle stability
ON (II) position. It will then go off if ignition switch to the ON (II) assist (VSA) system.
you have inserted a properly coded position.

ignition key. If it is not a properly This indicator normally comes on for
coded key, the indicator will blink, It flashes when VSA is active (see a few seconds when you turn the
and the engine’s fuel system will be page 570 ). ignition switch to the ON (II)
disabled (see page 145 ). position. For more information, see
If it comes on and stays on at any page 570 .
other time, there is a problem with
the VSA system. Take your vehicle
to a dealer to have it checked.
Without VSA, your vehicle still has
normal driving ability, but will not
have VSA traction and stability
enhancement. See page 570 for more
information on the VSA system.
On Touring models
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK VSA
SYSTEM’’ message on the multi-
information display (see page 91 ).
2011 Odyssey 69
10/07/17 09:43:46 31TK8600_075
U.S. Canada Blind Spot Information If the indicator comes on at any

Starter System System (BSI) Indicator other time, there is a problem with
Indicator On Touring models BSI. You will also see a ‘‘CHECK
This indicator comes on when there This indicator normally comes on for BLIND SPOT SYSTEM’’ message on
is a problem with the starter system. a few seconds when you turn the the multi-information display. If this
For more information, see page 559 . ignition switch to the ON (II) happens, take your vehicle to a
position. dealer, and have it checked (For
On Touring models more information, see page 579 ).
If you see a ‘‘CHECK STARTER The BSI indicator also comes on if When this indicator is on, BSI is not
SYSTEM’’ message on the multi- the rear bumper becomes dirty while working.
information display, there is a driving. You will see a ‘‘BLIND
problem with the starter system (see SPOT NOT AVAILABLE’’ message
page 92 ). on the multi-information display.
When you clean the rear bumper,
the indicator should go off after you
begin driving again.
When you turn the system on, the

indicator will turn off.
70 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:43:55 31TK8600_076
Low Tire Pressure Low Tire Pressure/ If this happens, pull to the side of the
Indicator TPMS Indicator road when it is safe, check which tire
On LX, EX, EX-L models On Touring models has lost pressure, and determine the
This indicator normally comes on for This indicator normally comes on for cause. If it is because of a flat tire,
a few seconds when you turn the a few seconds when you turn the replace the flat tire with the compact
ignition switch to the ON (II) ignition switch to the ON (II) spare (see page 655 ), and have the

position. If it comes on while driving, position. flat tire repaired as soon as possible.
it indicates that one or more of your If two or more tires are underinflated,
vehicle’s tires are significantly low This indicator has two functions: call a professional towing service.
on pressure. Refer to page 574 for more
1. If it comes on while driving, it information.
If this happens, pull to the side of the indicates that one or more of your
road when it is safe, check which tire vehicle’s tires are significantly low
has lost pressure, and determine the on pressure.
cause. If it is because of a flat tire,
replace the flat tire with the compact You will also see a ‘‘CHECK TIRE
spare (see page 655 ), and have the PRESSURE’’ message on the multi-
flat tire repaired as soon as possible. information display (see page 91 ).
If two or more tires are underinflated,
call a professional towing service
(see page 683 ). For more
information, see page 572 .
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 71
10/07/17 09:44:02 31TK8600_077
2. If this indicator begins to flash, Tire Pressure Monitoring Turn Signal and
there is a problem with the tire System (TPMS) Indicator Hazard Warning
pressure monitoring system On LX, EX, EX-L models Indicators
(TPMS). You will also see a This indicator normally comes on for The left or right turn signal indicator
‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’ a few seconds when you turn the blinks when you signal a lane change
message on the multi-information ignition switch to the ON (II) or turn. If an indicator does not blink
display. The indicator continues to position. or blinks rapidly, it usually means
flash for a while (approximately 1 one of the turn signal bulbs is
minute), then stays on. If this If this indicator comes on and stays burned out (see pages 628 and 631 ).
happens, have your dealer check on at any other time, or if it does not Replace the bulb as soon as possible,
the system as soon as possible. come on when you turn the ignition since other drivers cannot see that
For more information, see page 577 . switch to the ON (II) position, there you are signaling.
is a problem with the TPMS. With
this indicator on, the low tire When you press the hazard warning
pressure indicator will not come on button, both turn signal indicators
when a tire loses pressure. Take the and all turn signals on the outside of
vehicle to your dealer to have the the vehicle flash.
system checked. For more
72 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:44:12 31TK8600_078
Lights On Indicator Daytime Running Lights High Beam Indicator

Indicator
This indicator reminds you that the If this indicator comes on when the This indicator comes on with the
exterior lights are on. It comes on ignition switch is turned to the ON high beam headlights. For more
when the light switch is in either the (II) position and the parking brake is information, see page 137.
or position. If you turn the released, it means there is a problem

ignition switch to the ACCESSORY in the high beam headlight’s circuit. Fog Light Indicator
(I) or the LOCK (0) position without Have your vehicle checked by your On Touring models
turning off the light switch, this dealer. This indicator comes on when you
indicator will remain on. A reminder turn on the fog lights. See page
chime will also sound when you open On Touring models 139 for information on fog light
the driver’s door without the key in If you see a ‘‘CHECK DRL operation.
the ignition switch. SYSTEM’’ message on the multi-
information display, there is a
On all models except LX problem in the high beam headlight’s
This indicator also comes on when circuit. Take your vehicle to a dealer
the light switch is in AUTO and the to have it checked (see page 92 ).
lights turn on automatically.
2011 Odyssey 73
10/07/19 15:50:48 31TK8600_079
Washer Level Indicator Low Fuel Indicator On Touring models

On Canadian models You will also see a ‘‘FUEL LOW’’
message on the multi-information
WASHER LEVEL INDICATOR display (see page 92 ).
U.S. Canada
Power Tailgate
Indicator
On EX-L models
This indicator comes on for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position. If it
LOW FUEL INDICATOR comes on at any other time, there is
a problem in the power tailgate
This indicator is in the fuel gauge. It system. Have the system checked by
This indicator comes on when the comes on as a reminder that you your dealer as soon as possible. You
washer fluid level is low. Add washer must refuel soon. can still open or close the tailgate
fluid when you see this indicator manually. For more information on
come on (see page 620 ). When the indicator comes on, there the power tailgate, see page 162 .
are about 3.0 US gal (11.4 ) of fuel
On Canadian Touring models remaining in the tank. On Touring models
You will also see a ‘‘WASHER You will also see a ‘‘CHECK POWER
FLUID LOW’’ message on the multi- When the needle reaches E, there is TAILGATE SYSTEM’’ message on
information display (see page 92 ). a very small amount of fuel in the the multi-information display.
tank.
74 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:44:36 31TK8600_080
U.S. Canada Cruise Main Indicator Door and Tailgate Open Indicator
Power Sliding
Door Indicator This indicator comes on when you
On EX and EX-L models turn on the cruise control system by
This indicator comes on for a few pressing the CRUISE button on the
seconds when you turn the ignition steering wheel (see page 480 ).

switch to the ON (II) position. If it
comes on at any other time, there is Cruise Control Indicator
a problem in the power sliding door
system. With this indicator on, move This indicator comes on when you
the main switch on the dashboard to set the cruise control. See page
the OFF position, and have the 480 for information on operating the
system checked by your dealer as cruise control.
soon as possible. You can still open
or close each sliding door manually. Fuel Economy Indicator The appropriate light comes on in
For more information on the power this indicator if the tailgate or any
sliding doors, see page 167 . While the engine is operating in its door is not closed tightly.
most economical range, this All the lights in the indicator come
On Touring models indicator may come on and stay on. on for a few seconds when you turn
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK LEFT It goes off when your vehicle uses the ignition switch to the ON (II)
SLIDING DOOR’’ or ‘‘CHECK extra fuel. position.
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR’’ message
on the multi-information display. On Touring models
The door and tailgate open indicator
also appears on the multi-information
display.
2011 Odyssey 75
10/07/17 09:44:46 31TK8600_081
Maintenance Minder System Message Security System Indicator

Indicator Indicator On all models except LX
On LX, EX, EX-L models On Touring models
This indicator comes on for a few This indicator comes on when there
seconds when you turn the ignition is a system message on the multi-
switch to the ON (II) position. It information display. Press the INFO
reminds you that it is time to take button on the steering wheel (see
your vehicle in for scheduled page 83 ) to see the message (see
maintenance. The maintenance main page 90 ).
items and sub items will be displayed
in the information display. See page Most of the time, this indicator
599 for more information on the comes on along with other indicators
Maintenance MinderTM. in the instrument panel such as the
seat belt reminder indicator, SRS SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR
This indicator goes off when your indicator, VSA system indicator, etc.
dealer resets it after completing the This indicator comes on when the
required maintenance service. security system is set. For more
76 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:44:53 31TK8600_082
Gauges
Temperature Gauge
This shows the temperature of the
INFORMATION DISPLAY/ engine’s coolant. During normal
MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY
operation, the pointer should rise
from the bottom mark to about the
TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER middle of the gauge. In severe

driving conditions, such as very hot
weather or a long period of uphill
driving, the pointer may rise to the
TEMPERATURE FUEL GAUGE upper zone. If it reaches the red
GAUGE (hot) mark, pull safely to the side of
the road. Turn to page 667 for
instructions and precautions on
checking the engine cooling system.
Fuel Gauge
This shows how much fuel you have.
It may show slightly more or less
than the actual amount. The needle
returns to the bottom after you turn
off the ignition.
SELECT/RESET KNOB Avoid driving with an extremely low

f uel level. Running out of f uel could
U.S. Touring model is shown.
cause the engine to misf ire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
2011 Odyssey 77
10/07/17 09:45:05 31TK8600_083
Gauges
INFORMATION DISPLAY Odometer

RANGE The odometer shows the total
: Press the select/reset knob. (ESTIMATED DISTANCE) distance your vehicle has been
driven. It measures miles in U.S.
ODOMETER models and kilometers in Canadian
models. It is illegal under U.S.
OUTSIDE INSTANT FUEL
ECONOMY federal law and Canadian provincial/
TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR territorial regulations to disconnect,
TRIP METER B TRIP METER A reset, or alter the odometer with the
intent to change the number of miles
or kilometers indicated.
ENGINE AVERAGE Trip Meter
OIL LIFE FUEL
ECONOMY This meter shows the number of
U.S. model with outside temperature indicator is shown. miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada)
driven since you last reset it.
Information Display To switch the display, press and There are two trip meters: Trip A
On LX, EX, EX-L models release the select/reset knob and Trip B. Switch between these
The information display shows the repeatedly. When you turn the displays by pressing the select/reset
odometer, trip meter, engine oil life, ignition switch to the ON (II) knob repeatedly.
outside temperature (if equipped), position, your last selection is Each trip meter works independently,
instant fuel economy, average fuel displayed. so you can keep track of two
economy, range (estimated distance), different distances.
and maintenance item code(s). On Touring models To reset a trip meter, display it, and
For information about the multi- then press and hold the select/reset
information display, see page 83 . knob until the number resets to ‘‘0.0’’.
78 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:45:12 31TK8600_084
Gauges
Instant Fuel Economy Average Fuel Economy Range (Estimated Distance)

This display shows the instant fuel When either of the trip meters (trip This display shows the estimated
economy you are getting. A or B) is displayed, your vehicle’s distance you can travel on the fuel
average fuel economy since you last remaining in the tank.
It shows the number of mpg (U.S.) reset that trip meter can be shown
or l/100 km (Canada). on the information display (mpg on This distance is estimated from the

U.S. models and l/100 km on fuel economy you have achieved
Canadian models). This number is over the last few miles (kilometers),
updated once per 10 seconds. To see so it will vary with changes in speed,
the average fuel economy, press and traffic condition, etc.
release the select/reset knob
repeatedly.
When you reset a trip meter, the

average fuel economy for that trip
meter also resets.
2011 Odyssey 79
10/07/17 09:45:19 31TK8600_085
Gauges
Outside Temperature Indicator If the outside temperature is OUTSIDE

Except LX model incorrectly displayed, you can adjust TEMPERATURE
This indicator displays the outside it up to ±5°F in U.S. models (±3°C DISPLAY
temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S. in Canadian models) warmer or
models) or Celsius (Canadian cooler.
models).
NOTE: The temperature must be
The temperature sensor is in the stabilized before doing this
front bumper. The temperature procedure.
reading can be affected by heat
reflection from the road surface, : Press and release the
engine heat, and the exhaust from select/reset knob.
surrounding traffic. This can cause
an incorrect temperature reading To adjust the outside temperature
when your vehicle speed is under display, press and hold the select/
19 mph (30 km/h). When you start reset knob for 10 seconds. The
your trip, the sensor is not fully display changes as shown above.
acclimatized, therefore it may take
several minutes until the proper
temperature is displayed.
80 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:45:25 31TK8600_086
Gauges
Select the outside temperature Battery Charge Low IGN ON (II) − Immediately turn off
display by pressing and releasing the When the battery’s state of charge is all electrical devices (interior lights,
select/reset knob. Press and hold low, the vehicle’s battery air conditioning, audio, heated seats,
the same knob for a few seconds to management system triggers a etc.). Try not to operate other
enter this setting, then turn it to ‘‘BATT LOW’’ message if the electrically operated controls such as
adjust the temperature. The ignition switch is on or off. the power windows. Driving the

following sequence will appear for vehicle will recharge the battery. If
each: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, −5, −4, −3, −2, Depending on how low the battery’s the message continues to display
−1, 0 (U.S.) or 0, 1, 2, 3, −3, −2, state of charge dropped and how while driving, see your dealer.
−1, 0 (Canada). long it remained low, these
messages may occur frequently. It IGN ACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0)
When the temperature reaches the may take a number of trips to − Follow the message and turn off
desired value, release the select/ sufficiently recharge the battery and all electrical devices. Driving the
reset knob. You should see the new the messages to no longer appear. vehicle will recharge the battery,
outside temperature displayed. however the vehicle may not start. If
it does not start, see jump starting
In certain weather conditions, (see page 665 ), or contact your
temperature readings near freezing dealer.
(32°F, 0°C) could mean that ice is
forming on the road surface.
2011 Odyssey 81
10/07/17 09:45:32 31TK8600_087
Gauges
Maintenance Minder TM Check Fuel Cap Message If the system still detects a leak in
The information display in the Your vehicle’s onboard diagnostic your vehicle’s evaporative emissions
instrument panel shows you the system will detect a loose or missing system, the malfunction indicator
engine oil life and maintenance fuel fill cap as an evaporative system lamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fill
service items when the ignition leak. The first time a leak is detected cap was not already tightened, turn
switch is in the ON (II) position. This a ‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’ message the engine off, and check or
information helps to keep you aware appears on the information display. retighten the fuel fill cap until it
of the periodic maintenance your clicks at least once. The MIL should
vehicle needs for continued trouble- Turn the engine off, and confirm the go off after several days of normal
free driving. Refer to page 599 for fuel fill cap is installed. If it is, loosen driving once the cap is tightened or
more information. it, then retighten it until it clicks at replaced. If the MIL does not go off,
least once. The message should go have your vehicle inspected by a
off after several days of normal dealer. For more information, see
driving once you tighten or replace page 671 .
the fuel fill cap. To scroll to another
display, press the select/reset knob.
The ‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’ message

will appear each time you restart the
engine until the system turns the
message off.
82 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:45:40 31TK8600_088
Multi-Information Display
On Touring models Normal Display Messages

The multi-information display in the
instrument panel displays various UPPER SEGMENT INFO (▲/▼) BUTTON
information and messages when the
ignition switch is in the ON (II)
position. Some of the messages help

you operate your vehicle more
comfortably. Others help to keep
you aware of the periodic
maintenance your vehicle needs for
continued trouble-free driving.
LOWER SEGMENT
There are two types of messages; U.S. model is shown. SEL/RESET BUTTON
normal display messages and system
messages. The multi-information display To change the display, press the
consists of two segments: an upper SEL/RESET button or INFO (▲/
You can select the displayed segment and a lower segment. ▼) button on the steering wheel
language and also customize some repeatedly until the desired
vehicle control settings to your liking In the normal display mode, the information appears (see page 84 ).
with the multi-information display upper segment displays trip
and the three buttons on the steering computer information, such as fuel When you turn the ignition switch to
wheel. economy or average speed. The the ON (II) position, your last
lower segment displays the selection is displayed.
odometer/trip meter (A/B), outside
temperature, and engine oil life and
maintenance item code(s). CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 83
10/07/17 09:45:44 31TK8600_089
: Press the INFO (▲/▼) button.

: Press the SEL/RESET button.
U.S. model is shown.
84 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:45:52 31TK8600_090
Odometer Trip Meter To reset a trip meter, display it, and

then press and hold the SEL/RESET
Canada U.S. Canada
button until the number resets to
U.S.
‘‘0.0.’’
When you reset Trip A, average fuel

economy A is reset at the same time.
When you reset Trip B, average fuel
economy B is reset.
In the customizing mode, you can set

ODOMETER Trip A and average fuel economy A
TRIP METER A TRIP METER B to reset at the same time when you
refuel your vehicle (see page 105 ).
The odometer shows the total This meter shows the number of
distance your vehicle has been miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada)
driven. It measures miles in U.S. driven since you last reset it. There
models and kilometers in Canadian are two trip meters: Trip A and Trip
models. It is illegal under U.S. B. Each trip meter works
federal law and Canadian provincial/ independently, so you can keep track
territorial regulations to disconnect, of two different distances.
reset, or alter the odometer with the
intent to change the number of miles
or kilometers indicated.
2011 Odyssey 85
10/07/17 09:46:01 31TK8600_091
Outside Temperature The temperature sensor is in the Engine Oil Life

front bumper. The temperature
reading can be affected by heat
U.S. Canada reflection from the road surface,
engine heat, and the exhaust from
surrounding traffic. This can cause
an incorrect temperature reading
when your vehicle speed is under
19 mph (30 km/h). When you start
your trip, the sensor is not fully
acclimatized, therefore it may take
several minutes until the proper
OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE temperature is displayed. ENGINE OIL LIFE
This shows the outside Fahrenheit In certain weather conditions, This shows the remaining engine oil
temperature in U.S. models, and temperature readings near freezing life. It shows 100% after the engine
Celsius temperature in Canadian (32°F, 0°C) could mean that ice is oil is replaced and the display is reset.
models. forming on the road surface. The engine oil life is calculated
based on engine operating conditions.
You can adjust the outside For more information, see page 599 .
temperature display (see page 103 ).
86 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:46:07 31TK8600_092
Battery Charge Low

When the battery’s state of charge is
low, the vehicle’s battery
management system triggers one of
the following ‘‘BATTERY CHARGE
LOW’’ messages if the ignition

switch is on or off.
Depending on how low the battery’s

state of charge dropped and how
long it remained low, these
messages may occur frequently. It
may take a number of trips to
sufficiently recharge the battery and IGN ON (II) − Immediately turn off IGN ACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0)
the messages to no longer appear. all electrical devices (interior lights, − Follow the message and turn off
air conditioning, audio, heated seats, all electrical devices. Driving the
etc.). Try not to operate other vehicle will recharge the battery,
electrically operated controls such as however the vehicle may not start. If
the power windows. Driving the it does not start, see jump starting
vehicle will recharge the battery. If (see page 665 ), or contact your
the message continues to display dealer.
while driving, see your dealer.
2011 Odyssey 87
10/07/17 09:46:17 31TK8600_093
Trip Computer INSTANT FUEL MPG (U.S. RANGE

Along with the trip meter, the trip models)/INSTANT FUEL L/100 km This shows the estimated distance
computer calculates these values: (Canadian models) you can travel on the fuel remaining
This shows your instant fuel in the fuel tank. This distance is
Instant Fuel Economy economy. estimated from the fuel economy
Average Fuel Economy you received over the last several
Range AVERAGE FUEL A/B miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada),
This shows your vehicle’s average so it will vary with changes in speed,
Elapsed Time fuel economy in mpg (U.S. models) traffic, etc.
Average Vehicle Speed or l/100 km (Canadian models) since
you last reset Trip A or Trip B.
You can customize the Trip A and

AVERAGE FUEL A reset condition
on the multi-information display (see
page 105 ).
88 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:46:28 31TK8600_094
ELAPSED TIME System Messages The system message(s) triggers the

This shows the accumulated appropriate indicator(s) on the
traveling time since you last reset it. SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR instrument panel, including the
When you turn the ignition switch to system message indicator, to come
the ON (II) position, ELAPSED on. The system message indicator
TIME is reset. does not go off until the problem(s)

If you want to reset the ELAPSED is corrected.
TIME manually, go to the trip
computer’s ELAPSED TIME display, You will also hear a beep when the
and press and hold the SEL/RESET system message comes on for the
button until the number resets. first time.
You can customize the ELAPSED If there are several messages, each
TIME reset conditions on the multi- message is displayed for about 5
information display (see page 107 ). If there is a problem with your seconds.
vehicle, for example the engine oil
AVERAGE SPEED level is low or a door is not fully To switch the message(s) before 5
This shows the average speed you closed, the multi-information display seconds elapsed or select the normal
are traveling in miles per hour (mph) will show you the problem. It does display, press the INFO (▲/▼)
for U.S. models or kilometers per this by interrupting the current button on the steering wheel
hour (km/h) for Canadian models. display with one or more messages. repeatedly.
To reset the AVERAGE SPEED you
have traveled, press and hold the
SEL/RESET button until the
number resets.
2011 Odyssey 89
10/07/17 09:46:40 31TK8600_095
If the system message indicator

remains lit on the instrument panel, U.S.
See page
you can see the corresponding
11
message(s) again by pressing the
See page
INFO (▲/▼) button repeatedly. Canada 199
See page
Even if you switch the display from
20
the message to the normal display,
some important messages come on
again at regular intervals until the U.S.
See page
problem is corrected.
20
See page
Here is a list of all messages: Canada 672
See page
32
U.S. U.S.
See page See page

Canada Canada
33 672
90 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:46:52 31TK8600_096
U.S.
See page See page
670 669
See page
Canada 162

See page See page
670 568
U.S.
See page See page
649 570
See page
Canada 167
See page See page
87 575
See page See page

87 576
See page See page

671 667
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 91
10/07/17 09:47:04 31TK8600_097
U.S.
See page See page
487 543
See page
Canada
560
See page
147
See page
139
See page See page
561 147
See page See page

490 586
See page See page

74 586
See page See page

74 604
92 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:47:14 31TK8600_098
Customized Settings If you want the settings as they were

DRIVER’S ID
On Touring Models when the vehicle left the factory,
You can customize some vehicle select DEFAULT ALL, as described
control settings. To change the on page 96.
settings, the ignition switch must be
in the ON (II) position, and the If you want to change any vehicle

vehicle must be stopped with the control settings, select CHANGE
transmission in Park. SETTINGS, then press the SEL/
RESET button.
To enter the customizing mode,
press either INFO button (▲/▼) Refer to the table on the next page
repeatedly until ‘‘CUSTOMIZE about the settings you can customize.
SETTINGS’’ is displayed, then press
the SEL/RESET button. You can customize some vehicle
control settings for ‘‘DRIVER 1’’ and
If you try to enter the customizing ‘‘DRIVER 2’’ separately. If ‘‘DRIVER
mode while the vehicle is moving, 1’’ or ‘‘DRIVER 2’’ is not displayed,
you will see a ‘‘MUST STOP AND customizing is not possible.
SHIFT TO PARK TO CHANGE
SETTINGS’’ message and you To have the driver’s ID detected,
cannot change the settings. make sure your remote transmitter
is linked to the system and the
driver’s door is unlocked with a
corresponding remote transmitter.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 93
10/07/17 09:47:19 31TK8600_099
Group Setup Menu Item Description Setting Option Page

METER SETUP LANGUAGE Changes the language used in the display. ENGLISH＊ 101
(P.100) SELECTION FRENCH
SPANISH
ADJUST OUTSIDE Changes the outside temperature reading above or −5°F∼±0°F＊∼5°F (U.S.) 103
TEMP. DISPLAY below its current reading. −3°C∼±0°C＊∼3°C
(Canada)
TRIP A RESET WITH Causes trip meter A and the average fuel economy ON 105
REFUEL to reset when you refuel. OFF＊
ELAPSED TIME Resets the elapsed time of your current trip. IGN OFF＊ 107
RESET TRIP A RESET
TRIP B RESET
POSITION SETUP MEMORY POSITION Changes the driver’s seat and the outside mirror ON＊ 110
(P.109) LINK positions to a stored setting. OFF
LIGHTING INTERIOR LIGHT Changes how long (in seconds) the interior lights 15 sec 113
SETUP DIMMING TIME stay on after you close the doors and the tailgate. 30 sec＊
(P.112) 60 sec
HEADLIGHT AUTO Changes how long (in seconds) the exterior lights 0 sec 115
OFF TIMER stay on after you close the driver’s door. 15 sec＊
30 sec
60 sec
AUTO LIGHT Changes the timing of when the headlights come MAX LOW 117
SENSITIVITY on. The headlight switch needs to be in the AUTO HIGH MIN
position. MID＊
＊ : Default setting
94 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:47:14 31TK8600_098
Group Setup Menu Item Description Setting Option Page

DOOR SETUP AUTO DOOR LOCK Changes the setting of when to automatically lock SHIFT FROM P 120
(P.119) the doors. WITH VEH SPEED＊1
OFF
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK Changes the setting of when to automatically SHIFT TO P＊1 DRIVER DOOR＊1/ 122
unlock the driver’s/all the doors. IGN OFF ALL DOORS

OFF
KEY AND REMOTE Changes which doors unlock with the remote DRIVER DOOR ＊1 124
UNLOCK MODE transmitter on a first push. ALL DOORS
PSD KEYLESS OPEN Changes the power sliding door opening setting. ANY TIME＊1 126
MODE WHEN UNLOCKED
PTG KEYLESS OPEN Changes the power tailgate opening setting. ANY TIME＊1 128
MODE＊2 WHEN UNLOCKED
KEYLESS LOCK The exterior lights flash each time you press the ON＊1 130
ACKNOWLEDGMENT LOCK or UNLOCK button. A beeper will also OFF
sound when you press the LOCK button twice.
SECURITY RELOCK Changes how long it takes (in seconds) for the 90 sec 132
TIMER doors to relock and the security system to set after 60 sec
you unlock but do not open the door. 30 sec＊1
DEFAULT ALL Set/Cancel all the customized settings as default. SET 96
(P.96) CANCEL
＊1 : Default setting
＊2 : U.S. models only
2011 Odyssey 95
10/07/17 09:47:31 31TK8600_101
DEFAULT ALL
If you want to set the default settings, To set the default settings, press the When DEFAULT ALL is set, you will
press the INFO (▲/▼) button to INFO (▲/▼) button to select SET see the above display for several
select DEFAULT ALL, then press then press the SEL/RESET button. seconds, then the screen returns to
the SEL/RESET button. the default all setting display.
96 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:47:36 31TK8600_102

If the setting is not successfully If you want to cancel DEFAULT
completed, ‘‘FAILED’’ is shown for ALL, select CANCEL, then press the
several seconds, and then the screen SEL/RESET button. The screen
goes back to the normal message goes back to the previous display.
mode. Repeat the same procedure to
select DEFAULT ALL.
2011 Odyssey 97
10/07/17 09:47:44 31TK8600_103
Customize Settings Each time you press the INFO (▲/

You can customize some of the ▼) button, the screen changes as
vehicle control settings to your shown on the next page. Press the
preference. Here are the settings INFO (▲/▼) button until you see
you can customize: the setup you want to customize,
then press the SEL/RESET button
METER SETUP to enter your selection.
POSITION SETUP
If you do not make any changes,
LIGHTING SETUP
select ‘‘EXIT.’’ The display returns to
DOOR SETUP the normal display.
If you want the settings as they were

When you want to change the when the vehicle left the factory,
vehicle control settings, press the select DEFAULT ALL, as described
INFO (▲/▼) button to select on page 96 .
CHANGE SETTINGS, then press
the SEL/RESET button.
98 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:47:48 31TK8600_104
METER SETUP
(See page 100.)

POSITION SETUP
(See page 109.)
LIGHTING SETUP
(See page 112.)
DOOR SETUP
(See page 119.)

2011 Odyssey 99
10/07/17 09:47:55 31TK8600_105
Meter Setup
Here are the four custom settings
for the meter setup:
LANGUAGE SELECTION
ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP.
DISPLAY
TRIP A RESET WITH REFUEL
ELAPSED TIME RESET
Each time you press the INFO (▲/

▼) button, the screen changes as
shown in the illustration. Press the
INFO (▲/▼) button until you see
the setting you want to customize,
to enter your selection.

100 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:48:02 31TK8600_106
Language Selection

There are three selectable Press the SEL/RESET button to see Select the desired setting by
languages: English, French, and the selections. pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button,
Spanish. To choose the language you then enter your selection by pressing
want, follow these instructions: the SEL/RESET button.
You can choose this item to

customize from ‘‘METER SETUP’’
by pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button
repeatedly.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 101

10/07/17 09:48:08 31TK8600_107
When your selection is successfully If you fail to enter your selection, To exit this mode without changing
completed, the display changes as you will see ‘‘SETTING the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to INCOMPLETE’’ on the display, then pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. the display goes back to the previous press the SEL/RESET button. The
display. Repeat the setup. display goes back to the customize
item screen.
102 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:48:15 31TK8600_108
Adjust Outside Temp. Display

If you sometimes find that the
temperature reading is a few
degrees above or below the actual
temperature, you can adjust it by
following these instructions:

You can choose this item to Adjust the outside temperature value
customize from ‘‘METER SETUP’’ by pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button
by pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button repeatedly. Press the SEL/RESET
repeatedly. button to set the desired value.
Press the SEL/RESET button to see

the selections.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 103

10/07/17 09:48:21 31TK8600_109
When your selection is successfully If you fail to enter your selection, To exit this mode without changing
completed, the display changes as you will see ‘‘SETTING the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to INCOMPLETE’’ on the display, then pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. the display goes back to the previous press the SEL/RESET button. The
display. Repeat the setup. display goes back to the customize
item screen.
104 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:48:28 31TK8600_110
Trip A Reset with Refuel

To cause Trip A and average fuel for Press the SEL/RESET button to see When your selection is successfully
trip A to reset every time you refuel the selections. completed, the display changes as
your vehicle, follow these shown above, and then goes back to
instructions: Select ON or OFF by pressing the the customize item screen.
INFO (▲/▼) button, then enter
You can choose this item to your selection by pressing the SEL/
customize from ‘‘METER SETUP’’ RESET button.
repeatedly.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 105

10/07/17 09:48:32 31TK8600_111
If the ‘‘SETTING INCOMPLETE’’ To exit this mode without changing

message appears, go back to ‘‘TRIP the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
A RESET with REFUEL’’ and repeat pressing the INFO button, then
the procedure again. press the SEL/RESET button. The
display goes back to the customize
item screen.
106 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:48:41 31TK8600_112
Elapsed Time Reset

There are three elapsed time reset
choices you can make:
IGN OFF − The elapsed time is

reset when you turn the ignition

switch to the LOCK (0) position.
TRIP A − The elapsed time is reset

when Trip A is reset.
TRIP B − The elapsed time is reset

when Trip B is reset.
You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button to see
customize from ‘‘METER SETUP’’ the selections.
repeatedly. Select the desired setting by
pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button,
then enter your selection by pressing
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 107

10/07/17 09:48:46 31TK8600_113
When your selection is successfully If the ‘‘SETTING INCOMPLETE’’ To exit this mode without changing
completed, the display changes as message appears, go back to the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to ‘‘ELAPSED TIME RESET’’ and pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. repeat the procedure again. press the SEL/RESET button. The
item screen.
108 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:48:52 31TK8600_114
Position Setup
You can customize the MEMORY
POSITION LINK setting in position
setup.
While ‘‘POSITION SETUP’’ is shown,

press the SEL/RESET button to
enter the customize mode.

CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 109

10/07/17 09:49:00 31TK8600_115
Memory Position Link Memory Position Setup

If ‘‘MEMORY POSITION LINK’’ is
‘‘ON,’’ the driver’s seat and outside
mirrors move to the positions stored
in the memory when you open the
driver’s door, using the remote
transmitter.
Refer to page 190 to set the driving

position memory. Also refer to page
150 for remote transmitter use.
customize from ‘‘POSITION the selections.
SETUP’’ by pressing the INFO (▲/
▼) button repeatedly. Select ON or OFF by pressing the
your selection by pressing the SEL/
RESET button.
110 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:49:05 31TK8600_116

shown above, and then goes back to ‘‘MEMORY POSITION LINK’’ and pressing the INFO button, then
item screen.
2011 Odyssey 111

10/07/17 09:49:12 31TK8600_117
Lighting Setup
Here are the three custom settings
for the lighting setup:
INTERIOR LIGHT
DIMMING TIME
HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER
AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY
While ‘‘LIGHTING SETUP’’ is

shown, press the SEL/RESET
button to enter the customize mode.


112 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:49:20 31TK8600_118
Interior Light Dimming Time

The interior lights fade out when you Press the SEL/RESET button to see When your selection is successfully
close all doors and tailgate. To the selections. completed, the display changes as
change how long the lights stay on shown above, and then goes back to
before they fade out, follow these Select the desired setting (15 sec, 30 the customize item screen.
instructions: sec, or 60 sec) by pressing the INFO
(▲/▼) button, then enter your
You can choose this item to selection by pressing the SEL/
customize from ‘‘LIGHTING RESET button.
▼) button repeatedly.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 113

10/07/17 09:49:24 31TK8600_119
If the ‘‘SETTING INCOMPLETE’’ To exit this mode without changing

message appears, go back to the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
‘‘INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING pressing the INFO button, then
TIME’’ and repeat the procedure press the SEL/RESET button. The
again. display goes back to the customize
item screen.
114 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:49:31 31TK8600_120
Headlight Auto Off Timer

The headlights, parking lights, side
marker lights, taillights, and license
plate lights go off after the selected
time when you remove the key from
the ignition switch and close the

driver’s door. To change how long
the lights stay on before they go off,
follow these instructions:
customize from ‘‘LIGHTING the selections.
▼) button repeatedly. Select the desired setting (60 sec, 30
sec, 15 sec or 0 sec) by pressing the
RESET button.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 115

10/07/17 09:49:36 31TK8600_121
shown above, and then goes back to ‘‘HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER’’ pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. and repeat the procedure again. press the SEL/RESET button. The
item screen.
116 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:49:45 31TK8600_122
Auto Light Sensitivity

The headlights automatically come
on when the headlight switch is in
the AUTO position and the ambient
light reaches a changeable level. You
can select the auto light sensitivity

from the following five levels:
MAX −
The headlights come on when it is
bright.
HIGH −
somewhat bright. You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button to see
customize from ‘‘LIGHTING the selections.
MID − SETUP’’ by pressing the INFO (▲/
The headlights come on when it is as ▼) button repeatedly. Select the desired setting (MAX,
bright as sunset or sunrise. HIGH, MID, LOW or MIN) by
LOW − then enter your selection by pressing
The headlights come on when it is the SEL/RESET button.
somewhat dark.
MIN −
dark. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 117

10/07/17 09:49:50 31TK8600_123
completed, the display changes as message appears, go back to ‘‘AUTO the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to LIGHT SENSITIVITY’’ and repeat pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. the procedure again. press the SEL/RESET button. The
item screen.
118 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:50:00 31TK8600_124
Door Setup
Here are the seven custom settings
for the door setup:
AUTO DOOR LOCK
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

KEY AND REMOTE UNLOCK
MODE
PSD (POWER SLIDING DOORS)
KEYLESS OPEN MODE
PTG (POWER TAILGATE)
KEYLESS OPEN MODE
KEYLESS LOCK
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
SECURITY RELOCK TIMER
While ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ is shown,

press the SEL/RESET button to
enter the customize mode.
U.S. models only
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 119

10/07/17 09:50:08 31TK8600_125

INFO (▲/▼) button, until you see
Auto Door Lock

There are three settings you can
choose from:
OFF −
The auto door lock mode is You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button to
deactivated all the time. customize from ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ by enter the selecting mode.
pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button
WITH VEH SPD − repeatedly. Select the desired setting by
The doors lock when the vehicle pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button,
speed reaches about 10 mph (about then enter your selection by pressing
15 km/h). the SEL/RESET button.
SHIFT FROM P −
The doors lock whenever you move
the shift lever out of Park.
120 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:50:14 31TK8600_126

When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit ‘‘AUTO DOOR LOCK,’’
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for press the INFO button until you see
seconds, and then the display goes several seconds, and the display goes ‘‘EXIT,’’ then press the SEL/RESET
back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’ back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’ button.
Repeat the setup.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 121

10/07/17 09:50:23 31TK8600_127
Auto Door Unlock

There are five possible settings:
OFF − The auto door unlock is

deactivated all the time.
DRIVER DOOR With SHIFT to P −

The driver’s door unlocks when you
move the shift lever to Park with the
brake pedal depressed.
ALL DOORS With SHIFT to P − All

the doors unlock when you move the
shift lever to Park with the brake You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button to
pedal depressed. customize from ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ by enter the selecting mode.
DRIVER DOOR With IGN OFF − repeatedly. Select the desired setting by
The driver’s door unlocks when you pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button,
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK then enter your selection by pressing
(0) position. the SEL/RESET button.
ALL DOORS With IGN OFF − All

the doors unlock when you turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK (0)
position.
122 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:50:29 31TK8600_128

completed, the display changes as message appears, go back to ‘‘AUTO the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to DOOR UNLOCK’’ and repeat the pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. procedure again. press the SEL/RESET button. The
item screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 123

10/07/17 09:50:35 31TK8600_129
Key and Remote Unlock Mode

To select whether the driver’s door
unlocks or all the doors and the
tailgate unlock when you push the
UNLOCK button on the remote
transmitter or use the key on the
driver’s door lock, follow these
instructions.
You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button to

customize from ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ by enter the selecting mode.
124 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:50:41 31TK8600_130

completed, the display changes as message appears, go back to ‘‘KEY the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to AND REMOTE UNLOCK MODE’’ pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. and repeat the procedure again. press the SEL/RESET button. The
item screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 125

10/07/17 09:50:48 31TK8600_131
PSD (Power Sliding Doors) Keyless

Open Mode
You can customize the power sliding
doors setting so that the power
sliding doors can’t be opened without
unlocking them first from the
outside.
There are two settings you can

choose from:
ANYTIME − The sliding door

unlocks and opens when you press
and hold the sliding door button on You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button to see
the remote transmitter for 1 second. customize from ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ by the selections.
The front door on the same side also pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button
unlocks at the same time. repeatedly. Select the desired setting by
WHEN UNLOCKED − In this mode, then enter your selection by pressing
you must unlock the sliding door the SEL/RESET button.
before opening it.
126 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:50:54 31TK8600_132

completed, the display changes as message appears, go back to ‘‘PSD the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to KEYLESS OPEN MODE’’ and pressing the INFO button, then
item screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 127

10/07/17 09:51:04 31TK8600_133
PTG (Power Tailgate) Keyless Open

Mode
U.S. models only
You can customize the power
tailgate setting not to open without
unlocking the tailgate lock first by
remote transmitter from the outside.
There are two settings you can
choose from:
ANYTIME − The tailgate unlocks
and opens when you press and hold
the tailgate button on the remote
transmitter for 1 second. The
tailgate will automatically relock You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button to see
when you close it when the doors are customize from ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ by the selections.
locked. pressing the INFO (▲/▼) button
WHEN UNLOCKED − In this mode,
you must unlock the tailgate before
opening it. In addition, the tailgate
will not automatically relock when
you close it.
On Canadian models
See page 165 for how to customize
the power tailgate keyless open
mode.
128 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:51:10 31TK8600_134

completed, the display changes as message appears, go back to ‘‘PTG the settings, select ‘‘EXIT’’ by
shown above, and then goes back to KEYLESS OPEN MODE’’ and pressing the INFO button, then
item screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 129

10/07/17 09:51:16 31TK8600_135
Keyless Lock Acknowledgment

When you push the LOCK button on
the remote transmitter, some
exterior lights flash, and a beeper
sounds when you push the LOCK
button again within 5 seconds to
verify that the doors and the tailgate
are locked and the security system
has set (see page 479 ). You can
customize the exterior lights not to
flash and the beeper not to sound.
You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button. The
customize from ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ by display changes as shown above.
repeatedly. Select ON or OFF by pressing the
RESET button.
130 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:51:23 31TK8600_136

shown above, and then goes back to ‘‘KEYLESS LOCK pressing the INFO button, then
the customize item screen. ACKNOWLEDGMENT’’ and repeat press the SEL/RESET button. The
the procedure again. display goes back to the customize
item screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 131

10/07/17 09:51:29 31TK8600_137
Security Relock Timer

If you unlock the doors and the
tailgate with the remote transmitter,
but do not open any of the doors or
the tailgate within 30 seconds, the
doors and the tailgate automatically
relock and the security system sets.
You can change this relock time

from 30 seconds to 60 or 90 seconds.
You can choose this item to Press the SEL/RESET button, then
customize from ‘‘DOOR SETUP’’ by press the INFO button.
132 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:51:35 31TK8600_138

shown above, and then goes back to ‘‘SECURITY RELOCK TIMER’’ and pressing the INFO button, then
item screen.
2011 Odyssey 133

10/07/19 15:50:55 31TK8600_139
Controls Near the Steering Wheel
HEADLIGHT/TURN SIGNAL/ REMOTE AUDIO CRUISE CONTROL WINDSHIELD

FOG LIGHTS＊2 CONTROLS＊2 BUTTONS WIPERS/WASHERS HAZARD WARNING
(P.136) (P.411) (P.480) (P.135) BUTTON
(P.142)
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST
(VSA) OFF SWITCH
(P.571) PASSENGER AIRBAG
BLIND SPOT OFF INDICATOR
INFORMATION SYSTEM (P.33)
(BSI) OFF SWITCH＊2
(P.585) SEAT HEATER
POWER SLIDING SWITCHES＊2
(P.189)
DOOR SWITCHES＊2
(P.169)
AUDIO SYSTEM (P.234)
POWER TAILGATE REAR ENTERTAINMENT
SWITCH＊2 SYSTEM＊2
(P.163) (P.414, 442)
PARKING SENSOR
SYSTEM SWITCH＊2 AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
HORN＊1 (P.412)
(P.486)
VOICE CONTROL
BUTTONS＊2
(P.496, 517) BLUETOOTH STEERING WHEEL MULTI-INFORMATION COOL BOX SWITCH＊2
HANDSFREELINK ADJUSTMENTS BUTTONS＊2 (P.209)
＊2
BUTTONS (P.496, 517) (P.143) (P.83)
Vehicle with navigation system is shown.
＊1 : To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.
＊2 : If equipped
134 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:51:52 31TK8600_140
Windshield Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers MIST − The wipers run at high Windshield Washer − Pull the
speed until you release the lever. wiper control lever toward you, and
hold it. The washers spray until you
OFF − The wipers are not activated. release the lever. The wipers run at
low speed, then complete one more
INT − The length of the wipe sweep after you release the lever.

interval is varied automatically
according to vehicle’s speed.
Vary the delay by turning the

adjustment ring. If you turn it to the
shortest delay ( position), the
ADJUSTMENT RING wipers change to low speed
operation when the vehicle speed
1. MIST exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h).
2. OFF
3. INT − Intermittent LO − The wipers run at low speed.
4. LO − Low speed
5. HI − High speed HI − The wipers run at high speed.
6. Windshield washers
Push the right lever up or down to

select a position.
2011 Odyssey 135

10/07/17 09:52:04 31TK8600_141
Windshield Wipers and Washers, Turn Signal and Headlights
Rear Window Wiper and Washer 4 Rotate the switch Turn Signal and Headlights
counterclockwise also to spray the
window washer and turn the wiper
on.
When you shift the transmission to

the reverse position with the front
windshield wiper activated, the rear
wiper operates automatically even if
the rear wiper switch is off.
When the wiper control lever is

positioned as follows:
1. OFF INT − The rear window wiper 1. Turn signal

When you turn the wiper switch to operates intermittently. 2. Off
the ‘‘OFF’’ position, the wiper will 3. Parking and indicator lights
return to its parked position. LO or HI − The rear window wiper 4. AUTO＊
2. Rotate the switch clockwise to operates continuously. 5. Headlights on
turn the rear window wiper ON. 6. High beams
The wiper operates every 7 The rear window washer uses the 7. Flash high beams
seconds after completing two same fluid reservoir as the wind- 8. Fog lights off ＊
sweeps. shield washer. 9. Fog lights on＊
3. Hold past ON to activate the rear
window wiper a few times and to ＊ : If equipped
spray the rear window washer.
136 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:52:10 31TK8600_142
Turn Signal and Headlights
Turn Signal − Push down on the Headlights On − Turning the If you leave the lights on with the
lever to signal a left turn and up to switch to the ‘‘ ’’ position turns key removed from the ignition
signal a right turn. To signal a lane on the parking lights, taillights, switch, you will hear a reminder
change, push lightly on the lever, instrument panel lights, side-marker chime when you open the driver’s
and hold it. The lever will return to lights, and rear license plate lights. door.
center when you release it or

complete a turn. Turning the switch to the ‘‘ ’’ High Beams − To switch from low
position turns on the headlights. beams to high beams, push the left
lever forward until you hear a click.
When the light switch is in the The high beam indicator will come
‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’ position, the on (see page 73 ). Pull it back to
lights on indicator comes on as a return to low beams. To flash the
reminder. This indicator stays on if high beams, pull the lever back
you leave the light switch on and lightly, then release it. The high
turn the ignition switch to the beams will stay on as long as you
ACCESSORY (I) or the LOCK (0) hold the lever back.
position.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 137

10/07/17 09:52:17 31TK8600_143
Headlights
On all models except LX Even with the automatic lighting

LIGHT SENSOR
AUTO − The automatic lighting feature turned on, we recommend
feature turns on the headlights, all that you turn on the lights manually
other exterior lights, and the when driving at night or in a dense
instrument panel lights when it fog, or when you enter dark areas
senses low ambient light. such as long tunnels or parking
facilities.
To turn on the automatic lighting,
turn the light switch to the AUTO On Touring models
position. The lights will come on To change the ‘‘AUTO LIGHT
automatically when the outside light SENSITIVITY’’ setting, see page 117.
level becomes low (at dusk, for
example). The lights on indicator
comes on as a reminder. The lights The automatic lighting feature is
and indicator turn off automatically controlled by a sensor located on top
when the system senses high of the dashboard. Do not cover this
ambient light. sensor or spill liquids on it.
The lights turn off automatically

when you turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK (0) position. To turn them
on again, either turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position, or
turn the light switch to the
position.
138 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:52:25 31TK8600_144
Headlights
Fog Lights You can use the fog lights only when Daytime Running Lights
On Touring models the headlights are on low beam. With the headlight switch off, the
With the light switch in the AUTO daytime running lights come on
position, you can also use the fog when you turn the ignition switch to
lights when the headlights turn on the ON (II) position and release the
automatically. They will go off when parking brake. They remain on until

the headlights turn off, or the you turn the ignition switch off, even
daytime running lights are on. if you set the parking brake.
When the headlights are on, the

daytime running lights are off.
On Touring models
If you see a ‘‘CHECK DRL
Turn the fog lights on and off by information display, there is a
turning the switch next to the problem with the daytime running
headlight switch. light system. Take your vehicle to a
dealer to have it checked.
When the multi-information display

shows a ‘‘DRL OFF’’ message, the
daytime running lights are off.
Follow the procedure in the left
column to turn them on.
2011 Odyssey 139

10/07/17 09:52:33 31TK8600_145
Headlights, Instrument Panel Brightness
Automatic Lighting Off Feature If you turn the ignition switch to the Instrument Panel Brightness
This feature turns off the headlights, LOCK (0) position with the
all other exterior lights, and the headlight switch on, but do not open
instrument panel lights within 15 the door, the lights turn off after 10
seconds after you remove the key minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is
and close the driver’s door. in the ‘‘AUTO’’ position).
On Touring models The lights will turn on again when

To change the ‘‘HEADLIGHT AUTO you unlock or open the driver’s door.
OFF TIMER’’ setting, see page 115 . If you unlock the door, but do not
open it within 15 seconds, the lights
The automatic lighting off feature will go off. With the driver’s door
activates if you leave the headlight open, you will hear a lights on SELECT/RESET KNOB
switch in the ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’ reminder chime.
position or if the lights are turned on You can change the instrument panel
by setting the switch in the ‘‘AUTO’’ brightness only when the light
position (if equipped), and you switch is on.
remove the key, then open and close
the driver’s door. Turn the knob on the lower part of
the instrument panel to adjust the
brightness.
140 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:52:40 31TK8600_146
Instrument Panel Brightness
If you do not insert the key in the

ignition switch after opening the
Except Touring model is shown. Touring model is shown. driver’s door, the illumination turns
off about 30 seconds after you close
the door.

If you insert the key but do not turn
the ignition switch to the ON (II)
position, the illumination turns off in
about 10 seconds.
BRIGHTNESS LEVEL BRIGHTNESS LEVEL
The level of brightness is shown on To reduce glare at night, the

the display while you adjust it. It instrument panel illumination dims
goes out 5 seconds after you finish when you turn the light switch to
adjusting. or . Turning the select/
reset knob to the right until you hear
You will hear a beep when maximum a beep will cancel the reduced
or minimum brightness is reached. brightness.
You will also hear a beep when the
maximum level is canceled by
turning the knob a click to the left.
2011 Odyssey 141

10/07/17 09:52:49 31TK8600_147
Hazard Warning Button, Rear Window Defogger
Hazard Warning Button Rear Window Defogger have to turn it on again when you
restart the vehicle.
On LX models
The defogger will shut itself off
Except U.S.
within about 20 minutes.
LX model
Make sure the rear window is clear
and you have good visibility before
starting to drive.
U.S. LX
model The defogger wires on the inside of
the rear window can be accidentally
damaged. When cleaning the glass,
Push the button between the center The rear window defogger clears fog, always wipe side-to-side.
vents to turn on the hazard warning frost, and thin ice from the window.
lights (four-way flashers). This Push the defogger button to turn it If equipped
causes all outside turn signals and on and off. Pushing this button also Pushing this button also turns the
both indicators in the instrument turns the mirror heaters on and off. mirror heaters on or off. For more
panel to flash. Use the hazard The indicator in the button comes on information, see page 199 .
warning lights if you need to park in to show the defogger is on. If you do
a dangerous area near heavy traffic, not turn it off, the defogger will shut
or if your vehicle is disabled. itself off after 10 to 30 minutes
(depending on the ambient
temperature). It also shuts off when
you turn off the ignition switch. You
142 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:52:56 31TK8600_148
Steering Wheel Adjustments
Make any steering wheel 3. Push the lever up to lock the

adjustments before you start driving. steering wheel in position.
4. Make sure you have securely

locked the steering wheel in place
Adjusting the steering wheel by trying to move it up, down, in,

position while driving may and out.
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured
in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only LEVER

when the vehicle is stopped.
1. Push the lever under the steering
column all the way down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or

down, and in or out, so it points
toward your chest, not toward
your face. Make sure you can see
the instrument panel gauges and
indicators.
2011 Odyssey 143

10/07/17 09:53:02 31TK8600_149
Keys and Locks
LX models EX models EX-L and Touring models

KEY MASTER KEYS VALET KEY KEY VALET KEY MASTER KEYS KEY VALET KEY MASTER KEYS
NUMBER WITH REMOTE (Gray) NUMBER (Gray) WITH REMOTE NUMBER (Gray) WITH REMOTE
TAG TRANSMITTER TAG TRANSMITTER TAG TRANSMITTER
The master key fits all the locks on You should have received a key
your vehicle. The valet key works number tag with your keys. You will
only in the ignition and the door need this key number if you ever
locks. You can keep the glove box have to get a lost key replaced. Use
locked when you leave your vehicle only Honda-approved key blanks.
and the valet key at a parking facility.
144 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:53:10 31TK8600_150
Keys and Locks, Immobilizer System
These keys contain electronic Immobilizer System When you turn the ignition switch to
circuits that are activated by the The immobilizer system protects the ON (II) position, the immobilizer
immobilizer system. They will not your vehicle from theft. If an system indicator should come on
work to start the engine if the improperly coded key (or other briefly, then go off. If the indicator
circuits are damaged. device) is used, the engine’s fuel starts to blink, it means the system
system is disabled. does not recognize the coding of the

Protect the keys from direct key. Turn the ignition switch to the
sunlight, high temperature, and LOCK (0) position, remove the key,
high humidity. reinsert it, and turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position again.
Do not drop the keys or set heavy
objects on them.
Keep the keys away from liquids.

If they get wet, dry them
immediately with a soft cloth.
The valet key does not contain a

battery. Do not try to take it apart.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 145

10/07/17 09:53:16 31TK8600_151
Immobilizer System
The system may not recognize your As required by the FCC:

key’s coding if another immobilizer This device complies with Part 15 of the
key or other metal object (i.e. key Always take the ignition key with you FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
chain) is near the ignition switch whenever you leave the vehicle alone. following two conditions: (1) This device
when you insert the key. may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
If the system repeatedly does not interference received, including
recognize the coding of your key, interference that may cause undesired
contact your dealer. operation.
Do not attempt to alter this system Changes or modifications not expressly

or add other devices to it. Electrical approved by the party responsible for
problems could result that may make compliance could void the user’s
your vehicle inoperable. authority to operate the equipment.
If you have lost your key and you This device complies with Industry
cannot start the engine, contact your Canada Standard RSS-210.
dealer. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
146 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:53:25 31TK8600_152
Ignition Switch
If the front wheels are turned, the START (III) − Use this position
anti-theft lock may make it difficult only to start the engine. The switch
to turn the key. Firmly turn the returns to the ON (II) position when
steering wheel to the left or right as you let go of the key.
you turn the key.
You will hear a reminder beeper if

ACCESSORY (I) − You can you leave the key in the ignition
operate the audio system and the switch in the LOCK (0) or the
accessory power sockets in this ACCESSORY (I) position and open
position. the driver’s door. Remove the key to
turn off the beeper.
If you turn the ignition key to the
ACCESSORY (I) position with the On Touring models
The ignition switch has four driver’s door closed, you will see an You will also see a ‘‘REMOVE KEY’’
positions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY ‘‘ACCESSORY (I) POSITION’’ message on the multi-information
(I), ON (II), and START (III). message on the multi-information display.
display to inform you of the key
LOCK (0) − You can insert or position. The shift lever must be in Park
remove the key only in this position. before you can remove the key from
To turn the key to the LOCK (0) ON (II) − This is the normal key the ignition switch.
position, the shift lever must be in position when driving. Several of the
Park, and you must push the key in indicators on the instrument panel
slightly. come on as a test when you turn the
ignition switch from the
ACCESSORY (I) to the ON (II)
position.
2011 Odyssey 147

10/07/17 09:53:34 31TK8600_153
Remote Transmitter
On LX models UNLOCK − Press this button once PANIC − Press this button for
to unlock the driver’s door. Push it about 1 second to attract attention;
UNLOCK LOCK twice to unlock the remaining doors the horn will sound and the exterior
BUTTON BUTTON and the tailgate. Some exterior lights lights will flash for about 30 seconds.
will flash twice each time you press To cancel panic mode, press any
the button. other button on the remote
transmitter, or turn the ignition
When you press the UNLOCK switch to the ON (II) position.
button, the front and rear individual
map lights and the cargo area light, Remote Transmitter Care
depending on their switch positions, Avoid dropping or throwing the
PANIC will come on (see page 213 ). If you transmitter.
BUTTON do not open any door or the tailgate,
the lights stay on for about 30 Protect the transmitter from
LOCK − Press this button once to seconds, then go out. If you relock extreme temperature.
lock all doors. Some exterior lights the doors and the tailgate with the
will flash once. When you push remote transmitter before 30 Do not immerse the transmitter in
LOCK twice within 5 seconds, you seconds have elapsed, the lights will any liquid.
will hear a horn to verify that the go off immediately.
doors are locked. You cannot lock If you lose a transmitter, the
the doors if any door is not fully If you do not open any door or the replacement needs to be
closed or the key is in the ignition tailgate within 30 seconds, the doors reprogrammed by your dealer.
switch. and the tailgate automatically relock.
148 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:53:44 31TK8600_154
Remote Transmitter
Replacing the Transmitter Battery 4. Remove the old battery, and insert
a new battery into the back of the
BATTERY cover with the ＋ side facing down.
An improperly disposed of battery

can hurt the environment.

Always confirm local regulations
for battery disposal.
5. Install the parts in reverse order.
TAB
SCREW
If it takes several pushes on the NOTE: Be careful when removing

button to lock or unlock the doors this screw as the head of the screw
and the tailgate, replace the battery can strip out.
as soon as possible.
2. Separate the transmitter by prying
Battery type: CR1616 its middle seam with your
fingernail.
To replace the battery:
3. Inside the transmitter, separate
1. Remove the screw at the base of the inner cover from the keypad
the transmitter with a small by releasing the two tabs on the
Phillips-head screwdriver. cover. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 149

10/07/17 09:53:52 31TK8600_155
Remote Transmitter
On EX, EX-L, Touring models On Touring models When you press the UNLOCK
To change the ‘‘KEYLESS LOCK button, the front and rear individual
ACKNOWLEDGMENT’’ setting, see map lights and the cargo area light,
LED
page 130 . depending on their switch positions,
LOCK
will come on (see page 213 ). If you
BUTTON UNLOCK − Press this button once do not open any door or the tailgate,
to unlock the driver’s door. Press it the lights stay on for about 30
twice to unlock the other doors and seconds, then go out. If you relock
UNLOCK the tailgate. Some exterior lights will the doors and the tailgate with the
BUTTON flash twice each time you press the remote transmitter before 30
button. seconds have elapsed, the lights will
PANIC go off immediately.
Touring model is shown. BUTTON If you do not open any doors or the
tailgate within 30 seconds, they will PANIC − Press this button for
LOCK − Press this button once to automatically relock and the security about 1 second to attract attention;
lock all doors and the tailgate. Some system sets. the horn will sound and the exterior
exterior lights will flash once. When lights will flash for about 30 seconds.
you push LOCK twice within 5 On Touring models To cancel panic mode, press any
seconds, you will hear a beep to To change the ‘‘KEY AND REMOTE other button on the remote
verify that the security system has UNLOCK MODE’’ setting, see transmitter, or turn the ignition
set. You cannot lock the doors and page 124 . switch to the ON (II) position.
the tailgate if any door or the tailgate
is not fully closed or the key is in the To change the ‘‘SECURITY
ignition switch. RELOCK TIMER’’ setting, see
page 132 .
150 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:54:01 31TK8600_156
Remote Transmitter
Opening or Closing the Power Sliding Opening or Closing the Power

Doors Tailgate
On EX-L and Touring models
DRIVER’S SIDE SLIDING MAIN SWITCH
DOOR BUTTON

LED
TAILGATE
BUTTON
PASSENGER’S SIDE
SLIDING DOOR BUTTON
Touring model is shown. POWER SLIDING DOOR SWITCHES
Press and hold the right button for If the power sliding door MAIN
about 1 second to open or close the switch on the dashboard is in the You can open or close the power
passenger’s side door, and the left OFF position, you cannot open or tailgate with the remote transmitter.
button to open or close the driver’s close the sliding doors with the Press and hold the TAILGATE
side door. remote transmitter. button to open or close the power
tailgate. When the tailgate begins to
You can customize the power sliding move, you will hear a beep, and some
doors keyless unlock mode setting front and rear lights will flash.
(see page 126 or 171 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 151

10/07/17 09:54:09 31TK8600_157
Remote Transmitter
You can customize the power Recalling a Memorized Driving Here are the settings activated with
tailgate keyless unlock mode setting Position the remote:
(see page 128 or 165 ). On Touring models
Customized settings
With Driver 1 With Driver 2 (see page 93 ).
Driving position memory

(see page 190 ).
When you unlock and open the

driver’s door with the remote
transmitter, the driver’s seat (except
the power lumbar feature) and
outside mirrors start to move to the
positions stored in memory. The
indicator in the related memory
When you unlock the door with your button to the remote comes on.
remote, each remote activates the
keyless memory settings related to
that remote. The driver’s ID (Driver
1 or Driver 2) is shown on the back
of each remote.
152 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:54:20 31TK8600_158
Remote Transmitter
Remote Transmitter Care

Avoid dropping or throwing the
transmitter.
TAB
Protect the transmitter from BATTERY
extreme temperature.

Do not immerse the transmitter in
any liquid.
If you lose a transmitter, the

replacement needs to be SCREW
reprogrammed by your dealer.
To replace the battery: 3. Inside the transmitter, separate
Replacing the Transmitter Battery the inner cover from the keypad
If it takes several pushes on the 1. Remove the screw at the base of by releasing the two tabs on the
button to lock or unlock the doors the transmitter with a small cover.
and the tailgate, replace the battery Phillips-head screwdriver.
as soon as possible.
NOTE: Be careful when removing
Battery type: CR2025 this screw as the head of the screw
can strip out.
2. Separate the transmitter by prying

its middle seam with your
fingernail. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 153

10/07/17 09:54:26 31TK8600_159
Remote Transmitter
4. Remove the old battery, and insert As required by the FCC: This device complies with Industry
a new battery into the back of the This device complies with Part 15 of the Canada Standard RSS-210.
cover with the ＋ side facing down. FCC rules. Operation is subject to the Operation is subject to the following two
following two conditions: (1) This device conditions: (1) this device may not cause
An improperly disposed of battery may not cause harmful interference, and interference, and (2) this device must
can hurt the environment. (2) this device must accept any accept any interference that may cause
Always confirm local regulations interference received, including undesired operation of the device.
for battery disposal. interference that may cause undesired
operation.
5. Install the parts in reverse order.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
154 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:54:34 31TK8600_160
Door Locks
Power Door Locks

Front LOCK TAB Rear LOCK TAB
Lock
Unlock RED INDICATOR

Unlock
Unlock
Lock
Lock
MASTER DOOR LOCK SWITCH RED INDICATOR
To lock all doors and the tailgate, The lock tab on any door locks and When the door is unlocked, you can
push the front of the master door unlocks that door. see the red indicator on the lock tab
lock switch on either front door, pull next to the inner door handle.
the lock tab rearward on the driver’s
door, or use the key on the outside
lock on the driver’s door.
Pressing the rear of the master door

lock switch will unlock all doors and
the tailgate.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 155

10/07/17 09:54:43 31TK8600_161
Door Locks
All doors and the tailgate can be To lock any passenger’s door when Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
locked from the outside by using the getting out of the vehicle, pull the On LX, EX, EX-L models
key in the driver’s door lock. To lock tab rearward and close the door. Your vehicle has customizable
unlock only the driver’s door, insert To lock the driver’s door, remove the settings for the doors and tailgate to
the key, turn the key, and release it. key from the ignition switch, pull the automatically lock and unlock. There
The remaining doors and the tailgate lock tab rearward or push the front are default settings for each of these
unlock when you turn the key a of the master switch, then close features. You can turn off or change
second time within a few seconds. the door. the settings for these features as
described on the following pages.
On Touring models Lockout Prevention
To change the ‘‘KEY AND REMOTE With any door and the tailgate open When you customize the setting,
UNLOCK MODE’’ setting, see and the key in the ignition, both make sure your vehicle is parked
page 124 . master door lock switches are safely, the engine is off, and the
disabled. They are not disabled if all parking brake is applied. Make all
You can open or close the windows the doors and the tailgate are closed. settings before you start driving.
and the moonroof (if equipped) by If you try to lock an open driver’s
using the key in the driver’s door door by pulling the lock tab rearward On Touring models
(see page 194 ). the lock tab on the driver’s door To change the ‘‘AUTO DOOR
pops out. LOCK’’ setting, see page 120 .
To change the ‘‘AUTO DOOR

UNLOCK’’ setting, see page 122 .
156 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:54:52 31TK8600_162
Door Locks
Auto Door Locking To turn off the Auto Door Lock 3. Push and hold the front of the
On LX, EX, EX-L models modes: master door lock switch on the
The auto door locking feature has driver’s door until you hear a click
three possible settings: (after about 5 seconds).
The auto door locking is 4. Release the switch, and within 20

deactivated all the time. seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position.
The doors and tailgate lock
whenever you move the shift lever
out of the Park (P) position.
The doors and tailgate lock when

the vehicle speed reaches 10 mph
(15 km/h).
This is the default setting. 1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

(II) position, and open the driver’s
door.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 157

10/07/17 09:55:01 31TK8600_163
Door Locks
To program the Park Lock mode: 3. Push and hold the front of the To program the Drive Lock mode:
Locks all doors and tailgate when the master door lock switch on the Locks all doors and tailgate when the
shift lever is moved out of the Park (P) driver’s door. You will hear a click. vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph
position. Keep holding the switch until you (15 km/h).
hear another click (after about 5
seconds).
4. Release the switch, and within 20

seconds, turn the ignition switch
1. Make sure the shift lever is in the 1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position. Park (P) position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and make sure to (II) position, and make sure to
close the driver’s door. close the driver’s door.
158 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:55:13 31TK8600_164
Door Locks
3. Push and hold the brake pedal, Auto Door Unlocking To turn off the Auto Door Unlock
and move the shift lever out of the On LX, EX models modes:
Park (P) position. The auto door unlocking feature has
five possible settings:
4. Push and hold the front of the The auto door unlocking is
master door lock switch on the deactivated all the time.

driver’s door. You will hear a click.
Keep holding the switch until you The driver’s door unlocks when
hear another click (after about 5 you move the shift lever to the
seconds). Park (P) position with the brake
pedal depressed.
5. Release the switch, and within 20 This is the default setting.
seconds, turn the ignition switch All doors and tailgate unlock when
to the ACCESSORY (I) position. you move the shift lever to the
Move the shift lever to the Park Park (P) position with the brake
(P) position. pedal depressed. 1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
The driver’s door unlocks Park (P) position.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the whenever you turn the ignition
LOCK (0) position. switch to the ACCESSORY (I) 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. (II) position, and open the driver’s
door.
All doors and tailgate unlock
whenever you turn the ignition
switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
position.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 159

10/07/17 09:55:22 31TK8600_165
Door Locks
3. Push and hold the rear of the To program the Park Unlock mode: 3. Push and hold the rear of the
master door lock switch on the Unlocks the driver’s door or all doors master door lock switch on the
driver’s door. You will hear a click, and tailgate when the shift lever is driver’s door. You will hear a click.
and after about 5 seconds, you will moved into the Park (P) position with Continue to hold down the switch:
hear another click. the brake pedal depressed.
Until you hear another click
4. Release the switch, and within 20 (after about 5 seconds) to
seconds, turn the ignition switch activate driver’s door unlock
to the LOCK (0) position. feature.
Or, until you hear two more

clicks (after about 10 seconds)
to activate all doors and tailgate
unlock feature.
4. Release the switch, and within 20

seconds, turn the ignition switch
1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.

(II) position, and make sure to
close the driver’s door.
160 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:55:31 31TK8600_166
Door Locks
To program the Ignition Switch 3. Push and hold the brake pedal, 5. Release the switch, and within 20
Unlock mode: then move the shift lever out of seconds, turn the ignition switch
Unlocks the driver’s door or all doors the Park (P) position. to the ACCESSORY (I) position.
and tailgate when the ignition switch is Move the shift lever to the Park
moved out of the ON (II) position. 4. Push and hold the rear of the (P) position.
master door lock switch on the

driver’s door. You will hear a click. 6. Turn the ignition switch to the
Continue to hold the switch: LOCK (0) position.
Until you hear another click Even if your vehicle’s battery is
(after about 5 seconds) to removed or goes dead, the system
activate the driver’s door unlock keeps the auto door lock/unlock
feature. setting which you selected.
Or, until you hear two more
clicks (after about 10 seconds)
to activate all doors and tailgate
unlock feature.
1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.

(II) position, and make sure to
close the driver’s door.
2011 Odyssey 161

10/07/17 09:55:39 31TK8600_167
Door Locks, Tailgate
Childproof Door Locks On all models except LX Tailgate

With the childproof door locks on,
automatic operation with the inside RELEASE
Unlock door handle or the power sliding
door switch on the door pillar is
disabled.
Lock
The childproof door locks are To open the tailgate, push the
designed to prevent children seated release, and lift up. To close the
in the rear from accidentally opening tailgate, use the tailgate handle to
the rear sliding doors. Each door has lower it, then press down on the
a lock lever near the edge. With the back edge.
lever in the LOCK position, the door
cannot be opened from the inside Keep the tailgate closed at all times
regardless of the position of the lock while driving to avoid damaging the
tab. To open the door, pull the lock tailgate and to prevent exhaust gas
tab up and use the outside door from getting into the interior. See
handle. Carbon Monoxide Hazard on page
58 .
162 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:51:06 31TK8600_168
Tailgate
Power Tailgate Remote Transmitter

Press and hold the tailgate button on
U.S. EX-L model the remote transmitter for about 1
second to unlock and open the
tailgate simultaneously. Press and
hold the button again to close it. If

the doors are kept closed, the
tailgate will be automatically
relocked when it is closed.
You can customize the power
tailgate keyless unlock mode setting
POWER TAILGATE SWITCH (see page 128 or 165 ).
Canadian EX-L, Touring models TAILGATE BUTTON
Each time you press the button on
On EX-L and Touring models the remote transmitter or the The tailgate can also be closed by
The tailgate can be opened and dashboard switch, you will hear a pressing the button on the tailgate. If
closed with the dashboard switch or beep, and some front and rear lights you press the button again while the
the remote transmitter. will flash. tailgate is closing, you will hear three
beeps, and the tailgate will stop
Dashboard Switch If you push the same button or moving, reverse direction, and stop
Press and hold the dashboard switch switch again while the tailgate is at the fully opened position.
for about 1 second to open or close opening or closing, you will hear
the tailgate. three beeps, and the tailgate will stop To open or close the tailgate
moving, reverse direction, and stop manually, see page 162 .
at the fully opened or closed position.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 163

10/07/17 09:55:59 31TK8600_169
Tailgate
Auto-Reverse Also check that passengers, Do not install any accessories on the
The power tailgate has an auto- especially children, do not have their tailgate. It may cause the tailgate to
reverse feature. If it meets hands on the edge of the tailgate or malfunction. If there is snow or ice
resistance while opening or closing, on the tailgate sill. The auto reverse on the tailgate, make sure to remove
it will beep three times and reverse feature stops working when the it before you operate the tailgate.
direction. However, the tailgate may tailgate is about to latch so the motor
not reverse immediately. Always can pull the tailgate shut. If you push the tailgate release
make sure passengers and objects button inside the handle while the
are clear of the tailgate before If your vehicle’s battery is tailgate is opening or closing, the
opening or closing it. disconnected, goes dead, or the fuse power tailgate function shuts OFF.
is removed while the tailgate is fully You need to open or close it the rest
open, the power tailgate needs to be of the way manually.
reset. After connecting the battery
Closing a power tailgate while or installing the fuse, close the The tailgate has sensors on both
anyone is in the path of the tailgate fully by hand. sides. Be careful not to damage them.
tailgate can cause serious If the sensors are damaged, the
injury. The power tailgate may not open or power tailgate does not function
close under the these conditions: properly.
Make sure everyone is clear
before closing the power The vehicle is parked on a steep
tailgate. hill.
When the vehicle is swayed in a
strong wind.
When the tailgate or the roof is
covered with snow or ice.
164 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:51:16 31TK8600_170
Tailgate
If you try to drive off with the To Customize the Power Tailgate WHEN UNLOCKED − In this mode,
tailgate open, a beeper sounds and a Setting you must unlock the tailgate before
‘‘DOOR & TAILGATE OPEN’’ You can customize the power opening it. In addition, the tailgate
message is shown on the multi- tailgate setting not to open without will not automatically relock when
information display. unlocking the tailgate lock first by you close it.
remote transmitter from the outside.

Keep the tailgate closed at all times U.S. EX-L model is shown.
while driving to avoid damaging the When you customize the setting,
tailgate and to prevent exhaust gas make sure your vehicle is parked
from getting into the interior. See safely, the parking brake is applied,
Carbon Monoxide Hazard on page all doors and the tailgate are fully
58 . closed and locked, and the key is LED
removed from the ignition switch.
If there is a problem in the power
tailgate system, you will see a There are two settings you can
‘‘CHECK POWER TAILGATE’’ choose from:
display. Have the system checked by ANYTIME − The tailgate unlocks
your dealer. and opens when you press and hold You can switch between these two
the tailgate button on the remote modes as following:
With this message shown on the transmitter for 1 second. The
multi-information display, you can tailgate will automatically relock 1. Press and hold the power tailgate
still open or close the tailgate when you close it when the doors are switch on the dashboard.
manually. locked.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 165

10/07/17 09:56:18 31TK8600_171
Tailgate
2. Keep pressing the dashboard Unlocking the Tailgate

switch, press and hold the power
tailgate button on the remote
transmitter until the LED on the
remote flashes (for 1 second).
3. Release the dashboard switch.
4. Follow steps 1 through 3 within 20

seconds and repeat it four times.
To go back to the other setting,

repeat the above procedure. COVER On LX and EX models
When the ‘‘WHEN UNLOCKED’’ If the power door lock system cannot If you need to unlock the tailgate
mode is set, you will hear 3 short unlock the tailgate, unlock it manually, it means there is a
beeps. manually. problem with the tailgate. Have the
vehicle checked by your dealer.
When the ‘‘ANYTIME’’ mode is
Place a cloth on the upper edge of
set, you will hear a long beep.
the cover to prevent scratches, then
use a small flat-tip screwdriver to
remove the cover on the back of the
tailgate.
166 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:56:28 31TK8600_172
Tailgate, Sliding Doors
Opening and Closing Manual Power Sliding Doors

Sliding Doors On all models except LX
On LX models The doors are electrically powered
To open, pull the inside or outside and can be operated with the remote
door handle, and slide the door back. transmitter, the door handles, the
It will latch in the fully open position. dashboard switches or both door

When opening from the inside, the pillar switches. To operate the doors:
childproof door lock must be
unlocked. The ignition switch must be in the
ON (II) position with the brake
To close, pull either handle, and slide pedal pressed or the parking brake
LEVER the door closed. Make sure the door applied when you operate the
On EX-L and Touring models is closed and latched securely before doors with the shift lever in any
driving, and all passengers are clear position other than Park.
Push the release lever to the right as of the sliding doors before closing
shown. them. The power sliding door MAIN
switch must be in the ON position.
When opening a sliding door, it stops
about halfway if the window is open To open the door with the inside
more than about 3 in (8 cm). If the handle or the door pillar switch,
vehicle is facing downhill, the sliding the childproof door lock on the
door will slam shut when you release door must be unlocked (see page
the door handle. Always close the 162 ).
window fully before opening the
sliding door.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 167

10/07/17 09:56:36 31TK8600_173
Sliding Doors
When the shift lever is in Park: When the shift lever is in any position Door Handles
If you shift out of Park while a door except Park and the ignition switch is in To open the door with the inside
is closing and you have neither the ON (II) position: door handle, tilt the handle
pressed the brake pedal nor applied If you release the brake pedal or the backward. Tilt it forward to close the
the parking brake, you will hear a parking brake when you try to open door. If you tilt the handle in either
beep until the door closes. the sliding door, you will hear a beep direction while the door is opening
and the door will be left ajar. or closing, the door stops moving.
When you shift out of Park while a To open the door fully, shift to Park, Then tilt the handle in the
door is opening, you will hear a press the brake, or apply the parking appropriate direction to open or
continuous tone and the door will brake. close the door fully.
stop moving if you release the brake
pedal or the parking brake. Stop the If you release the brake pedal or the To open or close the door with the
vehicle and close the door. parking brake when you try to close outside door handle, pull the door
the sliding door, you will hear a beep handle. If you pull the door handle
until the door closes. while a door is opening or closing,
the door stops moving. If you pull the
door handle again, the door will
open fully.
168 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:56:44 31TK8600_174
Sliding Doors
Switches To open a power sliding door, push

and release the bottom of the
POWER SLIDING DOOR MAIN SWITCH appropriate switch. If you forget to
unlock the door, you may hear three
beeps. Unlock the door, and try
again.

To close a sliding door, push and
release the top of the switch.
To stop a door, push either the top or

POWER SLIDING DOOR POWER SLIDING DOOR bottom of the switch. The door will
DASHBOARD SWITCHES DOOR PILLAR SWITCH stop and you will hear three beeps.
Push the switch again to resume
The dashboard switches on the left The door pillar switches for the rear movement.
of the steering column allow you to passengers are located on the door
open or close the power sliding doors. pillar trim panel in front of the power When the MAIN switch is in the
sliding door on both sides. OFF position, you have to operate
The MAIN switch on the dashboard the doors manually.
controls power to the sliding doors.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 169

10/07/17 09:56:53 31TK8600_175
Sliding Doors
Remote Transmitter You can customize the power sliding Auto-Reverse

doors keyless unlock mode setting Each power sliding door has an auto-
DRIVER’S SIDE (see page 126 or 171 ). reverse feature. If a door meets
SLIDING DOOR LED
BUTTON resistance while closing, it will beep
To close a sliding door, press the three times and reverse direction.
power sliding door button for at least However, the door may not reverse
1 second. immediately and may cause some
bruising or discomfort. Always make
To stop movement, push the sure passengers and objects are
appropriate door button; you will clear of the doors before closing
hear three beeps. Push and hold the them.
PASSENGER’S SIDE same button again for at least 1
SLIDING DOOR BUTTON second and the door will reverse If a rear window is open more than
direction. about 3 in (8 cm), the power sliding
Press and hold the appropriate door is designed to stop about
button on the remote transmitter for halfway to avoid accidents. If this
about 1 second to unlock and open happens, close the door with the
the sliding door simultaneously. The door handles, the dashboard switch,
front door on the same side will also door pillar switch, or the remote
unlock. Press and hold the button transmitter. Close the window and
again to close the sliding door. The open the sliding door. Make sure the
sliding door and the front door on window is fully closed before you
the same side will remain unlocked operate the power sliding door.
even after closing the sliding door.
170 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:57:05 31TK8600_176
Sliding Doors
To Customize the Power Sliding switch, and the power sliding door 2. Keep pressing the dashboard
Doors Setting MAIN switch is set to the OFF switch, press and hold the driver’s
position. side power sliding door button on
MAIN SWITCH DRIVER’S SIDE the remote transmitter until the
DASHBOARD SWITCH
There are two settings you can LED on the remote flashes (for 1
choose from: second).

LED ANYTIME − The sliding door 3. Release the dashboard switch.
unlocks and opens when you press
and hold the sliding door button on 4. Follow steps 1 through 3 within 20
the remote transmitter for 1 second. seconds and repeat it four times.
The front door on the same side also
DRIVER’S SIDE
POWER SLIDING unlocks at the same time. To go back to the other setting,
DOOR BUTTON repeat the above procedure.
WHEN UNLOCKED − In this mode,
You can customize the power sliding you must unlock the sliding door When the ‘‘WHEN UNLOCKED’’
doors button on the remote before opening it. mode is set, you will hear 3 short
transmitter to not open the sliding beeps.
doors without unlocking the sliding You can switch between these two When the ‘‘ANYTIME’’ mode is
doors lock first. modes as following: set, you will hear a long beep.
When you customize the setting, 1. Press and hold the driver’s side
make sure your vehicle is parked sliding door dashboard CLOSE
safely, the parking brake is applied, switch.
all doors are fully closed and locked,
the key is removed from the ignition CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 171

10/07/17 09:57:14 31TK8600_177
Sliding Doors
Manually Opening/Closing the If there is an obstacle in the door sill, Do not put any item in the door
Power Sliding Door the power sliding door may not open pocket that sticks out from the
You can manually open or close the or close properly. When removing pocket. It can prevent the doors from
sliding doors. The MAIN switch the obstacle from the door sill, make opening or closing properly, and
must be in the OFF position. To sure to turn off the MAIN switch on damage the vehicle body.
open a door, pull the inside or the dashboard.
outside door handle, and slide the
door back. It will latch in the fully When replacing a flat tire, make sure
open position. To close, pull either to turn off the power sliding door Closing a sliding door while any
handle and slide the door forward. MAIN switch on the dashboard. part of a passenger is in the
When the door is almost closed, the door’s path can cause serious
auto-closer will pull the door shut. On all models injury.
Do not allow anyone to step on the
Important Sliding Door lower arm of the sliding door while Make sure all passengers are
Precautions the door is open. This could damage clear of the doorway before
On all models except LX the sliding door mechanism. closing a sliding door.
Before operating the sliding doors,
check that passengers, especially When you drive with children in your
children, do not have their hands on vehicle, use the childproof door
the edge of the sliding door or on the locks (see page 162 ). This will
door pillar. The auto-reverse motor prevent children from opening the
stops working when the door is doors accidentally.
about to latch so the auto-closer can
pull the door shut.
172 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:57:24 31TK8600_178
Sliding Doors
Refueling Parking on a Hill If you leave the vehicle on a steep

When you release the fuel fill door, When parking facing downhill, make downhill with a power sliding door
the driver’s side sliding door sure the doors are latched in the half open and the engine off, the
automatically locks so it cannot open fully open position, and then hold the magnetic lock will turn off after 30
and interfere with the fuel door. If a door open for your passengers. Do minutes and the sliding door will
passenger attempts to unlock the not pull the inside or outside door automatically open or close. In this

door by cycling the lock knob several handle, or the door will slam shut. case you will hear a continuous tone.
times, the door can be opened.
On all models except LX If your vehicle is facing a downhill,
If a passenger needs to get out while Make sure the MAIN switch on the do not turn the MAIN switch to OFF
you are refueling, instruct that dashboard is in the ON position. while the door is operating because
person to exit on the passenger’s the door may slam shut.
side. When parking facing downhill on a
steep grade, the power sliding doors
When you close the fuel fill door, the may not open or close as they do
driver’s side sliding door unlocks if it normally.
was locked when you opened the
fuel fill door.
On all models except LX

If you open the fuel fill door while
the driver’s side sliding door is
opening, the sliding door stops. If
this happens, the door must be
operated manually.
2011 Odyssey 173

10/07/17 09:57:34 31TK8600_179
Sliding Doors
How to Reset the Power Sliding Pinch Sensor U.S. Canada

Door Power Sliding
If your vehicle’s battery is PINCH SENSOR Door Indicator
disconnected or goes dead while the On EX, EX-L models
sliding door is open, the power If the power sliding door indicator
sliding door system needs to be reset. comes on and stays on, there is a
After reconnecting the battery, close problem in the system. Turn the
the sliding door completely by hand. MAIN switch to OFF, and have the
system inspected by a dealer.
If the power sliding door is closed,
the system will reset itself On Touring models
automatically once the battery has If there is a problem in the power
been reconnected. sliding door system, you will see a
If the power sliding door does not ‘‘CHECK LEFT SLIDING DOOR’’ or
operate properly after resetting, On all models except LX ‘‘CHECK RIGHT SLIDING DOOR’’
have your vehicle checked by your Each sliding door has a pinch sensor message on the multi-information
dealer. on the front edge. Do not damage display (see page 91 ). If this
this sensor, or the power sliding door message stays on, turn the MAIN
may not operate properly. switch to OFF, and have the system
inspected by your dealer.
174 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:57:47 31TK8600_180
Seats
Power Seat Adjustments Raises or lowers the

See pages 12 − 13 for important safety seat. (Driver’s seat
information and warnings about how to only)
properly position the seats and seat-
backs.
The controls for the power Moves the whole

adjustable front seats are on the seat up and forward,
outside edge of each seat bottom. or down and
You can adjust the seats with the backward. The front
ignition switch in any position. Make of the seat also tilts
all seat adjustments before you start up or down at the
driving. same time. (Driver’s
seat only)
On LX models Moves the seat
The Driver’s power seat has no forward and Adjusts the seat-
lumbar support. backward. back angle forward
or backward.
The passenger seat has the same Moves the front of
adjustments as the driver’s seat but the seat up or down. Increases or
without any height and lumbar (Driver’s seat only) decreases the
adjustments. lumbar support.
(Driver’s seat only)
On LX and EX models
The front passenger’s seat adjusts
manually. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 175

10/07/17 09:57:55 31TK8600_181
Seats
On Touring models Manual Seat Adjustments

The driver’s seat includes a memory See pages 12 − 14 for important safety
feature. Two seat positions can be information and warnings about how to
stored in separate memories. You properly position the seats and seat-
can then select a memorized position backs.
by pushing the appropriate memory
button. Refer to page 190 for how to The seats in the second and third
memorize and select the seat rows adjust manually.
positions.
On LX and EX models
The front passenger’s seat adjusts
manually. Second row outer seat is shown.
Make all seat adjustments before To adjust the seat forward and
you start driving. backward, pull up on the bar under
the seat cushion’s front edge. Move
the seat to the desired position, and
release the bar. Try to move the seat
to make sure it is locked in position.
The third row seats do not adjust

forward and backward.
176 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:58:01 31TK8600_182
Seats
ADJUSTMENT STRAPS

Second row outer seat is shown. ADJUSTMENT STRAP
On the front passenger’s manual On the second row center seat On the third row seats
adjustable seat and the second row outer To change the angle of the seat-back, The left and right halves of the third
seats pull the strap on the right side of the seat-back can be adjusted separately.
To change the seat-back angle, pull seat bottom. Move the seat-back to To adjust the angle, pull the
up on the lever on the outside of the the desired position and release the adjustment strap on the outside of
seat bottom. strap. Let the seat-back latch into the each seat-back, move the seat-back
new position. to the desired position, and release
the adjustment strap. Let the seat-
back latch in the new position.
Once a seat is adjusted correctly,
rock it back and forth to make sure it
is locked in position.
2011 Odyssey 177

10/07/17 09:58:08 31TK8600_183
Seats
Armrests On EX-L and Touring models

The angle of the armrest on each
front seat is adjustable. On EX-L
model, only the driver’s side is
adjustable. Pivot the armrest down,
and pull it up to the desired angle.
An armrest is located on each of the The seat-back of the center seating

front seats and on each side of the position of the second row seat can
second row seats (depending on be used as an armrest; pull the
models). Pivot it down to use it. adjustment strap and pivot it down to
When you remove the bucket seats use it.
in the second row, pivot the armrests
up out of the way. A beverage holder is located in the
armrest.
178 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:58:15 31TK8600_184
Seats
Head Restraints Front and Second row outer seats

See page 14 for important safety
information and a warning about CUSHION
improperly positioning head restraints.
SEAT-
Your vehicle is equipped with head BACK

restraints in all seating positions to LEGS
help protect you and your
passengers from the likelihood of
whiplash and other injuries.
RELEASE BUTTON
They are most effective when you Adjusting the Head Restraint
adjust them so the center of the back The head restraints adjust for height.
of the occupant’s head rests against You need both hands to adjust a
the center of the restraint. restraint. Do not attempt to adjust it
while driving. To raise it, pull upward.
To lower the restraint, push the
release button sideways, and push
the restraint down.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 179

10/07/17 09:58:22 31TK8600_185
Seats
Third row outer seats Third row center seat Make sure the removed head
restraints are securely stored.
When reinstalling a head restraint,

put the legs back in place. Then
adjust it to the appropriate height
while pressing the release button.
RELEASE BUTTON RELEASE BUTTON
Removing the Head Restraint

To remove a head restraint for
cleaning or repair, pull it up as far as
it will go. Push the release button,
then pull the restraint out of the seat-
back.
For Third Row Seat Outer Head

Restraints
The seat-back must be folded
forward (see page 177 ) to get ceiling
clearance for removal of the head
restraints.
180 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:58:29 31TK8600_186
Seats
Active Head Restraints This reduces the distance between

the restraint and the occupant’s head.
Failure to reinstall the head It also helps protect the occupants
restraints can result in severe against the likelihood of whiplash
injury during a crash. and injuries to the neck and upper
spine.

Always replace the head
restraints before driving. After a collision, the activated
restraint should return to its normal
position.
Make sure the head restraint locks
in position when you reinstall it. If the restraints do not return to their
normal position, or in the event of a
severe collision, have the vehicle
The driver’s and front passenger’s inspected by a Honda dealer.
seats have active head restraints. If
the vehicle is struck severely from
the rear, the occupant properly
secured with the seat belt will be
pushed against the seat-back and the
head restraint will automatically
move forward.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 181

10/07/17 09:58:38 31TK8600_187
Seats
For a head restraint system to work Third Row Seat Access

properly:
Do not hang any items on the head

restraints, or from the restraint
legs.
Do not place any object between
an occupant and the seat-back.
Install each restraint in its proper
location.
RELEASE LEVER RELEASE STRAP
Only use genuine Honda
replacement head restraints.
To get into the third row seats, pull To get out of the third row seats, pull
the release lever on the outside edge the release strap on the bottom of
of the second row outer seat. The the second row seat-back. The seat-
seat-back will tilt forward. Then you back will tilt forward. Then you can
can slide the whole seat forward. slide the whole seat forward.
After you return the seat-back to the

upright position, push the whole seat
backwards until it latches. Make
sure the seat is fully latched before
sitting in it.
182 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:58:47 31TK8600_188
Seats
Removing the Second Row Outer

HANDLE SEAT-BACK ANGLE
Seats ADJUSTMENT LEVER
Both seats can be removed to give
more cargo capacity.
Do not remove the seats while
driving.

To remove a seat:
1. Lower the head restraint to its
lowest position.
LOCK RELEASE LEVER
2. Move the second row seat to the
rear-most position. 4. Unlock the seat from the floor by 5. Unhook the front of the seat from
pulling the lock release lever on the floor by pulling it back slightly,
3. Pull up the seat-back angle the outside of the seat bottom, and then pivoting it upward.
adjustment lever, and fold the lift the rear of the seat by holding
seat-back forward. the handle under the back of the To reinstall the seat, hook the front
seat cushion. of the seat to the floor, then push the
rear of the seat-back until it locks in
place. Make sure the seat is securely
latched before driving.
2011 Odyssey 183

10/07/17 09:58:57 31TK8600_189
Seats
Moving the Second Row Outer Removing the Second Row Multi-
HANDLE
Seats Functional Center Seat
The second row outer seats can be On all models except LX
moved to the center to provide an Your vehicle has a multi-functional
easier access to the third row seat. center seat for the second row
Or you can move them to the outer center position.
position if you intend to install two or
three child seats in the second row You can remove the multi-functional
seats. center seat when it is not used. Do
not remove the seat while driving.
To move a seat:
To remove a seat:
1. Follow steps 1 and 2 on the
previous section. 2. With the front of the seat hooked 1. Use the latch plate to release the
onto the floor, slide the seat center seat belt from the
laterally to the center or outer detachable anchor (see page 187 ).
position. Make sure to move it Allow the seat belt to retract into
until it stops. the holder on the ceiling and store
the buckles in it.
3. Lower the seat and push the rear
of the seat-back until it locks in 2. Pull up the adjustment strap, and
place. Make sure the seat is fold the seat-back forward.
securely latched before driving.
184 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:59:06 31TK8600_190
Seats
ADJUSTMENT STRAP 4. Unhook the front of the seat from Folding the One-Motion Third
the floor by pulling it back slightly, Row ‘‘Magic Seat’’
then pivoting it upward. To create more cargo space, you can
fold the one-motion third row ‘‘Magic
To reinstall the seat, hook the front Seat’’ into the floor recess. The right
of the seat to the floor, then push the and left halves can be folded

rear of the seat-back until it locks in separately.
place. Make sure the seat is securely
latched before driving. Remove any items from the cargo
area before you fold down the third
row seat.
LOCK RELEASE STRAP
To fold the third row seat:
3. Unlock the seat from the floor by
pulling the lock release strap 1. Unlatch the center seat detachable
under the seat cushion, and lift the seat belt anchor (see page 187 ),
rear of the seat by holding the and let the belt retract all the way
seat-back. into the ceiling. Place the latch
plate and anchor latch into their
holding slots. Make sure both seat
belts on the outer seats are out of
the way.
2. Lower the head restraints to their

lowest positions.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 185

10/07/17 09:59:14 31TK8600_191
Seats
INSTRUCTION LABEL HANDLES
3. Pull and hold the strap on each Make sure all items in the cargo To return the seat to the upright
seat-back to unlock the front legs area are secured. Loose items can position:
of the third row seat. fly forward and cause injury if you
have to brake hard. See Carrying 1. Pull the seat out of the recess by
4. Pull the seat into the cargo area Cargo on page 551 . pulling up on the handle. Pivot the
floor recess with the strap. seat forward all the way. The front
legs of the third row seat will
automatically latch.
186 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:59:22 31TK8600_192
Seats
STRAPS Detachable Anchor

Third Row Second Row

ANCHOR BUCKLE SLOT
2. Pull the seat-back upright with the
strap. Make sure the seat is The seat belts in the second and Except LX model
securely locked into position third row center seats are equipped For the second row center seat, pivot
before driving. with detachable anchors. down the anchor buckle forward.
Insert a key into the slot on the back
To unlatch the detachable anchor, of the anchor buckle to release it.
place a key into the slot on the side Store the detachable anchor and seat
of the anchor buckle. Store the belt latch plates in the retractor
detachable anchor and seat belt latch housing.
plates in the retractor housing.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 187

10/07/17 09:59:29 31TK8600_193
Seats
When the seats are returned to the

upright position, these detachable
LATCH PLATE anchors should be latched back TRIANGLE MARKS
properly.
Using the seat belt with the

detachable anchor unlatched
increases the chance of serious
injury or death in a crash. ANCHOR
BUCKLE
SMALL LATCH PLATE Before using the seat belt, Third Row Seat is shown.
make sure the detachable
Pull out the small latch plate and the anchor is correctly latched. Line up the triangle marks on the
latch plate from each holding slot in small latch plate and anchor buckle
the ceiling, and pull out the seat belt when reattaching the belt and buckle.
to extend it. If any children are riding in the rear
seats, be sure that any unused seat Tug on the seat belt to verify that
belts they can reach are buckled, the the detachable anchor is securely
lockable retractor activated, and the latched. Make sure the seat belt is
belt fully retracted. See page 22 . not twisted.
188 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:59:37 31TK8600_194
Seat Heaters
Passenger’s SEAT HEATER SWITCHES Follow these precautions when using

seat the seat heaters:
Do not use the seat heater in the
HI setting for an extended period,
because it draws large amounts of

current from battery.
If the engine is left idling for an
extended period, do not use the
seat heaters, even on the LO
HEATERS Driver’s setting. It can weaken the battery,
seat
causing hard starting.
On all models except LX To use the heaters, press the seat The heater runs continuously and
Both front seats are equipped with heater switch. The indicator (amber) does not automatically turn off
seat heaters. Because of the sensors in the switch will come on. There are after a period of time.
for the side airbag cutoff system, three settings in the heaters: HI, LO,
there is no heater in the passenger’s and OFF.
seat-back. The ignition switch must
be in the ON (II) position to use the When you press the seat heater
heaters. switch once, the heater is set to HI.
Select LO by pressing the seat
heater switch again. To shut down
the heater, press the seats heater
switch until the indicators go off.
2011 Odyssey 189

10/07/17 09:59:45 31TK8600_195
Driving Position Memory System
On Touring models Storing a Driving Position in MEMORY BUTTONS

Your vehicle has a memory feature Memory
for the driver’s seat and outside Store a driver’s seat position only
mirror positions. when the vehicle is parked.
Two seat and outside mirror 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
positions can be stored in separate (II) position. You cannot add a
memories. You select a memorized new seat position in memory
position by pushing the appropriate unless the ignition switch is in the
button or using the appropriate ON (II) position. You can recall a
remote transmitter (Driver 1 or memorized position with the
Driver 2). ignition switch in any position. SET BUTTON
You can change the ‘‘MEMORY 2. Adjust the seat to a comfortable 4. Press and release the SET button
POSITION LINK’’ setting on the position (see page 175 ). on the driver’s door. You will hear
multi-information display (see page a beep. Immediately press and
110 ). 3. Adjust the outside mirrors for best hold one of the memory buttons (1
visibility (see page 198 ). or 2) until you hear two beeps.
The indicator in the memory
button will come on. The current
positions of the driver’s seat and
outside mirrors are now stored.
190 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:59:57 31TK8600_196
Driving Position Memory System
To cancel the storing procedure Selecting a Memorized Position To stop the system’s automatic
after pressing the SET button, do To select a memorized position, do adjustment, do any of these actions:
any of the following: this:
Press any button on the driver’s
Fail to press a memory button 1. Make sure the shift lever is in the door: SET, 1, or 2.
within 5 seconds. Park (P) position.

Push any of the adjustment
Pressing the SET button again switches for the seat.
within 5 seconds. 2. Press the desired memory button
(1 or 2) until you hear a beep. Shift out of Park.
Readjust the seat position.
The system will move the seat and Adjust the outside mirrors.
Readjusting the outside mirror outside mirrors to the memorized
position. positions. The indicator in the If desired, you can use the
selected memory button will flash adjustment switches to change the
Each memory button stores only one during movement. When the positions of the seat or outside
driving position. Storing a new adjustments are complete, you will mirrors after they are in their
position erases the previous setting hear two beeps, and the indicator will memorized positions. If you change
stored in that button’s memory. If remain on. the memorized position, the
you want to add a new position while indicator in the memory button will
retaining the current one, use the go out. To keep this driving position
other memory button. for later use, you must store it in the
driving position memory.
All stored driving positions will be
lost if your vehicle’s battery goes
dead or is disconnected.
2011 Odyssey 191

10/07/17 10:00:03 31TK8600_197
Power Windows
DRIVER’S MAIN SWITCH AUTO − To open either front

WINDOW SWITCH window fully, push the window
Closing a power window on switch firmly down to the second
someone’s hands or fingers can detent, then release it. The window
cause serious injury. automatically goes down all the way.
To stop the window from going all
Make sure your passengers are the way down, pull back on the
away from the windows before window switch briefly.
closing them.
To close either front window fully,
PASSENGER’S INDICATOR pull back the window switch firmly
WINDOW SWITCH to the second detent, then release it.
The window automatically goes all
Turn the ignition switch to the ON the way up. To stop the window from
(II) position to raise or lower any going all the way up, push down on
window. To open a window, push the the window switch briefly.
switch down and hold it. Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop. Pull back on the switch and
hold it to close the window.
192 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:00:11 31TK8600_198
Power Windows
When you push the main switch in, AUTO REVERSE − If either front Opening the Windows and
the indicator comes on and the window senses any obstacle while it Moonroof with the Remote
passengers’ windows cannot be is closing automatically, it will Transmitter
raised or lowered. Use the main reverse direction and then stop. To On all models except LX
switch when you have children in the close the window, remove the You can open all of the windows and
vehicle so they do not injure obstacle, then use the window switch the moonroof (if equipped) from the

themselves by operating the again. outside with the remote transmitter.
windows unintentionally. To cancel
this feature, push on the switch Auto reverse stops sensing when the 1. Press the UNLOCK button once
again. The switch will pop out and window is almost closed. You should to unlock the driver’s door.
the indicator will go off. always check that all passengers and
objects are away from the window 2. Press the UNLOCK button a
The windows and the main switch before closing it. second time, and hold it. The
feature will operate for up to 10 passenger’s doors and the tailgate
minutes after you turn off the NOTE: The driver’s window auto unlock, and all four windows and
ignition switch. Opening either front reverse function is disabled when moonroof start to open. To stop
door cancels this function. you continuously pull up the switch. the windows and moonroof,
release the button.
2011 Odyssey 193

10/07/17 10:00:18 31TK8600_199
Power Windows
3. To open the windows and Opening/Closing the Windows To open:

moonroof further, press the with the Key 1. Insert the key in the driver’s door
button again (within 10 seconds of lock.
step 1) and hold it. If the windows
and the moonroof stop before the 2. Turn the key clockwise, then
desired position, repeat steps 1 release it.
and 2.
You cannot close the windows or the

moonroof with the remote
transmitter. Close Open
You can open and close the windows

and the moonroof (if equipped) with
the key in the driver’s door lock.
194 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:00:28 31TK8600_200
Power Windows, Moonroof
3. Turn the key clockwise again, and To close: Moonroof

hold it. All four windows and the 1. Insert the key in the driver’s door
moonroof start to open. To stop lock. MOONROOF SWITCH
Open
the windows and the moonroof,
release the key. 2. Turn the key counterclockwise,
then release it.

4. To open the windows and the
moonroof further, turn and hold 3. Turn the key counterclockwise Tilt
the key again (within 10 seconds again, and hold it. All four
of step 2). windows and the moonroof start to Close
close. To stop the windows and
the moonroof, release the key.
4. To close the windows and the

moonroof further, turn and hold On EX-L and Touring models
the key again (within 10 seconds Turn the ignition switch to the ON
of step 2). (II) position before operating the
moonroof switch on the ceiling
NOTE: If the windows and the console.
moonroof stop before the desired
position, repeat steps 2 and 3. To open the moonroof fully, pull
back the moonroof switch firmly.
The moonroof opens all the way. To
stop the moonroof from opening
fully, push the switch briefly.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 195

10/07/17 10:00:36 31TK8600_201
Moonroof
To tilt up the moonroof, push on the AUTO REVERSE − If the You can open and close the
center of the moonroof switch. To moonroof runs into any obstacle moonroof for up to 10 minutes after
stop the moonroof from tilting up while it is closing automatically, it you turn off the ignition switch.
fully, push the switch briefly. will reverse direction and then stop. Opening either front door cancels
To close the moonroof, remove the this function.
To close the moonroof fully, firmly obstacle, then use the moonroof
push the moonroof switch forward, switch again.
then release it. The moonroof
automatically closes all the way. To Auto reverse stops sensing when the If you try to open the moonroof in
stop the moonroof from closing, moonroof is almost closed. You below-f reezing temperatures, or when
push the switch briefly. should always check that all it is covered with snow or ice, you can
passengers and objects are away damage the moonroof panel or its
To open or close the moonroof from the moonroof before closing it. motor.
partially, pull back or push forward
the moonroof switch lightly and hold Operating the Moonroof with the
it. The moonroof will stop when you Remote Transmitter or the Key
release the switch. Opening or closing the You can use the remote transmitter
moonroof on someone’s hands or the key to operate the moonroof
or fingers can cause serious from the outside. Refer to page
injury. 194 for details.
Make sure all hands and fingers

are clear of the moonroof
before opening or closing it.
196 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:00:41 31TK8600_202
Mirrors
There is also a sensor on the back of

the mirror. Items hung on the mirror
may block this sensor and af f ect its
perf ormance.

Keep the inside and outside mirrors On EX-L and Touring models
clean and adjusted for best visibility. The inside mirror can automatically
Be sure to adjust the mirrors before darken to reduce glare. To turn on
you start driving. this feature, press the button on the
bottom of the mirror. The AUTO
On LX, EX models indicator comes on as a reminder.
The inside mirror has day and night When it is on, the mirror darkens
positions. The night position reduces when it senses the headlights of a
glare from headlights behind you. vehicle behind you, then returns to
Flip the tab on the bottom edge of normal visibility when the lights are
the mirror to select the day or night gone. Press the button again to turn
position. off this feature.
2011 Odyssey 197

10/07/17 10:00:51 31TK8600_203
Mirrors
Adjusting the Power Mirrors Reverse Tilt Door Mirror

If equipped
SELECTOR SWITCH ADJUSTMENT SWITCH Both outside door mirrors have a
reverse tilt feature. When in reverse,
the selected mirror will tilt down
slightly to improve your view as you
parallel park. Shifting out of reverse
will return the mirror to its original
position.
To tilt the driver’s mirror, place
the selector switch in the left
position.
To tilt the passenger’s mirror,
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON 3. Push the appropriate edge of the place the switch in the right
(II) position. adjustment switch to move the position.
mirror right, left, up, or down. To turn the feature off, place the
2. Move the selector switch to L switch in the center position.
(driver’s side) or R (passenger’s When you finish, move the
side). selector switch to the center (off)
position. This turns the
adjustment switch off to keep your
settings.
198 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:00:58 31TK8600_204
Mirrors, Parking Brake
Heated Mirrors If the outside temperature is below Parking Brake

41°F (5°C), the heated mirror
function will come on automatically
for 10 minutes when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position.

HEATED MIRROR SWITCH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL
Except U.S. LX model To apply the parking brake, push the

The outside mirrors are heated to pedal down with your foot. To
remove fog and frost. With the release it, push on the pedal again.
ignition switch in the ON (II) The parking brake indicator on the
position, turn on the heaters by instrument panel should go out when
pressing the button. The indicator in the parking brake is fully released
the button comes on as a reminder. (see page 67 ).
Press the button again to turn the
heaters off. Pressing this button also
turns the rear window defogger on
and off.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 199

10/07/17 10:01:01 31TK8600_205
Parking Brake
On Touring models
You will also see a ‘‘RELEASE
PARKING BRAKE’’ message on the
multi-information display (see page 90 ).
Driving the vehicle with the parking

brake applied can damage the rear
brakes and hubs. A beeper will sound if
the vehicle is driven with the parking
brake on.
200 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:58:26 31TK8600_206
Interior Convenience Items
INTEGRATED SUNSHADES＊ COAT HOOKS BEVERAGE HOLDER SUN VISOR

COIN BOX SUNGLASSES HOLDER/
CONVERSATION MIRROR＊
AC POWER OUTLET＊
BEVERAGE HOLDER

VANITY MIRROR
ACCESSORY
POWER SOCKET
ACCESSORY UTILITY TRAY/

POWER SOCKET BEVERAGE HOLDER
GLOVE BOX
CENTER POCKET/
COOL BOX＊
BEVERAGE HOLDERS
BEVERAGE HOLDERS REMOVABLE CENTER CONSOLE＊
＊ : If equipped
2011 Odyssey 201

10/07/17 10:01:14 31TK8600_207
Removable Center Console

MARKS
LEVER HANDLE
To open the center console, pull up You can remove the center console To install the center console, set the
on the lever, and lift the lid. for access to the second row seats. bottom of its rear edge into the floor
recess by aligning the marks on both
To close, lower the lid, and push it To remove the center console, pull sides, then lock the center console
down until it latches. up the handle on the bottom on its by pushing down on its front end
front edge to unlock it from the floor, until it latches. Make sure it is
then raise it forward. securely latched before driving.
202 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:53:48 31TK8600_208
Flip-up Trash Bag Ring bag or items in it will not fly around Beverage Holders
On all models except LX the interior in case of hard braking Be careful when you are using the
or a sudden stop. beverage holders. A spilled liquid
TAB that is very hot can scald you or your
Make sure to store the ring when it passengers. Spilled liquids can
is not in use. damage the upholstery, carpeting,

and electrical components in the
The ring is designed to hold light interior.
items. Heavy objects may damage
the ring or cause it to collapse.
RING
The flip-up trash bag ring on the rear

of the removable center console
holds a trash bag. The ring may fit
most small plastic bags and some
disposable type beverage holders.
To use the ring, pull up the ring until

it clicks and lift tab before putting
bag in place. Put a bag in the ring,
then push down the tab to catch the
bag in place. Make sure the trash CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 203

10/07/17 10:01:28 31TK8600_209
Front Front Front
You can store small items in the The removable center console has On LX models
utility tray on the instrument panel. beverage holders for the front and The front beverage holders are
Open the tray by pulling on the second row seat passengers. located between the front seats.
bottom edge. A beverage holder is
also equipped inside. To use the
beverage holder, pull beverage
holder arm until it contacts the front
of the tray. Close the tray with a firm
push.
204 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:01:37 31TK8600_210
Integrated Sunshades
HOOK

Second Row Third Row
TAB
On all models except LX The beverage holders for the third
The multi-functional center seat has row seat passengers are in the On all models except LX
a beverage holder on the back of the armrests on the rear side panels. Each rear sliding door has an
seat-back. integrated sunshade. To use a
sunshade, hold the tab on the top
To use the beverage holder, fold the and pull the sunshade all the way up.
seat-back by pulling the seat-back Insert the holes on the sunshade into
strap (see page 177 ). the hooks on the window frame. To
store the shade, unhook it, and let it
retract all the way down.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 205

10/07/17 10:01:43 31TK8600_211
The sunshades are intended for use Sunglasses Holder

only when the windows are fully
HOOK closed. If a window is opened, the
shade can be blown off its hooks. As
the shade automatically retracts, it
could hit and hurt anyone sitting too
close to the window.
Push
TAB
On Touring models To open the sunglasses holder, push

Each side of the third row seat also then release the raised detent. It will
has an integrated sunshade. To use a unlatch and swing down. To close it,
sunshade, hold the tab on the top push it until it latches. Make sure the
and pull the sunshade all the way up. holder is closed while you are driving.
Insert the hook on the tab into the
anchor on the window frame. To
store the shade, unhook it, and let it
retract all the way down.
206 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:01:52 31TK8600_212
Conversation Mirror Sun Visor

SUN VISOR
Some larger styles of sunglasses If equipped To use the sun visor, pull it down.
may not fit in the holder. The sunglasses holder uses a convex When using the sun visor for the
mirror for its bottom panel. You can side window, remove the support rod
You may also store small items in see all the vehicle passengers in this from the clip, and swing it out.
this holder. Make sure they are mirror. To use the mirror, open the
small enough to let the holder close sunglasses holder fully, push it to the Make sure you put the sun visor
and latch, and that they are not first detent, and release it. back in place when you are getting
heavy enough to cause the holder to into or out of the vehicle.
pop open while driving. To switch back to the sunglasses
holder, close the conversation mirror
and then open the sunglasses holder.
2011 Odyssey 207

10/07/17 10:02:01 31TK8600_213
Vanity Mirror Coat Hooks Glove Box

Second Row
Third Row
Pull up the vanity mirror cover to use To use a coat hook, pull it down. Open the glove box by pulling the
the mirror. The lights come on when handle to the left. Close it with a firm
you open the cover. Make sure you Make sure the coat hook is closed push. Lock or unlock the glove box
close the cover when you are not when you are not using it. This hook with the master key.
using the vanity mirror. is not designed for large or heavy
items. The glove box light comes on when
the parking lights are on.
208 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:02:08 31TK8600_214
Center Pocket Cool Box

An open glove box can cause
serious injury to your passenger
in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat

belt.
Always keep the glove box

closed while driving.
BUTTON
Open the center pocket by pressing

the button. Close it with a firm push. You can store beverage bottles and
cans in the center pocket, and keep
Keep the center pocket closed while them cool with the air conditioning
driving. If it’s open, a passenger system. To keep the inside of the
could be injured during a crash or center pocket cool, press and release
sudden stop. the Cool Box switch. The indicator in
the switch will come on.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 209

10/07/17 10:02:17 31TK8600_215
Cool air is diverted from the air If the air conditioning system is
conditioning system into the center turned of f while the Cool Box is in
pocket. Only keep unopened cans or use, the Cool Box f unction is
resealable containers in the Cool automatically turned of f .
When the Cool Box is not in use, Box. Spilled liquids can damage the
turn it off by pressing the Cool Box upholstery and electrical components If you turn the ignition switch to the
switch again. The indicator in the in or around the Cool Box. LOCK (0) position when the cool box
switch will go out. is in use, the cool box will be
The Cool Box is not a ref rigerator. It automatically turned of f .
NOTE: will only keep already chilled
beverages cool.
Setting the fan speed to high will
help keep the beverages cool at Do not put loose ice in the Cool Box.
high cabin temperature.
Turn of f the Cool Box switch when
The system continues to cool the you store items such as CDs, camera,
Cool Box even when the heater is etc. in the Cool Box.
turned on.
The air conditioning system will
To clean the Cool Box, wipe it with automatically come on when the
a cloth dampened with a solution Cool Box is turned on with the Cool
of mild soap and lukewarm water. Box switch.
210 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:02:25 31TK8600_216
Coin Box Accessory Power Sockets Cargo Area

Front

Touring model is shown.
Each socket is intended to supply
The coin box is located under the Your vehicle has two or three power for 12 volt DC accessories
switch panel. To open the coin box, accessory power sockets depending that are rated 120 watts or less (10
swing the upper edge of the lid down. on the model. amps).
Close it with a firm push.
None of the sockets will power an
automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
2011 Odyssey 211

10/07/17 10:02:31 31TK8600_217
AC Power Outlet The maximum capacity for this NOTE: The AC power outlet is not
If equipped power outlet is 115 volt AC at 150 designed for electric appliances
watts or less. If you use an appliance which require high initial peak
which requires more than 150 watts, wattage such as cathode-ray tube
it automatically stops supplying the type televisions, refrigerators,
power. If this happens, turn the electric pumps, etc. It is also not
ignition switch off and turn it on suitable for devices that process
again. precise data such as medical
equipment or measuring instruments.
Any appliances that require an
extremely stable power supply such
as microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.,
should not be connected to this
outlet.
There is a 115 volt AC power outlet
above the third seat armrest on the
driver’s side. To use the AC power
outlet, open the outlet cover. Insert
the plug into the receptacle slightly,
turn it 90° clockwise, then push in
the plug all the way.
Always run the engine when you use

the AC power outlet.
212 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:02:41 31TK8600_218
Interior Lights
Light Control Switch When the switch is in the OFF position: When the switch is in the door activated
position:
Touring model is shown. None of the lights come on when a
LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH door is opened. The individual map lights come on
when any door or the tailgate is
The individual door lights will opened, or when the remote

OFF operate when a door is opened. transmitter is used to unlock the
The individual map lights in the doors. When the doors and the
front can be turned on and off by tailgate are closed, each light can
pressing the lenses. be turned on and off by pushing
ON the lens.
The individual map lights in the
DOOR ACTIVATED POSITION second and third rows cannot be After all doors are closed tightly, the
turned on. light(s) dims slightly, then fades out
The light control switch controls the in about 30 seconds.
individual map lights for the front,
second and third row seating With the light control switch in the
positions. This switch has three door activated position, all the
positions: OFF, door activated, and individual map lights come on when
ON. you unlock the door with the remote
transmitter (see page 153 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 213

10/07/17 10:02:48 31TK8600_219
Interior Lights
With any door or the tailgate left Individual Map Lights

open, the lights stay on about 15
minutes, then go out. Front Second and Third Row
On Touring models
You can change the ‘‘INTERIOR
LIGHT DIMMING TIME’’ setting on
the multi-information display (see
page 113 ). Push
Push
When the switch is in the ON position:
Push
All the individual map lights come
on and stay on as long as the
switch remains in the ON position. Turn on the front row individual map
lights by pushing the lens. Push the
lens again to turn it off. With the
light control switch in the door
activated position, the second row
and third row map lights can be
turned on by pushing the lens. Push
the lens again to turn it off.
214 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:02:56 31TK8600_220
Interior Lights
Cargo Area Light Courtesy Lights On Touring models

To change the ‘‘INTERIOR LIGHT
IGNITION SWITCH LIGHT DIMMING TIME’’ setting, see page
ON 113 .

OFF
FRONT DOOR LIGHT
The cargo area light has a three- Your vehicle also has a courtesy light
position switch. In the OFF position, in the ignition switch. This light
the light does not come on. In the comes on when you open the driver’s
center position, it comes on when door. It fades out in about 30
you open the tailgate. In the ON seconds after the door is closed.
position, it stays on continuously.
The courtesy light in each front door
With the tailgate open, the light comes on when the door is opened,
stays on about 30 minutes, then goes and goes out when the door is closed.
out.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 215

10/07/17 10:03:00 31TK8600_221
Interior Lights
COURTESY LIGHT
The courtesy light between the map

lights come on when you turn the
parking lights on. To adjust its
brightness, turn the select/reset
knob on the instrument panel.
In addition to the courtesy light on

the ceiling, the driver’s and front
passenger’s ambient foot light (if
equipped) comes on.
216 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:03:06 31TK8600_222
Features
The heating and air conditioning LX model Playing a Disc ................................. 339
system in your vehicle provides a Playing the FM/AM Radio ........... 236 Disc Player Error Messages ........ 351
comfortable driving environment in Playing a Disc ................................. 243 Protecting Your Discs ................... 352
all weather conditions. Disc Player Error Messages ........ 250 Playing Hard Disc Drive (HDD) Audio ..... 355
The standard audio system has EX, EX-L models Playing an iPod ............................. 383
many features. This section without navigation system iPod Error Messages .................. 391
describes those features and how to Audio System ................................. 251 Playing a USB Flash Memory Device .. 392
use them. Playing the FM/AM Radio ........... 252 USB Flash Memory Device Error Messages.. 403
Features
Your vehicle has an anti-theft audio Playing the XM Radio ................. 260 Bluetooth Audio System .............. 404
system that requires a code number Playing a Disc ................................. 266 FM/AM Radio Reception ............. 409
to enable it. Disc Player Error Messages ........ 275 Remote Audio Controls................. 411
The security system helps to Playing CD Library Audio ............ 276 Auxiliary Input Jack ....................... 412
discourage vandalism and theft of Playing an iPod ............................. 286 Radio Theft Protection.................. 413
your vehicle. iPod Error Messages .................. 294 Rear Entertainment System ......... 414
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device .. 295 Ultrawide Rear Entertainment
On vehicles with navigation system USB Flash Memory Device Error System......................................... 442
The climate control system and the Messages .................................... 303 Compass.......................................... 475
audio system have a voice control Bluetooth Audio System .............. 304 Security System ............................. 479
feature. Refer to the navigation Wallpaper Setup ............................. 309 Cruise Control ................................ 480
system manual for more information. Display Setup.................................. 312 HomeLink Universal Transceiver...... 483
Setting the Clock ........................... 315 Parking Sensor System ................. 486
Setting the Language .................... 317 Reaview Camera and Monitor ..... 493
Vents, Heating, and A/C .............. 218 Models with navigation system Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Rear A/C Controls .................... 224 Audio System ................................. 318 (Models without navigation system)..... 495
Climate Control System ................ 225 Playing the FM/AM Radio ........... 319 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Audio System ................................. 234 Playing the XM Radio ................. 332 (Models with navigation system) .... 516
2011 Odyssey 217

10/07/17 10:03:11 31TK8600_223
Vents, Heating, and A/C
LX models
REAR TEMPERATURE CONTROL BUTTONS
FRONT CONTROL DISPLAY WINDSHIELD DEFROSTER BUTTON
REAR CONTROL DISPLAY RECIRCULATION BUTTON
FAN CONTROL DIAL

TEMPERATURE
ON/OFF BUTTON CONTROL DIAL
MAX A/C BUTTON

REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER BUTTON
AIR CONDITIONING MODE CONTROL REAR FAN REAR WINDOW

(A/C) BUTTON BUTTON CONTROL DEFOGGER/HEATED
BUTTONS MIRROR BUTTON＊
REAR ON/OFF BUTTON REAR MODE CONTROL BUTTON

＊ : Canadian models
218 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:03:19 31TK8600_224
Fan Control Air Conditioning (A/C) Button Recirculation Button

Turn the dial clockwise to increase This button turns the air When the indicator in the button is
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the conditioning on and off. The on, air from the vehicle’s interior is
dial counterclockwise to decrease indicator in the button is on when sent throughout the system again.
them. the A/C is on. When the indicator is off, air is
brought in from the outside of the
Temperature Control vehicle (fresh air mode).
Turning this dial clockwise increases
Features
the temperature of the airflow. The outside air intakes for the
heating and cooling system are at
the base of the windshield. Keep this
area clear of leaves and other debris.
The system should be left in fresh

air mode under almost all conditions.
Keeping the system in recirculation
mode, particularly with the A/C off,
can cause the windows to fog up.
Switch to recirculation mode when

driving through dusty or smoky
conditions, then return to fresh air
mode.
2011 Odyssey 219

10/07/17 10:03:34 31TK8600_225
Rear Window Defogger Air flows from the floor When you select , the system
Button / vents. When you select , the automatically switches to fresh air
This button turns the rear window system automatically switches to mode and turns on the A/C. For
defogger on and off (see page 142 ). fresh air mode. faster defrosting, manually set the
fan speed to high. You can also
If equipped Airflow is divided between increase airflow to the windshield by
Pushing this button also turns the the floor vents and defroster vents at closing the corner vents on the
power mirror heaters on and off. the base of the windshield. dashboard.
Mode Control Air flows from the defroster When you turn off by
Use the mode control buttons to vents at the base of the windshield. pressing the button again, the
select the vents air flows from. Some system returns to its former settings.
air will flow from the dashboard Windshield Defroster Button
corner vents in all modes. This button directs the main airflow For your safety, make sure you have
to the windshield for faster a clear view through all the windows
Air flows from the center defrosting. It also overrides any before driving.
and corner vents in the dashboard. mode selection you may have made.
When you select or ,
Airflow is divided between the system automatically switches to
the vents in the dashboard and the Fresh Air mode and turns on the
floor vents. A/C. In these modes, the A/C stays
on with the indicator off.
220 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:03:49 31TK8600_226
MAX A/C Button Ventilation Using the A/C

The system automatically turns on The ventilation system draws in Air conditioning places an extra load
the A/C and switches to outside air, circulates it through the on the engine. Watch the engine
recirculation mode (see page 222 to interior, then exhausts it through coolant temperature gauge (see page
use this setting). Air flows from the vents near the rear side panels. 77 ). If it moves near the red mark,
center and side vents in the turn off the A/C until the gauge
dashboard. Pressing the , the 1. Set the temperature to the lower reads normally.
MAX A/C button, or the mode limit.
Features
control button cancels MAX A/C, 2. Make sure the A/C is off. 1. Pressing the A/C button turns the
but the A/C stays on. air conditioning ON and OFF. The
3. Select and fresh air mode. indicator in the button comes on
4. Set the fan to the desired speed. when the A/C is ON.
2. Make sure the temperature is set
Using the Heater to the lower limit.
The heater uses engine coolant to
warm the air. If the engine is cold, it 3. Select .
will be several minutes before you 4. If the outside air is humid, select
feel warm air coming from the recirculation mode. If the outside
system. air is dry, select fresh air mode.
5. Set the fan to the desired speed.
1. Select and fresh air mode.
If the interior is very warm, you can
2. Set the fan to the desired speed.
cool it down more rapidly by partially
3. Adjust the warmth of the air with opening the windows, turning on the
the temperature control dial. air conditioning, and setting the fan
to maximum speed in fresh air mode.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 221

10/07/17 10:04:00 31TK8600_227
To cool the interior with MAX A/C: Dehumidify the Interior To Defog and Defrost
1. Set the fan to the desired speed. Air conditioning, as it cools, removes To remove fog from the inside of the
moisture from the air. When used in windows:
2. Select the MAX A/C mode. combination with the heater, it
3. The system automatically turns on makes the interior warm and dry. 1. Set the fan to high.
the A/C, selects and 2. Select . The system
switches to recirculation mode. 1. Switch the fan on. automatically switches to the fresh
4. Make sure the temperature is set 2. Turn on the air conditioning. air mode and turns on the A/C.
to maximum cool. 3. Select and fresh air mode. The indicator in the A/C button
will not come on (LX and Canadian
4. Adjust the temperature to your DX models), or the A/C ON
preference. indicator will not come on (EX,
EX-L, Touring, and Canadian SE
This setting is suitable for all driving models), if the A/C was off to
conditions whenever the outside start with.
temperature is above 32°F (0°C).
3. Adjust the temperature so the
airflow feels warm.
4. Select / to help clear the
rear window.
When you switch to another mode

from , the A/C turns off. But
if it was on to start with, it stays on.
222 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:04:07 31TK8600_228
To Remove Exterior Frost or Ice To clear the windows faster, you can To Turn Everything Off
From the Windows close the dashboard corner vents by To turn the system completely off,
1. Select . The system rotating the wheel next to each vent. press the ON/OFF button.
automatically switches to fresh air This sends more warm air to the Keep the system completely off
mode and turns on the A/C. windshield defroster vents. Once the for short periods only.
windshield is clear, select fresh air
The indicator in the A/C button mode to avoid fogging the windows. To keep stale air and mustiness
will not come on (LX and Canadian For your safety, make sure you have from collecting, you should have
Features
DX models), or the A/C ON a clear view through all the windows the fan running at all times.
indicator will not come on (EX, before driving.
EX-L, Touring, and Canadian SE
models), if the A/C was off to
start with.
2. Select .
3. Set the fan and temperature
controls to maximum level.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 223

10/07/17 10:04:16 31TK8600_229
REAR A/C Controls Temperature Control Fan Control

To control the rear A/C, press the Press the ▲ temperature control Press the ▲ fan control button to
REAR ON/OFF button. The rear button to increase the temperature increase the fan speed and airflow,
control display will come on. You can of airflow, and the ▼ button to and the ▼ button to decrease it. The
adjust the temperature, the mode, decrease it. The temperature you fan speed you adjust is shown in the
the fan speed and airflow of the rear adjust is shown in the system display. system display.
passenger compartment on the front
control panel. Mode Control
Each time you press the MODE
button, the display shows the mode
selected.
When is selected, air flows

from the rear ceiling vents.

from the rear floor vents.
When is selected, airflow is

divided between the rear floor vents
and rear ceiling vents.
224 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:04:23 31TK8600_230
Climate Control System
Except LX models REAR TEMPERATURE CONTROL BUTTONS

FRONT CONTROL PANEL WINDSHIELD DEFROSTER BUTTON
AUTO BUTTON RECIRCULATION BUTTON
DRIVER’S SIDE PASSENGER’S SIDE

TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
CONTROL DIAL CONTROL DIAL
Features
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER/
REAR LOCK BUTTON HEATED MIRROR BUTTON
SYNC BUTTON
AIR CONDITIONING (A/C)
ON/OFF BUTTON BUTTON
MODE BUTTON FAN CONTROL BUTTONS
REAR CONTROL PANEL
REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FAN CONTROL BUTTONS

TEMPERATURE CONTROL BUTTONS
AUTO BUTTON ON/OFF BUTTON

MODE BUTTON
2011 Odyssey 225

10/07/17 10:04:32 31TK8600_231
Voice Control System Using Automatic Climate Control Temperature Control

On vehicles with navigation system The automatic climate control The driver’s side temperature, the
The climate control system for your system in your vehicle maintains the passenger’s side temperature and
vehicle can also be operated using interior temperature you select. The the rear passenger compartment
the voice control system. See the system also adjusts the fan speed temperature can be set separately.
navigation system manual for and airflow levels. Turning each temperature control
complete details. dial on the front control panel
1. Press the AUTO button. clockwise will increase the
temperature of airflow. On the rear
2. Set the desired temperature with control panel, press the ▲ button to
the temperature control dial. increase the temperature of airflow.
Press the ▼ button to decrease it.
3. You can set the driver’s side Each set temperature is shown in the
temperature, the passenger’s side display. The rear set temperature is
temperature, and the temperature shown in the display on the ceiling
of the rear passenger above the second row seat outer
compartment separately. position.
The system automatically selects

the proper mix of conditioned
and/or heated air that will, as
quickly as possible, raise or lower
the interior temperature to your
preference. The system also
dehumidifies the interior.
226 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:04:38 31TK8600_232
When you set the temperature to its On vehicles with navigation system SYNC Button
lower limit ( ) or its upper limit In the Auto mode, the vehicle’s When you press this button, the
( ), the system runs at full interior temperature is indicator in the button comes on, and
cooling or heating only. It does not independently regulated for the the passenger’s side temperature
regulate the interior temperature. driver, front passenger, and rear and the rear passenger compartment
passengers according to each is synchronized to the driver’s side
When you press a fan control button, adjusted temperature. The system set temperature. Changing the
the fan is taken out of AUTO mode. also regulates each temperature passenger’s side temperature or
Features
based on the information of the pressing any control button for the
sunlight sensor and the sun’s rear passenger compartment makes
position which is updated the indicator go off, and takes the
automatically by the navigation’s system out of SYNC mode.
global positioning system (GPS). For
example, if the driver’s side of the
vehicle is getting too much sun, the
system will adjust to a lower
temperature.
2011 Odyssey 227

10/07/17 10:04:50 31TK8600_233
To Turn Everything Off Semi-automatic Operation Recirculation Button

To turn the system completely off, You can manually select various When the indicator in the button is
press the ON/OFF button. functions of the climate control on, air from the vehicle’s interior is
Keep the system completely off system when it is in fully automatic sent through the system again.
for short periods only. mode. All other features remain When the indicator is off, air is
automatically controlled. Making any brought in from the outside of the
To keep stale air and mustiness manual selection causes the word vehicle (fresh air mode).
from collecting, you should have AUTO in the display to go out.
the fan running at all times. The outside air intakes for the
Fan Control climate control system are at the
Press the ▲ button to increase base of the windshield. Keep this
the fan speed and airflow. Press the area clear of leaves and other debris.
▼ button to decrease it.
The system should be left in fresh
Air Conditioning (A/C) Button air mode under almost all conditions.
This button turns the air Keeping the system in recirculation
conditioning on and off. You will see mode, particularly with the A/C off,
A/C ON or A/C OFF in the display. can cause the windows to fog up.
When you turn the A/C off, the Switch to recirculation mode when
system cannot regulate the inside driving through dusty or smoky
temperature if you set the conditions, then return to fresh air
temperature control below the mode.
outside temperature.
228 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:05:04 31TK8600_234
Rear Window Defogger Button Air flows from the center For your safety, make sure you have
This button turns the rear window and corner vents in the dashboard. a clear view through all the windows
defogger off and on (see page 142 ). before driving.
Windshield Defroster Button
Pushing this button also turns the This button directs the main airflow When the indicator in the button is
power mirror heaters on and off. to the windshield for faster on, the front passenger’s
defrosting. It also overrides any temperature cannot be set separately
Mode Control mode selection you may have made. from the driver’s.
Features
Use the mode control button to
select the vents the air flows from. When you select , the system
Some air will flow from the automatically switches to fresh air
dashboard vents in all modes. mode and turns on the A/C. For
faster defrosting, manually set the
Airflow is divided between fan speed to high. You can also
the floor and corner vents and the increase airflow to the windshield by
defroster vents at the base of the closing the corner vents on the
windshield. dashboard.
Air flows from the floor When you turn off by

vents. pressing the button again, the
system returns to its former settings.
Airflow is divided between
the vents in the dashboard and the
floor vents.
2011 Odyssey 229

10/07/17 10:05:11 31TK8600_235
Rear Climate Controls
REAR CONTROL PANEL
REAR PASSENGER FAN CONTROL

COMPARTMENT BUTTONS
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL BUTTONS
AUTO BUTTON ON/OFF BUTTON

REAR LOCK BUTTON MODE BUTTON
Rear Lock Button When this button is on while the

When this button is on, you will see system is in SYNC mode, the rear
LOCK on the system display. The climate control system will be kept in
rear climate controls can only be SYNC mode and the rear control
controlled by the front control panel. panel will be disabled. AUTO LOCK
The rear system automatically SYNC will be displayed on the rear
changes to AUTO mode and adjusts control panel.
the fan speed and airflow levels to
maintain the selected temperature of
the rear passenger compartment.
AUTO LOCK will be displayed on
the rear control panel.
230 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:05:22 31TK8600_236
Temperature Control Fan Control To turn the rear system completely

Press the ▲ temperature control Press the ▲ fan control button off, press the ON/OFF button on the
button to increase the temperature to increase the fan speed and airflow. rear control panel or press and hold
of airflow, and the ▼ button to Press the ▼ button to the REAR LOCK button on the front
decrease it. The temperature you decrease it. The level of the fan control panel for more than 2
adjust is shown in the system display. speed is shown in the display. seconds.
Mode Control Automatic Operation
Features
Each time you press the MODE Pressing the AUTO button puts the
button, the display shows the mode system in automatic operation mode.
selected. The rear system automatically
adjusts the fan speed and airflow
When is selected, air flows levels to maintain the selected
from the rear floor vents. temperature of the rear passenger
compartment. You will see AUTO in
When is selected, airflow is the display.
divided between the rear floor vents
and rear ceiling vents.

from the rear ceiling vents.
2011 Odyssey 231

10/07/17 10:05:28 31TK8600_237
Triple Zone Temperature Control

The temperatures of the driver’s side
and the front passenger’s side are Driver’s side Passenger’s side
controlled independently.
When the REAR LOCK button is off,

the temperature of the rear
passenger compartment can be
controlled independently.
When you set each temperature to

its lower limit or its upper limit, it will
be displayed as ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’.
Rear passenger compartment
232 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:05:34 31TK8600_238
Sunlight and Temperature

Sensors
SUNLIGHT SENSOR TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSOR
Features
The climate control system has two
sensors: a sunlight sensor on top of
the dashboard, and a temperature
and humidity sensor next to the
steering column. Do not cover the
sensors or spill any liquid on them.
2011 Odyssey 233

10/07/19 14:29:27 31TK8600_239
Audio System
An audio system is standard on all Without Navigation system LX models

models. Read the appropriate pages
(as shown below) to use your
vehicle’s audio system.
For LX models, see pages

236 through 250 .
For vehicles without navigation

system, see pages 251 through 308 .
For vehicles with navigation system, EX-L and Canadian EX

see pages 318 through 408 . U.S. EX models U.S. EX-L models and models with Rear
Canadian EX models Entertainment System
For vehicles with rear entertainment
system, see pages 414 through 474 .
U.S. models are shown.
234 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:05:53 31TK8600_240
Audio System
With Navigation system
Features
U.S. EX-L models Touring models
2011 Odyssey 235

10/07/17 10:05:59 31TK8600_241
Playing the FM/AM Radio (LX model)
DISPLAY
FM BUTTON
AM BUTTON
PRESET BUTTONS
TITLE BUTTON
PRESET BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON /VOL (POWER/VOLUME) KNOB
A.SEL (AUTO SELECT) BUTTON FOLDER BAR
TUNE/ (SOUND) KNOB
SKIP BUTTONS
236 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:06:10 31TK8600_242
To Play the Radio To Select a Station Each time you press and release
The ignition switch must be in the You can use any of five methods to either of the SKIP buttons ( or
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. find radio stations on the selected ), the radio frequency changes
Turn the system on by pushing the band: tune, skip, scan, the preset in small increments.
power/volume knob or the AM or buttons, and auto select.
FM button. Adjust the volume by SCAN − The scan function samples
turning the power/volume knob. On the FM band, you can also use all stations with strong signals on the
the features provided by the radio selected band. To activate it, press
Features
The band and frequency that the data system (RDS). For more the SCAN button, then release it.
radio was last tuned to are displayed. information on the RDS, see page You will see SCAN in the display.
To change bands, press the AM or 239 . When the system finds a strong
FM button. On the FM band, ST will signal, it will stop and play that
be displayed if the station is TUNE − Use the TUNE knob to station for about 10 seconds.
broadcasting in stereo. Stereo tune the radio to a desired frequency.
reproduction in AM is not available. Turn the knob right to tune to a If you do nothing, the system will
higher frequency, or left to tune to a scan for the next strong station and
On the AM band, AM noise lower frequency. play it for 10 seconds. When it plays
reduction turns on automatically. a station that you want to listen to,
SKIP − The skip function searches press the SCAN button again.
up and down from the current
frequency to find a station with a
strong signal. To activate it, press
either of the SKIP buttons ( or
), then release it.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 237

10/07/17 10:06:18 31TK8600_243
Preset − Each preset button can AUTO SELECT − If you are To turn off auto select, press the
store one frequency on AM and two traveling and can no longer receive A. SEL (auto select) button. This
frequencies on FM. your preset stations, you can use the restores the presets you originally
auto select feature to find stations in set.
1. Select the desired band, AM or the local area.
FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store For information on FM/AM radio
six stations each. Press the A. SEL button. ‘‘A-SEL’’ frequencies and reception, see
flashes in the display, and the system page 409 .
2. Use the tune, skip, scan, or RDS goes into scan mode for several
function to tune the radio to a seconds. It stores the frequencies of
desired station. six AM and twelve FM stations in
the preset buttons.
3. Pick a preset button, and hold it
until you hear a beep. You will see a ‘‘0’’ displayed after
pressing a preset button if auto
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a select cannot find a strong station for
total of six stations on AM and that preset button.
twelve stations on FM.
If you do not like the stations auto
select has stored, you can store
other frequencies on the preset
buttons as previously described.
238 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:06:26 31TK8600_244
Radio Data System (RDS) To switch the function between on If the station you are listening to is
On the FM band, you can select a and off, press and release the TITLE not an RDS station, the display
favorite station and display the button. With the system on, you will continues to show the frequency
program service name provided by see the ‘‘RDS INFO ON’’ message on with the PS name display function on.
the radio data system (RDS). the display. If the station you are
listening to is an RDS station, the When you turn off this function by
Program Service (PS) Name Display displayed frequency switches to the pressing the TITLE button, the
The program service name display station name and the RDS icon will display shows ‘‘RDS INFO OFF.’’
Features
function shows the name of the appear.
station you are listening to. You can
turn this function on or off.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 239

10/07/17 10:06:38 31TK8600_245
Radio Data System (RDS) Category CLASSIC: Classical music RDS Program Search
On the FM band selected, you can JAZZ: Jazz This function searches up and down
select the program category INFO: News, information, sports, a frequency for the strongest signal
provided by the RDS. Press either talk shows, foreign language, from the frequencies that carry the
side of the FOLDER bar (＋ or −) personality, public, college, and selected RDS category information.
to display and select an RDS weather This can help you to find a station in
category. The principal RDS TRAFFIC: Traffic information your favorite category. To activate it,
categories are shown as follows; first press either side of the
Press either side of the FOLDER bar FOLDER bar to select an RDS
ALL: All RDS category stations to select an RDS category. The category, then press and release
ROCK: Rock, classic rock and soft display shows the selected RDS either of the SKIP buttons ( or
rock music category name for about 10 seconds. ). You will see the selected
COUNTRY: Country music You can use the search or scan RDS category name blinking while
SOFT: Adult hits and soft music function to find radio stations on the searching it. When the system finds
TOP 40: Top 40 hits selected RDS category. If you do a station, the selected RDS category
OLDIES: Nostalgia music and oldies nothing while the RDS category name will be displayed again for
R & B: Rhythm and blues, and soft name is displayed, the selected about 10 seconds.
rhythm and blues category is canceled.
RELIGION: Programs concerned If the system does not find a station,
with religion ‘‘NOTHING’’ will be blinking for
about 5 seconds, then the system
goes back to the last selected station.
240 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:06:43 31TK8600_246
RDS Program SCAN If you do nothing, the system will You can use the RDS program
The scan function samples all scan for the next strong station and search or scan function even if the
stations with strong signals on the play it for 10 seconds. When it plays RDS information display function is
selected RDS category. To activate it, a station that you want to listen to, off. In this case, the display shows a
first press either side of the press the SCAN button again. frequency in place of a RDS station
FOLDER bar to select an RDS name.
category, then press and release the If the system does not find a station,
SCAN button. You will see SCAN in ‘‘NOTHING’’ will be blinking for
Features
the display. The system will scan for about 5 seconds, then the system
a station with a strong signal in the goes back to the last selected station.
selected RDS category. You will also
see the selected RDS category name
blinking while searching it. When it
finds a strong signal, it will stop and
play that station for about 10 seconds.
2011 Odyssey 241

10/07/17 10:06:55 31TK8600_247
Adjusting the Sound SVC − Adjusts the volume level HIGH. Turn the TUNE/
Press the TUNE/ (SOUND) based on the vehicle speed. (SOUND) knob to adjust the
knob repeatedly to display the BASS, setting to your liking. If you feel the
TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE, Each mode is shown in the display as sound is too loud, choose low. If you
SUBW (subwoofer), and SVC it changes. Turn the TUNE/ feel the sound is too quiet, choose
(speed-sensitive volume (SOUND) knob to adjust the high.
compensation) settings. setting to your liking.
Audio System Lighting
BASS − Adjusts the bass. Except SVC adjustment You can use the instrument panel
When the level reaches the center, brightness control knob to adjust the
TREBLE − Adjusts the treble. you will see ‘‘C’’ in the display. illumination of the audio system (see
page 140 ). The audio system
FADER − Adjusts the front-to-back The system will return to the audio illuminates when the parking lights
strength of the sound. display about 10 seconds after you are on, even if the radio is turned off.
stop adjusting a mode.
BALANCE − Adjusts the side-to-
side strength of the sound. Speed-sensitive Volume
Compensation (SVC)
SUBWOOFER − Adjusts the The SVC mode controls the volume
strength of sound from the based on vehicle speed. The faster
subwoofer speaker. you go, the louder the audio volume
becomes. As you slow down, the
audio volume decreases.
The SVC has four modes: SVC OFF,

SVC LOW, SVC MID, and SVC
242 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:07:01 31TK8600_248
Playing a Disc (LX model)
DISPLAY
Features
CD BUTTON
TITLE BUTTON DISC EJECT BUTTON
DISC SLOT
SCAN BUTTON
/VOL (POWER/VOLUME) KNOB
RPT/RDM (REPEAT/RANDOM) BAR FOLDER BAR
TUNE/ (SOUND) KNOB
SKIP BUTTONS
2011 Odyssey 243

10/07/17 10:07:08 31TK8600_249
To Play a Disc The CD player can play CD-Rs and NOTE:

To load or play a disc, the ignition CD-RWs compressed in MP3, WMA If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc is
switch must be in the ACCESSORY or AAC formats. When playing a disc protected by digital rights
(I) or ON (II) position. in MP3, WMA or AAC, you will see management (DRM), the audio unit
‘‘MP3,’’ ‘‘WMA’’ or ‘‘AAC’’ on the displays UNSUPPORTED, and then
You operate the disc player with the display. A disc can support more skips to the next file.
same controls used for the radio. To than 99 folders, and each folder can
select the disc player, press the CD hold up to 255 playable files. Video CDs and DVDs do not work in
button. You will see ‘‘CD’’ in the this unit.
display. If you have a disc that is a
combination of CD-DA tracks and
MP3/WMA files, you can choose the
format to listen by pressing and
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. holding CD button until you hear a
The label can curl up and cause the beep.
disc to jam in the unit.
244 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:07:15 31TK8600_250
Depending on the software the files To Load a Disc Text Data Display Function
were made with, it may not be Insert a disc about halfway into the Each time you press the TITLE
possible to play some files, or display disc slot. The drive will pull the disc button, the display shows you the
some text data. in the rest of the way to play it. You text, if the disc was recorded with
operate the disc player with the text data.
same controls used for the radio.
The number of the current track is You can see the album, artist, and
shown in the display. When playing a track name in the display. If a disc is
Features
disc in MP3, WMA or AAC, the recorded in MP3, WMA or AAC you
numbers of the current folder and can see the folder and file name, and
file are shown. The system will the artist, album, and track tag.
continuously play a disc until you
change modes. When you press and release the
TITLE button while a disc without
You cannot load and play 3-inch text data is playing, you will see ‘‘NO
(8-cm) discs in this system. INFO’’ on the display.
For information on how to handle

and protect compact discs, see
page 352 .
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 245

10/07/17 10:07:24 31TK8600_251
The display shows up to about 14 You will also see some text data To Change or Select Tracks/Files
characters of selected text data (the under these conditions: You can use the SKIP buttons while
folder name, file name, etc.). If the a disc is playing to select passages
text data has more than 14 When a new folder, file, or track is and change tracks (files in MP3,
characters, you will see the first 14 selected. WMA or AAC mode).
characters and the indicator in
the display. Press and hold the When you change the audio mode SKIP − Each time you press and
TITLE button until the next 14 to play a disc with text data or in release the SKIP button, the
characters are shown. MP3, WMA or AAC. player skips forward to the
beginning of the next track (file in
If any letter is not available, it is When you insert a disc, and the MP3, WMA or AAC mode). Press
replaced with ‘‘ . ’’ (dot) in the display. system begins to play. and release the to skip
When the disc has no text data, you backward to the beginning of the
will see ‘‘NO INFO’’ on the display. When playing a CD-DA with text current track. Press it again to skip
data, the album and track name are to the beginning of the previous
shown in the display. With a disc in track.
MP3, WMA or AAC the display
shows the folder and file name. To move rapidly within a track, press
and hold the or SKIP
button.
246 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:07:31 31TK8600_252
In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode RANDOM (Random within a

FOLDER SELECTION − To FOLDER-REPEAT − This feature, disc) − This feature plays the
select a different folder, press either when activated, replays all files in tracks within a disc (the files in MP3
side of the FOLDER bar. Press the the selected folder in the order they or WMA mode) in random order. To
＋ side of the bar to skip to the next are compressed. To activate folder activate random play, press and
folder, and the − side of the bar to repeat, press the RPT side of the release the RDM side of the RPT/
skip to the beginning of the previous RPT/RDM bar twice. You will see RDM bar. In MP3 or WMA mode,
folder. F-RPT in the display. The system press the RDM side of the bar
Features
continuously replays the current repeatedly to select RDM (within a
REPEAT (TRACK/FILE folder. Press the RPT side of the bar disc random play). You will see RDM
REPEAT) − To continuously replay again to turn it off. Pressing the in the display. Press the RDM side of
a track (files in MP3 or WMA mode), RDM side of the bar, or selecting a the bar for 2 seconds to return to
press and release the RPT side of different folder with the FOLDER normal play.
the RPT/RDM bar. You will see RPT bar also turns off the repeat feature.
in the display. Press and hold the
RPT side for 2 seconds to turn it off. Each time you press and release the
RPT side of the bar, the mode
changes from file repeat to folder
repeat, then to normal play.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 247

10/07/17 10:07:39 31TK8600_253
In MP3 or WMA mode SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN) − In MP3 or WMA mode

FOLDER-RANDOM − This The scan function samples all tracks F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN) − This
feature, when activated, plays all (files in MP3 or WMA) on the disc in feature, when activated, samples the
files in the selected folder in random the order they are recorded on the first file in each folder on the disc.
order. To activate folder random, disc. To activate scan, press and To activate folder scan, press the
press the RDM side of the RPT/ release the SCAN button. You will SCAN button twice. You will see
RDM bar. You will see F-RDM in the see SCAN in the display. You will get F-SCAN in the display.
display. The system will then select a 10 second sampling of each track/
and play files randomly. This file on the disc. Press and hold the The system plays the first file in the
continues until you deactivate folder SCAN button until you hear a beep first folder for about 10 seconds. If
random by pressing and holding the to get out of scan mode and play the you do nothing, the system will then
RDM side of the bar again, or by last track/file sampled. play the first files in the next folders
selecting a different folder with the for 10 seconds. After playing the first
FOLDER bar. Pressing either of the SKIP buttons file in the last folder, the system
also turns off the scan feature. plays normally.
Each time you press and release the
RDM side of the bar, the mode Pressing either of the SKIP buttons,
changes from folder random play to selecting a different folder with the
random play (within a disc random FOLDER bar, or pressing the SCAN
play), then to normal play. button, also turns off the folder scan.

SCAN button, the mode changes
from file scan to folder scan, then to
normal play.
248 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:07:45 31TK8600_254
To Stop Playing a Disc If you turn the system off while a

Press the eject button ( ) to disc is playing, either with the
remove the disc. If you eject the disc, power/volume knob or by turning
but do not remove it from the slot, off the ignition switch, the disc will
the system will automatically reload stay in the drive. When you turn the
the disc after 10 seconds and begin system back on, the disc will begin
playing. playing where it left off.
Features
You can also eject the disc when the Protecting Discs
ignition switch is off. For information on how to handle
and protect compact discs, see
To play the radio when a disc is page 352 .
playing, press the AM or FM button.
Press the CD button again to switch
back to the disc player.
2011 Odyssey 249

10/07/17 10:07:52 31TK8600_255
Disc Player Error Messages (LX model)
The chart on the right explains the

error messages you may see in the Error Message Cause Solution
display while playing a disc.
UNSUPPORTED Track/File format not Current track will be skipped. The next
If you see an error message in the supported supported track or file plays automatically.
display while playing a disc, press BAD DISC Press the eject button and pull out the disc.
the eject button. After ejecting the PLEASE CHECK Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
disc, check it for damage or OWNER’S Mechanical Error deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
deformation. If there is no damage, MANUAL PUSH (see page 353). Insert the disc again. If the code
insert the disc again. EJECT does not disappear, or the disc cannot be
For additional information on BAD DISC removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
damaged discs, see page 353 . PLEASE CHECK Servo Error force the disc out of the player.
OWNER’S
The audio system will try to play the MANUAL
disc. If there is still a problem, the
error message will reappear. Press The ejected disc will not be reloaded automatically.
the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc. If the new
disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.
250 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:08:00 31TK8600_256
Audio System (EX, EX-L models without navigation system)
Selector Knob The knob turns left and right. Use it SETUP Display
to scroll through lists, or to make To select any setting such as the
SETUP BUTTON selections or adjustments to a list or clock or sound adjusting, press the
menu item on the display. When you SETUP button. To use any audio
make a selection, push the center of system function, the ignition switch
the selector to go to that selection. must be in the ACCESSORY (I) or
ON (II) position. You can select the
When the audio system is in XM item by turning the selector knob.
Features
Radio mode or playing discs, pushing To go back to the previous display,
the selector knob switches the press the RETURN button.
display between the normal display
and the extended display. Pressing the SETUP button again
RETURN BUTTON SELECTOR KNOB will also cancel the setup display
mode.
Most audio system functions can be
controlled by standard buttons, bars,
and knobs. In addition, you can
access some functions by using the
selector knob on the audio system.
2011 Odyssey 251

10/07/17 10:08:07 31TK8600_257
Playing the FM/AM Radio (EX, EX-L models without navigation system)
U.S. EX models U.S. EX-L models

Canadian EX and EX-L models
Without rear entertainment system With rear entertainment system

AM/FM BUTTON PRESET BUTTONS AM/FM BUTTON PRESET BUTTONS
TITLE TITLE
BUTTON BUTTON
CATEGORY
SCAN POWER/ SKIP BAR BAR
BUTTON VOLUME
KNOB
SCAN POWER/
CATEGORY BUTTON VOLUME
SKIP BAR BAR KNOB
(FOLDER
BAR)
RETURN SETUP RETURN SETUP
BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON
SELECTOR KNOB SELECTOR KNOB
252 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:08:15 31TK8600_258
To Play the Radio To Select a Station SKIP − The skip function searches
The ignition switch must be in the You can use any of five methods to up and down from the current
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. find radio stations on the selected frequency to find a station with a
Turn the system on by pushing the band: tune, seek, scan, the preset strong signal. To activate it, press
power/volume knob. Adjust the buttons, and auto select. and hold the or side of the
volume by turning the same knob. SKIP bar until you hear a beep, then
On the FM band, you can also use release it.
The band and frequency that the the features provided by the radio
Features
radio was last tuned to are displayed. data system (RDS). For more
To change bands, press the AM or information on the RDS, see
FM button, or AM/FM button. On page 255.
the FM band, ST will be displayed if
the station is broadcasting in stereo. TUNE − Use the selector knob to
Stereo reproduction in AM is not tune the radio to a desired frequency.
available. Turn the knob right to tune to a
higher frequency, or left to tune to a
On the AM band, AM noise lower frequency.
reduction turns on automatically.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 253

10/07/17 10:08:23 31TK8600_259
SCAN − The scan function samples Preset − Each preset button can AUTO SELECT − If you are
all stations with strong signals on the store one frequency on AM and two traveling and can no longer receive
selected band. To activate it, press frequencies on FM. your preset stations, you can use the
the SCAN button, then release it. auto select feature to find stations in
You will see SCAN in the display. 1. Select the desired band, AM or the local area.
When the system finds a strong FM. You can store one frequency
signal, it will stop and play that on FM1, and one frequency on Push the SETUP button to display
station for about 10 seconds. FM2 with each preset button. the setup MENU. Turn the selector
knob to select Auto Select, then
If you do nothing, the system will 2. Use the tune, skip, scan, or RDS press the selector knob. The display
scan for the next strong station and function to tune the radio to a changes to the auto select mode.
play it for 10 seconds. When it plays desired station. Select ‘‘PUSH TO START’’ or ‘‘ON,’’
a station that you want to listen to, then press the selector knob. You
press the SCAN button again. 3. Pick a preset button, and hold it will see Auto Select on the display,
until you hear a beep. and the system goes into the auto
select mode for several seconds.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a
total of six stations on AM and If you do not like the stations auto
twelve stations on FM. select has stored, you can store
other frequencies on the preset
buttons as previously described.
254 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:08:32 31TK8600_260
You will see ‘‘0’’ displayed if auto Radio Data System (RDS) U.S. EX models
select cannot find a strong station for On the FM band, you can select a
every preset button. favorite station and display the
program service name provided by
To cancel auto select, select Auto the radio data system (RDS).
Select on the setup menu again and
turn the selector knob to select RDS INFO Display EX-L and Canadian EX models
‘‘PUSH TO CANCEL’’ or ‘‘OFF,’’ The RDS information display
Features
then press the selector knob. This function shows the name of the RDS
restores the presets you originally station you are listening to. With the
set. audio system on and the FM band
selected, you can turn this function
For information on FM/AM radio on or off.
frequencies and reception, see On EX models
page 409 . To switch the function between on
and off, press and release the TITLE
button. With the system on, you will
see the ‘‘RDS INFO ON’’ message
briefly on the display. If the station
you are listening to is an RDS station,
the display shows the station name.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 255

10/07/17 10:08:44 31TK8600_261
If the station you are listening to is Radio Data System (RDS) Category CLASSIC: Classical music
not an RDS station, the display On the FM band selected, you can JAZZ: Jazz
continues to show the frequency select the program category INFO: News, information, sports,
with the PS name display function on. provided by the RDS. Press either talk shows, foreign language,
side (− or ＋) of the FOLDER bar personality, public, college, and
When you turn off this function by or the CATEGORY bar to display weather
pressing the TITLE button, the and select an RDS category. The TRAFFIC: Traffic information
display briefly shows ‘‘RDS NAME principal RDS categories are shown
OFF.’’ as follows: Press either side of the FOLDER bar
or the CATEGORY bar to select an
On EX-L models ALL: All RDS category stations RDS category. The display shows
If the station you are listening to is ROCK: Rock, classic rock and soft the selected RDS category name for
an RDS station, the RDS icon rock music about 10 seconds. You can use the
appears in the display. To switch the COUNTRY: Country music search or scan function to find radio
function between on and off, press SOFT: Adult hits and soft music stations on the selected RDS
and release the TITLE button. With TOP 40: Top 40 hits category. If you do nothing while the
the system on, you will see the OLDIES: Nostalgia music and oldies RDS category name is displayed, the
station name on the display. R & B: Rhythm and blues, and soft selected category is canceled.
rhythm and blues
You can turn off this function by RELIGION: Programs concerned
pressing the TITLE button. with religion
256 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:08:51 31TK8600_262
RDS Program Search RDS Program SCAN If the system does not find a station,
This function searches up and down The scan function samples all ‘‘NOTHING’’ will be blinking for
a frequency for the strongest signal stations with strong signals on the about 5 seconds, then the system
from the frequencies that carry the selected RDS category. To activate it, goes back to the last selected station.
selected RDS category information. press either side of the FOLDER bar
This can help you to find a station in or the CATEGORY bar to select an You can use the RDS program
your favorite category. To activate it, RDS category, then press and search or scan function even if the
press either side of the FOLDER bar release the SCAN button. You will RDS information display function
Features
to select an RDS category, then see SCAN in the display. The system is off.
press and release either side will scan for a station with a strong
( or ) of the SKIP bar. You signal in the selected RDS category.
will see the selected RDS category You will also see the selected RDS
name blinking while searching it. category name blinking while
When the system finds a station, the searching it. When it finds a strong
selected RDS category name will be signal, it will stop and play that
displayed again for about 10 seconds. station for about 10 seconds.
If the system does not find a station, If you do nothing, the system will
‘‘NOTHING’’ will be blinking for scan for the next strong station and
about 5 seconds, then the system play it for 10 seconds. When it plays
goes back to the last selected station. a station that you want to listen to,
press the SCAN button again.
2011 Odyssey 257

10/07/17 10:09:00 31TK8600_263
Adjusting the Sound setting. Press the selector knob

On EX models On EX-L models again to set your setting.
U.S. EX models EX-L and Canadian EX models BASS − Adjusts the bass.
TREBLE − Adjusts the treble.
FADER − Adjusts the front-to-back

strength of the sound.
BALANCE − Adjusts the side-to-

side strength of the sound.
SUBW (SUBWOOFER) − Adjusts

the strength of sound from the
Press the SETUP button to display Press the SETUP button to display subwoofer speaker.
the sound settings. Turn the selector the Setup menu. Turn the selector
knob to select an appropriate setting: knob to select Sound Settings, then SVC − Adjusts the volume level
BASS, TREBLE, FADER, press the selector knob. Turn the based on the vehicle speed.
BALANCE, SUBW (subwoofer), and selector knob to select an
SVC (speed-sensitive volume appropriate setting: Bass, Treble,
compensation). Press the selector Fader, Balance, Subwoofer, and SVC
knob to enter the setting, then turn (speed-sensitive volume
the selector knob to adjust the compensation). Press the selector
setting. knob to enter the setting, then turn
the selector knob to adjust the
258 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:09:07 31TK8600_264
Each mode is shown in the display as Speed-sensitive Volume Audio System Lighting
it changes. Turn the selector knob to Compensation (SVC) You can use the instrument panel
adjust the setting to your liking. The SVC mode controls the volume brightness control knob to adjust the
based on vehicle speed. The faster illumination of the audio system (see
On U.S. EX models you go, the louder the audio volume page 140 ). The audio system
When the level reaches the center, becomes. As you slow down, the illuminates when the parking lights
you will see ‘‘C’’ in the display. audio volume decreases. are on, even if the radio is turned off.
Features
To return to normal play, push the The SVC has four modes: SVC OFF,
RETURN or SETUP button after you SVC LOW, SVC MID, and SVC
stop adjusting a mode. HIGH. Turn the selector knob to
adjust the setting to your liking. If
you feel the sound is too loud,
choose low. If you feel the sound is
too quiet, choose high.
2011 Odyssey 259

10/07/17 10:09:15 31TK8600_265
Playing the XM Radio (EX-L model without navigation system)

XM BUTTON PRESET BUTTONS XM BUTTON PRESET BUTTONS
TITLE TITLE
BUTTON BUTTON
CATEGORY
SCAN POWER/ SKIP BAR BAR
BUTTON VOLUME
KNOB SCAN POWER/
BUTTON VOLUME
CATEGORY KNOB
SKIP BAR BAR

260 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:09:23 31TK8600_266
Your vehicle is capable of receiving Operating the XM Radio You can also change the mode from
XM Radio anywhere in the United To listen to XM Radio, turn the the setup menu. Press the SETUP
States and Canada, except Hawaii, ignition switch to the ACCESSORY button to display the setup menu.
Alaska, and Puerto Rico. XM is a (I) or ON (II) position, and press the Turn the selector knob to select XM
registered trademark of Sirius XM button. The last channel you Mode and press the selector knob.
Radio , Inc. and XM CANADA is a listened to will show in the display. You can select Channel mode or
registered business name of Adjust the volume by turning the Category mode by turning and
Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. power/volume knob. pressing the selector knob.
Features
XM Radio receives signals from two MODE − To switch between Each time you press and release the
satellites to produce clear, high- channel mode and category mode, TITLE button, the display changes
quality digital reception. It offers either press and hold the TITLE from artist name to song name.
many channels in several categories. button until the mode changes.
Along with a large selection of You may experience periods when
different types of music, XM Radio In the channel mode, you can select XM Radio does not transmit the
allows you to view channel and all of the available channels. In the artist’s name and song title
category selections in the display. category mode, such as Jazz, Rock, information. If this happens, there is
Classical, etc., you can select all of nothing wrong with your system.
the channels within that category.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 261

10/07/17 10:09:28 31TK8600_267
TUNE − Turn the selector knob to CATEGORY (− or ＋) − Press

change channel selections. Turn the either side of the CATEGORY bar to
knob right for higher numbered select another category.
channels and left for lower
numbered channels. In the category SCAN − The SCAN function gives
mode, you can only select channels you a sampling of all channels while
within that category. in the channel mode. In the category
mode, only the stations within that
category are scanned. To activate
scan, press the SCAN button. The
system plays each channel in
numerical order for a few seconds,
then selects the next channel. When
You can also select a channel from you hear a channel you want to
the list by using the selector knob. continue listening to, press the
Push the selector knob to switch the button again.
display to the list, then turn the knob
to select a channel. Press the
selector knob to set your selection.
262 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:09:41 31TK8600_268
Preset − You can store up to 12 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the ‘‘UNAUTHORIZED’’ − The
preset channels using the six preset first six channels. encryption code is being updated.
buttons. Each button stores one Wait until the encryption code is
channel from the XM1 band and one 5. Press the button again. fully updated. Channels 0 and 1
channel from the XM2 band. The other XM band will show. should still work normally.
Store the next six channels using
To store a channel: steps 2 and 3. ‘‘NO SIGNAL’’ − The signal is
1. Press the button. Either currently too weak. Move the vehicle
Features
XM1 or XM2 will show in the Once a channel is stored, simply to an area away from tall buildings,
display. press and release the proper preset and with an unobstructed view of the
button to tune to it. southern horizon.
2. Use the selector knob, SKIP bar,
CATEGORY bar or SCAN button XM Radio Display Messages ‘‘UNAVAILABLE’’ − The selected
to tune to a desired channel. channel number does not exist, is
‘‘LOADING’’ − XM is loading the not part of your subscription, or this
In category mode, only channels audio or program information. channel has no artist or title
within that category can be selected. information at this time.
In channel mode, all channels can be ‘‘OFF AIR’’ − The channel
selected. currently selected is no longer ‘‘NO INFO’’ − The selected
broadcasting. channel has no artist or title
3. Pick the preset button you want information at this time.
for that channel. Press and hold
the button until you hear a beep. ‘‘CHECK ANTENNA’’ − There is
a problem with the XM antenna.
Please consult your dealer.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 263

10/07/17 10:09:49 31TK8600_269
The XM satellites are in orbit over

the equator; therefore, objects south Signal may be blocked by Signal weaker in
of the vehicle may cause satellite mountains or large obstacles to these areas.
the south.
reception interruptions. To help
compensate for this, ground-based
repeaters are placed in major
metropolitan areas.
Satellite signals are more likely to be

blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you
travel from the equator. Carrying SATELLITE
large items on a roof rack can also
block the signal.
Depending on where you drive, you

may experience reception problems.
Interference can be caused by any of GROUND REPEATER
these conditions:
Driving on the north side of an Driving in tunnels. Large items carried on a roof rack.
east/west mountain road. Driving on a road beside a vertical Driving on a single lane road
Driving on the north side of a wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south alongside dense trees taller than
large commercial truck on an of you. 50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.
east/west road. Driving on the lower level of a
multi-tiered road.
264 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:09:57 31TK8600_270
There may be other geographic Receiving XM Radio Service After you’ve registered with XM
situations that could affect XM Radio If your XM Radio service has expired Radio, keep your audio system in the
reception. or you purchased your vehicle from XM Radio mode while you wait for
a previous owner, you can listen to a activation. This should take about 30
As required by the FCC: sampling of the broadcasts available minutes.
Changes or modifications not expressly on XM Radio. With the ignition
approved by the party responsible for switch in the ACCESSORY (I) or the While waiting for activation, make
compliance could void the user’s ON (II) position, press the sure your vehicle remains in an open
Features
authority to operate the equipment. button. A variety of music area with good reception. XM Radio
types and styles will play. will continue to send an activation
signal to your vehicle for at least 12
If you decide to purchase XM radio hours from the activation request. If
service, contact XM Radio at the service has not been activated
www.xmradio.com, or at after 36 hours, contact XM Radio.
1-800-852-9696. In Canada, contact In Canada, contact XM CANADA .
XM CANADA at www.xmradio.ca, or
at 1-877-209-0079. You will need to
give them your radio I.D. number
and your credit card number. To get
your radio I.D. number, press the
button, then turn the
selector knob until ‘‘CH 000’’ appears
in the display. Your I.D. will appear
in the display.
2011 Odyssey 265

10/07/17 10:10:05 31TK8600_271
Playing a Disc (EX, EX-L models without navigation system)


POWER/ CD BUTTON CD BUTTON
VOLUME DISC
KNOB DISC SLOT
SLOT
TITLE TITLE EJECT
BUTTON EJECT BUTTON BUTTON
BUTTON POWER/
SCAN SKIP BAR VOLUME
BUTTON KNOB
SCAN
SKIP BAR CATEGORY BUTTON CATEGORY
BAR BAR
(FOLDER
BAR)
266 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:10:12 31TK8600_272
To Play a Disc Title information will be displayed by The CD player can play CD-Rs and
To load or play a disc, the ignition a list when the information is found CD-RWs compressed in MP3, WMA
switch must be in the ACCESSORY in the Gracenote Album Info or AAC formats. When playing a disc
(I) or ON (II) position. (Gracenote Media Database). in MP3, WMA or AAC, you will see
When you play a CD recorded with ‘‘MP3,’’ ‘‘WMA’’ or ‘‘AAC’’ on the
You operate the disc player with the text data, you will see the genre, display. A disc can support more
same controls used for the radio. To artist name, album and track name than 99 folders, and each folder can
select the disc player, press the CD on the screen. When you play MP3/ hold up to 255 playable files.
Features
button. You will see ‘‘CD’’ in the WMA/AAC discs, you will see the
display. The number of the track genre, artist name, album name and
playing is shown in the display. The track name on the screen. If the disc
system will continuously play a disc was not recorded with this
until you change modes. information, it will not be displayed.
You cannot load and play 3-inch

(8-cm) discs in this system.
Do not use discs with adhesive labels.

The label can curl up and cause the
disc to jam in the unit.
Video CDs and DVDs do not work in

this unit.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 267

10/07/17 10:10:20 31TK8600_273
NOTE: Text Data Display Function With the folder name, you will see
If a file on a WMA disc is protected On U.S. EX models the FOLDER indicator in the display.
by digital rights management Each time you press the TITLE The TRACK indicator is shown with
(DRM), the audio unit displays button, the display shows you the the file or track name.
UNSUPPORTED, and then skips to text, if the disc was recorded with
the next file. text data. When you press and release the
TITLE button while a disc without
Depending on the software the files If you select name off, the text text data is playing, you will see ‘‘NO
were made with, it may not be display is turned off. INFO’’ on the display.
possible to play some files, or display
some text data. You can see the album, artist, and The display shows up to 16
track name in the display. If a disc is characters of selected text data (the
recorded in MP3, WMA or AAC you folder name, file name, etc.).
can see the folder and file name, and
the artist, album, and track tag.
268 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:10:28 31TK8600_274
If the text data has more than 16 You will also see some text data When playing a CD-DA with text
characters, you will see the first 16 under these conditions: data, the album and track name are
characters and the indicator in shown in the display. With a disc in
the display. Press and hold the When a new folder, file, or track is MP3, WMA or AAC the display
TITLE button until the next 16 selected. shows the folder and file name.
characters are shown. You can see When you change the audio mode
up to 32 characters of the text data. to play a disc with text data or in On EX-L and Canadian EX models
MP3, WMA or AAC. In MP3 or WMA mode, each time
Features
If you press and hold the TITLE you press and release the TITLE
button again, the display shows the When you insert a disc, and the button, the display changes between
first 16 characters again. system begins to play. track name and file name.
If any letter is not available, it is

replaced with ‘‘ . ’’ (dot) in the display.
When the disc has no text data, you
will see ‘‘NO INFO’’ on the display.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 269

10/07/17 10:10:35 31TK8600_275
Loading Discs SKIP − Each time you press and When you insert a CD for the first
Insert a disc about halfway into the release the side of the SKIP bar, time, the recording CD prompt will
disc slot. The drive will pull the disc the player skips forward to the appear on the display. If you select
in the rest of the way to play it. You beginning of the next track (file in ‘‘Yes,’’ the system will start
operate the disc player with the MP3, WMA or AAC mode). Press recording to the flash memory. For
same controls used for the radio. and release the side of the bar information on recording from music
The number of the current track is to skip backward to the beginning of CDs, see page 278 .
shown in the display. When playing a the current track. Press it again to
disc in MP3, WMA or AAC, the skip to the beginning of the previous When you insert a CD for the first
numbers of the current folder and track. time, a Gracenote notification
file are shown. The system will appears. For more information, see
continuously play a disc until you To move rapidly within a track or file, page 380 .
change modes. press and hold either side ( or
) of the SKIP bar.
For information on how to handle
and protect compact discs, see page Turning the selector knob to the
352 . right or left also changes a file.
270 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:10:44 31TK8600_276
In MP3 or WMA mode To Select Repeat, Random or Scan Turn the selector knob to select an
FOLDER SELECTION − To Mode: appropriate repeat, random or scan
select a different folder, press either mode, then press the selector knob
side (＋ or −) of the FOLDER bar U.S. EX models to set your selection.
or the CATEGORY bar to move to
the beginning of the next folder.
Press the ＋ side to skip to the next
folder, and press the − side to skip
Features
to the beginning of the previous EX-L and Canadian EX models
folder.
You can also select a track from the

list by using the selector knob. Push
the selector knob while playing a CD.
The display switches to the track list.
Then turn the knob to select a track. You can select any type of repeat,
Press the selector knob to start your random and scan modes by using the
selected track. SETUP button and the selector knob.
Push the SETUP button to display
In MP3, WMA or AAC mode, push the menu items, then turn the
the selector knob to switch the selector knob to select ‘‘PLAY
display to the folder list then turn the MODE.’’ Press the selector knob to
knob to select a folder. Press the set the selection.
selector knob to change the display
to the track/file list, then turn the
selector knob to select a track/file. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 271

10/07/17 10:10:50 31TK8600_277
REPEAT ONE TRK (Repeat One RANDOM IN FLD (Random in

U.S. EX models Track) − To continuously replay a FOLDER) − This feature, when
track (file in MP3, WMA or AAC activated, plays the files within the
mode), select REPEAT ONE TRK or current folder in random order,
Repeat One Track from the menu rather than in the order they are
items. You will see ‘‘REPEAT’’ or the compressed in MP3, WMA or AAC.
EX-L and Canadian EX models track repeat icon in the display. To activate folder random play,
Select normal play to turn it off. select RANDOM IN FLD or Random
in FOLDER from the menu items.
REPEAT ONE FLD (Repeat One You will see ‘‘F-RDM’’ or the folder
Folder) − This feature, when random icon in the display. The
activated, replays all the files on the system will then select and play files
selected folder in the order they are randomly. This continues until you
To cancel the selected repeat, compressed in MP3, WMA or AAC. deactivate folder random play by
random, or scan mode, press the To activate folder repeat mode, selecting normal play, or you select a
SETUP button to show ‘‘PLAY select REPEAT ONE FLD or Repeat different albumlist with the
MODE,’’ then press the selector One Folder from the menu items. FOLDER bar or the CATEGORY
knob. When you see ‘‘NORMAL You will see ‘‘D-REPEAT’’ or the bar.
PLAY,’’ press ENTER again. folder repeat icon in the display. The
system continuously replays the
current list. Select normal play to
turn it off.
272 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:10:56 31TK8600_278
RANDOM (Random in Disc) − SCAN TRK (Scan Tracks) − The SCAN FLD (Scan Folders) − This
This feature plays the tracks on disc SCAN function samples all the function samples the first file in each
(the files in MP3, WMA or AAC tracks on the disc in the order they folder on the disc in the order they
mode) in random order. To activate are recorded on the disc (all files in are stored. To activate the folder
random play, select RANDOM or the selected folder in MP3, WMA or scan feature, press and release the
Random in Disc from the menu AAC mode). To activate the scan SCAN button repeatedly. You will
items. You will see ‘‘RANDOM’’ or feature, press and release the SCAN see ‘‘F-SCAN’’ or ‘‘Folder Scan’’ in
disc random icon in the display. button. You will see ‘‘SCAN’’ in the the display. You will get a 10 second
Features
Select normal play to return to display. You will get a 10 second sampling of the first file in each
normal play. sampling of each track/file in the folder.
disc/folder. Press and hold the
SCAN button to get out of scan You can also select the folder scan
mode and play the last track sampled. feature from the menu items with
the selector knob (see page 271 ).
You can also select the scan feature
from the menu items with the
selector knob (see page 271 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 273

10/07/17 10:11:02 31TK8600_279
To turn this feature off, press and To Stop Playing a Disc Protecting Discs
hold the SCAN button for more than To take the system out of the disc For information on how to handle
2 seconds, or press and release the mode, press one of other source and protect compact discs, see
selector knob while scan mode. buttons than the CD button. page 352 .
Each time you press and release the If you turn the system off while a
SCAN button, the mode changes disc is playing, either with the
from file scan to folder scan, then to power/volume knob or the ignition
normal play. switch, play will continue at the same
point when you turn it back on.
274 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:11:09 31TK8600_280
Disc Player Error Messages (EX, EX-L models without navigation system)

display while playing a disc.
UNSUPPORTED Track/File format not Current track will be skipped. The next
If you see an error message in the supported supported track or file plays automatically.
display while playing a disc, press Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc.
the eject button. After ejecting the Mechanical Error Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
disc, check it for damage or deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
Features
deformation. If there is no damage, PUSH EJECT (see page 353). Insert the disc again. If the code
insert the disc again. Servo Error does not disappear, or the disc cannot be
For additional information on removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
damaged discs, see page 353 . force the disc out of the player.
Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
The audio system will try to play the CHECK DISC Disc Error deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
disc. If there is still a problem, the (see page 353).
error message will reappear. Press
2011 Odyssey 275

10/07/17 10:11:18 31TK8600_281
Playing CD Library Audio (EX, EX-L models without navigation system)


POWER/ CDL BUTTON CDL BUTTON
VOLUME
KNOB DISC DISC
SLOT SLOT
POWER/
SCAN SKIP BAR VOLUME
BUTTON KNOB
SCAN
SKIP BAR CATEGORY BUTTON CATEGORY
BAR BAR
(FOLDER
BAR)
276 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:11:27 31TK8600_282
If equipped Music data recorded in the CD Recording function from following

The CD Library Audio function can Library can only be used for media is not supported.
record tracks from music CDs to the personal use. −CD-DA which prohibits the
flash memory. Each music CD is copying by SCMS
stored on an albumlist. This audio Although data is recorded using
system can store up to 18 albums. ultra-efficient compression −CD-DA with copy control
technology, sound quality may −SACD (Super Audio CD)
NOTE: vary slightly from the original.
Features
−DTS-CD
Only recordings from a standard
CD-DA (44.1 kHz, 16 bit stereo Title information will be displayed −DVD-A
PCM digital sound data) to CD when the information is found in −CD-R/RW
Library are supported. the Gracenote Album Info −DVD-R/RW
(Gracenote Media Database) in
Digital music files, such as MP3, the built-in flash memory. See −Copy controlled CDs (Playback
WMA, AAC etc., from CD-R, page 380 . cannot be guaranteed)
DVD-R and USB flash memory −DTS-CDs (Only enabled for
devices cannot be copied to the playback)
CD Library. Likewise, digital
music files recorded in the CD If the CD Library is ever replaced,
Library cannot be copied to CD-R, all data will be lost and stored
DVD-R and USB devices. music will not be recovered.
2011 Odyssey 277

10/07/17 10:11:38 31TK8600_283
Recording a Music CD to CD NOTE:

Library Please note that there will be no
compensation offered in the case
U.S. EX models U.S. EX models of unsuccessful recording of audio
data or the loss of audio data due
to any cause whatsoever.
During recording, operation of this

EX-L and Canadian EX models EX-L and Canadian EX models product may be slower.
If you turn off the ignition switch

while recording a CD, the CD will
begin recording again when the
power comes back.
1. If you play a music CD that has 2. The display will change to the Tracks from music CDs are
not been recorded in the CD albumlist. Select the desired recorded at eight times the
Library, the recording CD prompt number of the list by turning the playback speed. You can listen to
will appear on the display. Select selector knob, then press the tracks as they are being recorded.
‘‘YES’’ to start recording to the selector knob. The recording icon,
flash memory. To turn this display recording album number, and Forward/rewind, repeat, random
off, see page 279 . current recording track number and scan functions are not
will appear while recording. When available during recording.
recording is finished, the
recording icon will be turned off.
278 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:11:46 31TK8600_284
You can listen to tracks from other Changing the Recording Settings Each time you press and release the
albumlists that have already been To Stop Displaying the Recording CD selector knob, this feature turns on
recorded while recording. Press Prompt and off.
the CD-L button and switch over
to CD Library Audio. U.S. EX models
Recording settings cannot be

changed during recording.
Features
EX-L and Canadian EX models
If you don’t wish to display the

recording CD prompt when you
insert a CD for the first time, press
and release the SETUP button and
turn the selector knob to ‘‘CDL
SETUP’’ or ‘‘CD Library Setup,’’ then
press the selector knob and select
‘‘REC PROMPT ON’’ or ‘‘Prompt to
Record CD.’’
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 279

10/07/17 10:11:56 31TK8600_285
To Record a CD Manually
U.S. EX models U.S. EX models U.S. EX models
EX-L and Canadian EX models EX-L and Canadian EX models EX-L and Canadian EX models
Insert a CD that has not been If you select a slot on the albumlist If you press the EJECT button while
recorded in the CD Library, press that has been recorded, a recording a CD, the recording is
the SETUP button and turn the confirmation message will appear. stopped. When you insert the same
selector knob to ‘‘CDL SETUP’’ or Select ‘‘YES’’ to overwrite the old CD again, the ‘‘RESUME REC’’ or
‘‘CD Library Setup,’’ then press the album. Select ‘‘NO’’ to return to the ‘‘Continue REC’’ message will appear.
selector knob. Select ‘‘RECORD CD normal display. Select ‘‘YES’’ to restart the recording
NOW’’ and press the selector knob. feature from the point that the
The display will change to the previous recording was disabled.
albumlist. Select the desired slot and
press the same knob to start
recording.
280 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:12:05 31TK8600_286
Playing Tracks in CD Library Changing a Track/Albumlist Fast Forwarding and Rewinding

To play tracks in the CD Library, To fast forward, press and hold the
push the CD-L button until the CD Folder Bar or Category Bar side of the SKIP bar. To
Library Audio display appears. The next album in the list is rewind, press and hold the side
Playback will start automatically with selected. If you press ＋ while the of the SKIP bar.
the track previously selected. ＋ last album in the list is selected,
the first album in the list is Track Selection
selected. You can also select an album or track
Features
The previous album in the list is from the list by using the selector
−
selected. If you press − while the knob. Push the selector knob while
first album is selected, the last in the CD Library mode, the display
album in the list is selected. will switch to the albumlist. Turn the
selector knob to select an album.
Skip Bar Press the selector knob to change
Returns to the beginning of the the display to the track list, then turn
current track. Press again and hold the selector knob to select a track.
to return to the beginning of the Press the selector knob to start
previous track. If you press this playing the track you wish to play.
bar while the first track is playing,
the last track is selected.
Skips to the beginning of the next
track. If you press this bar while
the last track is playing, the first
track is selected.
Turning the selector knob to the
right or left also changes a file.
2011 Odyssey 281

10/07/17 10:12:12 31TK8600_287
To Select Repeat, Random or REPEAT ONE TRK − To RANDOM ALBUMS (Random in

Scan Mode: continuously replay a track, select Albums) − This feature, when
‘‘REPEAT ONE TRK’’ or ‘‘Repeat activated, plays the tracks within the
U.S. EX models One Track’’ from the menu items current albumlist in random order,
and press the selector knob. You will rather than in the order they are
see the ‘‘REPEAT’’ or the repeat one recorded. You will see ‘‘D-RDM’’ or
track icon in the display. Select the random album icon in the display.
‘‘NORMAL PLAY’’ to turn it off. The system will then select and play
EX-L and Canadian EX models tracks randomly. This continues
REPEAT ALBUM − This feature, until you deactivate random album
when activated, replays all the tracks play by selecting ‘‘NORMAL PLAY,’’
on the selected albumlist in the order or you select a different albumlist
they are recorded. To activate this with the FOLDER bar or the
feature, select ‘‘REPEAT ALBUM’’ CATEGORY bar.
and press the selector knob. You will
You can select any type of repeat, see the ‘‘ALBUM REPEAT’’ or the RANDOM (Random All) − This
random and scan modes by using the repeat album icon in the display. The feature plays all tracks within a CD
SETUP button and the selector knob. system continuously replays the Library in random order. You will
Push the SETUP button to display current list. Select ‘‘NORMAL see ‘‘RANDOM’’ or random all icon
the menu items, then turn the PLAY’’ to turn it off. in the display. Select ‘‘NORMAL
selector knob to select ‘‘PLAY PLAY’’ to return to normal play.
MODE.’’ Press the selector knob to
set the selection.
282 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:12:21 31TK8600_288
SCAN TRK (Scan Tracks) − The SCAN ALBUM − This function Deleting an Album
SCAN function samples all the samples the first track in each 1. Press the SETUP button and turn
tracks on the albumlist in the order albumlist in the order they are stored. the selector knob to ‘‘CDL
they were recorded. To activate this To activate the scan album feature, SETUP’’ or ‘‘CD Library Setup.’’
feature, press and release the SCAN press and release the SCAN button Then press the selector knob.
button. You will see ‘‘SCAN’’ in the repeatedly. You will see ‘‘D-SCAN’’
display. You will get a 10 second or ‘‘Scan Albums’’ in the display. You 2. Select ‘‘DELETE ALBUM’’ or
sampling of each track in the list. will get a 10 second sampling of the ‘‘Delete Library Album,’’ then
Features
Press and hold the SCAN button to first track in each list. Press and hold press the selector knob.
get out of scan mode and play the the SCAN button to get out of the
last track sampled. scan album mode and play the last 3. The display will change to the
track sampled. albumlist. Select the album that
You can also select the scan feature you want to delete, press the
from the menu items with the You can also select the scan album selector knob.
selector knob (see page 282 ). feature from the menu items with
the selector knob (see page 282 ). 4. The confirmation message is
displayed. Select ‘‘YES’’ to delete
Pressing the selector knob turns off album completely.
the scan or scan album feature.

from scan track to scan album
feature, then to normal play.
2011 Odyssey 283

10/07/17 20:21:20 31TK8600_289
Acquiring Title Information Updating Gracenote Album Info 3. Select ‘‘UPDATE ALBUM DB’’ or
1. On the CD Library Audio display, (Gracenote Media Database) ‘‘Update Album Info DB,’’ then
press the SETUP button. You can update the Gracenote press the selector knob.
Album Info. (Gracenote Media
On U.S. EX model Database). 4. On U.S. EX model
Turn the selector knob to ‘‘CDL Press the selector knob to start
SETUP,’’ then press the selector NOTE: updating.
knob. Consult your dealer, or visit
www.honda.com (in U.S.), or On EX-L and Canadian EX models
2. Turn the selector knob to ‘‘GET www.honda.ca (in Canada), to acquire Select ‘‘Yes’’ on the confirmation
ALBUM INFO.,’’ then press the updated files. screen, and press the selector
selector knob. The display will knob to start updating.
change to the albumlist. 1. Insert the update disc into the disc
slot. After finishing the update, you will
3. Select the title information for the be returned to the normal display.
albumlist, then press the selector 2. Press the SETUP button and turn
knob. You will be returned to the the selector knob to ‘‘CDL
normal display. SETUP’’ or ‘‘CD Library Setup,’’
then press the selector knob.
If more than one title is found for
the CD inserted, a screen will
appear to select the correct title.
284 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:12:40 31TK8600_290
Checking Album Info DB Version Gracenote Music Recognition

1. Press the SETUP button and turn Service (CDDB)
the selector knob to ‘‘CDL
SETUP’’ or ‘‘CD Library Setup,’’
then press the selector knob.
2. Select ‘‘ALBUM DB VER.’’ or

‘‘Album Info DB Version,’’ then Music recognition technology and
Features
press the selector knob. related data are provided by
Gracenote . Gracenote is the
3. The display will show you the industry standard in music
current Album Info DB Version. recognition technology and related
Press the RETURN button to content delivery. For more
return to the CD Library Setup information, please visit
menu. http://www.gracenote.com/.
For more information, see page 380 .
2011 Odyssey 285

10/07/17 10:12:46 31TK8600_291
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
USB INDICATOR
ALBUM ART

USB/AUX BUTTON USB/AUX BUTTON
POWER/
VOLUME
KNOB
POWER/
SKIP BAR VOLUME
KNOB
SKIP BAR

286 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:12:53 31TK8600_292
EX-L models without navigation system The audio system reads and plays Model Software
and Canadian EX model playable sound files on the iPod. The iPod 5th and 6th Ver. 1.3 or more
To Play an iPod system cannot operate an iPod as a generations
This audio system can select and mass storage device. The system will iPod classic Ver. 1.1.2 or more
play the audio files on the iPod with only play songs stored on the iPod iPod nano Ver. 1.3.1 or more
the same controls used for the in- with iTunes. 1st generation
dash disc player. To play an iPod, iPod nano Ver. 1.1.3 or more
connect it to the USB adapter cable iPod and iTunes are registered 2nd generation
Features
in the glove box by using your dock trademarks owned by Apple Inc. iPod nano Ver. 1.1.3 or more
connector, then press the USB/AUX 3rd generation
button. The ignition switch must be iPods compatible with your audio iPod nano Ver. 1.0.4 or more
in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) system using the USB adapter cable 4th generation
position. The iPod will also be are: iPod nano Ver. 1.0.1 or more
charged with the ignition switch in 5th generation
these settings. iPod touch Ver. 1.1.1 or more
1st generation
iPod touch Ver. 2.2.1 or more
2nd generation
iPod touch Ver. 3.1.1 or more
3rd generation
iPhone Ver. 2.1.0 or more
iPhone 3G Ver. 2.1.0 or more
iPhone 3GS Ver. 5.12.1 or more
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 287

10/07/17 10:13:03 31TK8600_293
Use only compatible iPods with the Connecting an iPod

latest software. iPods that are not
compatible will not work in this audio USB ADAPTER CABLE DOCK CONNECTOR
unit.
NOTE:
Do not connect your iPod using a
hub.
Do not keep the iPod and dock
connector cable in the vehicle.
Direct sunlight and high heat will
damage it.
USB ADAPTER CABLE
Do not use an extension cable
between the USB adapter cable 1. Open the glove box, and unclip the 2. Connect your dock connector to
equipped with your vehicle and USB adapter cable. the iPod correctly and securely.
your dock connector.
We recommend backing up your 3. Install the dock connector to the
data before playing it. USB adapter cable securely.
Some devices cannot be powered
or charged via the USB adapter. If
this is the case, use the accessory
adapter to supply power to your
device.
288 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:13:12 31TK8600_294
If the iPod indicator does not appear To Change or Select Files

in the audio display, check the Use the SKIP bar while an iPod is
connections, and try to reconnect the playing to select passages and
iPod a few times. change files.
If the audio system still does not SKIP − Each time you press and
recognize the iPod, the iPod may release the side of the SKIP bar,
need to be reset. Follow the the system skips forward to the
Features
instructions that came with your beginning of the next track. Press
iPod, or you can find reset and release the side of the bar
instructions online at to skip backward to the beginning of
www.apple.com/itunes/ the current track. Press it again to
skip to the beginning of the previous
The current file number and total of track. You can also select a file from any
the selected playable files are on the list on the iPod menu: playlists,
display. It also shows the artist, To move rapidly within playing track, artists, albums, songs, genres,
album and track (file) names on the press and hold either side ( or composers and podcasts by using the
display. ) of the SKIP bar. selector knob. Push the selector
knob to switch the display to an iPod
If a file on your iPod has an album Turning the selector knob to the menu, then turn the selector knob to
art, it will be shown in the display. right or left also changes a file. select a desired list. Press the
selector knob to set your selection.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 289

10/07/17 10:13:18 31TK8600_295
If you select ‘‘ALL’’ on the artists list, The track order that appears at this
the albums list is displayed. time varies depending on the iPod
model and software.
The display shows items on the

selected list. Turn the selector knob
to select an item, then press the If you select ‘‘ALL’’ on the albums
selector knob to set your selection. list, all the tracks become available
for selection.
290 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:13:25 31TK8600_296
To Select Repeat or Shuffle Mode: Turn the selector knob to select a

play mode: Normal Play, Repeat One
Track, Shuffle All, Shuffle Repeat,
Shuffle Albums, or Shuffle Album
Repeat, then press the selector knob
to set your selection.
To cancel the selected mode, press
Features
the selector knob and turn the
selector knob to show ‘‘Play Mode,’’
then press the selector knob. When
you see ‘‘Normal Play,’’ press the
selector knob again.
You can select any type of repeat and Repeat One Track − This feature
shuffle mode by using the SETUP continuously plays a file. You will see
button and the selector knob. Press the repeat icon in the display. Select
the SETUP button to display the normal play to turn it off.
menu items, then turn the selector
knob to select ‘‘Play Mode.’’ Press
the selector knob to set the selection.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 291

10/07/17 10:13:30 31TK8600_297
Shuffle All − This feature plays all Shuffle Albums − This feature NOTE:
available files in a selected list plays all available albums in a Available operating functions vary on
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, selected list (playlists, artists, albums, models or versions. Some functions
genres, composers and podcasts) in songs and genres) in random order. may not be available on the vehicle’s
random order. You will see the The files in each album are played in audio system.
shuffle all icon in the display. Select the recorded order. You will see the
normal play to turn off this feature. shuffle albums icon in the display.
Select normal play to turn off this
Shuffle Repeat − This feature feature.
repeats the shuffle all feature. When
the system finishes playing the Shuffle Albums Repeat − This
shuffle all feature, it will repeat feature repeats the shuffle album
playing the songs in the same feature. When the system finishes
shuffled order. You will see the playing the shuffle album feature, it
shuffle all and the repeat icon in the will repeat playing the albums in the
display. Select normal play to turn off same shuffled order. You will see the
this feature. shuffle albums and the repeat icon in
the display. Select normal play to
turn off this feature.
292 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:13:38 31TK8600_298
To Stop Playing Your iPod ＊ : The displayed message may iPod Error Messages
To take the system out of the iPod vary on models or versions. On If you see an error message in the
mode, press one of the other source some models, there is no display, see page 294 .
buttons than the USB/AUX button. message to disconnect.
When a compatible audio unit is
connected to the auxiliary input jack, When you disconnect the iPod while
press the USB/AUX button to select it is playing, the display shows No
select it. Data.
Features
You can also press the MODE If you reconnect the same iPod, the
button on the steering wheel to system may begin playing where it
change modes. left off, depending on what mode the
iPod is in when it is reconnected.
Disconnecting an iPod
You can disconnect the iPod at any
time when you see the ‘‘OK to
disconnect’’ message＊ in the iPod
display. Always make sure you see
‘‘OK to disconnect’’ message in the
iPod display before you disconnect it.
Make sure to follow the iPod’s
instructions on how to disconnect
the dock connector from the USB
adapter cable.
2011 Odyssey 293

10/07/22 15:40:19 31TK8600_299
iPod Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
If you see an error message on the

audio display while playing an iPod, Error Message Solution
find the solution in the chart to the
right. If you cannot clear the error USB ERROR There is a problem with the USB adapter unit.
message, take your vehicle to your BAD USB DEVICE Appears when the overcurrent protection feature of the system stops
dealer. PLEASE CHECK supplying power to USB because an incompatible device is connected.
OWNERS Disconnect the device. Then, turn the audio system off, and turn it on
MANUAL again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
NO SONG Appears when the iPod is empty. Store some files in the iPod.
UNSUPPORTED Appears when an unsupported device is connected. Disconnect the
device.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. See page 287 for
UNSUPPORTED VER. specification information for iPods. If it appears when a supported
iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
CONNECT RETRY Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect
the iPod.
294 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:13:49 31TK8600_300
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
USB INDICATOR
ALBUM ART
Features
POWER/
VOLUME
KNOB
POWER/
SKIP BAR VOLUME
KNOB
SKIP BAR

2011 Odyssey 295

10/07/17 10:13:56 31TK8600_301
EX-L models without navigation system The recommended USB flash NOTE:
and Canadian EX model memory devices are 256 MB or Do not use a device such as a card
To Play a USB Flash Memory higher, and formatted with the FAT reader or hard drive as the device
Device file system. Some digital audio or your files may be damaged.
This audio system can select and players may be compatible as well.
play the audio files from a USB flash Do not connect your USB flash
memory device with the same Some USB flash memory devices memory device using a hub.
controls used for the in-dash disc (such as devices with security lock-
player. To play a USB flash memory out features, etc.) will not work in Do not use an extension cable to
device, connect it to the USB adapter this audio unit. the USB adapter cable equipped
cable in the glove box, then press the with your vehicle.
USB/AUX button. The ignition
switch must be in the ACCESSORY Do not keep a USB flash memory
(I) or ON (II) position. device in the vehicle. Direct
sunlight and high heat will
damage it.
296 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:14:04 31TK8600_302
We recommend backing up your Some devices cannot be powered Some versions of MP3, WMA, or
data before playing a USB flash or charged via the USB adapter. If AAC format may not be supported. If
memory device. this is the case, use the accessory an unsupported file is found, the
adapter to supply power to your audio unit displays UNSUPPORTED,
Depending on the type and device. then skips to the next file.
number of files, it may take some
time before they begin to play. The order of files in USB playback In WMA or AAC format, DRM
may be different from the order of (digital rights management) files
Features
Depending on the software the files displayed in PC or other cannot be played. If the system finds
files were made with, it may not be devices etc. Files are played in the a DRM file, the audio unit displays
possible to play some files, or order stored in USB flash memory UNPLAYABLE FILE, and then skips
display some text data. device. to the next file.
Depending on the type of

encoding and writing software
used, there may be cases where Combining a low sampling f requency
character information does not with a low bitrate may result in
display properly. extremely degraded sound quality.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 297

10/07/17 10:14:11 31TK8600_303
Connecting a USB Flash Memory When the USB flash memory device
Device is connected, the USB indicator is
shown in the display.
USB ADAPTER CABLE
If a file on your USB flash memory
device has an album art, it will be
shown in the display.
USB ADAPTER CABLE
2. Connect the USB flash memory

device to the USB adapter cable
1. Open the glove box, and unclip the correctly and securely.
USB adapter cable.
298 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:14:19 31TK8600_304
To Change or Select Files

Use the SKIP bar while a USB flash
memory device is playing to select
passages and change files.
SKIP − Each time you press and

release the side of the SKIP bar,
the system skips forward to the
Features
beginning of the next file. Press and
release the side of the bar, to
skip backward to the beginning of
the current file. Press it twice to skip
to the beginning of the previous file.
You can also select a file from any The display shows items on the
To move rapidly within a file, press list on the USB top menu: artists, selected list. Turn the selector knob
and hold either side ( or ) albums, songs, genres, by using the to select an item, then press the
of the SKIP bar. selector knob. Push the selector selector knob to set your selection.
knob to switch the display to the
Turning the selector knob to the USB top menu, then turn the
right or left also changes a file. selector knob to select a desired list.
Press the selector knob to set your
selection.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 299

10/07/17 10:14:26 31TK8600_305
If you select ‘‘ALL’’ on the artists list, To Select Repeat or Random Mode: Turn the selector knob to select a
the albums list is displayed. play mode: Normal Play, Repeat One
Track, Random All or Random
Repeat, then press the selector knob
to set your selection.
To cancel the selected mode, press

the selector knob and turn the
selector knob to show ‘‘Play Mode,’’
then press the selector knob. When
you see ‘‘Normal Play,’’ press the
selector knob again.
You can select any type of repeat and

If you select ‘‘ALL’’ on the albums random mode by using the SETUP
list, all the tracks become available button and the selector knob. Press
for selection. the SETUP button to display the
menu items, then turn the selector
Pressing the RETURN button goes knob to select ‘‘Play Mode.’’ Press
back to the previous display. the selector knob to set the selection.
300 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:14:30 31TK8600_306
Random All − This feature plays Random Repeat − This feature

all available files in a selected list repeats the random all feature.
(artists, albums, songs or genres) in When the system finishes playing
random order. You will see the the random all feature, it will repeat
random all icon in the display. Select playing the files in the same random
the normal play mode to turn off this order. You will see the random all
feature. and repeat icons in the display.
Select the normal play to turn off this
Features
feature.
Repeat One Track − This feature

continuously plays a file. You will see
the repeat icon in the display. Select
normal play to turn it off.
2011 Odyssey 301

10/07/17 10:14:35 31TK8600_307
To Stop Playing a USB Flash Disconnecting a USB Flash Memory When you disconnect the USB flash
Memory Device Device memory device while it is playing,
To take the system out of the USB You can disconnect the USB flash the display shows No Data.
mode, press one of the other source memory device at any time even if
buttons than the USB/AUX button. the USB mode is selected on the
When a compatible audio unit is audio system. Always follow the USB
connected to the auxiliary input jack, flash memory device’s instructions
press the USB/AUX button to select it. when you remove it.
302 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:14:39 31TK8600_308
USB Flash Memory Device Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
If you see an error message on the

audio display while playing a USB Error Message Solution
flash memory device, find the
solution in the chart to the right. If USB ERROR There is a problem with the USB adapter unit.
you cannot clear the error message, BAD USB DEVICE Appears when the overcurrent protection feature of the system stops
take your vehicle to your dealer. PLEASE CHECK supplying power to USB because an incompatible device is connected.
OWNERS Disconnect the device. Then, turn the audio system off, and turn it on
MANUAL again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Features
Appears when the files in the USB flash memory device are DRM or
UNPLAYABLE FILE an unsupported format. This error message appears for a few seconds,
then plays the next song.
Appears when the USB flash memory device is empty or there are no
NO SONG MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash memory device. Save some
MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash memory device.
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. See page 297 for
UNSUPPORTED specification information on USB flash memory devices. If it appears
when the supported device is connected, reconnect the device.
2011 Odyssey 303

10/07/17 10:14:45 31TK8600_309
Bluetooth Audio System (Models without navigation system)
Bluetooth Indicator

POWER/
VOLUME
KNOB
POWER/
SKIP BAR VOLUME
KNOB
SKIP BAR

304 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:14:54 31TK8600_310
EX-L models without navigation system To Play Bluetooth Audio Files Press the USB/AUX button＊ with
and Canadian EX model the ignition switch in the
Your vehicle is equipped with a ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
Bluetooth Audio system, which When the phone is recognized, you
allows you to listen to streaming will see the Bluetooth indicator and
audio from your Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio message or text
compatible phone. This function is data (album, artist, and song name)
only available on phones that are on a phone in the display.
Features
paired and linked to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) Until the phone is recognized, you
system (see page 501 ). will see ‘‘No Connect’’ on the display.
This message will go off when the
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones phone is recognized, then the system
with streaming audio capabilities are begins to play.
compatible with the system. You can Make sure that your phone is paired
find an approved phone by visiting and linked to HFL. ＊: If an iPod or USB flash memory
handsfreelink.honda.com or call device or audio unit connected
888-528-7876. In Canada, visit To begin to play the audio files, you to the auxiliary input jack was
www.handsfreelink.ca, or call may need to operate your phone. If selected at the last mode, you
888-528-7876. so, follow the phone maker’s will see iPod, USB, or AUX in
operating instructions. the display. Push the USB/AUX
NOTE: In some states, provinces, button again to play audio files
and territories, it may be illegal to from your Bluetooth Audio
perform some data device functions phone.
while driving.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 305

10/07/17 10:15:02 31TK8600_311
NOTE: The text display function In the following conditions, the To skip a file
may not be available on some phone display shows ‘‘No Connect’’ Press the side of the SKIP bar
devices. message. to skip forward to the next file, and
press the side to skip backward
If more than one phone is paired to The phone is not linked to HFL. to the beginning of the current file.
the HFL system, there will be a Push the side again to skip to
delay before the system begins to The phone is not turned on. the previous file.
play.
The phone is not in the vehicle. Turning the selector knob to the
right or the left also changes the file.
Another HFL compatible phone,
which is not compatible for NOTE: The skip function may not be
Bluetooth Audio, is already
available on some phone devices.
connected.
306 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:15:11 31TK8600_312
To pause or resume a file NOTE: The pause function may not Repeat One Track − This feature
The resume/pause mode can stop be available on some phone devices. continuously plays a file. Select
playing a file temporarily. Press the normal play to turn it off.
SETUP button to display the setup To Select Repeat or Random Mode:
menu, then turn the selector knob to You can select repeat and random Random All − This feature plays
select ‘‘Play Mode.’’ Press the mode by using the SETUP button all available files in random order.
selector knob to enter the play mode and the selector knob. Push the Select the normal play to turn off this
menu. SETUP button to display the menu feature.
Features
items, then turn the selector knob to
select ‘‘Play Mode.’’ Press the NOTE: The repeat or random play
selector knob to set the selection. function may not be available on
some phone devices.
Turn the selector knob to select
‘‘Repeat One Track’’ or ‘‘Random All,’’
then press the selector knob to set
your selection.
Turn the selector to select Resume/

Pause mode, then press the selector
knob to set your selection. Repeat to
resume play.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 307

10/07/17 10:15:18 31TK8600_313
To switch to HFL mode To turn off the Bluetooth Audio As required by the FCC:
If you receive a call when the mode This device complies with Part 15 of the
Bluetooth Audio is playing, press the To take the system out of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
PICK-UP button on the steering Bluetooth Audio mode, press one of following two conditions: (1) This device
wheel. The display switches to the the other source buttons than the may not cause harmful interference, and
HFL mode (see page 496 ). USB/AUX button. When a (2) this device must accept any
compatible audio unit is connected to interference received, including
After ending the call, press the the auxiliary input jack, press the interference that may cause undesired
HANG-UP button to go back to the USB/AUX button to select it. operation.
Bluetooth Audio mode.
Switching to another mode pauses Changes or modifications not expressly
the music playing from your phone. approved by the party responsible for
This device complies with Industry

Canada Standard RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
308 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:15:26 31TK8600_314
Wallpaper Setup
EX-L models without navigation system Import Picture from USB

and Canadian EX model
The wallpaper setup function can
change, store or delete the wallpaper
on the display. You can store up to
five pictures from USB flash
memory devices. Two default
wallpapers are already stored.
Features
On vehicles with navigation system
Refer to the navigation system
manual for operation of the
wallpaper setup.
2. The display will change to the
1. Connect the USB flash memory wallpaper setup menu. Turn the
device that includes pictures you selector knob to ‘‘Import Picture
want to store. Press the SETUP from USB,’’ then press the
button to display the setup menu. selector knob.
Turn the selector knob to
‘‘Wallpaper Setup’’ and press the If the USB flash memory device
selector knob. does not have any picture, ‘‘No
Files’’ message will appear on the
display.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 309

10/07/17 10:15:33 31TK8600_315
Wallpaper Setup
3. Turn the selector knob to select a NOTE:

desired picture, then press the If you choose an incompatible
knob to import the picture. picture, such as one that is too
‘‘Loading Picture’’ message will large or in an unsupported format,
appear on the display. a message will appear and the
system will not be able to import
the picture.
You can only import images from

the root directly. Images in the
folders cannot be imported.
The max file size is 1024 × 768

4. The display will change to as pixels. Smaller images are
shown above. Select OK to import displayed with the extra area
the picture to the system. The appearing in black.
imported list number and the Larger images are reduced to a
confirmation message will appear. displayable size without changing
Then the display will return to the the aspect ratio.
import wallpaper list.
310 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 09:47:14 31TK8600_098
Wallpaper Setup
Five uploaded images (in BMP or Choose Wallpaper Delete Wallpaper

JPEG format) can be saved. On the wallpaper setup menu, select On the wallpaper setup menu, select
‘‘Choose Wallpaper,’’ then press the ‘‘Delete Picture from mem’’ and
If you attempt to upload an image selector knob. The screen will press the selector knob. The screen
with the same name as an existing change to the wallpaper list. Select will change to the Delete Wallpaper
image, a pop-up screen will appear, desired wallpaper and press the list. Select the picture that you want
asking if you want to overwrite the selector knob. Your selection will be to delete, then press the selector
existing image file. indicated by the filled in circle. knob. The confirmation message will
Features
appear. Select ‘‘Yes’’ to delete
You cannot import images while You can also select ‘‘Default completely.
driving. Wallpaper’’ (Honda logo) or ‘‘Clock’’
(analog) on the list.
You can confirm the wallpaper which

you selected. Press the DISPLAY
button, and select Wallpaper by
turning and pressing the selector
knob.
2011 Odyssey 311

10/07/17 10:15:50 31TK8600_317
Display Setup
EX-L models without navigation system

and Canadian EX model
To adjust the display, highlight
‘‘Display Setup’’ from the setup menu
with the selector knob. You can
adjust these display settings:
Brightness
Contrast
Menu Color
1. Press the SETUP button to display

the setup menu. Turn the selector 2. On the display setup menu, select 4. The display will change to as
knob to ‘‘Display Setup’’ and press adjustment menu and press the shown above. You can change the
the selector knob. selector knob to enter the setting. color of the screen to blue, red,
Adjust the setting by turning the amber, gray. Turn the selector
selector knob. knob to the setting you want, then
press the selector knob.
3. If you want to adjust the Menu
Color, select it by turning the Press and release the RETURN
selector knob and press the button to go back to the setup
selector knob. menu.
312 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:16:01 31TK8600_318
Display Setup
Display Button Trip Computer

When you select the trip computer,
DISPLAY BUTTON the display shows the instant fuel
economy, average fuel economy,
distance (trip meter), average speed,
elapsed time, and range.
For information on instant fuel
Features
SELECTOR economy, average fuel economy,
KNOB distance (trip meter) and range, see
page 78 .
Average Speed
You can select one of the four types This shows the average speed you
of screen by pressing the Display are traveling in miles per hour (mph)
button, then turning and pressing for U.S. models or kilometers per
the selector knob. hour (km/h) for Canadian models.
Audio Display Elapsed Time

When you select ‘‘Audio Display,’’ This shows the accumulated
the screen shows you the audio traveling time since you last reset it.
information currently selected.
You can reset the Trip Computer,
see page 314 .
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 313

10/07/17 10:16:07 31TK8600_319
Display Setup
Trip Computer Reset Wallpaper Minimum Display

When you select ‘‘Wallpaper,’’ the When you select ‘‘Minimum Display,’’
display changes to your favorite you will see only the compass, audio
screen. The minimum display status, and clock on the upper part of
information also appear on the upper the display.
part of the screen. See page 309 for
how to set up the wallpaper.
You can reset all data on the Trip

Computer. To reset the trip
computer, press the SETUP button
to display the setup menu. Turn the
selector knob to Trip Computer
Reset, and press the selector knob.
Select Trip A or Trip B by turning
the selector knob, then press the
selector knob. A confirmation
message will appear. Select ‘‘Yes’’
and press the selector knob to
completely reset.
314 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:16:19 31TK8600_320
Setting the Clock
On Vehicles without Navigation EX, EX-L models

System
If your vehicle’s battery is Without rear With rear
entertainment entertainment
disconnected or goes dead, you may system system
need to set the clock. MINUTE BUTTON
On LX models
To set the time, press the CLOCK HOUR
Features
BUTTON CLOCK
button until you hear a beep. The BUTTON
displayed time begins to blink.
CLOCK BUTTON CLOCK BUTTON

Change the hours by pressing the H
(hour) button until the numbers 1. To set the time, press and release
advance to the desired time. Change the CLOCK button. The display
the minutes by pressing the M will change to the clock adjust
(minute) button until the numbers screen.
advance to the desired time.
You can also set the time from the
Press the CLOCK button again to setup menu.
enter the set time. Press the SETUP button to display
the setup menu. Turn the selector
knob to ‘‘CLOCK ADJUST’’ and
press the selector knob.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 315

10/07/17 10:16:26 31TK8600_321
Setting the Clock
3. Turn the selector knob to change On vehicles with navigation system

the setting between 12H and 24H, The navigation system receives
U.S. EX models and count the numbers up or down. signals from the global positioning
system (GPS), and the displayed
4. To enter the clock setting, press time is updated automatically by the
the selector knob repeatedly to GPS. Refer to the navigation system
EX-L and Canadian EX models select ‘‘SET’’ or ‘‘EXIT,’’ then press manual for how to adjust the time.
the knob. The display will return
to the setup menu.
2. Press the selector knob to select

the item which you want to adjust.
Each time you press the selector
knob, the selected item changes
between hours, minutes, SET and
EXIT. The selected item is
indicated with △ in the display.
316 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:16:31 31TK8600_322
Setting the Language
EX-L models without navigation system Turn the selector knob to the
and Canadian EX model language you want, then press the
selector knob to change the display.
Press and release the RETURN

button to go back to the setup menu.
Features
You can change the display language
to English, Spanish, or French. Press
the SETUP button to display the
setup menu. Turn the selector knob
to ‘‘Language’’ and press the selector
knob.
2011 Odyssey 317

10/07/17 10:16:37 31TK8600_323
Audio System (Models with navigation system)
Interface Dial Voice Control System

Most audio system functions can still The audio system, including the
be controlled by standard buttons, music search feature Song By
dials, and knobs, but some functions VoiceTM, can be operated by voice
can only be accessed using the control. See the navigation system
interface dial. The interface dial has manual for complete details.
two parts, a dial and a selector.
DIAL ENTER SELECTOR
The dial turns left and right. Use it to

make selections or adjustments to a
list or menu on the screen.
The selector can be pushed left,

right, up, down, and in. Use the
selector to scroll through lists, to
select menus, and to highlight menu
items. When you make a selection,
push the center of the selector
(ENTER) to go to that selection.
318 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:16:44 31TK8600_324
Playing the FM/AM Radio (Models with navigation system)
AUDIO SCREEN
Features
CENTER DISPLAY

FM PRESET PRESET
BUTTON BUTTONS BUTTONS
AM AM/FM
BUTTON BUTTON
POWER/ TUNE/SOUND POWER/ TUNE/SOUND

VOLUME KNOB VOLUME KNOB
KNOB KNOB
SCAN SCAN
BUTTON BUTTON
AUDIO AUDIO
BUTTON BUTTON
INTERFACE DIAL INTERFACE DIAL
2011 Odyssey 319

10/07/17 10:16:53 31TK8600_325
To Play the FM/AM Radio The band and frequency that the
radio was last tuned to are shown on
STEREO INDICATOR BAND the display. To change bands, press
the AM/FM button. You can also
change bands by pushing the
interface selector up. Each time you
push it up, the band will change to
FM1, FM2 or AM. On the FM bands,
STEREO will be shown on the
navigation screen and ST on the
center display, if the station is
broadcasting in stereo. Stereo TUNE
reproduction on AM is not available.
TUNE − Use the TUNE knob to
The ignition switch must be in the On the AM band, AM noise tune the radio to a desired frequency.
ACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II) reduction turns on automatically. Turn the knob right to tune to a
position. Press the AUDIO button to higher frequency, or left to tune to a
view the audio control display. Turn To Select a Station lower frequency. To tune with the
the system on by pressing the You can use any of five methods to interface dial, push the selector
power/volume knob, the AM, or FM find radio stations on the selected down, and turn the knob to TUNE.
button. Adjust the volume by turning band: tune, skip (seek), scan, the Then press ENTER on the selector,
the power/volume knob. preset buttons, and auto select. and turn the knob to the desired
frequency. To exit the TUNE mode,
press ENTER on the selector.
320 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:16:58 31TK8600_326
SKIP (SEEK) − The skip (seek) To scan with the interface dial, push
function searches up and down from the interface selector down, and turn
the current frequency to find a the interface dial to select Scan, then
station with a strong signal. To press ENTER on the interface
activate it, press either side ( or selector.
) of the SKIP bar, then release it.
The system will scan for a station
with a strong signal. When it finds a
Features
strong signal, it will stop and play
that station for about 10 seconds. If
you do nothing, the system will then
scan for the next strong station and
play it for 10 seconds. When it plays
SCAN − The scan function samples a station that you want to listen to,
all stations with strong signals on the press the SCAN button again.
selected band. To activate it, press
the SCAN button, then release it.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 321

10/07/17 10:17:08 31TK8600_327
Preset − Each preset button or A.SEL on the screen and the system
preset icon can store one frequency A.SEL INDICATOR goes into auto select mode for
on AM and two frequencies on FM. several seconds.
To store a preset memory location: The system stores the frequencies of

1. Select the desired band, AM or six AM and twelve FM stations in
FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store the preset buttons (icons).
two sets of FM frequencies with
the preset buttons (on-screen You will see ‘‘0’’ displayed if auto
icons). select cannot find a strong station for
2. Use the tune, seek, or scan every preset button (icon).
A.SEL
function to tune the radio to a
desired station. If you do not like the stations auto
AUTO SELECT − If you are select has stored, you can store
3. Press the preset button, and hold traveling and can no longer receive other frequencies on the preset
it until you hear a beep. You can your preset stations, you can use the buttons (icons) as previously
also store frequencies with the auto select feature to find stations in described.
interface dial. Select the preset the local area.
icon you want to store the To cancel auto select, select A.Sel on
frequency on, then press ENTER Push the interface selector down to the audio menu again and turn the
on the interface selector, and hold display the AUDIO MENU. Turn the interface dial to select A.SEL OFF.
it for more than 2 seconds. interface dial to select A.SEL, then This restores the presets you
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a press ENTER on the interface originally set.
total of six stations on AM and selector. Turn the interface dial to
twelve stations on FM. select ON, then press ENTER on the
interface selector. You will see
322 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:17:15 31TK8600_328
For information on FM/AM radio Radio Data System (RDS)

frequencies and reception, see On the FM band, you can select a
page 409 . favorite station and display the
program service name provided by
the radio data system (RDS).
RDS INFO Display

The RDS INFO display function
Features
shows the name of the station you
are listening to. With the audio
system on and the FM band selected, RDS INFO MESSAGE
you can turn this function on or off.
To switch the RDS INFO display

function on and off, press and
release the TITLE button. With the
system on, you will see the ‘‘RDS
INFO ON’’ message briefly on the
center display. If the station you are
listening to is an RDS station, the
displayed frequency switches to the
station name.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 323

10/07/17 10:17:26 31TK8600_329
If the station you are listening to is Radio Data System (RDS) Category ALL: All RDS category stations
not an RDS station, the audio screen ROCK: Rock, classic rock and soft
and the center display continue to rock music
show the frequency. COUNTRY: Country music
When you turn off this function by SOFT: Adult hits and soft music
pressing the TITLE button, the TOP 40: Top 40 hits
center display shows ‘‘RDS INFO OLDIES: Nostalgia music and oldies
OFF.’’ R & B: Rhythm and blues, and soft
rhythm and blues
RELIGION: Programs concerned
RDS SEARCH with religion
CLASSIC: Classical music
On the FM band selected, you can JAZZ: Jazz
select the program type provided by INFO: News, information, sports,
the RDS. Press the AUDIO button to talk shows, foreign language,
display the radio information on the personality, public, college, and
screen. Push down the interface weather
selector, then turn the interface dial
TRAFFIC: Traffic information
to select RDS search. Press ENTER
to set your selection. The principal
RDS categories are shown as
follows:
324 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:17:32 31TK8600_330
RDS Category Search If the system does not find a station,

This function searches up and down ‘‘NOTHING’’ will be blinking for
for strong signal frequencies that about 5 seconds, then the system
carry the selected RDS category goes back to the last selected station.
information. This can help you to
find a station in your favorite
category. To activate it, press and
release either side ( or ) of
Features
the SKIP bar. You will also see the
selected RDS category name
blinking in the center display while
RDS CATEGORY searching it. When the system finds
a station, the selected RDS category
Turn the interface dial to select an name will be displayed again for
RDS category. You can use the about 10 seconds, and the system
search or scan function to find radio stops searching.
stations on the selected RDS
category by pressing the interface
selector to the left or the right. Press
ENTER to set your selection.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 325

10/07/17 10:17:40 31TK8600_331
SEEK/SCAN ICON (RDS Search mode)

Turn the interface dial to the desired RDS Category SCAN
RDS category. The scan function samples all
stations with strong signals on the
While the RDS category is selected, selected RDS category one by one.
move the interface selector to the You will also see the selected RDS
left or right to select SEEK up or category name blinking in the
SEEK down in the upper right display while scanning it. When the
corner of the screen. Press ENTER system finds one, it will stop and play
to activate the RDS category search that station for about 10 seconds.
(SEEK up/down).
RDS CATEGORY LIST If you do nothing, the system will
SEEK is selected. scan for the next strong station and
play it for 10 seconds. When it plays
To activate RDS category search a station that you want to listen to,
with the interface dial, push the press the SCAN button again.
AUDIO button to display the FM
radio information on the screen. If the system does not find a station,
Push the interface selector down, ‘‘NOTHING’’ will blink for about 5
and turn the interface dial to select seconds on the navigation screen
RDS search. Press ENTER on the and the display, and the system will
interface selector. The screen shows go back to the last selected station.
you the RDS category list.
326 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:17:47 31TK8600_332
SEEK/SCAN ICON (RDS Search mode) While the RDS category is selected, Radio Text Display
move the interface selector to the This function displays the radio text
left or the right to select SCAN. information of the selected RDS
Then press ENTER to activate the station.
RDS SCAN.
If the selected RDS station has the
radio text information, you will see
the text indicator on the screen.
Features
RDS CATEGORY LIST
SCAN is selected.
To activate RDS category scan with

the interface dial, push the AUDIO
button to display the FM radio
information on the screen. Push the
interface selector down, and turn the
interface dial to select RDS search
on the audio menu. Press ENTER on
the interface selector. The screen
shows you the RDS category list.
Turn the interface dial to the desired

RDS category.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 327

10/07/17 10:17:52 31TK8600_333
TEXT INDICATOR
READ RADIO TEXT
To activate radio text display, use The display shows up to 64

the interface dial. Push the interface characters on the selected RDS
selector down, and turn the interface station.
dial to select Read Radio Text. Press
ENTER on the interface selector to
enter the setting.
328 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:18:00 31TK8600_334
Adjusting the Sound

BASS, TREBLE, BALANCE, and
FADER are each adjustable. You can
also adjust the strength of the sound
coming from the center and
subwoofer speakers. In addition, you
can set the Dolby PL (ProLogic) II
and Speed-sensitive volume
Features
compensation (SVC).
These adjustments can be made with

the TUNE/SOUND knob or the SOUND SETUP
interface dial.
To adjust the sound, press the Select the mode you want to adjust
AUDIO button, push the interface by turning the interface dial then
selector down, and turn the interface press ENTER.
dial to Sound Setup. Then press
ENTER on the interface selector. You can also adjust the sound by
turning the TUNE/SOUND knob.
Each mode is shown in the audio
display as it changes.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 329

10/07/17 10:18:05 31TK8600_335
Turn the TUNE/SOUND knob or FADER/BALANCE − These CENTER/SUBWOOFER − To

interface knob to adjust the setting modes adjust the strength of the adjust the strength of the sound
to your liking. You can check the sound coming from each speaker. from the center or subwoofer
level on the navigation screen or on Fader adjusts the front-to-back speaker, select it and press ENTER
the center display. When the level strength, while balance adjusts the on the interface selector. Turn the
reaches the center, you will see ‘‘C’’ side-to-side strength. To adjust fader interface knob to the desired level,
in the center display. and balance, select FADER or and enter your selection by pressing
BALANCE, then press ENTER on ENTER on the interface selector.
The system will return to the audio the interface selector. The current
playing mode in the center display setting is shown on the screen. Turn
about 5 seconds after you stop the interface knob to the desired
adjusting a mode. level, and enter your selection by
pressing ENTER on the interface
If you do not make an adjustment selector. To equalize the fader or
within 5 seconds, you will need to balance, turn the interface knob until
select the mode again. the marks on the sound grid come to
the center of the adjustment bar.
BASS/TREBLE − To adjust bass
and treble, select BASS or TREBLE,
and press ENTER on the interface
selector. The current setting is
shown on the display. Turn the
interface knob to the desired level,
and enter your selection by pressing
ENTER on the interface selector.
330 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:18:00 31TK8600_334
Dolby PL (ProLogic) II − Dolby Speed-sensitive Volume NOTE: In some audio playing modes
PL (ProLogic) II signal processing Compensation (SVC) (XM, AUX), when DPLII is on, the
creates multi-channel surround The SVC mode controls the volume music coming from the rear
sound from 2 channel stereo audio based on vehicle speed. The faster speakers may sound distorted. This
sources. Dolby ProLogic II can only you go, the louder the audio volume is due to compression of the music,
be activated when listening to DISC becomes. As you slow down, the and it does not indicate a problem
(CD-DA, MP3/WMA), XM Radio, audio volume decreases. with the setting.
and AUX. When ProLogic II is active,
Features
‘‘PL II’’ is shown in the audio display. The SVC has four modes: SVC OFF,
SVC LOW, SVC MID, and SVC
To set this feature on or off, select HIGH. To change the SVC mode,
Dolby PL II, and press ENTER on select SVC, then press ENTER on
the interface selector. Rotate the the interface selector. The current
interface dial to ON or OFF, and setting is shown on the screen. Turn
press ENTER. the interface knob to the desired
level, and enter your selection by
Manufactured under license from pressing ENTER on the interface
Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro selector. If you feel the sound is too
Logic, and the double-D symbol are loud, choose low. If you feel the
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. sound is too quiet, choose high.
2011 Odyssey 331

10/07/17 10:18:19 31TK8600_337
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
AUDIO SCREEN
CENTER DISPLAY

XM XM
BUTTON BUTTON
PRESET PRESET
TITLE BUTTONS TITLE BUTTONS
BUTTON BUTTON
POWER/ TUNE KNOB POWER/ TUNE KNOB
VOLUME VOLUME
KNOB CATEGORY KNOB CATEGORY
BAR BAR
SCAN SCAN
AUDIO BUTTON AUDIO BUTTON
BUTTON BUTTON
332 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:18:27 31TK8600_338
Your vehicle is capable of receiving Operating the XM Radio Each time you push the interface
XM Radio anywhere in the United selector up, the band will change to
States and Canada, except Hawaii, XM1 or XM2. Push the AUDIO
Alaska, and Puerto Rico. XM is a button to display XM information on
registered trademark of Sirius XM the screen. You can operate the XM
Radio , Inc. and XM CANADA is a radio system with the interface dial.
registered business name of
Canadian Satellite Radio Inc.
Features
XM Radio receives signals from two
satellites to produce clear, high-
quality digital reception. It offers
many channels in several categories.
Along with a large selection of
different types of music, XM Radio To listen to XM Radio, turn the
also allows you to view channel and ignition switch to the ACCESSORY
category selections in the audio (I) or ON (II) position. Push the
display. power/volume knob to turn on the
audio system, and press the
button. The last channel you
listened to will show in the display.
Adjust the volume by turning the
power/volume knob.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 333

10/07/17 10:18:34 31TK8600_339
MODE − To switch between the Each time you press and release the CHANNEL LIST − Push down the
category mode and channel mode, TITLE button, the center display interface selector to select AUDIO
push the interface selector down to changes in the following sequence: MENU, then turn the interface dial
display AUDIO MENU, then turn CATEGORY, NAME (artist name), to select Channel List and press
the interface dial to select Mode, and TITLE (music title), and CHANNEL ENTER on the selector. Turn the
press ENTER on the interface NAME (channel name). interface dial to select a channel,
selector. then press ENTER to set your
You may experience periods when selection.
Turn the interface dial to select CH XM Radio does not transmit the
or CAT, then press ENTER on the artist’s name and song title CATEGORY (− or ＋) − Press
interface selector. Move the information. If this happens, there is either side of the bar to select
interface selector up to go back. nothing wrong with your system. another category.
You can also switch the mode by TUNE − Turn the TUNE knob to
pressing the TITLE button for 3 change channel selections. Turn the
seconds. knob right for higher numbered
channels and left for lower
In the category mode, such as Jazz, numbered channels. You can also
Rock, Classical, etc., you can change channels with the interface
navigate through all of the channels selector, push down the interface
within that category. In the channel selector to choose TUNE and press
mode, you can select all of the ENTER on the selector. Turn the
available channels. interface knob to the same directions.
In the category mode, you can only
select channels within that category.
334 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:18:43 31TK8600_340
SCAN − The scan function gives XM BAND

you a sampling of all channels while
in the channel mode. In the category
mode, only the channels within that
category are scanned. To activate
scan, press the SCAN button. The
system plays each channel in
numerical order for a few seconds,
Features
then selects the next channel. When
you hear a channel you want to
continue listening to, press the
button again.
CHANNEL SCAN − This function CATEGORY SCAN − This Preset − You can store up to 12
samples all channels. Push down the function samples the stations in the preset channels using the six preset
interface selector to select AUDIO selected category. Push down the buttons. Each button stores one
MENU, then turn the interface dial interface selector to select AUDIO channel from the XM1 band and one
to select Channel Scan and press MENU, then turn the interface dial channel from the XM2 band.
ENTER on the interface selector. to select Category Scan and press
ENTER on the interface selector. To store a channel:
1. Press the button. Either
XM1 or XM2 will be shown on the
display.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 335

10/07/17 10:18:53 31TK8600_341
2. Use the tune, list, or scan function Once a channel is stored, press ‘‘NO INFO’’ − The selected
to tune to a desired channel. and release the proper preset channel has no artist or title
button to tune to it. information at this time.
In category mode, only channels
within that category can be XM Radio Display Messages ‘‘CHECK ANTENNA’’ − There is
selected. In channel mode, all a problem with the XM antenna.
channels can be selected. ‘‘OFF AIR’’ − The channel Please consult your dealer.
currently selected is no longer
3. Pick the preset button you want broadcasting. ‘‘UNAVAILABLE’’ − The selected
for that channel. Press and hold channel number does not exist, is
the preset button until you hear a ‘‘LOADING’’ − XM is loading the not part of your subscription, or this
beep. You can also pick the audio or program information. channel has no artist or title
number with the interface dial. information at this time.
Select your desired number and ‘‘UNAUTHORIZED’’ − The
press and hold ENTER on the encryption code is being updated.
interface selector. Wait until the encryption code is
fully updated. Channels 0 and 1
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the should still work normally.
first six channels.
‘‘NO SIGNAL’’ − The signal is
5. Press the button or scroll currently too weak. Move the vehicle
up again. The other XM band will to an area away from tall buildings,
be shown. Store the next six and with an unobstructed view of the
channels using steps 2 and 3. southern horizon.
336 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:19:02 31TK8600_342
The XM satellites are in orbit over

the equator; therefore, objects south Signal may be blocked by Signal weaker in
of the vehicle may cause satellite mountains or large obstacles these areas.
to the south.
reception interruptions. To help
compensate for this, ground-based
repeaters are placed in major
metropolitan areas. Satellite signals
are more likely to be blocked by tall
Features
buildings and mountains the farther
north you travel from the equator. SATELLITE
Depending on where you drive, you

may experience reception problems.
Interference can be caused by any of GROUND REPEATER
these conditions:
Driving on a road beside a vertical When DPLII is turned on (see page
Driving on the north side of an wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south 331 ), sound coming from the rear
east/west mountain road. of you. speakers may be distorted due to the
compression of the music being
Driving on the north side of a Driving on the lower level of a broadcast. Turn DPLII off if this
large commercial truck on an multi-tiered road. happens.
east/west road.
Driving on a single lane road
Driving in tunnels. alongside dense trees taller than
50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 337

10/07/17 10:19:08 31TK8600_343
There may be other geographic Receiving XM Radio Service After you have registered with XM
situations that could affect XM Radio If your XM Radio service has expired Radio, keep your audio system in the
reception. or you purchased your vehicle from XM Radio mode while you wait for
a previous owner, you can listen to a activation. This should take about 30
As required by the FCC: sampling of the broadcasts available minutes.
Changes or modifications not expressly on XM Radio. With the ignition
approved by the party responsible for switch in the ACCESSORY (I) or the While waiting for activation, make
compliance could void the user’s ON (II) position, push the power/ sure your vehicle remains in an open
authority to operate the equipment. volume knob to turn on the audio area with good reception. XM Radio
system, and press the button. will continue to send an activation
A variety of music types and styles signal to your vehicle for at least 12
will play. hours from the activation request. If
the service has not been activated
If you decide to purchase XM Radio after 36 hours, contact XM Radio.
service, contact XM Radio at In Canada, contact XM CANADA .
www.xmradio.com, or at
1-800-852-9696. In Canada, contact
XM Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or at
1-877-209-0079. You will need to give
them your radio I.D. number and
your credit card number. To get your
radio I.D. number, turn the TUNE
knob until ‘‘0’’ appears in the display.
Your I.D. will appear in the display.
338 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:19:18 31TK8600_344
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
AUDIO SCREEN
Features
CENTER DISPLAY

CD CD
BUTTON BUTTON
DISC SLOT DISC SLOT
DISC DISC
SLOT SLOT
TITLE EJECT TITLE EJECT
POWER/ TUNE KNOB POWER/ TUNE KNOB
VOLUME VOLUME
BAR BAR
SKIP BAR SKIP BAR
SCAN SCAN
BUTTON BUTTON
INTERFACE INTERFACE
DIAL DIAL
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 339
10/07/17 10:19:28 31TK8600_345
To load or play a disc, the ignition The disc packages or jackets should The disc player can also play CD-Rs
switch must be in the ACCESSORY have one of these marks. and CD-RWs compressed in MP3,
(I) or ON (II) position. WMA or AAC formats.
The disc player can play these disc NOTE:

formats: If a file on WMA or AAC disc is
CD (CD-DA, CD-TEXT) protected by digital rights
management (DRM), the audio
CD-R/RW system skips to the next file.
MP3/WMA
Video CDs and DVD discs will not
work in this unit.
Some CD-DA and CD-ROM mixed

discs are not playable.
340 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:19:33 31TK8600_346
You cannot load and play 3-inch To Load a Disc For information on how to handle
(8-cm) discs in this system. Insert a disc about halfway into the and protect compact discs, see
disc slot. The drive will pull the disc page 352 .
in the rest of the way to play it. You
operate the disc player with the
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. same controls used for the radio.
The label can curl up and cause the The number of the current track is
disc to jam in the unit. shown in the display. When playing a
Features
disc in MP3, WMA or AAC, the
numbers of the current folder and
file are shown. The system will
continuously play a disc until you
change modes.
2011 Odyssey 341

10/07/17 10:19:37 31TK8600_347
To Play a Disc Title information will be displayed by Each time you press the TITLE
Select the disc player by pressing the a list when the information is found button, the center display changes
CD button. The system will begin in the Gracenote Album Info from artist name to album name, to
playing the last selected track in the (Gracenote Media Database) on the track name and then to normal
disc. You will see the current track built-in hard disk drive. When you display that shows the track number
position highlighted. play a CD recorded with text data, and the elapsed time. When playing
you will see the genre, artist name, a disc in MP3/WMA/AAC, the
album and track name on the screen. display mode changes from folder
When you play MP3/WMA/AAC name, to file name, to artist tag, to
discs, you will see the folder name, album tag, to track tag, and then to
artist name, album name and track normal display.
name on the screen. If the disc was
not recorded with this information, it
will not be displayed.
342 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:19:47 31TK8600_348
To Change Tracks To Choose a Track Track Repeat

side of the skip bar, the player TRACK REPEAT INDICATOR
skips forward to the beginning of the
next track. Press and release the
side of the skip bar to skip
backward to the beginning of the
current track. Press the side
Features
again to skip to the previous track.
To move rapidly within a track, press
and hold either side of the skip bar.
REPEAT OFF ICON
When you insert a CD for the first TRACK LIST TRACK REPEAT ICON
time, the system automatically starts
recording to the hard disc. For You can also choose a track directly To replay the current track
information on recording from music from a track list. If there are no track continuously, push the interface
CDs, see page 357 . names, you will see ‘‘No Title’’ selector down while playing a disc.
displayed. Turn the interface dial to Turn the interface dial to select
When you insert a CD for the first select the desired track, then press Repeat on the AUDIO MENU, and
time, a Gracenote notification ENTER on the interface selector. press ENTER on the interface
appears. For more information, see selector. Turn the interface dial to
page 380 . select Repeat icon, and press
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 343

10/07/17 10:19:54 31TK8600_349
To turn this feature off, turn the Random Play Turn the interface dial to select the
interface dial to select the OFF icon, track random icon, and press
and press ENTER on the interface TRACK RANDOM INDICATOR ENTER on the interface selector.
selector.
To turn this feature off, turn the
interface dial to select the OFF icon,
selector.
TRACK RANDOM ICON
This feature plays the tracks within a

disc in random order. When playing
MP3, WMA or AAC format discs, all
the tracks within the disc are played
in random order, regardless of the
configuration of the folder.
Push the interface selector down

while playing a disc. Turn the
interface dial to select Random on
the AUDIO MENU, and press
344 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:20:03 31TK8600_350
Track Scan Turn the interface dial to select the To Stop Playing a Disc
Scan icon, and press ENTER on the To take the system out of the disc
interface selector. You will hear a 10- mode, press one of other source
second sampling of each track on the buttons than the CD button.
disc. When you return to disc mode,
the disc will begin playing from You can also press the MODE
where it left off. button on the steering wheel to
change modes.
Features
To turn this feature off, press the
SCAN button again, or turn the If you turn the system off while a
interface dial to select the OFF icon, disc is playing, either with the
and press ENTER on the interface power/volume knob or the ignition
SCAN ICON selector. The system begins to play switch, play will continue at the same
the last track sampled. point when you turn it back on.
The scan function samples all tracks
on the disc in the order they are
recorded on the disc.
To activate scan, press the SCAN

button, or push the interface selector
down while playing a disc. Turn the
interface dial to select Scan on the
AUDIO MENU, and press ENTER
on the interface selector.
2011 Odyssey 345

10/07/17 10:20:09 31TK8600_351
Playing an MP3/WMA/AAC Disc NOTE: Changing the Folders

The CD player can play CD-Rs and Combining a low sampling frequency Each time you press either side of
CD-RWs compressed in MP3, WMA with a low bitrate may result in the bar, the folder title and its first
or AAC formats. When playing a disc extremely degraded sound quality. file’s information appear on the
in MP3, WMA or AAC, you will see center display. On the navigation
‘‘MP3,’’ ‘‘WMA’’ or ‘‘AAC’’ on the To play an MP3/WMA/AAC disc, display, each time you press either
center display and screen (if use the disc controls previously side of the bar, the system skips to
selected). A disc can support more described, along with the following the previous or next folder on the
than 99 folders, and each folder can information. disc and displays a list of the
hold up to 255 playable files. selected folder’s contents.
Depending on the software the files
were made with, it may not be
possible to play some files, or display
some text data.
346 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:20:19 31TK8600_352
Changing and Selecting the Folders/ Folder Repeat

Files
FOLDER REPEAT INDICATOR
REPEAT OFF ICON
Features
FILE LIST
FOLDER REPEAT ICON
FOLDER LIST Select a desired folder by turning the
interface dial, then press ENTER. This feature, when activated, replays
Using the interface selector, you can The screen will change to the file list. all files on the selected folder in the
see the list of all the folders within a Select a desired file and press order they are compressed. To
disc. While playing an MP3/WMA/ ENTER. The selected file begins to activate folder repeat play, push the
AAC disc, push the interface selector play. interface selector down while playing
up. The folder list in the currently a disc. Turn the interface dial to
playing disc will appear on the screen. To change a file, turn the interface select Repeat on the AUDIO MENU,
dial to select a desired file, then and press ENTER on the interface
If the root folder has some additional press ENTER. selector. Turn the interface dial to
folders in the lower layer, they will select the folder repeat icon, and
be listed on the screen. press ENTER on the interface
selector. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 347

10/07/17 10:20:25 31TK8600_353
To turn this feature off, turn the Folder Random To turn this feature off, turn the
interface dial to select the OFF icon, interface dial to select OFF icon, and
and press ENTER on the interface FOLDER RANDOM INDICATOR press ENTER on the interface
selector. selector.
FOLDER RANDOM ICON
This feature, when activated, plays

all files in the current folder in
random order. To activate folder
random play, push the interface
selector down while playing a disc.
Turn the interface dial to select
Random on the AUDIO MENU, and
press ENTER on the interface
selector. Turn the interface dial to
select the folder random icon, and
selector.
348 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:20:32 31TK8600_354
File Scan 10 seconds, and continues to sample Folder Scan

the remaining files. This feature, when activated,
SCAN OFF ICON samples the first file of each folder
To turn this feature off, press and for 10 seconds. To scan a folder,
hold the SCAN button for more than press the SCAN button repeatedly.
2 seconds, or turn the interface dial Or, push the interface selector down
to select the OFF icon, and press while playing a disc. Turn the
ENTER on the interface selector. interface dial to select Scan on the
Features
AUDIO MENU, and press ENTER
on the interface selector. Turn the
interface dial to select the folder
FILE SCAN ICON scan icon, and press ENTER on the
FOLDER SCAN ICON interface selector.
This feature samples all files in the

selected folder in the order they are
stored. To activate this feature, press
the SCAN button. You can also
select the SCAN icon with the
interface dial. Push the selector
down, turn the dial to select Scan on
the AUDIO MENU, then press
ENTER. Turn the dial to select the
scan icon, then press ENTER. The
system begins to play a file for about
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 349

10/07/17 10:20:39 31TK8600_355
The system plays the first file in the Removing a Disc from the Player Protecting Discs
first folder for about 10 seconds. If To remove the disc, press the eject For information on how to handle
you do nothing, the system will then ( ) button. and protect discs, see page 352 .
play the first files in the next folders
for 10 seconds. After playing the first If you do not remove the disc from
file in the last folder, the system the slot, the system will reload the
plays normally. disc after 10 seconds. The disc starts
playing automatically.
To turn this feature off, press the
SCAN button again, or turn the
selector. The system begins to play
the last track sampled.
NOTE:
from file scan to folder scan, then to
normal play.
350 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:20:46 31TK8600_356
Disc Player Error Messages (Models with navigation system)

center display while playing a disc.
HEAT ERROR High Temperature Will disappear when the temperature returns to
If you see an error message in the normal.
center display while playing a disc, UNSUPPORTED Track/File format not Current track will be skipped. The next
press the eject button. After ejecting supported supported track or file plays automatically.
the disc, check it for damage or BAD DISC Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc.
Features
deformation. If there is no damage, PLEASE CHECK Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
insert the disc again. OWNER’S Mechanical Error deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
MANUAL PUSH (see page 353). Insert the disc again. If the code
For additional information on EJECT does not disappear, or the disc cannot be
damaged discs, see page 353 . BAD DISC removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
PLEASE CHECK Servo Error force the disc out of the player.
The audio system will try to play the OWNER’S
disc. If there is still a problem, the MANUAL
2011 Odyssey 351

10/07/17 10:20:55 31TK8600_357
Protecting Your Discs
General Information Protecting Discs

When using CD-R discs, use only When a disc is not being played,
high quality discs labeled for audio store it in its case to protect it from
use. dust and other contamination. To
prevent warpage, keep discs out of
When recording a CD-R, the direct sunlight and extreme heat.
recording must be closed for it to
be used. To clean a disc, use a clean soft cloth.
Wipe across the disc from the center
CD-RW discs will not work in this to the outside edge.
unit.
A new disc may be rough on the
Play only standard round discs. inner and outer edges. The small
Odd-shaped CDs may jam in the plastic pieces causing this roughness Handle a disc by its edges; never
drive or cause other problems. can flake off and fall on the touch either surface. Do not place
recording surface of the disc, stabilizer rings or labels on the disc.
Handle your discs properly to causing skipping or other problems. These, along with contamination
prevent damage and skipping. Remove these pieces by rubbing the from fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip
inner and outer edges with the side pens, can cause the disc to not play
of a pencil or pen. properly, or possibly jam in the drive.
Never try to insert foreign objects in

the disc player.
352 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:21:07 31TK8600_358
Additional Information on 1. Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick discs

Recommended Discs
The in-dash disc player has a
sophisticated and delicate
mechanism. If you insert a damaged
disc as indicated in this section, it
may become stuck inside and
damage the audio unit.
Features
Examples of these discs are shown Bubbled/ With Label/ Using Printer Sealed With Plastic
Wrinkled Sticker Label Kit Ring
to the right:
2. Damaged discs 3. Poor quality discs
Chipped/ Warped Burrs

Cracked
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 353

10/07/17 10:21:17 31TK8600_359
4. Small, irregular shaped discs 5. Discs with scratches, dirty discs Recommended discs are printed
with the following logo.
3-inch (8-cm) CD Triangle Shape Audio unit may not play the
Fingerprints, scratches, etc. following formats.
CD-R or CD-RW may not play due

to the recording conditions.
Scratches and fingerprints on the

discs may cause the sound to skip.
This audio unit cannot play a Dual-

disc .
Can Shape Arrow Shape
354 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:21:25 31TK8600_360
Playing Hard Disc Drive (HDD) Audio (Models with navigation system)
AUDIO SCREEN
Features
CENTER DISPLAY

DISC HDD DISC HDD
SLOT BUTTON SLOT BUTTON
TITLE TITLE
BUTTON BUTTON
POWER/ POWER/
VOLUME VOLUME
BAR BAR
SKIP BAR SKIP BAR
SCAN SCAN
BUTTON BUTTON
INTERFACE INTERFACE
DIAL DIAL
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 355
10/07/17 10:21:33 31TK8600_361
The Hard Disc Drive (HDD) Audio Music data recorded on HDD can Recording function from following
function can record tracks from only be used for personal media is not supported.
music CDs to the navigation system’s enjoyment. −CD-DA which prohibits the
hard disc. This function also allows copying by SCMS
for various playing methods, such as Data is recorded using ultra-
playing recorded tracks on an artist- efficient compression technology, −CD-DA with copy control
by-artist or genre-by-genre basis. For therefore, sound quality may vary −SACD (Super Audio CD)
example, you can play the tracks that slightly from the original. −DTS-CD
you want to listen to in any order
that you like for each playlist. Title information will be displayed −DVD-A
when the information is found in −CD-R/RW
NOTE: the Gracenote Album Info −DVD-R/RW
Only recordings from a standard (Gracenote Media Database) on
CD-DA (44.1 kHz, 16 bit stereo the built-in hard disk drive. See −Copy controlled CDs (Playback
PCM digital sound data) to HDD page 380 . cannot be guaranteed)
are supported. −DTS-CDs (Only enabled for
playback)
Digital music files, such as MP3,
WMA, AAC etc., in CD-R, DVD-R If the HDD is ever replaced, all data
and USB flash memory devices will be lost and stored music will not
cannot be copied to HDD. be recovered.
Likewise, digital music files
recorded to HDD cannot be copied
to CD-R, DVD-R and USB devices.
356 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:21:46 31TK8600_362
Playlists Track Search Methods Recording a Music CD to HDD

Playlists are track lists in a certain Songs that have been recorded on Audio
playback group. the HDD are categorized in groups If you play a music CD that has not
for easy searching. yet been recorded on the HDD, the
Original Playlist system will automatically begin
This playlist is automatically There are six categories: recording to the HDD once the disc
generated when the music CD is Album record date: Album titles are is loaded. To turn this feature off,
recorded. The maximum number arranged by date of recording. see page 359 .
Features
of original playlists that can be Album: Album names are arranged
stored to the HDD is 999, with 99 in alphabetical order.
songs on each playlist. Each album Artist: Artist names are arranged in
name on the music CD is counted alphabetical order.
as a playlist. Genre: Songs are arranged by genre.
Playlist: Any of six playlists that are
User Playlist arranged by the user.
The HDD has six playlist folders for Track: Track titles are arranged in
user customizing. Each playlist can alphabetical order.
be edited by the user, and will store For more information of how to
up to 999 songs. For more search a music, see page 364 .
information on how to edit the user
playlist, see page 369 .
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 357

10/07/17 10:21:55 31TK8600_363
REC DONE ICON NOTE: You can listen to tracks from other
Please note that there will be no playlists that have already been
compensation offered in the case recorded while recording. Press
of unsuccessful recording of audio the HDD button and switch over
data or the loss of audio data due to HDD Audio.
to any cause whatsoever.
With the factory settings, all of the
During recording, operation of this songs on a music CD are
product may be slower. automatically recorded.
REC READY ICON If you stop the engine or the Recording settings cannot be
REC ICON power system is turned off while changed during recording.
recording a CD, there may be
The icons show the recording pauses between songs when you If the number of songs in the
conditions for each track: play back from the HDD. playlist exceeds 999, the oldest
Rec icon: Now recording song will be overwritten each time
Rec ready icon: Next to be recorded Tracks from music CDs are you add a new song.
recorded at four times the
Rec done icon: Recording finished playback speed. You can listen to
tracks as they are being recorded.
Forward/rewind, repeat, random

and scan functions are not
available during recording.
358 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:22:04 31TK8600_364
To Cancel Recording a Music CD Changing the Recording Settings

to HDD Recording a Track on a Music CD
In order to suspend recording, push Manually
the interface selector down, select
Cancel CD Recording, and press
Features
CD Recording
Turn the dial to select CD Recording

HDD SETUP and press ENTER on the interface
selector.
To change the setting to manual
mode, push the interface selector Turn the interface dial to select
down on the HDD screen. Turn the MANUAL and press ENTER on the
interface dial to select HDD Setup interface selector.
and press ENTER. Push down the interface selector to
go back to the audio screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 359

10/07/17 10:22:12 31TK8600_365
To Record a Track Manually Recording All of the Tracks on a Playing Tracks on HDD
Music CD Automatically To play tracks on HDD, push the
To change the setting to HDD button until the HDD Audio
automatically record all of the tracks screen appears. Playback will start
on a music CD, move the interface automatically with the track
selector down on the HDD Audio previously selected.
screen. Turn the interface dial to
select HDD Setup, and press ENTER
Turn the dial to select CD Recording

Record CD selector.
Select a track to record from the Turn the interface dial to select
music CD, push the HDD button, AUTO, and press ENTER on the
then push the interface selector interface selector.
down to display the audio menu.
Record CD, and then press ENTER
360 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:22:23 31TK8600_366
Changing a Track/Tracklist Skip Bar Repeat Playback

To change a track or tracklist＊, press Returns to the beginning of the
on the Category bar or the Skip bar. song that is being played. REPEAT OFF ICON
Otherwise, the previous track is
Category Bar selected. If you press this bar
The next tracklist is selected. during the first song, the last song
If you press ＋ during the last is selected.
＋
tracklist, the first tracklist is The next song is selected. If you
Features
selected. press this bar during the last song,
The previous tracklist is selected. the first song is selected.
If you press − during the first
−
tracklist, the last tracklist is Fast Forwarding and Rewinding
selected. To fast forward, press and hold the REPEAT ICON
side of the SKIP bar. To
＊ : The tracklist has six search rewind, press and hold the side To replay the current track
mode categories: album, artist, of the SKIP bar. continuously, push the interface
track, playlist, genre, and album selector down during track playback.
record date. Within the selected
category, the tracklist will be Turn the interface dial to select
changed with the category bar. Repeat on the HDD AUDIO MENU,
selector. Turn the interface dial to
select the repeat icon, then press
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 361

10/07/17 10:22:29 31TK8600_367
To turn this feature off, turn the Random Playback Turn the interface dial to select the
interface dial to select the OFF icon, track random icon, and press
then press ENTER on the interface RANDOM OFF ICON ENTER on the interface selector.
selector.
then press ENTER on the interface
selector.
RANDOM ICON
This function plays tracks in the

current search mode in random
order. To activate random play, push
the interface selector down during
track playback. Turn the interface
dial to select Random on the HDD
AUDIO MENU. Press ENTER on
the interface selector.
362 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:22:38 31TK8600_368
Scan Playback Turn the interface dial to select the Making an User Playlist
scan icon. Press ENTER on the The HDD has two types of the
interface selector. You will hear a 10- playlists: original playlist and user
second sampling of each track in the playlist. On the original playlist, the
current search mode. music CD is recorded automatically
when it is played. In addition, you
You can also select the scan feature can create up to six user playlists on
with the SCAN button on the control the HDD. In each playlist, you can
Features
panel. Press and release the SCAN store a desired music data from the
button. original playlists or music CDs.
SCAN OFF ICON To turn this feature off, press the

SCAN ICON SCAN button again, or turn the
This function samples the tracks in and press ENTER on the interface
the current search mode in the order selector. The system begins to play
that they were recorded. the last track sampled.
To activate scan, push the interface

selector down during track playback.
Turn the interface dial to select Scan
on the HDD AUDIO MENU, and
selector.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 363

10/07/17 10:22:45 31TK8600_369
Adding a Track to an Original/User Searching the Music

Playlist While playing music in the HDD
playback screen, push the interface
selector up to select MUSIC
SEARCH. You can search a track by
album, artist, track, playlist, genre,
or album record date, or you can
shuffle all tracks.
The audio system, including the

music search feature Song By
VoiceTM, can be operated by voice
control. See the navigation system
On the Playlist screen, turn the manual for complete details.
interface dial and select the Playlist
While a track is playing on an to which the song is to be added,
Original Playlist or User Playlist then press ENTER on the interface
Playback screen, push the interface selector. You will be returned to the
selector down. Turn the interface Playback screen.
dial and select Add to Playlist, then
press ENTER on the interface After storing music data, you can
selector. customize the original and user
playlists (see page 369 ).
364 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:22:54 31TK8600_370
Searching Music by Album Turn the interface dial to select the

album you want to listen to, then
ALPHABET TAG press ENTER on the selector.
The first track on the selected album

begins to play.
Features
Push the selector down.
RANDOM ALL TRACKS

Shuffles the playback of all tracks Push the interface selector up to
that have been recorded on HDD. display the ‘‘Search music by’’ screen,
and turn the interface dial to select
To shuffle all tracks, push the ‘‘Albums.’’ Press ENTER on the
interface selector up to display the selector, and the album list will be
‘‘Search music by’’ screen, and then displayed in alphabetical order.
push the interface selector down.
Shuffled playback begins. If you push the interface selector
right or left, you can change the
alphabet tag.
2011 Odyssey 365

10/07/17 10:23:01 31TK8600_371
Searching Music by Artist If you push the interface selector Searching Music by Track
right or left, you can change the
alphabet tag.
Turn the interface dial to select the

artist you want to listen to, and press
The first track on the selected artist

begins to play.
Push the interface selector up to Push the interface selector up to

display the Search music by screen, display the Search music by screen,
and turn the interface dial to select and turn the interface dial to select
‘‘Artists.’’ Press ENTER on the ‘‘Tracks.’’ Press ENTER on the
interface selector, and the artist list interface selector, and the track list
will be displayed in alphabetical will be displayed in alphabetical
order. order.
366 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:23:08 31TK8600_372
If you push the interface selector Searching Music by Playlists Turn the interface dial to select the
right or left, you can change the playlist you want to listen to, then
alphabet tag. press ENTER on the interface
selector.
Turn the interface dial to select a
track you want to listen to, then The first track on the selected
press ENTER on the interface playlist begins to play.
selector.
Features
The selected track begins to play.
Push the interface selector up to

display the Search music by screen,
and turn the interface dial to select
‘‘Playlists.’’ Press ENTER on the
interface selector then the playlist
will be displayed.
2011 Odyssey 367

10/07/17 10:23:16 31TK8600_373
Searching Music by Genre The first track on the selected genre Searching Music by Album
begins to play. Record Date
RECORDED DATE

display the Search music by screen, Push the interface selector up to
and turn the interface dial to select display the Search music by screen,
‘‘Genres.’’ Press ENTER on the and turn the interface dial to select
interface selector, and the genre list Album Record Date. Press ENTER
will be displayed. on the interface selector. The album
list will be displayed.
Turn the interface dial to select the
genre you want to listen to, and then Turn the interface dial to select the
press ENTER on the interface album you want to listen to, then
selector. press ENTER on the selector.
368 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:23:24 31TK8600_374
The first track on the selected album Customizing Original/User Changing the Order of Tracks of the
begins to play. Playlist Original Playlist or User Playlist
After storing the data, you can 1. On the HDD audio screen, push
change some items: name of an artist, up the interface selector to select
play list name, track title, music MUSIC SEARCH. Select Albums
genre, order of the tracks on the or Playlists by turning the
original/user playlist. You can also interface dial, then press ENTER.
delete the track or the album from
Features
the playlist. 2. Turn the interface dial to select
the album list or the playlist, then
You cannot change the artist name, press ENTER.
original play list name (album name),
track name, and music genre unless 3. Push the interface selector down
you change them on the original play to display the AUDIO MENU for
list. the playlist.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 369

10/07/17 10:23:31 31TK8600_375
7. Turn the interface dial to select

where the track is to be moved,
then press ENTER on the
interface selector.
8. Push the interface selector down

to return to the Edit Music Info.
screen.
9. Push the CANCEL button or the

AUDIO button. The screen
returns to the playlist.
4. Turn the interface dial and select 5. Turn the interface dial to select
‘‘Edit Music Info.,’’ then press Edit Track Order, then press
ENTER. ENTER on the interface selector.

the track to be moved, then press
370 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:23:40 31TK8600_376
Changing the Artist Name of the

Original Playlist
1. While a track is playing on an
‘‘Original Playlist Playback’’ screen,
2. Turn the interface dial and select

‘‘Edit Music Info.,’’ then press
Features
ENTER.
3. Turn the interface dial to select 4. On the ‘‘Edit an artist name’’

Edit Artist Name, then press screen, input the new artist name.
Select a letter by turning the
interface dial, then press ENTER.
5. After inputting the name, push the

interface selector down to select
OK.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 371

10/07/17 10:23:47 31TK8600_377
7. You will be returned to the ‘‘Edit Changing the Name of the Original
music Info.’’ screen. Playlist or User Playlist
1. Select a desired playlist to change
8. Push the CANCEL button or the the user playlist name, or a desired
AUDIO button. The screen album to change the original
returns to the playlist. playlist name (album name). Refer
to the Music Search function on
page 364 for how to select a
playlist or an album. Push the
interface selector down to display
the AUDIO MENU for a selected
playlist or album.
6. The ‘‘Select an edit option’’ screen 2. Turn the interface dial and select
is displayed. Choose if you would ‘‘Edit Music Info.,’’ then press
like to apply the new name to both ENTER.
the album artist and/or the track
artist. Select your edit option by
turning the dial, then press
ENTER.
372 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:23:56 31TK8600_378
Changing the Track Name of the

Original Playlist

Features
ENTER.
3. On the ‘‘Edit music Info.’’ screen, 4. On the ‘‘Edit an album name’’

turn the interface dial to select screen, input the new Original
Edit Album Name (or Edit Playlist Playlist name or User Playlist
Name to edit user playlist), then name.
press ENTER on the interface 5. After inputting the name, push the
selector. interface selector down to select
OK.
6. You will be returned to the ‘‘Edit
music Info.’’ screen.
returns to the playlist. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 373

10/07/17 10:24:05 31TK8600_379
Changing the Musical Genre


ENTER.
3. On the ‘‘Edit music Info.’’ screen, 4. On the ‘‘Edit a track name’’ screen,
turn the interface dial to select input the new track name.
Edit Track Name, then press
ENTER on the interface selector. 5. After inputting the name, push the
interface selector down to select
OK.
6. You will be returned to the ‘‘Edit

music Info.’’ screen.

374 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:24:11 31TK8600_380
5. Turn the interface dial on the

‘‘Select a genre’’ screen to select
the Original Playlist that you want
to change the genre and then
selector. You will be returned to
the ‘‘Edit music Info.’’ screen.
Features
3. Turn the interface dial to select 4. On the ‘‘Select a genre’’ screen,

Edit Genre, then press ENTER on turn the interface dial and select
the interface selector in ‘‘Select a genre, and then press ENTER on
genre’’ screen. the interface selector.
2011 Odyssey 375

10/07/17 10:24:19 31TK8600_381
Deleting an Album or Playlist NOTE:

1. On the HDD playback screen of When you delete the Original
the album in which you want to Playlist, any tracks stored in a
delete, push the interface selector User Playlist are also deleted.
down to display the AUDIO
MENU. Even if all the tracks are deleted
from the User Playlist, the data
2. Turn the interface dial and select folder for that playlist cannot be
‘‘Edit Music Info.,’’ then press deleted, and their names (playlist
ENTER. and artist) are left. You can store
tracks again on that playlist.
3. On the ‘‘Edit music Info.’’ screen,

turn the interface dial and select
Delete Album (or Delete Playlist),
then press ENTER.
4. The Confirmation is displayed.

Select OK and then press ENTER.
You will be returned to the
playback screen for the Original
Playlist or User Playlist.
376 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:24:26 31TK8600_382
Deleting a Track NOTE:

1. Select the track with the interface When you delete a track from the
dial from the playback screen Original Playlist, the track is also
while it is playing. Push the deleted from the User Playlist in
interface selector down to display which the deleted track was
the AUDIO MENU. stored.
2. Turn the interface dial and select Even if all the tracks are deleted
Features
‘‘Edit Music Info.,’’ then press from the User Playlist, the data
ENTER. folder for that playlist cannot be
deleted, and their names (playlist
and artist) are left. You can store
tracks again on that playlist.
3. The ‘‘Edit music Info.’’ screen is
displayed. Select Delete Track and
press ENTER.
4. Select OK to confirm you want to

delete the track. You will be
returned to the Playback screen
for the Original Playlist or User
Playlist.
2011 Odyssey 377

10/07/17 10:24:37 31TK8600_383
Acquiring Title Information Checking HDD Audio Capacity Updating Gracenote Album Info
1. Push the interface selector down (Gracenote Media Database)
to display the AUDIO MENU. MAXIMUM CAPACITY You can update the Gracenote
REMAINING CAPACITY Album Info (Gracenote Media
2. Turn the interface dial and select Database) that is included with the
Get Music Info., then press navigation system.
ENTER.
NOTE:
3. On the ‘‘Select an Album’’ screen, Consult your dealer, or visit
turn the interface dial and select www.honda.com (in U.S.), or
the title information for the www.honda.ca (in Canada), to acquire
Original Playlist, then press updated files.
ENTER. You will be returned to VERSION
the ‘‘Audio Menu’’ screen. 1. Insert the update disc into the disc
You can check the HDD Audio slot, or connect the USB flash
capacity and remaining space as well memory device that includes the
as the Gracenote Music Recognition update.
Service (CDDB) version included
with the navigation system on the
HDD Setup screen.
To check the HDD audio capacity,

push the interface selector down to
display the AUDIO MENU. Turn the
interface dial to select HDD Setup,
then press ENTER.
378 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:24:50 31TK8600_384
4. Turn the interface dial and select Clearing the HDD

Gracenote Info. Update, then Any music, data, calendar entries,
press ENTER on the interface etc. that have been stored on the
selector. HDD can be deleted.
5. Turn the dial to select USB or 1. Press the INFO button, rotate the
DISC on the Update Gracenote by interface dial to select ‘‘Set up,’’
screen, then press ENTER on the and press ENTER.
Features
selector.
2. Move the interface selector to the
6. Turn the dial to select Yes on the right to navigate to the ‘‘Set up
confirmation screen, and the (Other)’’ screen.
update will start.
2. Push the interface selector down 3. On the ‘‘Set up (Other)’’ screen,
to select AUDIO MENU in the 7. Turn the interface dial to select rotate the interface dial to select
HDD playback screen or CD OK on the confirmation screen. ‘‘Clear Personal Data,’’ and press
playback screen. ENTER.
8. After updating is complete, press
3. Turn the interface dial to select ENTER on the confirmation 4. Select the item you wish to delete.
HDD Setup, then press ENTER on screen.
NOTE:
Once you perform an update, any
information you edited before will be
overwritten.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 379

10/07/17 10:24:59 31TK8600_385
5. A pop-up screen verifying whether Gracenote Music Recognition Gracenote is an internet-based music
the deletion is to be continued or Service (CDDB) recognition service that allows artist,
not will be displayed. Select Yes to album, and track information from
delete, or No to cancel. CDs to display on the HDD. More
information about Gracenote is
6. A second confirmation will appear. available at www.honda.com (in U.S.)
Select Yes to delete, or No to Music recognition technology and or www.honda.ca (in Canada).
cancel. related data are provided by
Gracenote . Gracenote is the CD and music-related data from
7. When you are finished deleting industry standard in music Gracenote, Inc., copyright 2000−
the data, press the interface recognition technology and related 2010 Gracenote.
selector down to select ‘‘Done.’’ content delivery. For more
information, please visit http://www.
NOTE: If you select ‘‘Music on HDD,’’ gracenote.com/.
the system will automatically restart
after deletion. When music is recorded to the HDD
from a CD, information such as the
recording artist and track name are
retrieved from the Gracenote
Database and displayed (when
available). Gracenote may not
contain information for all albums.
380 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:25:07 31TK8600_386
Gracenote Software, copyright 2000 Gracenote End User License You agree not to assign, copy,
−2010 Gracenote. This product and Agreement transfer or transmit the Gracenote
service may practice one or more of Version 20061005 Software or any Gracenote Data to
the following U.S. Patents: ♯ This application or device contains any third party.
5,987,525; ♯6,061,680; ♯6,154,773, software from Gracenote, Inc. of
♯6,161,132, ♯6,230,192, ♯6,230,207, Emeryville, California (‘‘Gracenote’’). YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
♯6,240,459, ♯6,330,593, and other The software from Gracenote (the EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,
patents issued or pending. Some ‘‘Gracenote Software’’) enables this THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE,
Features
services supplied under license from application to perform disc and/or OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent: ♯ file identification and obtain music- EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY
6,304,523. related information, including name, PERMITTED HEREIN.
artist, track, and title information
Gracenote and CDDB are registered (‘‘Gracenote Data’’) from online You agree that your non-exclusive
trademarks of Gracenote. The servers or embedded databases license to use the Gracenote Data,
Gracenote logo and logotype, and (collectively, ‘‘Gracenote Servers’’) the Gracenote Software, and
the ‘‘Powered by Gracenote’’ logo are and to perform other functions. You Gracenote Servers will terminate if
trademarks of Gracenote. may use Gracenote Data only by you violate these restrictions. If your
means of the intended End-User license terminates, you agree to
functions or this application or cease any and all use of the
device. Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers.
You agree that you will use
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers for
your own personal non-commercial
use only. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 381

10/07/17 10:25:12 31TK8600_387
Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote makes no representations GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote or warranties, express or implied, WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR
Software, and the Gracenote Servers, regarding the accuracy of any IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
including all ownership rights. Under Gracenote Data from in the LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
no circumstances will Gracenote Gracenote Servers. Gracenote WARRANTIES OF
become liable for any payment to reserves the right to delete data MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
you for any information that you from the Gracenote Servers or to FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
provide. You agree that Gracenote, change data categories for any cause TITLE, AND NON-
Inc. may enforce its rights under this that Gracenote deems sufficient. No INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE
Agreement against you directly in its warranty is made that the Gracenote DOES NOT WARRANT THE
own name. Software or Gracenote Servers are RESULTS THAT WILL BE
error-free or that functioning of OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF
The Gracenote service uses a unique Gracenote Software or Gracenote THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE
identifier to track queries for Servers will be uninterrupted. OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER.
statistical purposes. The purpose of a IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE
randomly assigned numeric Gracenote is not obligated to provide BE LIABLE FOR ANY
identifier is to allow the Gracenote you with new enhanced or additional CONSEQUENTIAL OR
service to count queries without data types or categories that INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
knowing anything about who you are. Gracenote may provide in the future ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
For more information, see the web and is free to discontinue its services REVENUES.
page for the Gracenote Privacy at any time. Gracenote 2010
Policy for the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each

item of Gracenote Data are licensed
to you ‘‘AS IS.’’
382 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:25:20 31TK8600_388
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
ALBUM ART
AUDIO SCREEN
Features
USB INDICATOR
CENTER DISPLAY

USB/AUX USB/AUX
BUTTON BUTTON
POWER/ POWER/
VOLUME VOLUME
KNOB KNOB
SKIP BAR SKIP BAR
AUDIO AUDIO
BUTTON BUTTON
CANCEL CANCEL
BUTTON BUTTON
2011 Odyssey 383

10/07/17 10:25:28 31TK8600_389
To Play an iPod The audio system reads and plays Model Software
This audio system can select and playable sound files on the iPod. The iPod 5th and 6th Ver. 1.3 or more
play the audio files on the iPod with system cannot operate an iPod as a generations
the same controls used for the in- mass storage device. The system will iPod classic Ver. 1.1.2 or more
dash disc player. To play an iPod, only play songs stored on the iPod iPod nano Ver. 1.3.1 or more
connect it to the USB adapter cable with iTunes. 1st generation
in the glove box by using your dock iPod nano Ver. 1.1.3 or more
connector, then press the USB/AUX iPod and iTunes are registered 2nd generation
button. The ignition switch must be trademarks owned by Apple Inc. iPod nano Ver. 1.1.3 or more
in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) 3rd generation
position. The iPod will also be Voice Control System iPod nano Ver. 1.0.4 or more
charged with the ignition switch in You can select the AUX mode by 4th generation
these settings. using the voice control buttons. iPod nano Ver. 1.0.1 or more
5th generation
The audio system, including the iPod touch Ver. 1.1.1 or more
music search feature Song By 1st generation
VoiceTM, can be operated by voice iPod touch Ver. 2.2.1 or more
control. See the navigation system 2nd generation
manual for complete details. iPod touch Ver. 3.1.1 or more
3rd generation
iPods compatible with your audio iPhone Ver. 2.1.0 or more
system using the USB adapter cable iPhone 3G Ver. 2.1.0 or more
are: iPhone 3GS Ver. 5.12.1 or more
384 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:25:38 31TK8600_390
Use only compatible iPods with the Connecting an iPod

latest software. iPods that are not
compatible will not work in this audio DOCK CONNECTOR
unit.
NOTE:
Do not connect your iPod using a
hub.
Features
Do not keep the iPod and dock
connector cable in the vehicle.
Direct sunlight and high heat will
damage it. USB ADAPTER CABLE USB ADAPTER CABLE
Do not use an extension cable
between the USB adapter cable 1. Open the glove box, and unclip the 2. Connect your dock connector to
equipped with your vehicle and USB adapter cable. the iPod correctly and securely.
your dock connector.
3. Install the dock connector to the
We recommend backing up your USB adapter cable securely.
data before playing it.
Some devices cannot be powered
or charged via the USB adapter. If
this is the case, use the accessory
adapter to supply power to your
device. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 385

10/07/17 10:25:47 31TK8600_391
If the iPod indicator does not appear To Change or Select Files

in the audio display, check the Use the SKIP bar while an iPod is
connections, and try to reconnect the playing to select passages and
iPod a few times. change files.
If the audio system still does not SKIP − Each time you press and
recognize the iPod, the iPod may release the side of the SKIP bar,
need to be reset. Follow the the system skips forward to the
instructions that came with your beginning of the next track. Press
iPod, or you can find reset and release the side of the bar
instructions online at to skip backward to the beginning of
www.apple.com/itunes/ the current track. Press it again to
skip to the beginning of the previous
The current file number and total of track. You can also select a track from any
the selected playable files are category on the list: Playlists, Artists,
displayed in the center display. To move rapidly within playing track, Albums, Songs, Genres, Composers
Pressing the AUDIO button displays press and hold either side ( or and Podcasts by using the interface
the artist, album and track (file) ) of the SKIP bar. dial.
names on the navigation screen.
If a file on your iPod has an album display the Music Search screen.
art, it will be shown in the display. Turn the interface dial to select a
desired search method.
386 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:25:54 31TK8600_392
If you select ‘‘ALL’’ on the artists list, Push the interface selector down to
the albums list is displayed. ‘‘PLAY ALL’’ on any list. All available
files on the selected list are played.
Press the AUDIO button to go back

to the normal audio playing display.
Pressing the CANCEL button goes
back to the previous screen, and
Features
pressing the MAP/GUIDE button
cancels the audio control display on
the screen.
Press ENTER on the interface

selector to display the items on that
list, then turn the interface dial to If you select ‘‘ALL’’ on the albums
make a selection. Press ENTER to list, all the tracks become available
set your selection. for selection.
The track order that appears at this

time varies depending on the iPod
model and software.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 387

10/07/17 10:26:03 31TK8600_393
REPEAT
3. Turn the interface dial, select the
Repeat icon and press ENTER.
Playback of the track that is
currently being played will be
repeated.
To cancel this function, turn the

interface dial and select the Repeat
OFF icon, and then press ENTER.
SHUFFLE ICON
REPEAT − This feature SHUFFLE − This feature shuffles

continuously plays a file. playback of tracks contained within
the iPod. This function can be
1. Press the AUDIO button to display established at the same time that
the audio control screen, then Repeat Playback is set up.
push the interface selector down
to display the AUDIO MENU. 1. On the iPod screen, push the
2. Turn the interface dial, select the AUDIO MENU.
Repeat, and press ENTER.
388 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:26:13 31TK8600_394
2. Turn the interface dial, select 2. Turn the interface dial, select
Shuffle and press ENTER on the Shuffle and press ENTER on the
interface selector. interface selector.
3. Turn the interface dial, select the 3. Turn the interface dial, select the
Shuffle icon and press ENTER on Album Shuffle icon and press
the interface selector. ENTER on the interface selector.
Shuffle playback of the album will
Features
Shuffle playback will begin. To begin.
cancel this function, turn the
interface dial and select the Shuffle To cancel this function, turn the
OFF icon, and then press ENTER on ALBUM SHUFFLE ICON interface dial and select the Shuffle
the interface selector. OFF icon, and then press ENTER on
ALBUM SHUFFLE − Shuffles the interface selector.
playback of all available albums,
which are selected by the desired NOTE:
list: playlists, artists, albums or songs. Available operating functions vary on
This function can be selected at the models or versions. Some functions
same time that Repeat Playback is may not be available on the vehicle’s
setup. audio system.
1. On the iPod screen, push the

the AUDIO MENU.
2011 Odyssey 389

10/07/17 10:26:20 31TK8600_395
To Stop Playing Your iPod ＊ : The displayed message may

To take the system out of the iPod vary on models or versions. On
mode, press one of the other source some models, there is no When you connect your iPod to the
buttons than the USB/AUX button. message to disconnect. navigation system, the most recent
When a compatible audio unit is settings (Shuf f le, Repeat, etc.) will be
connected to the auxiliary input jack, When you disconnect the iPod while carried over.
press the USB/AUX button to select it is playing, the audio screen (if
it. selected) shows NO DATA.
You can also press the MODE If you reconnect the same iPod, the
button on the steering wheel to system may begin playing where it
change modes. left off, depending on what mode the
iPod is in when it is reconnected.
Disconnecting an iPod
You can disconnect the iPod at any
time when you see the ‘‘OK to
disconnect’’ message＊ in the iPod
display. Always make sure you see
‘‘OK to disconnect’’ message in the
iPod display before you disconnect it.
Make sure to follow the iPod’s
instructions on how to disconnect
the dock connector from the USB
adapter cable.
390 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:26:24 31TK8600_396
iPod Error Messages (Models with navigation system)
If you see an error message in the

center display while playing an iPod, Error Message Solution
find the solution in the chart to the
right. If you cannot clear the error UNSUPPORTED Appears when an unsupported iPod is inserted.
message, take your vehicle to your CONNECT RETRY Appears when the iPod cannot be authenticated.
dealer. iPod NO SONG Appears when there are no files in the iPod.
Features
2011 Odyssey 391
10/07/17 10:26:32 31TK8600_397
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
AUDIO SCREEN
CENTER DISPLAY

USB/AUX
BUTTON
USB/AUX
BUTTON
POWER/ POWER/
VOLUME VOLUME
BAR BAR
SKIP BAR SKIP BAR
SCAN SCAN
BUTTON BUTTON
392 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:26:40 31TK8600_398
To Play a USB Flash Memory ＊ : Only AAC format files recorded NOTE:
Device with iTunes are playable on this Do not use a device such as a card
This audio system can select and audio unit. reader or hard drive as it or your
play the audio files from a USB flash files may be damaged.
memory device with the same The recommended USB flash
controls used for the in-dash disc memory devices are 256 MB or Do not connect your USB flash
player. To play a USB flash memory higher, and formatted with the FAT memory device using a hub.
device, connect it to the USB adapter file system. Some digital audio
Features
cable in the glove box, then press the players may be compatible as well. Do not use an extension cable to
USB/AUX button. The ignition the USB adapter cable equipped
switch must be in the ACCESSORY Some USB flash memory devices with your vehicle.
(I) or ON (II) position. (such as devices with security lock-
out features, etc.) will not work in
The audio system reads and plays this audio unit.
the audio files on the USB flash
memory device in MP3, WMA or
AAC＊ formats. The USB flash
memory device limit is up to 700
folders or up to 15000 files.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 393

10/07/17 10:26:49 31TK8600_399
Do not keep a USB flash memory Some devices cannot be powered Some versions of MP3, WMA, or
device in the vehicle. Direct or charged via the USB adapter. If AAC format may not be supported. If
sunlight and high heat will damage this is the case, use the accessory an unsupported file is found, the
it. adapter to supply power to your audio unit displays UNSUPPORTED,
device. then skips to the next file.
We recommend backing up your
data before playing a USB flash The order of files in USB playback
memory device. may be different from the order of
files displayed in PC or other
Depending on the type and devices etc. Files are played in the
number of files, it may take some order stored in USB flash memory
time before they begin to play. device.
Depending on the software the Voice Control System

files were made with, it may not be You can select the AUX mode by
possible to play some files, or using the voice control buttons, but
display some text data. cannot operate the play mode
functions.
Depending on the type of
encoding and writing software
used, there may be cases where
character information does not
display properly.
394 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:26:56 31TK8600_400
In WMA or AAC format, DRM Connecting a USB Flash Memory

(digital rights management) files Device
cannot be played. If the system finds
a DRM file, the audio unit displays
UNPLAYABLE FILE, and then skips
to the next file.
Features
Combining a low sampling f requency
with a low bitrate may result in USB ADAPTER CABLE
extremely degraded sound quality.
2. Connect the USB flash memory
USB ADAPTER CABLE
device to the USB adapter cable
1. Open the glove box, and unclip the correctly and securely.
USB adapter cable.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 395

10/07/17 10:27:03 31TK8600_401
When the USB device is connected To Change or Select Files To Select a File from Folder and File
and the USB mode is selected on the Use the SKIP bar while a USB flash Lists
audio system, the USB indicator is memory device is playing to select
shown in the center display. It also passages and change files.
shows the folder and file numbers.
Pressing the AUDIO button displays SKIP − Each time you press and
the USB indicator, the folder and file release the side of the SKIP bar,
names, and the elapsed time in the the system skips forward to the
navigation screen. beginning of the next file. Press and
release the side of the bar, to
skip backward to the beginning of
the current file. Press it twice to skip
to the beginning of the previous file.
To move rapidly within a file, press

and hold either side ( or ) You can also select a folder or file
of the SKIP bar. from the list by using the interface
dial. Press the AUDIO button to
Folder Selection − To select a show the audio display on the
different folder, press and release navigation screen. Use the interface
either side of the CATEGORY bar. dial to highlight the file, then press
Press the ＋ side to skip to the next ENTER to set your selection.
folder, and press the − side to skip
to the beginning of the previous
folder.
396 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:27:13 31TK8600_402
To go back to the normal playing TRACK REPEAT

display, press the AUDIO button.
Pressing the CANCEL button goes REPEAT OFF ICON
back to the previous screen and
pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio mode display.
To Select Repeat, Random or Scan
Features
Mode:
Push the interface selector down to
display the AUDIO MENU.
You can select any type of repeat, TRACK REPEAT ICON

Push the selector up to display the random or scan mode on the audio
‘‘Select a folder’’ screen. Then turn menu screen. This function repeats playback of the
the interface dial to select a folder, track.
and press ENTER. Move the interface selector up to
select BACK to show the USB 1. On the USB main screen, push the
If you have more than one layer of screen, or press the CANCEL button interface selector down to display
folders (folders within folders), you to return to the previous screen. the AUDIO MENU.
can also see each folder on the
screen. 2. Turn the interface dial to select
Repeat and press ENTER.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 397

10/07/17 10:27:22 31TK8600_403
3. Turn the interface dial, select the FOLDER REPEAT 3. Turn the interface dial, select the
Track Repeat icon and press Folder Repeat icon and press
ENTER on the interface selector. ENTER on the interface selector.
Playback of the track that is Playback of the folder that is
currently being played will be currently being played will be
repeated. repeated.
To cancel this function, turn the To cancel this function, turn the
interface dial and select the Repeat interface dial and select the Repeat
OFF icon, and then press ENTER. OFF icon, and then press ENTER on
Pressing either side of the SKIP bar
also cancels this function. FOLDER REPEAT ICON
This function replays all the tracks in

a folder in the order that they were
stored.
1. On the USB main screen, push the

the AUDIO MENU.

Repeat and press ENTER.
398 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:27:33 31TK8600_404
TRACK RANDOM 3. Turn the interface dial, select the FOLDER RANDOM
Track Random icon and press
RANDOM OFF ICON ENTER on the interface selector.
The tracks are played in random
order.

interface dial and select the Random
Features
OFF icon, and then press ENTER on
TRACK RANDOM ICON FOLDER RANDOM ICON
This function plays all the tracks on This function plays all of the tracks
the USB flash memory device in in the current folder in random order.
random order.
1. On the USB main screen, push the
1. On the USB main screen, push the interface selector down to display
interface selector down to display the AUDIO MENU.
the AUDIO MENU.
2. Turn the interface dial, select
2. Turn the interface dial, select Random and press ENTER on the
Random and press ENTER on the interface selector.
interface selector.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 399

10/07/17 10:27:43 31TK8600_405
3. Turn the interface dial, select the TRACK SCAN

Folder Random icon and press
ENTER on the interface selector. SCAN OFF ICON
The files are played in random
order.

interface dial and select the Random
OFF icon, and then press ENTER on
When you want to use this function

to another folder (not the folder that TRACK SCAN ICON
is currently played), you can select 2. Push the interface selector down
the folder to be played in random to ‘‘RANDOM ALL TRACKS’’ on This function samples all the tracks
order as following: the folder list screen. All available in the current folder in the order that
files in the selected folder are they were recorded.
1. On the USB main screen, push the played in random order.
interface selector up to display the 1. On the USB main screen, push the
folder list screen. interface selector down to display
the AUDIO MENU.
Turn the interface dial and
highlight the folder you want to 2. Turn the interface dial, select the
change to. Scan icon and press ENTER on
400 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:27:52 31TK8600_406
3. Turn the interface dial, select FOLDER SCAN 3. Turn the interface dial, select
Track Scan icon and press ENTER Folder Scan icon and press
on the interface selector. Each ENTER on the interface selector.
track or file is sampled for 10
seconds. When all the tracks in The first file of the first folder is
the folder have been scanned, sampled for 10 seconds. If no other
regular playback is resumed. operations are carried out, the first
files of the remaining folders are
Features
To cancel this function, turn the played for 10 seconds. After the first
interface dial and select the Scan file of the last folder is played back,
OFF icon, and then press ENTER on regular playback is resumed.
the interface selector to play the last
track sampled. FOLDER SCAN ICON To cancel this function, turn the
interface dial and select the Scan
This function samples the first file in OFF icon, and then press ENTER on
each folder within the USB flash the interface selector.
memory device.
You can also select the scan feature
1. On the USB main screen, push the with the SCAN button on the control
interface selector down to display panel. Press and release the SCAN
the AUDIO MENU. button.
2. Turn the interface dial, select the

Scan icon and press ENTER on
2011 Odyssey 401

10/07/17 10:27:58 31TK8600_407
To Stop Playing a USB Flash Disconnecting a USB Flash Memory When you disconnect the USB flash
Memory Device Device memory device while it is playing,
To take the system out of the USB You can disconnect the USB flash the center display and the audio
mode, press one of the other source memory device at any time even if screen (if selected) show NO DATA.
buttons than the USB/AUX button. the USB mode is selected on the
When a compatible audio unit is audio system. Always follow the USB
connected to the auxiliary input jack, flash memory device’s instructions
press the USB/AUX button to when you remove it.
select it.
You can also press the MODE

button on the steering wheel to
change modes.
If you reconnect the same USB flash

memory device, the system will
begin playing where it left off.
402 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:28:03 31TK8600_408
USB Flash Memory Device Error Messages (Models with navigation system)

center display while playing a USB Error Message Solution
flash memory device, find the
solution in the chart to the right. If UNSUPPORTED Appears when an unsupported USB flash memory device is inserted.
you cannot clear the error message, UNPLAYABLE FILE Appears when the file is copyright protected, such as DRM.
take your vehicle to your dealer. USB NO SONG Appears when there are no playable files in the USB flash memory
device.
BAD USB DEVICE Appears when the overcurrent protection feature of the system stops
Features
PLEASE CHECK supplying power to USB because an incompatible device is connected.
OWNER’S MANUAL Disconnect the device. Then, turn the audio system off, and turn it on
again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
2011 Odyssey 403

10/07/17 10:28:10 31TK8600_409
Bluetooth Audio System (Models with navigation system)
AUDIO SCREEN
CENTER DISPLAY

USB/AUX
BUTTON
USB/AUX
TITLE BUTTON TITLE
BUTTON BUTTON
SKIP BAR SKIP BAR
AUDIO AUDIO
BUTTON BUTTON
404 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:28:19 31TK8600_410
Your vehicle is equipped with a To Play Bluetooth Audio Files Press the USB/AUX button＊. When
Bluetooth Audio system, which the phone is recognized, you will see
allows you to listen to streaming the Bluetooth Audio message on the
audio from your Bluetooth Audio center display and the screen (if
compatible phone. This function is selected), and the system begins to
only available on phones that are play.
paired and linked to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) ＊: If an iPod or USB flash memory
Features
system (see page 522 ). device or audio unit connected
to the auxiliary input jack was
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones selected at the last mode, you
with streaming audio capabilities are will see iPod, USB or AUX in the
compatible with the system. You can center display and the audio
find an approved phone by visiting control display on the navigation
handsfreelink.honda.com or call Make sure that your phone is paired screen (if selected). Push the
(888) 528-7876. In Canada, visit and linked to HFL. USB/AUX button again to play
www.handsfreelink.ca , or call audio files from your Bluetooth
(888) 528-7876. To begin to play the audio files, you Audio phone.
may need to operate your phone. If
NOTE: In some states, provinces, so, follow the phone maker’s
and territories, it may be illegal to operating instructions.
perform some data device functions
while driving.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 405

10/07/19 15:53:57 31TK8600_411
Once a device is linked, the name of In the following conditions, the Voice Control System
the device will appear on the screen. display shows ‘‘NO CONNECT’’ You can select the AUX mode by
Pressing the TITLE button switches message after pressing the TITLE using the voice control buttons, but
the center display between the button. cannot operate the play mode
Bluetooth Audio and the device functions.
name. The phone is not linked to HFL.
To skip a file
If more than one phone is paired to The phone is not turned on. Press the side of the SKIP bar
the HFL system, there will be a to skip forward to the next file, and
delay before the system begins to The phone is not in the vehicle. press the side to skip backward
play. to the beginning of the current file.
Another HFL compatible phone, Push the side again to skip to
NOTE: The text display function which is not compatible for the previous file.
may not be available on some phone Bluetooth Audio, is already
devices. connected. NOTE: The skip function may not be
available on some phone devices.
If your Bluetooth Audio compatible
phone does not operate as described,
make sure it is a Honda approved
phone. To find out if your phone is
approved, go to handsfreelink.honda.
com (in Canada, www.handsfreelink.ca),
or call the HandsFreeLink
consumer support at 888-528-7876.
406 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:28:36 31TK8600_412
To pause or resume a file Turn the interface dial to switch the To change sound settings
setting between the resume/pause
mode and the sound setup mode.
Select Resume/Pause, then press
ENTER to set your selection. Each
time you press ENTER, the system
switches between the resume mode
and pause mode.
Features
NOTE: The pause function may not
be available on some phone devices.
The resume/pause mode can stop Press the AUDIO button to display
playing a file temporarily. the audio control display. Turn the
dial to switch the setting between
the resume/pause mode and the
sound setup mode. Select Sound
Setup, then press ENTER to set your
selection.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 407

10/07/17 10:28:45 31TK8600_413
Turn the dial to select a sound setup To turn off the Bluetooth Audio As required by the FCC:
mode, then press ENTER to set your mode This device complies with Part 15 of the
selection. See page 329 for more To take the system out of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
sound setting information. Bluetooth Audio mode, press one of following two conditions: (1) This device
the other source buttons than the may not cause harmful interference, and
To switch to HFL mode USB/AUX button. When a (2) this device must accept any
If you receive a call when the compatible audio unit is connected to interference received, including
Bluetooth Audio is playing, press the the auxiliary input jack, press the interference that may cause undesired
PICK-UP button on the steering USB/AUX button to select it. operation.
wheel. The screen and the center
display switch to the HFL mode (see Switching to another mode pauses Changes or modifications not expressly
page 517 ). the music playing from your phone. approved by the party responsible for
After ending the call, press the authority to operate the equipment.
HANG-UP button to go back to the
Bluetooth Audio mode. This device complies with Industry
408 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:28:54 31TK8600_414
FM/AM Radio Reception
Radio Frequencies Radio Reception

The radio can receive the complete How well the radio receives stations
AM and FM bands. is dependent on many factors, such
Those bands cover these frequen- as the distance from the station’s
cies: transmitter, nearby large objects,
and atmospheric conditions.
AM band: 530 to 1,710 kHz
FM band: 87.7 to 107.9 MHz A radio station’s signal gets weaker
Features
as you get farther away from its
Radio stations on the AM band are transmitter. If you are listening to an
assigned frequencies at least 10 kHz AM station, you will notice the sound
apart (530, 540, 550). Stations on the volume becoming weaker, and the
FM band are assigned frequencies at station drifting in and out. If you are
least 0.2 MHz apart (87.9, 88.1, 88.3). listening to an FM station, you will Driving very near the transmitter of
see the stereo indicator flickering off a station that is broadcasting on a
Stations must use these exact and on as the signal weakens. frequency close to the frequency of
frequencies. It is fairly common for Eventually, the stereo indicator will the station you are listening to can
stations to round-off the frequency in go off and the sound will fade also affect your radio’s reception.
their advertising, so your radio could completely as you get out of range of You may temporarily hear both
display a frequency of 100.9 even the station’s signal. stations, or hear only the station you
though the announcer may identify are close to.
the station as ‘‘FM101.’’
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 409

10/07/17 10:29:00 31TK8600_415
FM/AM Radio Reception
As required by the FCC:

Radio signals, especially on the FM Radio reception can be affected by

band, are deflected by large objects atmospheric conditions such as
such as buildings and hills. Your thunderstorms, high humidity, and
radio then receives both the direct even sunspots. You may be able to
signal from the station’s transmitter, receive a distant radio station one
and the deflected signal. This causes day and not receive it the next day
the sound to distort or flutter. This is because of a change in conditions.
a main cause of poor radio reception
in city driving. Electrical interference from passing
vehicles and stationary sources
(such as garages or parking
structures) can cause temporary
reception problems.
410 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:29:09 31TK8600_416
Remote Audio Controls
MODE BUTTON
The MODE button changes the To search up and down from the
mode. current frequency and find a station
with a strong signal, press the top
On vehicles with navigation system (＋) or bottom (−) of the button for
Pressing the MODE button 1 second.
repeatedly cycles through all
possible media sources whether they If you are playing a disc, the system
are present or not. skips to the beginning of the next
Features
track each time you press the top
On vehicles without navigation system (＋) of the CH button. Press the
Pressing the MODE button bottom (−) to return to the
VOL BUTTON CH BUTTON repeatedly cycles through all present, beginning of the current track. Press
connected media sources. Media it again to return to the previous
On all models except LX sources that are not present or track. You will see the disc and track
Three controls for the audio system connected will not appear when numbers in the upper display.
are mounted in the steering wheel cycling with the MODE button.
hub. They let you control basic
functions without removing your If you are listening to the radio, use
hand from the steering wheel. the CH button to change stations.
Each time you press the top (＋) of
the button, the system goes to the
next preset station on the band you
are listening to. Press the bottom
(−) to go back to the previous
station.
2011 Odyssey 411

10/07/17 10:29:13 31TK8600_417
Auxiliary Input Jack
The auxiliary input jack is

underneath the accessory power
socket on the front panel. The
system will accept auxiliary input
from standard audio accessories
using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
When a compatible audio unit is

connected to the jack, press the AUX
button to select it.
412 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:29:19 31TK8600_418
Radio Theft Protection
On all models except LX Vehicle Specific Method − Press You should have received a card that
If your vehicle’s battery is and hold the power/volume knob for lists your audio system code number
disconnected or goes dead, or the a few seconds, the audio unit will and serial number. It is best to store
radio fuse is removed, the audio check the VIN information stored in this card in a safe place at home. In
system will disabled itself. If this the vehicle. The audio system will addition, you should write the audio
happens, there are two methods to start activating if the VIN system’s serial number in this owner’s
make it work again. Turn the ignition information stored in the audio manual.
switch to the ON (II) position, press system and the vehicle match.
Features
the power/volume knob once. The If you make a mistake entering the
enter code screen will appear. Security Code Method − The enter code, do not start over; complete the
code screen will appear. Use the five-digit sequence, then enter the
preset buttons to enter the five-digit correct code. You have ten tries to
code. The code is on the radio code enter the correct code. If you are
card included in your owner’s unsuccessful in ten attempts, you
manual kit. When it is entered must then leave the system on for 1
correctly, the radio will start playing. hour before trying again.
If you cannot activate the audio

system, and lose the card, take the
vehicle to your dealer.
2011 Odyssey 413

10/07/17 10:29:28 31TK8600_419
Rear Entertainment System
On vehicles with standard rear screen To Turn On the System

Your vehicle is equipped with a rear Press the REAR POWER button.
entertainment system that includes a This vehicle’s overhead mounted video The indicator on the REAR POWER
DVD player for the enjoyment of the display, if so equipped, includes button will come on. The rear seat
rear passengers. mercury-containing components. Upon passengers can then operate the rear
removal, please reuse, recycle, or system from the control panel in the
With this system, the rear dispose of as hazardous waste. ceiling. The rear control panel can
passengers can enjoy a different also be detached and used as a
entertainment source (radio, disc, remote control, by pushing the
CD Library, HDD, USB, iPod , DVD release button, and pulling the
player or XM Radio) than the front remote toward you.
seat occupants. The audio is
broadcast through the supplied To turn off the rear control
wireless headphones. You can disable the rear control
panel from the front control panel.
The ignition switch must be in the
ACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II) On vehicles without navigation system
position to operate the rear Press the SETUP button and turn
entertainment system. the selector knob to ‘‘Rear Setup,’’
then press the selector knob. Select
the ‘‘Rear Remote On.’’ Each time
you press and release the selector
knob, this feature turn on and off.
414 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:29:35 31TK8600_420
On vehicles with navigation system Rear Speakers If you want to turn the rear speakers
Press and release the REAR When you turn on the system, the on again, press and hold the REAR
SOURCE button. The indicator on rear speakers are automatically POWER button until the Rear
the REAR SOURCE button will come turned off if the rear system selects Speakers Off icon goes off.
on. The front screen shows the same a different entertainment source
screen as the rear screen does. Push than the front system. You will see NOTE: The rear speakers are
the interface selector down. The the Rear Speakers Off icon in the connected to the front system, so
screen changes to the rear menu. audio display. The sound for the rear they will always play the source that
Features
Turn the interface dial to the ‘‘Rear system is sent to the headphones. the front system is set to.
Setup,’’ then press ENTER on the
interface dial. Turn the interface dial
to select the ‘‘Rear Control,’’ and
press ENTER.

selector.
2011 Odyssey 415

10/07/17 10:29:41 31TK8600_421
On vehicles without navigation system On vehicles with navigation system

REAR POWER BUTTON REAR POWER BUTTON
CD SLOT CD SLOT
DVD/CD DVD/CD
SLOT SLOT
OVERHEAD SCREEN UNIT
REAR SOURCE BUTTON REAR SOURCE BUTTON
416 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:29:50 31TK8600_422
To Select Rear Entertainment To play the radio, the buttons for the REAR CONTROL PANEL
from the Front Control Panel front entertainment system have the
To operate the rear entertainment same functions.
system from the front panel, press
the REAR SOURCE button. You will If an audio CD is loaded into the
hear two beeps and the indicator in upper slot, select the CD/CDL or
the button comes on to show that the CD button. If a DVD or CD is loaded
control panel is enabled. into the lower slot, select the DVD
Features
button.
When REAR SOURCE is selected,
the front entertainment system Operating the DVD Player from
audio controls can also be used to the Front Control Panel OVERHEAD SCREEN
operate the rear entertainment The DVD player in your rear
system in all modes. entertainment system can play DVD Open the overhead screen by pulling
video discs, audio CDs, MP3/WMA down the bottom edge of the screen
The media that the rear passengers discs and DTS CDs. until it locks into place when fully
are listening to will then be heard extended. If you pull down the
from the front speakers. screen too far forward, past the
second detent, the display will turn
If you do not operate the rear off. Push the screen up to the second
entertainment system from the front or first detent to turn the display
panel within 20 seconds, the back on. To close the screen, push it
indicator in the REAR SOURCE up until it locks into place when fully
button will go off and the display will closed.
return to the front entertainment
system automatically. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 417

10/07/17 10:29:59 31TK8600_423
On vehicles without navigation system On vehicles with navigation system Insert a DVD into the lower DVD/
CD slot in the audio unit.
Push the DVD in halfway, the drive

will pull it in the rest of the way.
SKIP BAR EJECT BUTTON SKIP BAR EJECT BUTTON
CD SLOT CD SLOT
When you insert a DVD, the system
automatically starts to play. To turn
this feature off, see pages 420
and 423 .
PLAY − Press the button if

the DVD does not start playing
automatically.
PAUSE − Press the button to

pause the DVD. Press the button
again or press PLAY to resume.
Pause works only with the DVD
DVD/CD SLOT DVD/CD SLOT player.
PLAY/PAUSE BUTTON PLAY/PAUSE BUTTON
418 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:30:07 31TK8600_424
SEEK/SKIP − Press and hold the EJECT − Press the eject button to DVD Setup
side of the SKIP bar to move remove the DVD from the drive. On vehicles without navigation system
forward. Press and hold the
side of the SKIP bar to move
backward. Release the bar when the
system reaches the point you want.
Each time you press the side of
Features
the SKIP bar and release it, the
system skips forward to the
beginning of the next track or
chapter. Press and release the
side of the SKIP bar to skip
backward to the beginning of the
current track. Press and release it Press the REAR SOURCE button of
again to skip to the beginning of the the front panel while the DVD is
previous track or chapter. playing on the overhead screen. The
front screen shows ‘‘REAR MENU.’’
Turn the selector knob to ‘‘DVD
Setup,’’ then press the selector knob.
You can choose DVD setup from
these selections:
Audio Auto Play On
Subtitle Search
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 419

10/07/17 10:30:15 31TK8600_425
Audio Subtitle Auto Play ON
CHECK BOX
Turn the selector knob to ‘‘Audio,’’ Turn the selector knob to ‘‘Subtitle,’’ Turn the selector knob to ‘‘Auto Play
then press the selector knob. Turn then press the selector knob. Turn ON,’’ then press the selector knob.
the selector knob to select the the selector knob to select the When the check mark disappears
language you want for DVD audio, language you want for subtitles, then from the check box, the auto play
then press the selector knob. The press the selector knob. The function also turns off.
languages that appear on the screen languages that appear on the screen
are limited to the language choices are limited to the language choices Each time you press and release the
available on the DVD. available on the DVD. selector knob, this feature turns ON
and OFF.
420 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:30:24 31TK8600_426
Title or Chapter Search On vehicles with navigation system Title or Chapter Search
Features
Turn the selector knob to ‘‘Title Press the REAR SOURCE button Turn the interface dial to ‘‘Title
Search,’’ or ‘‘Chapter Search,’’ then while a DVD is playing. Turn the Search’’ or ‘‘Chapter Search,’’ then
press the selector knob. Turn the interface dial to ‘‘DVD Setup,’’ then press ENTER on the interface
selector knob to a title or chapter press ENTER on the interface selector. Turn the dial again to select
number, then press the selector selector. You can choose DVD setup a title or chapter number, then press
knob. The DVD skips to the selected from these selections: ENTER on the interface selector.
title or chapter. Title Search Subtitle The DVD skips to the selected title
Chapter Search Repeat or chapter.
Audio Auto Play
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 421

10/07/17 10:30:33 31TK8600_427
Audio Subtitle Repeat
Turn the interface dial to ‘‘Audio,’’ Turn the interface dial to ‘‘Subtitle,’’ Turn the interface dial to ‘‘Repeat,’’
then press ENTER on the interface then press ENTER on the interface then press ENTER on the interface
selector. Turn the dial to select the selector. Turn the dial to select the selector. Select the icon in the center
language you want for DVD audio, language you want for subtitles, then ( ) to repeat the current chapter,
then press ENTER on the interface press ENTER on the interface the icon on the right ( ) to
selector. The languages that appear selector. The languages that appear repeat the current title, or select
on the screen are limited to the on the screen are limited to the OFF to turn off repeat. If your DVD
language choices available on language choices available on does not support titles or chapters,
the DVD. the DVD. you cannot use this feature.
422 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:30:40 31TK8600_428
Auto Play To Return to Front Audio Using the Rear Control Panel
Controls To turn on the rear entertainment
To return front panel control to the system from the rear control panel,
front audio system, press the REAR press the (power) button. Use
SOURCE button. You will hear a the FM/AM button, XM button,
beep and the indicator in the button CD/CDL or CD/HDD button, or
goes off. The indicator also goes off DVD/AUX button to select the
automatically when you do not entertainment source. The selected
Features
operate the rear entertainment source will be shown in the display.
system for 20 seconds. Make sure the rear control operation
has not been disabled. When the
front audio system is off or the front
panel’s Rear Power is off, the rear
control panel cannot be turned on.
Turn the interface dial to ‘‘Auto Play,’’
then press ENTER on the interface
selector. Select ON to play the DVD
automatically, or select OFF to play
the DVD manually.
2011 Odyssey 423

10/07/17 10:30:33 31TK8600_427
To Play the Radio from the Rear REAR CONTROL PANEL

Control Panel On vehicles without navigation system
Press the FM/AM button to listen to
the radio.
Press the MENU button to display

the Audio Menu on the overhead
screen. You can enter the On vehicles with navigation system
highlighted function by pressing the
ENTER button. These functions
have the same features as those of
OVERHEAD SCREEN
the front audio system. You can
press and hold either side ( or
) of the TUNE/SKIP bar to
skip (seek) up/down, and press To Play the XM Radio from the Press the MENU button to display
either side ( or ) of the Rear Control Panel the audio menu on the overhead
TUNE/SKIP bar to tune up/down. Press the XM button to listen to the screen. You can enter the
XM Radio. You can press either side highlighted function by pressing the
( or ) of the TUNE/SKIP ENTER button. These functions
bar to scroll up/down and select have the same features as those of
channels within a category (in the front audio system.
CATEGORY mode), or to scroll up/
down and select from among all Pressing and holding the TITLE/
available channels (in CH mode). SCROLL button for 5 seconds
enables you to switch between
search modes.
424 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:30:58 31TK8600_430
To Play a Disc, CD Library, HDD, To Play a DVD from the Rear Press the button to skip to the
USB, or iPod from the Rear Control Panel beginning of the next chapter. Press
Control Panel The video screen is for use by rear the button to return to the
Use the , , , or seat passengers only. The driver and beginning of the current chapter.
button to highlight Repeat, front seat passenger should not try
Random, or Scan on the screen. You to view the screen while driving. Press the button again quickly
can enter the highlighted function by to go to the previous chapter.
pressing the ENTER button. These Open the overhead screen by pulling
Features
functions have the same features as down the bottom edge of the screen To move rapidly within a chapter,
those of the front audio system. until it locks into place when fully press and hold the or
extended. If you pull down the button. The system will
When the TITLE/SCROLL button is screen too far forward, past the continue to move through the
pressed, the title scrolls. When it is second detent, the display will turn chapter. Press the button to
pushed again, scrolling stops. off. Push the screen up to the second move forward, or the button to
or first detent to turn the display move backward. Release the button
back on. To close the screen, push it when the system reaches the point
up until it locks into place when fully you want.
closed.
To select the menu on the DVD,
Press the button when you press the MENU button. Use the
want to pause the DVD. Press this , , , and button
button again to go back to PLAY. to move to the desired menu
selection, then press the ENTER
button to enter your selection.
2011 Odyssey 425

10/07/17 10:31:08 31TK8600_431
TITLE/SCROLL Button MENU Button Top Menu
When you press the TITLE/ When you press the MENU button When you select ‘‘TOP MENU,’’ the
SCROLL button while a DVD is while a DVD is playing, the DVD screen changes to the DVD’s title
playing, the current status of title, Menu appears. The menu options menu. This menu also appears when
chapter, elapsed time, angle, subtitle, are TOP MENU, MENU, PLAY you press the MENU button while a
audio, and sound characteristics are MODE, SEARCH/NUMINPUT, DVD is not playing. To go back to
displayed. To return to the DVD REPEAT, PAUSE/PLAY, and STOP. play, press the MENU or CANCEL
video screen, press the TITLE/ button.
SCROLL button again. To go to your selected menu, use the
, , , or button to
highlight the icon and press the
ENTER button. To return to the
DVD video screen, select RETURN.
426 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:31:19 31TK8600_432
Menu Play Mode ‘‘Audio’’
Features
When you select ‘‘MENU’’ with the When you select ‘‘PLAY MODE’’ To change the Audio setting,
, , , or button, with the , , , or highlight ‘‘Audio’’ from the play
the screen changes to the DVD’s button, you can change the mode menu with the ▼ or
title menu. DVD’s Audio, Subtitle or Angle ▲ button. A submenu of dubbed
setting. languages appears. You can select
another language by pressing the
or button. The sound
characteristics (Dolby Digital,
LPCM, MPEG Audio, dts) recorded
with the selected language is also
displayed next to the language.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 427

10/07/17 10:31:27 31TK8600_433
The selectable languages vary from ‘‘Subtitle’’ ‘‘Angle’’

DVD to DVD, and this feature may
not be available on some DVDs.
To go back to play, press the MENU

or CANCEL button.
To change the DVD’s subtitle, To change the view angle, highlight

highlight ‘‘Subtitle’’ from the play ‘‘Angle’’ from the play mode menu
mode menu with the ▼ or with the ▼ or ▲ button. You
▲ button. You can see the can see the available angle options
available subtitles with the or with the or button.
button.
If there are no multiple angles
To go back to play, press the MENU available on the DVD, you cannot
or CANCEL button. change from ‘‘Angle 1.’’

or CANCEL button.
428 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:31:38 31TK8600_434
Search ‘‘Title/Chapter Search’’ NumInput
Features
Highlight ‘‘SEARCH’’ with the With ‘‘Title’’ highlighted, use the A numerical command can be issued
or button to select ‘‘Title,’’ or button to jump to your to a DVD by inputting a three digit
‘‘Chapter,’’ or ‘‘NumInput’’ and press desired title and press the ENTER number, and a button number can be
ENTER. button. When ‘‘Chapter’’ is selected on the screen.
highlighted, follow the same
procedure for the chapter search. Highlight ‘‘NumInput’’ with the
or button. Press the
ENTER button to go to the
NumInput selection screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 429

10/07/17 10:31:45 31TK8600_435
The cursor will automatically move Repeat

to the ‘‘ENT’’ icon when you finish
inputting the number. Press the
ENTER button to enter the number
command. The display goes back to
the DVD screen.
Use the , , , or
button to select each number, With ‘‘Repeat’’ highlighted, each
press the ENTER button. If you want time you press and release the
to delete a number, select ‘‘DEL’’ and ENTER button, the repeat mode
press ENTER, then select and enter changes from chapter repeat to title
the new number. repeat, and to repeat off.
430 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:31:56 31TK8600_436
SETUP Button To change a setup, use the ,

, , or button to
highlight your selection and press
the ENTER button. To return to the
DVD video screen, press the SETUP
or CANCEL button.
Disp Adjust
Features
To adjust the display, highlight ‘‘Disp
Adjust’’ from the setup menu with
the , , , or
button and press the ENTER
button. You can adjust these display
settings: Select the quality you want to adjust
When you press the SETUP button by pressing the ▲ , ▼ , , or
Brightness button. Adjust the setting by
while a DVD is playing, the setup
menu appears. The menu options are Contrast pressing the or button.
Disp Adjust, Aspect Ratio, Black Level When you are finished with your
PERSONAL SURROUND, and Color adjustment, the cursor goes back to
Language. the top of the setup menu, or press
Tint the RETURN button to exit.
If you want to set the display to the

default setting, select ‘‘Reset’’ and
press the ENTER button.
2011 Odyssey 431

10/07/17 10:32:03 31TK8600_437
Aspect Ratio
You can set the screen mode to
these settings:
Normal
Wide
Zoom
Full
The display changes as shown above. Select the ‘‘Aspect Ratio’’ by pressing
the or button, then press
Select ‘‘Yes,’’ and press the ENTER the ENTER button.
button. You will see the message
‘‘Default display settings applied’’ on The selected setting will be
the display for 5 seconds. highlighted in blue for 1 second, and
the screen returns to the play mode
in the selected setting.
432 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:32:12 31TK8600_438
Personal Surround Select ‘‘Cinema,’’ ‘‘Music,’’ or ‘‘Voice’’ Language

by pressing the ▲ , ▼ , , or
button, and enter your
selection by pressing the ENTER
button.
If you select ‘‘Off,’’ there will be no

special sound effect.
Features
To change the Personal Surround You can change the display language
setting, highlight ‘‘PERSONAL to English, French, or Spanish. Use
SURROUND’’ from the setup menu the ▲ , ▼ , , or
with the ▲ , ▼ , , or button to select the setting you
button and press the ENTER want, then press the ENTER button.
button. The effect selection appears.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 433

10/07/19 15:54:07 31TK8600_439
Appearance INITIAL SETTINGS Menu
When you press the SETUP button

while a DVD is not playing, the setup You can change the color of the When you press the MENU button
menu appears for audio. screen to white, black, blue, brown, on the rear control panel when a
or red. Use the , , , or DVD is not playing, the ‘‘INITIAL
Disp Adjust, PERSONAL SURROUND, button to select the setting you SETTINGS’’ menu is displayed.
Appearance, and Language want, then press the ENTER button.
There are three selectable menus:
The operation for these menus is the Language Settings, Dynamic Range,
same as that for using the DVD and Angle Mark.
player.
434 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:32:33 31TK8600_440
INITIAL SETTINGS (Language) Menu Language
Features
The selectable languages are,
When you select ‘‘Language To select the language used in the English, French, Spanish, Arabic,
Settings’’ with the ▲ , ▼ , , DISC menus, select ‘‘Menu German, Italian, Dutch, Chinese,
or button, the menu shown Language’’ by pressing the ▼ or ▲ Korean, Thai, Japanese or others.
above appears. button.
If you want another language than
To return to the stop or previous Select the desired language by those listed, you need to enter the
screen, press the CANCEL button. pressing the or button, code number of the desired language.
and then pressing the ENTER Select ‘‘other,’’ and press the ENTER
Because the priority language is button. button. The display changes as
determined by each disc you insert, shown in the next column.
you might not be able to set a
selected item. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 435

10/07/17 10:32:40 31TK8600_441
If you select ‘‘No,’’ and press the If you select ‘‘Yes,’’ the display If you made a mistake entering a
ENTER button, the display returns changes to the language code input number digit, select ‘‘DEL’’ on the
to the initial screen of the ‘‘Language mode. Select the first digit using the display with the ▲ , ▼ , ,
Settings’’ menu. ▲ , ▼ , , or button, or button, and press the
and press the ENTER button to ENTER button on the control panel.
enter it. Repeat this until all four Then select and enter the correct
digits are filled. When the fourth number digit as described. The
digit is entered, the cursor display returns to the initial
automatically moves to ‘‘ENT’’ on the ‘‘Language’’ menu screen.
display. Press the ENTER button on
the control panel to enter the new
language code.
436
2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 10:32:49 31TK8600_442
Audio Language Subtitle Language Dynamic Range

‘‘Dynamic Range’’ reduces the
differences between the loud and
quiet sound levels throughout the
disc. When this is on, the louder
sounds are lowered, and quieter
sounds are increased.
Features
You can select the dubbed language You can select the subtitle language
before playing DVDs. before playing DVDs.
Select ‘‘Audio Language’’ by pressing Select ‘‘Subtitle Language’’ by
the ▼ or ▲ button. pressing the ▼ or ▲ button.
Follow the same instructions you Follow the same instructions you
used to set the menu language. used to set the menu language.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 437

10/07/17 10:32:58 31TK8600_443
Angle Mark
ANGLE MARK
Select the ‘‘Dynamic Range’’ by Select ‘‘Angle Mark’’ by pressing the

pressing the ▲ , ▼ , , or When you switch to another angle ▲ , ▼ , , or button.
button. while playing a DVD, the angle mark
is displayed in the upper right corner To turn ‘‘Angle Mark’’ on or off,
To turn ‘‘Dynamic Range’’ on or off, of the screen. press the ENTER button. Select
press the ENTER button. Select ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ by pressing the
‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ by pressing the You can set the system to display or or button. Then press the
or button. Then press the not display this angle mark. ENTER button to set your selection.
ENTER button to set your selection.
438 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:33:06 31TK8600_444
Playable DVDs The DVD player can also play discs This product incorporates copyright
recorded in MP3/WMA/AAC protection technology that is
formats and DTS CDs. protected by U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights.
Those packages or jackets should
also bear the designation of ‘‘1’’ or Use of this copyright protection
‘‘ALL’’ region. DVD-ROMs cannot be technology must be authorized by
played in this system. Macrovision, and is intended for
Features
home and other limited viewing uses
only unless otherwise authorized by
Macrovision.
There are various types of DVDs

available. Some of them are not
compatible with your system.
The DVD player in your rear

entertainment system can play
DVDs and CDs bearing the above
marks on their packages or jackets.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 439

10/07/17 10:30:33 31TK8600_427
Manufactured under license under Manufactured under license from Protecting DVDs
U.S. Patent ＃’s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro The tips on how to handle and
Logic, and the double-D symbol are protect DVDs are basically the same
other U.S. and worldwide patents trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. as those for compact discs. Refer to
issued & pending. DTS and the ‘‘Protecting Your CDs’’ on page 352 .
the Symbol are registered
trademarks and DTS Digital Remote Control
Surround and the DTS logos are See page 470 .
trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product
includes software. DTS, Inc. Replacing the Remote Control
All Rights Reserved. Batteries
See page 470 .
Reverse engineering or disassembly
is prohibited. Wireless Headphones
See page 471 .
Auxiliary Input Jacks

See pages 473 and 474 .
440 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:33:24 31TK8600_446
DVD Player Error Messages

On vehicles without navigation system Error Message Cause Solution
error messages you may see in the CHECK DISC FOCUS Error Press the disc eject button, and remove the disc.
display while playing a disc. Check for an error indication. Insert the disc
PUSH EJECT Mechanical Error again. If the code does not disappear or the disc
If you see an error message in the cannot be removed, consult your dealer.
display while playing a disc, press CHECK REGION Invalid region code The disc is not playable in this unit. Eject the
Features
the eject button. After ejecting the UNSUPPORTED DVD format not disc, and insert a disc compatible with this
disc, check it for damage or FILE supported system.
deformation. If there is no damage,
insert the disc again.
The audio system will try to play the

disc. If there is still a problem, the
On vehicles with navigation system

display, see page 469 .
2011 Odyssey 441

10/07/17 10:33:29 31TK8600_447
Ultrawide Rear Entertainment System
On vehicles with ultrawide rear screen. The ignition switch must be in the To Turn On the System
Your vehicle is equipped with a rear ACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II) Press the REAR POWER button.
entertainment system that includes a position to operate the rear The indicator on the REAR POWER
DVD player for the enjoyment of the entertainment system. button will come on. The rear seat
rear passengers. passengers can then operate the rear
system from the control panel in the
With this system, the rear ceiling. The rear control panel can
passengers can enjoy a different also be detached and used as a
entertainment source (radio, disc, remote control, by pushing the
HDD, USB, iPod , DVD player or release button, and pulling the
XM Radio) than the front seat remote toward you.
occupants. The audio is broadcast
through the supplied wireless
headphones.
442 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:54:13 31TK8600_448
To turn off the rear control Rear Speakers If you want to turn the rear speakers
You can disable the rear control When you turn on the system, the on again, press and hold the REAR
panel from the front control panel. rear speakers are automatically POWER button until the Rear
Press and release the REAR turned off if the rear system selects Speakers Off icon goes off.
SOURCE button. The indicator on a different entertainment source
the REAR SOURCE button will come than the front system. You will see NOTE: The rear speakers are
on. The front screen shows the same the Rear Speakers Off icon in the connected to the front system, so
screen as the rear screen does. Push audio display. The sound for the rear they will always play the source that
Features
the interface selector down. The system is sent to the headphones. the front system is set to.
screen changes to the rear menu.
Turn the interface dial to the ‘‘Rear
Setup,’’ then press ENTER on the
interface dial. Turn the interface dial
to select the ‘‘Rear Control,’’ and
press ENTER.
To disable the rear control panel,

turn the interface dial to select the
OFF icon, and press ENTER on the
interface selector.
2011 Odyssey 443

10/07/17 10:33:40 31TK8600_449
REAR POWER BUTTON REAR SOURCE BUTTON
CD SLOT OVERHEAD SCREEN UNIT
DVD/CD SLOT
444 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:33:49 31TK8600_450
To Select Rear Entertainment To play the radio, the buttons for the REAR CONTROL PANEL
from the Front Control Panel front entertainment system have the
To operate the rear entertainment same functions. OPEN BUTTON
system from the front panel, press
the REAR SOURCE button. You will If an audio CD is loaded into the
hear two beeps and the indicator in upper slot, select the CD button. If a
the button comes on to show that the DVD or CD is loaded into the lower
control panel is enabled. slot, select the DVD button.
Features
When REAR SOURCE is selected, Operating the DVD Player from
the front entertainment system the Front Control Panel
audio controls can also be used to The DVD player in your rear OVERHEAD SCREEN
operate the rear entertainment entertainment system can play DVD
system in all modes. video discs, audio CDs, MP3/WMA Open the overhead screen by
discs and DTS CDs. pushing the OPEN button. The
The media that the rear passengers screen will swing down part-way.
are listening to will then be heard Pivot the screen the rest of the way.
from the front speakers. If you pivot the screen too far
forward, past the second detent. The
If you do not operate the rear display will turn off. Pivot the screen
entertainment system from the front back to the second or first detent to
panel within 20 seconds, the turn the display back on. To close
indicator in the REAR SOURCE the screen, pivot it up until it latches.
button will go off and the display will
return to the front entertainment
system automatically. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 445

10/07/17 10:33:57 31TK8600_451
Insert a DVD into the lower DVD/

SKIP BAR EJECT BUTTON CD slot in the audio unit.
Push the DVD in halfway, the drive

will pull it in the rest of the way.
PLAY − Press the button if

the DVD does not start playing
automatically.
CD SLOT When you insert a DVD, the system
automatically starts to play. To turn
this feature off, see page 423 .
PAUSE − Press the button to

pause the DVD. Press the button
DVD/CD again or press PLAY to resume.
SLOT Pause works only with the DVD
player.
PLAY/PAUSE BUTTON
446 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:34:05 31TK8600_452
SEEK/SKIP − Press and hold the To Return to Front Audio Using the Rear Control Panel
side of the SKIP bar to move Controls To turn on the rear entertainment
forward. Press and hold the To return front panel control to the system from the rear control panel,
side of the SKIP bar to move front audio system, press the REAR press the (power) button. Press
backward. Release the bar when the SOURCE button. You will hear a the SOURCE button and display the
system reaches the point you want. beep and the indicator in the button selectable entertainment sources in
goes off. The indicator also goes off the overhead screen. Turn the
Each time you press the side of automatically when you do not interface dial and press the ENTER
Features
the SKIP bar and release it, the operate the rear entertainment button to set your selection. Make
system skips forward to the system for 20 seconds. sure the rear control operation has
beginning of the next track or not been disabled. When the front
chapter. Press and release the audio system is off or the front panel’s
side of the SKIP bar to skip Rear Power is off, the rear control
backward to the beginning of the panel cannot be turned on.
current track. Press and release it
again to skip to the beginning of the
previous track or chapter.
EJECT − Press the eject button to

remove the DVD from the drive.
DVD Setup
See page 421 .
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 447

10/07/17 10:34:12 31TK8600_453
Screen modes
You can select between the two SOURCE SINGLE DUAL SWAP INTERFACE DIAL
screen modes, single or dual, for the
overhead screen.
ENTER
In single mode, your selected source BUTTON
appears in the center of the screen. DVD
In dual mode, two separate screens BUTTON
appear side to side. In dual mode,
you can only select one output
AUX
source from the front audio system. BUTTON
The other media for the other screen
must come from ‘‘AUX-VIDEO’’ or
‘‘AUX-HDMI.’’ SOURCE button − Press this SINGLE button − When you press
button to change the selectable this button while the overhead
See page 450 for more details about entertainment source from the screen is in the dual mode, you can
screen modes. overhead screen. Turn the interface choose which source to continue in
dial and press the ENTER button to single mode, and which source to
set your selected source. end. The message ‘‘Choose which
source to continue’’ appears. Turn
the interface dial to make your
selection, then press ENTER.
With the overhead screen in single

mode, the SINGLE button functions
the same as the SOURCE button.
448 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:34:18 31TK8600_454
DUAL button − When you press SWAP button − When you press DVD button − When you press this
this button while the overhead this button while the overhead button, the overhead screen changes
screen is in the single mode, you can screen is in the dual mode, you can to the DVD video screen. When you
add another screen to play separate swap the left and right source on the press the DVD button while the
media. A message appears that overhead screen. overhead screen is in the dual mode,
allows you to choose a side to add a a message to choose the left or right
second source. Turn the interface AUX button − When you press this side of the screen to be displayed
dial, select right or left, and press the button, the overhead screen changes will appear. Turn the interface dial
Features
ENTER button. The selectable to the last selected auxiliary mode. If and press the ENTER button to set
source menu will appear. Set the you press this button while the rear your selection.
source you want to add. The screen screen is in the dual mode, a
will change to the dual mode. message to choose the left or right
side of the screen to be displayed
If you press the DUAL button while will appear. Turn the interface dial
in dual mode, you can change the and press the ENTER button. Your
media source on either side of the selected side screen will change to
screen. the auxiliary source menu. Select
your source and press ENTER again.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 449

10/07/17 10:34:32 31TK8600_455
The dual screen modes are:

Source change − Single mode
AUX-VIDEO AUX-HDMI
SINGLE MODE
Press AUX button. Press AUX button.
DVD
Select ‘‘AUX-VIDEO.’’ Select

‘‘AUX-HDMI.’’
Press SOURCE or Select Other Source.

SINGLE button. (Disc, radio, XM, etc.)
Single mode to Dual mode
DUAL MODE
SINGLE MODE DVD AUX-VIDEO
DVD
Select Select
‘‘RIGHT.’’ ‘‘AUX-VIDEO.’’
DUAL MODE
Press DUAL AUX-VIDEO DVD
button.
Select Select
‘‘LEFT.’’ ‘‘AUX-VIDEO.’’
450 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 20:21:28 31TK8600_456
Dual mode to Single mode

SINGLE MODE
DVD
Select ‘‘DVD.’’
DUAL MODE
DVD AUX1 Press SINGLE
button.
Features
AUX-VIDEO
Select ‘‘AUX-VIDEO.’’
Swap source
DUAL MODE
DVD AUX-VIDEO AUX-VIDEO DVD
Press SWAP button.
2011 Odyssey 451

10/07/17 10:34:48 31TK8600_457
To Play the Radio from the Rear

Control Panel REAR CONTROL PANEL
To listen to the radio, press the
SOURCE button for the selectable
sources to appear in the overhead
screen. Turn the interface dial to
select ‘‘AM,’’ ‘‘FM1’’ or ‘‘FM2,’’ then
press the ENTER button.
Press the MENU button to display

the Audio Menu on the overhead
OVERHEAD SCREEN
screen. You can enter the
highlighted function by pressing the
ENTER button. These functions To Play the XM Radio from the Press the MENU button to display
have the same features as those of Rear Control Panel the audio menu on the overhead
the front audio system. You can Press the SOURCE button and turn screen. You can enter the
press and hold either side ( or the interface dial to ‘‘XM1’’ or ‘‘XM2.’’ highlighted function by pressing the
) of the TUNE/SKIP bar to Press ENTER to listen to the XM ENTER button. These functions
skip (seek) up/down, and press Radio. You can press either side have the same features as those of
either side ( of ) of the ( or ) of the TUNE/SKIP the front audio system.
TUNE/SKIP bar to tune up/down. bar to scroll up/down and select
channels within a category (in Pressing and holding the TITLE/
CATEGORY mode), or to scroll up/ SCROLL button for 5 seconds
down and select from among all enables you to switch between
available channels (in CH mode). search modes.
452 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:34:57 31TK8600_458
To Play a Disc, HDD, USB, or To Play a DVD from the Rear Press the button to skip to the
iPod from the Rear Control Control Panel beginning of the next chapter. Press
Panel The video screen is for use by rear the button to return to the
Use the interface dial to highlight seat passengers only. The driver and beginning of the current chapter.
REPEAT, RANDOM (or SHUFFLE front seat passenger should not try
if your source is iPod), or SCAN on to view the screen while driving. Press the button again quickly
the screen. You can enter the to go to the previous chapter.
highlighted function by pressing the Open the overhead screen by
Features
ENTER button. These functions pushing the OPEN button. The To move rapidly within a chapter,
have the same features as those of screen will swing down part-way. press and hold the or
the front audio system. Pivot the screen the rest of the way. button. The system will
If you pivot the screen too far continue to move through the
When the TITLE/SCROLL button is forward, past the second detent. The chapter. Press the button to
pressed, the title scrolls for about 10 display will turn off. Pivot the screen move forward, or the button to
seconds. When it is pushed again, back to the second or first detent to move backward. Release the button
scrolling stops. turn the display back on. To close when the system reaches the point
the screen, pivot it up until it latches. you want.
Press the button when you To select the menu on the DVD,
want to pause the DVD. Press this press the MENU button. Use the
button again to go back to PLAY. interface dial to turn to the desired
menu selection, then press the
ENTER button to enter your
selection.
2011 Odyssey 453

10/07/17 10:35:07 31TK8600_459
TITLE/SCROLL Button MENU Button Top Menu
When you press the TITLE/ When you press the MENU button When you select ‘‘TOP MENU,’’ the
SCROLL button while a DVD is while a DVD is playing, the DVD screen changes to the DVD’s title
playing, the current status of title, Menu appears. The menu options menu. This menu also appears when
chapter, elapsed time, angle, subtitle, are TOP MENU, MENU, PLAY you press the MENU button while a
audio, and sound characteristics are MODE, SEARCH/NUMINPUT, DVD is not playing. To go back to
displayed. To return to the DVD REPEAT, PAUSE/PLAY, and STOP. play, press the MENU or CANCEL
video screen, press the TITLE/ button.
SCROLL button again. To go to your selected menu, use the
interface dial to highlight the icon
and press the ENTER button. To
return to the DVD video screen,
select RETURN.
454 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:35:16 31TK8600_460
Menu Play Mode ‘‘Audio’’
Features
When you select ‘‘MENU’’ with the When you select ‘‘PLAY MODE’’ To change the Audio setting,
interface dial, the screen changes to with the interface dial, you can highlight ‘‘Audio’’ from the play
the DVD’s title menu. change the DVD’s Audio, Subtitle or mode menu with the ▼ or ▲ button.
Angle setting. A submenu of the dubbed language
appears. You can select another
language by turning the interface
dial. The sound characteristics
(Dolby Digital, LPCM, MPEG Audio,
dts) recorded with the selected
language are also displayed next to
the language.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 455

10/07/17 10:35:24 31TK8600_461
The selectable languages vary from ‘‘Subtitle’’ ‘‘Angle’’

DVD to DVD, and this feature may
not be available on some DVDs.

or CANCEL button.
To change the DVD’s subtitle, To change the view angle, highlight

highlight ‘‘Subtitle’’ from the play ‘‘Angle’’ from the play mode menu
mode menu with the ▼ or ▲ button. with the ▼ or ▲ button. You can see
You can see the available subtitles the available angle options with the
with the interface dial. interface dial.
To go back to play, press the MENU If there are no multiple angles

or CANCEL button. available on the DVD, you cannot
change from ‘‘Angle 1.’’

or CANCEL button.
456 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:35:34 31TK8600_462
Search ‘‘Title/Chapter Search’’ NumInput
Features
Highlight ‘‘SEARCH’’ with the With ‘‘Title’’ highlighted, use the A numerical command can be issued
interface dial to select ‘‘Title,’’ interface dial to jump to your desired to a DVD by inputting a three digit
‘‘Chapter,’’ or ‘‘NumInput’’ and press title and press the ENTER button. number, and a button number can be
ENTER. When ‘‘Chapter’’ is highlighted, selected on the screen.
follow the same procedure for the
chapter search. Highlight ‘‘NumInput’’ with the
or button. Press the
ENTER button to go to the
NumInput selection screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 457

10/07/17 10:35:43 31TK8600_463
Repeat SETUP Button
REPEAT ICON
Rotate the interface dial to select
each number, then press the ENTER With ‘‘Repeat’’ highlighted, each When you press the SETUP button
button. Press the button when time you press and release the while a DVD is playing, the setup
you have finished inputting the ENTER button, the repeat mode menu appears. The menu options are
number. If you want to delete a changes from chapter repeat to title ‘‘Brightness,’’ ‘‘Display Adjust,’’
number, press the button. repeat, and to repeat off. ‘‘Aspect Ratio,’’ ‘‘Appearance,’’
‘‘PERSONAL SURROUND,’’ and
To go back to the DVD screen, press ‘‘Language.’’
the MENU or CANCEL button or To change a setup, use the interface
select RETURN and press the dial to highlight your selection and
ENTER button. press the ENTER button. To return
to the DVD video screen, press the
SETUP or CANCEL button.
458 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:35:50 31TK8600_464
Brightness Display Adjust

To adjust the display, highlight
‘‘Display Adjust’’ from the setup
menu with the interface dial and
press the ENTER button. You can
adjust these display settings:
Contrast
Features
Black Level
Color
Tint
Reset
Select the quality you want to adjust
To adjust the brightness of the by turning the interface dial. Adjust
display, highlight ‘‘Brightness’’ from the setting by turning the interface
the setup menu with the interface dial. To go back to the Display
dial and press the ENTER button. Adjust screen, press the ENTER or
Adjust the setting by turning the CANCEL button.
interface dial.

or CANCEL button.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 459

10/07/17 10:35:59 31TK8600_465
Aspect Ratio
Select the ‘‘Aspect Ratio’’ by turning
the interface dial, then press the
ENTER button. You can choose
between ‘‘Wide’’ or ‘‘Zoom.’’ The
following settings are available:
Wide
Normal
Full
Super Full
Ultra Full
If you want to set the display to the The display changes as shown above.
default setting, select ‘‘Reset’’ by Zoom
turning the interface dial, and then Select ‘‘Yes,’’ and press the ENTER Super Zoom
pressing the ENTER button. button. You will see the message Ultra Zoom
‘‘Default display settings applied’’ on
the display for a few seconds.
460 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:36:07 31TK8600_466
Wide Zoom
Features
The selected setting will be
Select ‘‘Wide’’ by turning the highlighted in blue for 1 second, and Select ‘‘Zoom’’ by turning the
interface dial then press the ENTER the screen returns to the play mode interface dial then press the ENTER
button. The available settings are in the selected setting. button. The available settings are
displayed, and the current setting is displayed, and the current setting is
highlighted in blue. Select the highlighted in blue. Select the
desired setting by turning the desired setting by turning the
interface dial, then press the ENTER interface dial, then press the ENTER
button. button.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 461

10/07/17 10:36:13 31TK8600_467
The selected setting will be Appearance Personal Surround

highlighted in blue for 1 second, and
the screen returns to the play mode
in the selected setting.
You can change the color of the To change the personal surround
menu screen to white, black, blue, setting, highlight ‘‘Personal
brown, or red. It can be also Surround’’ from the setup menu with
synchronized with the front the interface dial and press the
navigation system. Rotate the ENTER button. The effect selection
interface dial to the setting you want, appears.
then press the ENTER button.
462 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:36:22 31TK8600_468
Select ‘‘Music,’’ ‘‘Cinema,’’ or ‘‘Voice’’ Language INITIAL SETTINGS Menu

by turning the interface dial, and
enter your selection by pressing the
ENTER button.
If you select ‘‘Off,’’ there will be no

special sound effect.
Features
You can change the display language When you press the MENU button
to English, French, or Spanish. on the rear control panel when a
Rotate the interface dial to the DVD is not playing, the ‘‘INITIAL
setting you want, then press the SETTINGS’’ menu is displayed.
ENTER button.
There are three selectable menus:
‘‘Language Settings,’’ ‘‘Dynamic
Range,’’ and ‘‘Angle Mark.’’
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 463

10/07/17 10:36:32 31TK8600_469
INITIAL SETTINGS (Language) Menu Language
The selectable languages are,

When you select ‘‘Language To select the language used in the English, French, Spanish, Arabic,
Settings’’ with the interface dial, the DISC menus, select ‘‘Menu German, Italian, Dutch, Chinese,
menu shown above appears. Language’’ by pressing the ▼ or ▲ Korean, Thai, Japanese or others.
button.
To return to the stop or previous If you want another language than
screen, press the CANCEL button. Select the desired language by those listed, you need to enter the
turning the interface dial, and then code number of the desired language.
Because the priority language is pressing the ENTER button. Select ‘‘other,’’ and press the ENTER
determined by each disc you insert, button. The display changes as
you might not be able to set a shown in the next column.
selected item.
464 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:36:40 31TK8600_470
Features
If you select ‘‘No,’’ and press the If you select ‘‘Yes,’’ the display If you made a mistake entering a
ENTER button, the display returns changes to the language code input number digit, press the button
to the initial screen of the ‘‘Language mode. Select the first digit using the on the control panel. Then select and
Settings’’ menu. interface dial, and press the ENTER enter the correct digit as described.
button to enter it. Repeat this until all The display returns to the initial
four digits are filled. Press the ‘‘Language Settings’’ menu screen.
button on the control panel to
enter the new language code.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 465

10/07/17 10:36:48 31TK8600_471
Audio Language Subtitle Language Dynamic Range

‘‘Dynamic Range’’ reduces the
differences between the loud and
quiet sound levels throughout the
disc. When this is on, the louder
sounds are lowered, and quieter
sounds are increased.
You can select the dubbed language You can select the subtitle language
before playing DVDs. before playing DVDs.
Select ‘‘Audio Language’’ by pressing Select ‘‘Subtitle Language’’ by
the ▼ or ▲ button. pressing the ▼ or ▲ button.
Follow the same instructions you Follow the same instructions you
used to set the menu language. used to set the menu language.
466 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:36:56 31TK8600_472
Angle Mark
ANGLE MARK
Features
Select the ‘‘Dynamic Range’’ by Select the ‘‘Angle Mark’’ by turning
turning the interface dial. When you switch to another angle the interface dial. If you want the
while playing a DVD, the angle mark angle mark to be displayed, select
To turn ‘‘Dynamic Range’’ on or off, is displayed in the lower right corner ‘‘ON’’ by turning the interface dial,
select ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ by turning the of the screen. and then press the ENTER button.
interface dial, and then press the
ENTER button. You can set the system to display or
not display this angle mark.
2011 Odyssey 467

10/07/17 10:30:33 31TK8600_427
Playable DVDs The DVD player can also play discs Manufactured under license under
recorded in MP3/WMA/AAC U.S. Patent ＃’s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674;
formats and DTS CDs. 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535 &
other U.S. and worldwide patents
Those packages or jackets should issued & pending. DTS and the
also bear the designation of ‘‘1’’ or the Symbol are registered
‘‘ALL’’ region. DVD-ROMs cannot be trademarks and DTS Digital
played in this system. Surround and the DTS logos are
trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product
This product incorporates copyright includes software. DTS, Inc.
protection technology that is All Rights Reserved.
protected by U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights. Reverse engineering or disassembly
is prohibited.
There are various types of DVDs Use of this copyright protection
available. Some of them are not technology must be authorized by Manufactured under license from
compatible with your system. Macrovision, and is intended for Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro
home and other limited viewing uses Logic, and the double-D symbol are
The DVD player in your rear only unless otherwise authorized by trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
entertainment system can play Macrovision.
DVDs and CDs bearing the above Protecting DVDs
marks on their packages or jackets. The tips on how to handle and
protect DVDs are basically the same
as those for compact discs. Refer to
‘‘Protecting Your CDs’’ on page 352 .
468 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:37:14 31TK8600_474
DVD Player Error Messages

On vehicles with navigation system Error Message Cause Solution
error messages you may see in the DISC ERROR FOCUS Error Press the disc eject button, and remove the disc.
display while playing a disc. Check for an error indication. Insert the disc
MECH ERROR Mechanical Error again. If the code does not disappear, consult
If you see an error message in the your dealer.
display while playing a disc, press HEAT ERROR High Temperature Will disappear when the temperature returns to
Features
the eject button. After ejecting the normal.
disc, check it for damage or REGION ERR Invalid region code The disc is not playable in this unit. Eject the
deformation. If there is no damage, UNSUPPORTED DVD format not disc, and insert a disc compatible with this
insert the disc again. supported system.
Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc.
The audio system will try to play the PUSH EJECT Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
disc. If there is still a problem, the BAD DISC deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
error message will reappear. Press PLEASE CHECK Mechanical Error (see page 353). Insert the disc again. If the code
the eject button, and pull out the disc. OWNERS MANUAL does not disappear, or the disc cannot be
removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
Insert a different disc. If the new force the disc out of the player.
2011 Odyssey 469

10/07/17 10:37:23 31TK8600_475
Remote Control Replacing the Remote Control As required by the FCC:

Batteries This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
COVER (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.

RELEASE BUTTON compliance could void the user’s
The rear control panel can be
detached from the ceiling unit and If it takes several pushes on the This device complies with Industry
used as a remote control. To remove button to operate the rear Canada Standard RSS-210.
it from the ceiling unit, press the entertainment system, have your Operation is subject to the following two
release button. The control panel will dealer replace the batteries as soon conditions: (1) this device may not cause
swing down partway. Pivot it down as possible. interference, and (2) this device must
further past the detent until it Battery type: BR3032 accept any interference that may cause
detaches from the hinge. To reinstall undesired operation of the device.
it, reverse the procedure. An improperly disposed of battery
can hurt the environment.
Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
470 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:37:29 31TK8600_476
Wireless Headphones To use the headphones, pivot the

earpieces outward. This turns them
on. To adjust the volume, turn the
dial on the bottom of the right
earpiece. When you remove the
headphones, the earpieces
automatically pivot inward, and the
headphones turn off. When not in
Features
use, store the headphones in the
pocket of either front seat.
VOLUME DIAL
The audio for the rear entertainment
Some state and local government system is sent to the wireless
agencies prohibit the use of headphones that come with the
headphones by the driver of a motor system. When using the headphones,
vehicle. Always obey applicable laws make sure you wear them correctly:
and regulations. L (left) and R (right) are marked on
the sides of the frame. Wearing the
headphones backwards may affect
audio reception, limiting the sound
quality and range.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 471

10/07/17 10:37:38 31TK8600_477
Changing the Sound Source Wired Headphones

In the dual screen mode, you can WIRED HEADPHONES INDICATOR
switch the sound source of the
headphones between the left and
right side screens.
WIRED HEADPHONES
The screen changes to the wired

TAB
If you connected a set of wired headphones setup menu. Select
headphones, you can switch the ‘‘Left’’ or ‘‘Right’’ and press the
sound source from the setup menu. ENTER button to switch the sound
source. The wired headphones
Slide the tab to ‘‘L’’ for the left side, When you press the SETUP button indicator appears on the selected
‘‘R’’ for the right side. while the overhead screen is in the side screen.
dual mode, the setup menu appears.
‘‘Wired Headphones.’’ Press the
ENTER button.
472 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:37:46 31TK8600_478
Replacing Batteries
COVER
Auxiliary Input Jacks
Features
BATTERY
COIN
Remove the battery. Install the new
Each headphone uses one AAA battery in the earpiece as shown in Auxiliary input jacks and headphone
battery. The battery is under the the diagram next to the battery slot. connectors for the rear
cover on the left earpiece. To Slide the cover back into place on the entertainment system are above the
remove the cover, insert a coin in the earpiece, then press down on the third row seat armrest on the driver’s
slot and twist it slightly to pry the back edge to lock it in place. side.
cover away from the earpiece. Pull
the cover outward, and pivot it out of An improperly disposed of battery
the way. can hurt the environment.
Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 473

10/07/17 10:37:53 31TK8600_479
HDMI Input Jack

VOLUME DIALS
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS HEADPHONE CONNECTORS
The system will accept auxiliary There are two headphone

inputs from standard video games connectors for the third row seat There is an HDMI input jack above
and video equipment. passengers. Each connector has its the third row seat armrest on the
Some video game power supplies own volume control. passenger’s side. The system will
may cause poor picture quality. accept HDMI input from video
games and video equipment which
V = Video jack are equipped with an HDMI jack.
L = Left audio jack
R = Right audio jack To use the HDMI input jack, open
the outlet cover and insert the cable.
474 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:54:24 31TK8600_480
Compass
On EX and EX-L models without Compass Calibration U.S. EX models

navigation system
Compass Operation U.S. EX models
Compass operation can be affected
by driving near power lines or
stations, across bridges, through EX-L and Canadian EX models
tunnels, over railroad crossings, past
large vehicles, or driving near large EX-L and Canadian EX models
Features
objects that can cause a magnetic
disturbance. It can also be affected
by accessories such as antennas and
roof racks that are mounted by
magnets.
NOTE: Do this procedure in an open
area, away from buildings, power
When you turn the ignition switch to The compass may need to be
lines, and other vehicles.
the ON (II) position, the compass is manually calibrated after exposure to
self-calibrating, then the compass a strong magnetic field. If the
display is shown in the display. compass seems to be continually
(II) position.
showing the wrong direction and is
not self-calibrating, or the compass
2. Press and hold the SETUP button
display is blinking with the CAL
for about 5 seconds. The display
indicator on, do the following
shows you the compass setting
procedure.
menu items.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 475

10/07/19 15:54:33 31TK8600_481
Compass
5. Press the selector knob. The

U.S. EX models U.S. EX models
compass display is blinking and
the CAL indicator is shown.
6. Drive the vehicle slowly in two

complete circles.
EX-L and Canadian EX models EX-L and Canadian EX models
When the calibration is successfully
completed, the CAL indicator goes
off and the compass display will stop
blinking and show an actual heading.
The audio system is not related to

3. Turn the selector knob to select 4. Press the selector knob to enter the compass system. Even if the
‘‘CALIBRATION.’’ your selection. The display shows compass system is calibrating, the
you ‘‘PUSH CAL START’’ or ‘‘Start display returns to the normal display
Calibration.’’ which you last selected.
While setting the compass, press
the RETURN button to go back to
the previous display. Pressing the
SETUP button will cancel the
compass setting mode.
476 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:54:44 31TK8600_482
Compass
Compass Zone Selection U.S. EX models U.S. EX models

In most areas, there is a variation
between magnetic north and true
north. Zone selection is required so
the compass can compensate for this
variation. To check and select the EX-L and Canadian EX models EX-L and Canadian EX models
zone, do this:
Features
(II) position.
2. Press and hold the SETUP button

for about 5 seconds. The display
shows you the compass setting 4. Find the zone for your area on the 5. Once the correct zone is displayed,
menu items. map (see page 478 ). If the correct press the selector knob. The
zone is not shown, turn the display then returns to normal.
3. Turn the selector knob to select selector knob to cycle the zone
‘‘ZONE’’ or ‘‘Zone Adjust.’’ Press lists up or down.
the selector knob to enter your
selection. The display shows you If necessary, press the RETURN
the currently selected zone button to return to the previous
number. display. Pressing the SETUP
button will cancel the compass
setting mode.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 477

10/07/17 10:38:31 31TK8600_483
Compass
The audio system is not related to

the compass system. Even if the Zone Map
compass system is in the zone
setting mode, the display returns to
the normal display which you last
selected.
478 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:38:38 31TK8600_484
Security System
On all models except LX The alarm will also be activated if a

The security system helps to protect passenger inside the locked vehicle
your vehicle and valuables from theft. turns the ignition switch on.
The horn sounds and a combination
of headlights, parking lights, side The security system will not set if
marker lights, and taillights flash if the hood, tailgate, or any door is not
someone attempts to break into your fully closed. Before you leave the
vehicle or remove the radio. This vehicle, make sure the doors,
Features
alarm continues for 2 minutes, then tailgate, and hood are securely
the system resets. To reset an closed.
activated system before the 2
minutes have elapsed, unlock the SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR NOTE: To see if the system is set
driver’s door with the key or the after you exit the vehicle, press the
remote transmitter. Once the security system is set, LOCK button on the remote
opening any door, the tailgate, or the transmitter within 5 seconds. If the
The security system automatically hood without using the key or the system is set, the horn will beep
sets 15 seconds after you lock the remote transmitter, will cause it to once.
doors, hood, and the tailgate. For the alarm. It also alarms if the audio unit
system to activate, you must lock the is removed from the dashboard or Do not attempt to alter this system
doors and the tailgate from the the wiring is cut. or add other devices to it.
outside with the key, driver’s lock
tab, door lock master switch, or
remote transmitter. The security
system indicator on the instrument
panel starts blinking immediately to
show you the system is setting itself.
2011 Odyssey 479

10/07/17 10:38:46 31TK8600_485
Cruise Control
Cruise control allows you to maintain Using Cruise Control 3. Press and release the SET/
a set speed above 25 mph (40 km/h) DECEL button on the steering
without keeping your foot on the CRUISE BUTTON RES/ACCEL wheel. The CRUISE CONTROL
accelerator pedal. It should be used BUTTON indicator on the instrument panel
for cruising on straight, open comes on to show the system is
highways. It is not recommended for now activated.
city driving, winding roads, slippery
roads, heavy rain, or bad weather. Cruise control may not hold the set
speed when you are going up and
down hills. If your vehicle speed
increases going down a hill, use the
Improper use of the cruise SET/DECEL brakes to slow down. This will cancel
control can lead to a crash. CANCEL BUTTON BUTTON the cruise control. To resume the set
speed, press the RES/ACCEL button.
Use the cruise control only 1. Push the CRUISE button on the The CRUISE CONTROL indicator
when traveling on open steering wheel. The CRUISE on the instrument panel will come
highways in good weather. MAIN indicator on the instrument back on.
panel comes on.
2. Accelerate to the desired cruising

speed above 25 mph (40 km/h).
480 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:38:55 31TK8600_486
Cruise Control
Changing the Set Speed You can decrease the set speed in Even with cruise control turned on,
You can increase the set speed in any of these ways: you can still use the accelerator
any of these ways: pedal to speed up for passing. After
NOTE: If you need to decrease your completing the pass, take your foot
Press and hold the RES/ACCEL speed quickly, use the brakes as you off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
button. When you reach the normally would. will return to the set speed.
desired speed, release the button.
Press and hold the SET/DECEL Resting your foot on the brake pedal
Features
Push on the accelerator pedal. button. Release the button when causes cruise control to cancel.
Accelerate to the desired cruising you reach the desired speed.
speed, then press the SET/
DECEL button. To slow down in very small
amounts, tap the SET/DECEL
To increase the speed in very button. Each time you do this,
small amounts, tap the RES/ your vehicle will slow down about
ACCEL button. Each time you do 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
this, your vehicle will speed up
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). Tap the brake pedal lightly with
your foot. The CRUISE
CONTROL indicator on the
instrument panel will go out.
When the vehicle slows to the
desired speed, press the SET/
DECEL button.
2011 Odyssey 481

10/07/17 10:39:02 31TK8600_487
Cruise Control
Canceling Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed

You can cancel cruise control in any When you push the CANCEL button
of these ways: or tap the brake pedal, the system
remembers the previously set speed.
Tap the brake pedal. To return to that speed, accelerate to
above 25 mph (40 km/h), then press
Push the CANCEL button on the and release the RES/ACCEL button.
steering wheel. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator
Push the CRUISE button on the comes on. The vehicle accelerates to
steering wheel. the same speed as before.
The cruise control will be canceled Pressing the CRUISE button turns
when the vehicle speed reaches the system completely off and erases
about 25 mph (40 km/h) or less. the previous set speed.
482 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:39:12 31TK8600_488
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
On all models except LX Do not use HomeLink with any came with your garage door opener
The HomeLink Universal garage door opener that lacks safety to test that the safety features are
Transceiver built into your vehicle stop and reverse features. functioning properly. If you do not
can be programmed to operate up to have this information, contact the
three remote controlled devices Units manufactured between April 1, manufacturer of the equipment.
around your home, such as garage 1982 and January 1, 1993 may be Before programming HomeLink to a
doors, lighting, or home security equipped with safety stop and garage door or gate opener, make
systems. reverse features. If your unit does sure that people and objects are out
Features
not have an external entrapment of the way of the device to prevent
General Information protection system, an easy test to potential injury or damage.
Before programming your confirm the function and When programming a garage door
HomeLink to operate a garage door performance of the safety stop and opener, park just outside the garage.
opener, confirm that the opener has reverse feature is to lay a 2 × 4
an external entrapment protection under the closing door. The door Training HomeLink
system, such as an ‘‘electronic eye,’’ should stop and reverse upon Before you begin − If you just
or other safety and reverse stop contacting the piece of wood. received your vehicle and have not
features. As an additional safety feature, trained any of the buttons in
garage door openers manufactured HomeLink before, you should erase
If your garage door was after January 1, 1993 are required to any previously learned codes before
manufactured before April 1, 1982, have external entrapment protection training the first button. To do this,
you may not be able to program systems, such as an electronic eye, press and hold the two outside
HomeLink to operate it. These units which detect an object obstructing buttons on the HomeLink
do not have safety features that the door. transceiver for about 20 seconds,
cause the motor to stop and reverse until the red indicator flashes.
it if an obstacle is detected during Important Safety Precautions Release the buttons, then proceed to
closing, increasing the risk of injury. Refer to the safety information that step 1. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 483

10/07/17 10:39:24 31TK8600_489
If you are training the second or third buttons, go directly to step 1.
484 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:39:29 31TK8600_490
HomeLink is a registered As required by the FCC:

trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc. This device complies with Part 15 of the
Features
operation.


2011 Odyssey 485

10/07/19 15:58:31 31TK8600_491
Parking Sensor System
On Touring models and Canadian EX-L All obstacles may not always be
models sensed. Even when the system is on,
Your vehicle has a parking sensor you should look for obstacles near
system. The system lets you know your vehicle to make sure it is safe to
the approximate distance between park.
your vehicle and most obstacles
while you are parking. When the The system has two front corner
system is on and your vehicle is sensors, two rear corner sensors,
nearing an obstacle, you will hear a and two rear center sensors.
beeping and see parking sensor
indicators on the multi-information The rear center sensors work when
display or the instrument panel, PARKING SENSOR SYSTEM SWITCH the shift lever is in reverse (R), and
depending on models. the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
To activate the system, push the (8 km/h).
switch on the dashboard with the
ignition in the ON (II) position. The The corner sensors work only when
indicator in the switch comes on the shift lever is in any position other
when the system is on. To turn the than P and the vehicle speed is less
system off, push the switch again. than 5 mph (8 km/h).
486 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:58:37 31TK8600_492
Indicators and Beeper Operation

on the Multi-Information
Display/Instrument Panel/Audio
Screen
Features
Instrument Panel Audio Screen
When the system senses an obstacle, The parking sensor indicators are
the appropriate indicator comes on, automatically displayed on the audio
Multi-Information Display and a beeper sounds as shown in the screen when an obstacle is detected.
following tables.
When you turn the system on, a
beeper sounds once.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 487

10/07/19 15:58:45 31TK8600_493
Corner Sensor Operation

Example shown: Obstacle is at the left front of the vehicle.
About 18-24 in About 14-18 in About 14 in

(45-60 cm) (35-45 cm) (35 cm) or less
Distance
Upper left indicator stays on. Indicator blinks.

INDICATOR
Indicator
INSTRUMENT PANEL MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY AUDIO SCREEN
Continuous
Beeper Short beeps Very short beeps
beeps
Audio
Screen
Amber Red
Indicator
Color
488 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:58:53 31TK8600_494
Rear Center Sensor Operation
About 28-43 in About 22-28 in About 18-22 in About 18 in

(70-110 cm) (55-70 cm) (45-55 cm) (45 cm) or less
Distance
Features
Bottom indicator stays on. Indicator blinks.
Indicator
INDICATOR
INSTRUMENT PANEL MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY AUDIO SCREEN
Continuous
Beeper Long beeps Short beeps Very short beeps
beeps
Audio
Screen
Yellow Amber Red
Indicator
Color
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 489
10/07/19 15:58:59 31TK8600_495
On models with multi-information Canadian EX-L models If there is a problem with any of the
display If the system develops a problem, operational sensors, the indicators
If the system develops a problem, you will see all parking sensor for these sensors will appear
you will see a ‘‘CHECK PARKING indicators on the instrument panel, constantly in red.
SENSOR SYSTEM’’ message on the and a beeper sounds continuously.
multi-information display, and a Very often, a sensor covered with
beeper sounds continuously. mud, ice, snow, etc. is the cause of
this display. Check the sensors first.
If the indicators stay on or the
beeper does not stop, have the
system checked by your dealer.
490 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:40:15 31TK8600_496
When the system is affected by

some electrical equipment or
devices generating an ultrasonic
wave.
When operating the vehicle in bad
weather.
Features
The system may not sense thin or
low objects, or sonic-absorptive
materials such as snow, cotton, or
Within about 24 in (60 cm) Within about 43 in (1.1 m) sponge.
The range of the corner sensors and The system may not function The system cannot sense objects
the rear center sensor are limited. properly under these conditions: directly under the bumper.
Each corner sensor is capable of
sensing an obstacle only when your The sensors are covered with
vehicle is 24 in (60 cm) or closer. snow, ice, mud, etc.
The rear center sensor senses an
obstacle that is behind your vehicle When the vehicle is on a rough
43 in (1.1 m) or closer. road, on grass, or on a hill.
After the vehicle has been sitting
Do not put any accessories on or out in hot or cold weather.
around the sensors.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 491

10/07/17 10:40:23 31TK8600_497
To turn off all rear sensors When you shift to reverse (R), the Canadian Owners:
The parking sensor system must be LED indicator in the switch will blink This device complies with Industry
turned off before beginning this as a reminder that the rear sensors Canada Standard RSS-210. Operation is
procedure. are disabled. subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause
1. Press and hold the parking sensor To return to the original setting, interference, and (2) this device must
system switch and then turn the repeat the procedure. A beeper will accept any interference that may cause
ignition switch to the ON (II) sound 3 times to confirm that the undesired operation of the device.
position. rear sensors are now enabled.
This ISM device complies with Canadian
2. Keep pressing the switch for 10 ICES-001.
seconds. The LED indicator in the
switch will flash.
3. Press the switch again and the

LED indicator will turn off. A
beeper will sound twice to confirm
that the rear sensors are now
disabled.
492 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:40:30 31TK8600_498
Rearview Camera and Monitor
On Canadian EX and EX-L without SCREEN DISPLAY The camera display has parking
navigation system guidelines that indicate distance
from your vehicle.
1st Line 20 in (0.5 m)

2nd Line 39 in (1 m)
3rd Line 79 in (2 m)
4th Line 118 in (3 m)
Features
Canadian EX-L models
The parking sensor indicators are
ACTUAL DISTANCE automatically displayed on the audio
screen when an obstacle is detected.
Whenever you shift to reverse (R)

with the ignition switch in the ON
(II) position, the rearview is shown
on the display.
1st Line
2nd Line
3rd Line
4th Line
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 493

10/07/17 10:40:37 31TK8600_499
Rearview Camera and Monitor
NOTE: To turn off the guidelines, press and On models with Navigation System
For the best picture, always keep hold the RETURN button for about 3 Refer to the navigation system
the rearview camera clean, and do seconds. manual for operation of the rearview
not cover the camera lens. To camera.
avoid scratching the lens when
you clean it, use a moist, soft cloth.
The rearview camera has a unique
lens that makes objects appear
closer than they actually are.
The rearview camera display has a
limited coverage, and the size and
position of objects may appear
different than they actually are.
Make sure to check the
surrounding area carefully.
494 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:40:47 31TK8600_500
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (Models without navigation system)
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) Using HFL

allows you to place and receive Selector Knob
phone calls using voice commands,
without handling your cell phone. RETURN BUTTON
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-

compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing
Features
procedures, and special feature
capabilities:
PHONE
In the U.S., visit handsfreelink.honda. BUTTON U.S. model is shown.
com or call (888) 528-7876.
SELECTOR KNOB
Press the PHONE button or PICK-
In Canada, visit www.handsfreelink.ca, UP button to go to the Phone screen.
or call (888) 528-7876. Use the selector knob to make menu
or list selections. Press the RETURN button to go
back to the previous screen.
To select an item on the screen, turn
the selector knob left or right to
highlight it, and then push the
selector knob.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 495

10/07/17 10:40:57 31TK8600_501
HFL Buttons Voice Control Tips Try to reduce all background

noise. If the microphone picks up
TALK BUTTON PICK-UP BUTTON MICROPHONE voices other than yours,
commands may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level of
HFL, use the audio system volume
knob or the steering wheel volume
controls.
Language Selection
You can change the system language
BACK BUTTON HANG-UP BUTTON EX-L model is shown. to English, French, or Spanish (see
page 317 ).
PICK-UP Button − Press and Air or wind noise from the
release to answer a call, or press to dashboard and side vents and all
go directly to the Phone screen. windows may interfere with the
HANG-UP Button − Press and microphone. Adjust or close them
release to end or decline a call. as necessary.
TALK Button − Press and release Press and release the Talk button
to call a number with a stored voice when you want to call a number
tag. using a stored voice tag. After the
beep, speak in a clear, natural tone.
BACK Button − Press and release
to cancel a command.
496 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:41:03 31TK8600_502
Display BLUETOOTH INDICATOR

When you receive an incoming call, ROAM STATUS
you will see the following displays SIGNAL STRENGTH
and notifications.
Features
BATTERY LEVEL STATUS
U.S. model is shown. CALL NAME PHONE DIALING
Some phones may send battery,

signal strength, and roaming status
information to the screen.
2011 Odyssey 497

10/07/17 10:41:09 31TK8600_503
How to Use HFL

The ignition switch must be in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
Speed Dial Display a list of all 20 speed dial entries.
All Calls Display the last 20 incoming, outgoing, or missed calls.

(Appears only when a phone is connected to the system via HFL.)
Received Calls Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Call History
Dialed Calls Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Phone
Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.
Calls (Appears only when a phone is connected to the system via HFL.)
Alphabet Display the menu for an alphabetical search in the paired phone’s
Search phonebook.
Phonebook
All Listings Display the paired phone’s previously imported phonebook
(or import a new one).
Dial Enter a phone number to dial.
Redial Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
498 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:41:14 31TK8600_504
Add New Phone Pair a phone to the system.
Connect Connect a phone to the system.
Phone Connection Disconnect Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Features
Delete Delete a previously paired phone.
Bluetooth PIN Create a Bluetooth PIN number for a paired phone.

Phone
Setup
Store Select a number from the Call History, Phonebook, or manual
Speed Dial entry to store as a speed dial number.
Delete Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

Speed Dial
Edit
Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete Voice Tag Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 499
10/07/17 10:41:17 31TK8600_505
Phone Security Code Create a security code number for a paired phone.
Auto Answer Set incoming calls to be automatically answered.
Phone
Setup
Auto Transfer Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
System Clear Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, speed dials, and security codes.
500 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:41:24 31TK8600_506
To use HFL, you need to pair your Phone Screen Phone Setup
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone to You can setup your phone and other
the system. system options with this menu. A
brief explanation of each option is
HFL uses a Class 2 Bluetooth, which displayed on the left side of the
means, the maximum range between screen.
your phone and vehicle is 30 feet (10
meters).
Features
UP button to go to the Phone screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 501

10/07/17 10:41:31 31TK8600_507
Setup Bluetooth Phone Example

To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system):
UP button. The system starts pairing
when there is no phone paired to the
system.
1. Press the PHONE button or PICK- 2. Make sure your phone is set to
UP button. The system prompts discoverable or visibility is on, and
you to pair a phone. Select ‘‘Yes’’ select ‘‘Continue.’’ HFL begins to
on the confirmation screen. search for your phone.
502 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:41:42 31TK8600_508
3. If your phone is found, it is To pair a cell phone (when there are one
displayed on the screen. Select it or more phones paired to the system):
and press ENTER.
4. If your phone doesn’t appear on

the list, select ‘‘Phone not found?’’
and search for Bluetooth devices
using your phone. From your
Features
phone, select ‘‘HandsFreeLink.’’
5. HFL gives you a 4-digit pass-key

that you will need to input on your
phone. 1. Select ‘‘Phone Setup’’ from the
Phone screen.
6. When your phone prompts you,
input the 4-digit pass-key. 2. Select ‘‘Connection’’ from the
Phone Setup screen.
7. You will receive a notification on
the screen and your phone if 3. Select ‘‘Add New Phone.’’
pairing is successful.
4. Follow steps 2 through 7 from the
previous page.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 503

10/07/17 10:41:52 31TK8600_509
Phone pairing tips To change the Bluetooth PIN setting: Example

You cannot pair your phone while
the vehicle is moving.
Up to six phones can be paired.
Your phone’s battery may drain
faster when it is paired to HFL.
Push the SELECT to delete.
To create your own Bluetooth PIN,

1. Select ‘‘Connection’’ from the select ‘‘Fixed PIN’’ and follow steps 3
Phone Setup screen. and 4.
2. Select ‘‘Bluetooth PIN.’’ 3. Delete the current Bluetooth PIN.
NOTE: The default Bluetooth PIN 4. Enter a new Bluetooth PIN.

‘‘0000’’ is used until you change the
setting.
For a randomly generated Bluetooth

PIN each time you pair a phone,
select ‘‘Random PIN.’’
504 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:42:01 31TK8600_510
To delete a paired phone: 4. Select ‘‘Yes’’ from the Edit Security Code
confirmation screen. You can set each security code on all
six cell phones. Each can be security
code protected, and have its own
phonebook, speed dial, and call
history.
Features
BLUETOOTH ICON
1. Select ‘‘Connection’’ from the

Phone Setup screen.
SPEED DIAL LIST WHEN
2. Select ‘‘Delete.’’ SECURITY CODE-PROTECTED
3. Select the phone you want to If the phone name you selected is
delete. The Bluetooth icon shows security code protected the speed
you the currently linked phone. dial list becomes ‘‘＊＊＊＊＊＊＊.’’
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 505

10/07/17 10:42:09 31TK8600_511
To create a security code for each If the phone is already security code
phone: protected, you need to enter the
When you set a security code for a current security code before clearing
phone, you will be asked to enter the the code or creating a new one.
security code every time you select
the phone on the Phone screen.
3. Enter a 4-digit security code, re-

enter it.
1. Select ‘‘Security Code’’ from the

Phone Setup screen.
2. Select the phone you want to add a

security code to.
506 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:42:22 31TK8600_512
Automatic Transferring Automatic Answering To clear the system

If you get into the vehicle while you You can choose when the HFL This operation clears the security
are on the phone, the call can be system automatically answers codes, paired phones, all stored voice
automatically transferred to HFL incoming calls. tags, all speed dial entries, and all
with the ignition switch in the imported phonebook data.
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
Features
1. Select ‘‘Auto Answer’’ from the
Phone Setup screen. 1. Select ‘‘System Clear’’ from the
1. Select ‘‘Auto Transfer’’ from the Phone Setup screen.
Phone Setup screen. 2. Select ‘‘Off,’’ ‘‘2 seconds,’’ ‘‘5
seconds,’’ or ‘‘10 seconds.’’ The 2. Select ‘‘Yes’’ from the
2. Push the selector knob to turn it default setting is Off. confirmation screen.
on or off. The default setting is On.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 507

10/07/17 10:42:31 31TK8600_513
Automatic Import Cellular Up to three category icons appear Edit Speed Dial
Phonebook and Call History next to the phonebook entries＊.
(available on some phones)
When your phone is paired, the
contents of its phonebook and call Preference Fax
history are automatically imported to
HFL. Home Car
Mobile Voice
Work Other
The first six speed dial entries
Pager Message
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be
stored per phone.
These indicate how many numbers
are stored for the name. If a name The first six speed dials are linked to
has more than three category icons, the audio preset buttons while in the
‘‘…’’ is displayed. Phone screen.
＊ : Available on some phones
508 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:42:43 31TK8600_514
To store a speed dial number: to store a voice tag for the number
1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the using the TALK button. Follow
Phone Setup screen. the prompts.
2. Select ‘‘Store Speed dial.’’ When a voice tag is stored for the
entry, you can dial the entry by voice.
3. Select a number on the speed dial Press the TALK button and say
list where you want to store the ‘‘Call’’ and the stored name.
Features
number.
To store a speed dial number during a
You can also select speed dial call:
directly from the Phone screen. 1. Press and hold the desired audio
Select a ‘‘No Entry’’ field, and preset button during a call.
continue following step 4. 4. Choose a number:
2. The contact information for the
NOTE: You can also store a speed By Phonebook − the linked cell active call will be stored for the
dial number through the ‘‘Speed phone’s imported phonebook preset button.
Dial’’ option on the Phone screen.
By Call History − the last 20
numbers
By Manual Entry − manual
number input
5. When the speed dial number is

successfully stored, you are asked CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 509

10/07/17 10:42:53 31TK8600_515
To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial To delete a voice tag:

number: 1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the
1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the Phone Setup screen.
Phone Setup screen.
2. Select ‘‘Delete Voice Tag.’’
2. Select ‘‘Store Voice Tag.’’
3. Select the number you want to
3. Select the number you want to delete the voice tag for.
store a voice tag for.
4. Follow the prompts to complete

the voice tag.
NOTE:
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using ‘‘home’’ as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a

longer name. For example, use
‘‘John Smith’’ instead of ‘‘John.’’
510 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:43:04 31TK8600_516
To delete a speed dial number: Making a Call To make a call using a name in the
1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the You can make calls by inputting any Phonebook:
Phone Setup screen. phone number, using the imported When your phone is paired, the
phonebook, using the call history, or contents of its phonebook are
2. Select ‘‘Delete Speed Dial.’’ with speed dial entries, or by redial. automatically imported to HFL.
delete.
Features
1. Select ‘‘Phonebook’’ from the
Phone screen.
2. Select a name from the list.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 511

10/07/17 10:43:13 31TK8600_517
3. Push the selector knob to list the To make a call using a phone number: To make a call using Call History:
number or numbers stored for the
selected name. HISTORY LIST
4. Select a number and push the

selector knob to begin automatic
dialing.
1. Select ‘‘Dial’’ from the Phone 1. Select ‘‘Call History’’ from the
screen. Phone screen.
2. Enter the phone number, and 2. Call History is sorted by ‘‘All Calls,’’
select . ‘‘Received Calls,’’ ‘‘Dialed Calls,’’
and ‘‘Missed Calls.’’ Selecting a
number begins automatic dialing.
NOTE: Some phones do not support

‘‘All Calls.’’
512 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:43:20 31TK8600_518
To make a call using Speed Dial: To make a call using Redial:

Select ‘‘Redial’’ from the Phone
screen or press and hold the PICK-
UP button to redial the last number
dialed in your phone’s history.
Features
PRESET BUTTONS
The first six speed dial entries are 2. A list of up to 20 stored speed dial
linked to the audio preset buttons entries is shown. Select the entry
while in the Phone screen. Press the you want to call, and push
corresponding button to begin SELECT to begin automatic
automatic dialing. dialing.
1. Select ‘‘Speed Dial’’ on the Phone NOTE: Any voice-tagged speed dial
screen. entry can be dialed by voice from
any screen.
2011 Odyssey 513

10/07/17 10:43:30 31TK8600_519
Receiving a Call During a Call Dial Tones＊ − Allows you to send

When you receive a call, a numbers or names during a call. This
notification appears on the screen Example is useful when you call a menu-
(see page 497 ). driven phone system.
To answer the call, press the ＊ : Available on some phones

PICK-UP button on the steering
wheel.
To end or decline the call, press the

HANG-UP button.
The following options are available

during a call:
Transfer − Allows you to transfer a
call from HFL to your phone, or
from your phone to HFL.
Mute − Allows you to mute your
voice.
514 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:43:37 31TK8600_520
Call Waiting HFL Limitations As required by the FCC:

If your phone has Call Waiting, a An incoming call on HFL will This device complies with Part 15 of the
beep sounds for an incoming call. interrupt Bluetooth Audio when it is FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
Press and release the PICK-UP playing. Audio will resume when the following two conditions: (1) This device
button to put the original call on hold call is ended. may not cause harmful interference, and
and answer the incoming call. (2) this device must accept any
Bluetooth Wireless Technology interference received, including
To return to the original call, press The Bluetooth name and logos are interference that may cause undesired
Features
the PICK-UP button again. If you registered trademarks owned by operation.
don’t want to answer the incoming Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
call, disregard it and continue with such marks by Honda Motor Co., Changes or modifications not expressly
your original call. If you want to hang Ltd. is under license. Other approved by the party responsible for
up the original call and answer the trademarks and trade names are compliance could void the user’s
new call, press the HANG-UP button. those of their respective owners. authority to operate the equipment.

2011 Odyssey 515

10/07/17 10:43:48 31TK8600_521
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (Models with navigation system)
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) Using HFL

allows you to place and receive Interface Dial
phone calls using either the
navigation system controls or voice CANCEL BUTTON PHONE BUTTON
commands without the distraction of
handling your cell phone.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-

compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature
capabilities: U.S. model is shown.
In the U.S., visit handsfreelink.honda. DIAL ENTER Press the PHONE button or PICK-
com or call (888) 528-7876. UP button to go to the Phone screen.
Use the Interface Dial to make menu
In Canada, visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or list selections. Press the CANCEL button to go
or call (888) 528-7876. back to the previous screen.
To select an item on the screen, turn
the interface dial left or right to
highlight it, and then press ENTER.
To select an item that comes with

, , , or icons,
push the interface selector up, down,
left, or right.
516 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:44:00 31TK8600_522
HFL Buttons Voice Control Tips Try to reduce all background

noise. If the microphone picks up
TALK BUTTON PICK-UP BUTTON MICROPHONE voices other than yours,
commands may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level of
HFL, use the audio system volume
knob or the steering wheel volume
Features
controls.
Help Feature
For help at any time, including a list
BACK BUTTON HANG-UP BUTTON of available options, say ‘‘Help.’’
PICK-UP Button − Press and Air or wind noise from the Language Selection
release to answer a call, or press to dashboard and side vents and all Refer to the navigation system
go directly to the Phone screen. windows may interfere with the manual for how to change the
microphone. Adjust or close them system’s language between English,
HANG-UP Button − Press and French, and Spanish.
release to end or decline a call. as necessary.
TALK Button − Press and release Press and release the Talk button
to give a command. each time you want to make a
− command. After the beep, speak in
BACK Button Press and release a clear, natural tone.
to go back to the previous command,
or cancel the command.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 517

10/07/17 10:44:08 31TK8600_523
Display On the navigation screen: On the Phone screen:

When you receive an incoming call,
you will see the following displays SIGNAL STRENGTH
and notifications. ROAM STATUS
BLUETOOTH INDICATOR
You will see ‘‘HANDSFREELINK’’
on the audio display while HFL is in
use.
BATTERY LEVEL STATUS

U.S. model is shown. CALL NAME PHONE DIALING
Some phones may send battery,

signal strength, and roaming status
information to the screen.
518 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:44:14 31TK8600_524
How to Use HFL

The ignition switch must be in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
Display the last 20 incoming, outgoing, or missed calls.

All (Appears only when a phone is connected to the system via HFL.)
Dial Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Features
Call History
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Receive (Appears only when a phone is connected to the system via HFL.)
Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

Phone Phonebook Display the paired phone’s previously imported phonebook (or import a new one).
Dial Enter a phone number to dial.
More Displays a list of all 20 speed dial entries. The first 4 speed dial numbers are shown on the
Speed Dial Phone screen.
Voice commands can be used for all above options.

Press and release the Talk button each time you give a command. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 519
10/07/17 10:44:19 31TK8600_525
Add New Phone Pair a phone to the system.
Connect Connect a phone to the system.
Connection Disconnect Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Phone
Delete Delete a previously paired phone.
Pass-key Create a Pass-key number for a paired phone.
Phone
Setup Store Select a number from the Call History, Phonebook, or manual entry
Speed Dial to store as a speed dial number.
Delete Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

Speed Dial
Edit
Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete Voice Tag Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Press and release the Talk button each time you give a command.
520 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:44:23 31TK8600_526
Phone Name/
Phone PIN Create a phone name/PIN number for a paired phone.
Auto Transfer Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
Phone
Setup
Auto Answer Set incoming calls to be automatically answered.
Features
Clear Phone
Information Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, speed dials, and pass-keys.

Press and release the Talk button each time you give a command. CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 521
10/07/17 10:44:30 31TK8600_527
To use HFL, you need to pair your Phone Screen Phone Setup
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone to You can set up your phone and other
the system. system options with this menu.
HFL uses a Class 2 Bluetooth, which

means, the maximum range between
your phone and vehicle is 30 feet (10
meters).
Push the selector down for

PHONE SETUP.

UP button to go to the Phone screen.
522 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:44:37 31TK8600_528
Setup Bluetooth Phone

To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system):
UP button. The system starts pairing
when there is no phone paired to the
system.
Features
1. Press the PHONE button or PICK- 2. Make sure your phone is set to
UP button. The system prompts discoverable or visibility is ON,
you to pair a phone. Select ‘‘Yes’’ and select ‘‘OK.’’ HFL begins to
on the confirmation screen. search for your phone.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 523

10/07/17 10:44:48 31TK8600_529
To pair a cell phone (when there are one

or more phones paired to the system):
3. If your phone is found, it is 5. HFL gives you a 4-digit pass-key

displayed on the screen. Select it that you will need to input on your
and press ENTER. phone. 1. Select ‘‘Phone Setup’’ from the
Phone screen.
4. If your phone doesn’t appear on 6. When your phone prompts you,
the list, select ‘‘Phone not found?’’ input the 4-digit pass-key. 2. Select ‘‘Connection’’ from the
and search for Bluetooth devices Phone Setup screen.
using your phone. From your 7. You will receive a notification on
phone, select ‘‘HandsFreeLink.’’ the screen and your phone if 3. Select ‘‘Add New Phone.’’
pairing is successful.
524 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:44:58 31TK8600_530
Phone pairing tips To change the pass-key setting:

You cannot pair your phone while
the vehicle is moving.
Up to six phones can be paired.
Your phone’s battery may drain
faster when it is paired to HFL.
Features
4. Select one of the six entries on the
list. Make sure your phone is set
to discoverable or visibility is ON.
Phone Setup screen.
5. Follow steps 2 through 7 from the
2. Select ‘‘Pass-key.’’
previous page.
NOTE: The default pass-key ‘‘0000’’
is used until you change the setting.
For a randomly generated pass-key

each time you pair a phone, select
‘‘Random.’’
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 525

10/07/17 10:45:07 31TK8600_531
Example To delete a paired phone: 5. Select ‘‘Yes’’ from the

confirmation screen.
TRASH ICON
Push the selector to left to delete.
BLUETOOTH ICON
To create your own pass-key, select
‘‘Fixed’’ and follow steps 3 and 4.
3. Delete the current pass-key. Phone Setup screen.
4. Enter a new pass-key, and select 2. Select ‘‘Delete.’’

‘‘OK.’’
3. Select the phone you want to
delete. The Bluetooth icon shows
you the currently linked phone.
4. A trash icon appears next to the

selected phone. Select ‘‘OK’’ to
continue.
526 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:45:17 31TK8600_532
Phone Name/PIN To name a phone:

You can name up to six HFL phone Select a phone name.
names. Each can be PIN protected,
and have its own phonebook, speed
dial, and call history.
Features
1. Select ‘‘Phone Name/PIN’’ from
the Phone Setup screen. 1. Select ‘‘Phone Name/PIN’’ from
the Phone Setup screen.
2. Select the phone name you want to
edit on the phone name/PIN 2. Select ‘‘Phone Name.’’
screen.
3. Enter a phone name, and select
If the phone name you selected is ‘‘OK’’ when complete.
PIN-protected, the speed dial list
becomes ‘‘＊＊＊＊.’’
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 527

10/07/17 10:45:26 31TK8600_533
To create a PIN for each phone: If you select ‘‘DO NOT USE PIN,’’ Automatic Transferring
When you set a PIN for a phone, you before entering any number, the If you get into the vehicle while you
will be asked to enter the PIN every phone will not have a PIN. are on the phone, the call can be
time you select the phone on the automatically transferred to HFL
Phone screen. If the phone is already PIN-protected, with the ignition switch in the
you need to enter the current PIN ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
before creating a new one.
1. Select ‘‘Phone Name/PIN’’ from

the Phone Setup screen. 1. Select ‘‘Auto Transfer’’ from the
Phone Setup screen.
2. Select ‘‘PIN.’’
2. Select ‘‘OFF’’ or ‘‘ON.’’
3. Enter a 4-digit PIN, re-enter it, and
select ‘‘OK.’’
528 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:45:37 31TK8600_534
Automatic Answering To clear the phone information

You can choose when the HFL Clearing a phone name will clear all
system automatically answers settings, such as call history and
incoming calls. phonebook.
Features
1. Select ‘‘Clear Phone Information’’
from the Phone Setup screen.
2. Select the phone you want to clear.

1. Select ‘‘Auto Answer’’ from the
Phone Setup screen. 3. A trash icon appears next to the
selected phone. Select ‘‘OK’’ to
2. Select ‘‘Off,’’ ‘‘2sec,’’ ‘‘5sec,’’ or continue.
‘‘10sec.’’
4. Select ‘‘Yes’’ from the
confirmation screen.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 529

10/07/17 10:45:46 31TK8600_535
Automatic Import Cellular Up to three category icons appear Edit Speed Dial
Phonebook and Call History next to the phonebook entries＊.
(available on some phones)
When your phone is paired, the
contents of its phonebook and call Preference Fax
history are automatically imported to
HFL. Home Car
Mobile Voice
Work Other
The first four speed dial entries.
Pager
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be
stored per phone name, and the first
These indicate how many numbers four numbers are displayed on the
are stored for the name. If a name Phone screen.
has more than three category icons,
‘‘…’’ is displayed. Select a ‘‘No Entry’’ field to store a
speed dial entry, or use the following
＊ : Available on some phones procedure.
530 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:45:55 31TK8600_536
To store a speed dial number: 5. When the speed dial number is

1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the successfully stored, you are asked
Phone Setup screen. to store a voice tag for the number.
Follow the prompts.
2. Select ‘‘Store Speed dial.’’
When a voice tag is stored for the
3. Select a number on the speed dial entry, you can dial the number by
list where you want to store the saying ‘‘Call’’ and the voice tag name.
Features
number.
4. Choose a number from:

Phonebook − the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook
Call History − the last 20
numbers
Dial − manual number input
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 531

10/07/17 10:46:06 31TK8600_537
To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial To delete a voice tag:

number: 1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the
1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the Phone Setup screen.
Phone Setup screen.
2. Select ‘‘Delete Voice Tag.’’
2. Select ‘‘Store Voice Tag.’’
3. Select the number you want to delete the voice tag for.
store a voice tag for.
selected numbers. Select ‘‘OK’’ to
continue.
4. Follow the prompts to complete

the voice tag.
NOTE:
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using ‘‘home’’ as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a
longer name. For example, use
‘‘John Smith’’ instead of ‘‘John.’’
532 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:46:16 31TK8600_538
To delete a speed dial number: Making a Call To make a call using a name in the
1. Select ‘‘Edit Speed Dial’’ from the You can make calls by inputting any Phonebook:
Phone Setup screen. phone number, using the imported When your phone is paired, the
phonebook, using the call history, or contents of its phonebook are
2. Select ‘‘Delete Speed Dial.’’ with speed dial entries. automatically imported to HFL.

delete, and push ENTER.
Features
selected numbers. Select ‘‘OK’’ to
continue.
1. Select ‘‘Phonebook’’ from the

Phone screen.
2. Select a name from the list.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 533

10/07/17 10:46:26 31TK8600_539
3. Push ENTER to list the number or To make a call using a phone number: To make a call using Call History:
numbers stored for the selected
name. HISTORY LIST
4. Select a number and push ENTER

to begin automatic dialing.
1. Select ‘‘Dial’’ from the Phone 1. Select ‘‘Call History’’ from the
screen. Phone screen.
2. Enter the phone number, and 2. Call History is sorted by ‘‘All,’’

select ‘‘Dial.’’ ‘‘Dial,’’ ‘‘Receive,’’ and ‘‘Missed.’’
Selecting a number begins
To enter the phone number by voice, automatic dialing.
say it in a continuous string.
NOTE: Some phones do not support
‘‘All’’ in the Call History.
534 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:46:36 31TK8600_540
To make a call using Speed Dial: To make a call using More Speed Dial: Receiving a Call
1. Select ‘‘More Speed Dial’’ on the When you receive a call, a
SPEED DIAL PHONE ICON Phone screen. notification appears on the screen
(see page 518 ).
2. A list of 20 stored speed dial
entries is shown. Select the entry To answer the call, press the
you want to call, and push ENTER PICK-UP button on the steering
to begin automatic dialing. wheel.
Features
NOTE: Any voice-tagged speed dial To end or decline the call, press the
entry can be dialed by voice from HANG-UP button.
any screen.
VOICE TAG ICON
To make a call using Redial:
Select one of the four entries on the Press and hold the PICK-UP button
Phone screen, and push ENTER to to redial the last number dialed in
begin automatic dialing. your phone’s history. While the
display showing Phone screen, you
can also redial by pressing and
holding ENTER.
2011 Odyssey 535

10/07/17 10:46:44 31TK8600_541
During a Call Transfer − Allows you to transfer a Call Waiting

call from HFL to your phone, or If your phone has Call Waiting, press
Example from your phone to HFL. and release the PICK-UP button to
put the original call on hold and
Mute − Allows you to mute your answer the incoming call.
voice.
To return to the original call, press
＊ : Available on some phones
the PICK-UP button again. If you
don’t want to answer the incoming
call, disregard it and continue with
your original call. If you want to hang
up the original call and answer the
new call, press the HANG-UP button.
The following options are available

during a call:
Dial Tones＊ − Allows you to send
numbers or names during a call. This
is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
536 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:46:50 31TK8600_542
HFL Limitations Bluetooth Wireless Technology As required by the FCC:

An incoming call on HFL will The Bluetooth name and logos are This device complies with Part 15 of the
interrupt Bluetooth Audio when it is registered trademarks owned by FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
playing. Audio will resume when the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of following two conditions: (1) This device
call is ended. such marks by Honda Motor Co., may not cause harmful interference, and
Ltd. is under license. Other (2) this device must accept any
trademarks and trade names are interference received, including
those of their respective owners. interference that may cause undesired
Features
operation.


2011 Odyssey 537

10/07/17 10:46:52 31TK8600_543
538 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:46:56 31TK8600_544
Before Driving
Before you begin driving your Break-in Period .............................. 540

vehicle, you should know what Fuel Recommendation .................. 540
gasoline to use and how to check the Service Station Procedures .......... 541
levels of important fluids. You also Refueling..................................... 541
need to know how to properly store Opening and Closing the
luggage or packages. The Hood ........................................ 544
information in this section will help Oil Check .................................... 545
you. If you plan to add any Engine Coolant Check .............. 545
accessories to your vehicle, please Fuel Economy ................................ 546
read the information in this section Accessories and Modifications .... 549
Before Driving
first. Carrying Cargo .............................. 551
2011 Odyssey 539

10/07/17 10:47:05 31TK8600_545
Break-in Period, Fuel Recommendation
Break-in Period Fuel Recommendation Use of gasoline with these additives

Help assure your vehicle’s future Your vehicle is designed to operate may adversely affect performance,
reliability and performance by paying on unleaded gasoline with a pump and cause the Malfunction Indicator
extra attention to how you drive octane number of 87 or higher. Use Lamp on your instrument panel to
during the first 600 miles (1,000 km). of a lower octane gasoline can cause come on. If this happens, contact
During this period: a persistent, heavy, metallic rapping your dealer for service. Some
noise that can lead to engine damage. gasoline today is blended with
Avoid full-throttle starts and rapid oxygenates such as ethanol. Your
acceleration. We recommend using quality vehicle is designed to operate on
gasoline containing detergent oxygenated gasoline containing up to
Avoid hard braking for the first additives that help prevent fuel 10% ethanol by volume. Do not use
200 miles (300 km). system and engine deposits. In gasoline containing methanol. If you
addition, in order to maintain good notice any undesirable operating
Do not change the oil until the
performance, fuel economy, and symptoms, try another service
scheduled maintenance time.
emissions control, we strongly station or switch to another brand of
Do not tow a trailer. recommend the use of gasoline that gasoline.
does NOT contain harmful
You should also follow these manganese-based fuel additives such
recommendations with an as MMT, if such gasoline is available.
overhauled or exchanged engine, or
when the brakes are replaced.
540 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:47:11 31TK8600_546
Fuel Recommendation, Service Station Procedures
Because the level of detergency and For further important fuel-related Refueling
additives in gasoline vary in the information for your vehicle, or
market, Honda endorses the use of information on gasoline that does not
‘‘TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline’’ contain MMT, visit Owner Link at
where available to help maintain the owners.honda.com. In Canada, visit
performance and reliability of your www.honda.ca for additional
vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent information on gasoline. For more
Gasoline meets a new gasoline information on top tier gasoline, visit Pull
standard jointly established by www.toptiergas.com.
leading automotive manufacturers to
Before Driving
meet the needs of today’s advanced
engines. Qualifying gasoline retailers
will, in most cases, identify their FUEL FILL DOOR RELEASE HANDLE
gasoline as having met ‘‘TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline’’ standards at the 1. Park with the driver’s side closest
retail location. This fuel is to the service station pump.
guaranteed to contain the proper
level of detergent additives and be
free of metallic additives. The proper
level of detergent additives, and
absence of harmful metallic additives
in gasoline, help avoid build-up of
deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 541

10/07/17 10:47:18 31TK8600_547
Service Station Procedures
2. Open the fuel fill door by pulling 4. Stop filling the tank after the fuel
on the handle under the lower left TETHER nozzle automatically clicks off. Do
corner of the dashboard. not try to ‘‘top off’’ the tank. This
leaves some room in the fuel tank
Before opening the fuel fill door, for the fuel to expand with
make sure the rear sliding door on temperature changes.
the driver’s side is closed.
If the fuel nozzle keeps clicking off
even though the tank is not full,
there may be a problem with your
Gasoline is highly flammable vehicle’s fuel vapor recovery system.
and explosive. You can be FUEL FILL CAP The system helps keep fuel vapor
burned or seriously injured from going into the atmosphere. Try
when handling fuel. 3. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. filling at another pump. If this does
You may hear a hissing sound as not fix the problem, consult your
Stop the engine, and keep pressure inside the tank escapes. dealer.
heat, sparks, and flame away. The fuel fill cap is attached to the
Handle fuel only outdoors. fuel filler with a tether. Insert the
Wipe up spills immediately. attachment on the fuel fill cap into
the slit on the fuel fill door.
542 2011 Odyssey

10/07/19 15:59:07 31TK8600_548
5. Screw the fuel fill cap back on Tighten Fuel Cap Message normal driving once you tighten or
until it clicks at least once. On Touring models replace the fuel fill cap. To scroll to
another message, press the INFO
Except Touring models
button. The ‘‘TIGHTEN FUEL CAP’’
If you do not properly tighten the message will appear each time you
cap, you will see a ‘‘CHECK FUEL restart the engine until the system
CAP’’ message on the information turns the message off.
display (see page 82 ).
On Touring models If the system still detects a leak in
the vehicle’s evaporative emissions
Before Driving
If you do not properly tighten the
cap, you will see a ‘‘TIGHTEN system, the malfunction indicator
FUEL CAP’’ message on the lamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fill
multi-information display. cap was not already tightened, turn
the engine off, and check or
6. Push the fuel fill door closed until retighten the fuel fill cap until it
it latches. Your vehicle’s on board diagnostic clicks at least once. The MIL should
system will detect a loose or missing go off after several days of normal
fuel fill cap as an evaporative system driving once the cap is tightened or
leak. The first time a leak is detected replaced. If the MIL does not go off,
a ‘‘TIGHTEN FUEL CAP’’ message have your vehicle inspected by a
appears on the multi-information dealer. For more information, see
display. Turn the engine off, and page 671 .
confirm the fuel fill cap is installed. If
it is, loosen it, then retighten it until
it clicks at least once. The message
should go off after several days of CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 543

10/07/17 10:47:36 31TK8600_549
Opening and Closing the Hood

GRIP SUPPORT ROD
Pull
LATCH CLIP
HOOD RELEASE HANDLE
2. Put your fingers under the front 3. Holding the grip, pull the support
1. Park the vehicle, and set the edge of the hood near the center. rod out of its clip. Insert the end
parking brake. Pull the hood Slide your hand to the left until into the designated hole in the
release handle located under the you feel the hood latch handle. hood.
lower left corner of the dashboard. Slide this handle to the right to
The hood will pop up slightly. release the hood. Lift up the hood. To close the hood, lift it up slightly to
remove the support rod from the
If the hood latch handle moves stiffly, hole. Put the support rod back into
or you can open the hood without its holding clip. Lower the hood to
lifting the handle, the mechanism about a foot (30 cm) above the
should be cleaned and lubricated. fender, then let it drop. Make sure it
is securely latched.
544 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:47:47 31TK8600_550
Oil Check Engine Coolant Check
RESERVE TANK
UPPER MARK
LOWER MARK
Before Driving
DIPSTICK MAX MIN
4. Remove the dipstick again, and
Park the vehicle on a level surface. check the level. It should be Look at the coolant level in the
Wait a few minutes after turning the between the upper and lower radiator reserve tank. Make sure it is
engine off before you check the oil. marks. between the MAX and MIN lines. If
it is below the MIN line, see Adding
1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop). If it is near or below the lower mark, Engine Coolant on page 618 for
see Adding Engine Oil on page 614 . information on adding the proper
2. Wipe off the dipstick with a clean coolant.
cloth or paper towel.
Refer to Owner’s Maintenance
3. Insert the dipstick all the way back Checks on page 611 for information
into its hole. about checking other items on your
vehicle.
2011 Odyssey 545

10/07/17 10:47:56 31TK8600_551
Fuel Economy
Actual Mileage and EPA Fuel

Economy Estimates Comparison.
Fuel economy is not a fixed number. City MPG Highway MPG
It varies based on driving conditions,
driving habits, and vehicle condition.
Therefore, it is not possible for one
set of estimates to predict fuel
economy precisely for all drivers in
all environments. Combined Fuel Estimated Annual
Economy Fuel Cost
The EPA fuel economy estimates
shown in the example to the right (Sample U.S. EPA label shown)
are a useful tool for comparison
when buying a vehicle. EPA achieved is also provided. per gallon (based on EPA fuel cost
estimates include: data) divided by the combined fuel
Combined Fuel Economy − economy.
City MPG − Represents urban Represents a combination of city and
driving in light traffic. A range of highway driving. The scale For more information on fuel
miles per gallon achieved is also represents the range of combined economy ratings and factors that
provided. fuel economy for other vehicles in affect fuel economy, visit
the class. www.fueleconomy.gov
Highway MPG − Represents a (Canada: Visit vehicles.gc.ca)
mixture of rural and interstate Estimated Annual Fuel Cost −
driving, in a warmed-up vehicle, Provides an estimated annual fuel
typical of longer trips in free-flowing cost, based on 15,000 miles (20,000 www.
traffic. A range of miles per gallon km) per year multiplied by the cost
546 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:48:09 31TK8600_552
Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy Factors Use the recommended viscosity Observe the speed limit −
The following factors can lower your motor oil, displaying the API Aerodynamic drag has a big effect
vehicle’s fuel economy: Certification Seal (see page on fuel economy at speeds above
Aggressive driving (hard 614). 45 mph (75 km/h). Reduce your
acceleration and braking) Maintain proper tire inflation speed and you reduce the drag.
Excessive idling, accelerating and − An underinflated tire increases Trailers, car top carriers, roof
braking in stop-and-go traffic ‘‘rolling resistance,’’ which reduces racks and bike racks are also big
Cold engine operation (engines fuel economy. contributors to increased drag.
are more efficient when warmed Avoid carrying excess weight in Always drive in the highest gear
possible − If your vehicle has a
Before Driving
up) your vehicle − It puts a heavier
Driving with a heavy load or the load on the engine, increasing fuel manual transmission, you can
air conditioner running consumption. boost your fuel economy by up
shifting as early as possible.
Improperly inflated tires Keep your vehicle clean − In
particular, a build-up of snow or Avoid excessive idling − Idling
Improving Fuel Economy mud on your vehicle’s underside results in 0 miles per gallon (0 kms
adds weight and rolling resistance. per liter).
Vehicle Maintenance
A properly maintained vehicle Frequent cleaning helps your fuel
maximizes fuel economy. Poor economy.
maintenance can significantly reduce
Drive Efficiently
fuel economy. Always maintain your
vehicle according to the maintenance Drive moderately − Rapid
messages displayed on the multi- acceleration, abrupt cornering,
information display (see Owner’s and hard braking increase fuel
Maintenance Checks on page 611 ). consumption.
For example: CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 547

10/07/17 10:48:18 31TK8600_553
Fuel Economy
Minimize the use of the air Checking Your Fuel Economy

conditioning system − The A/C
puts an extra load on the engine
which makes it use more fuel. Use
the fresh-air ventilation when
possible. Miles Gallons Miles per
Plan and combine trips − driven of fuel Gallon
Combine several short trips into
one. A warmed-up engine is more
fuel efficient than a cold one. Liter Kilometers
L per
100 100 km
Calculating Fuel Economy
Measuring Techniques
Direct calculation is the
recommended source of information
about your actual fuel economy. 1) Fill the fuel tank until the nozzle automatically clicks off.
Using frequency of fill-ups or taking 2) Reset trip counter to zero.
fuel gauge readings are NOT 3) Record the total gallons (liters) needed to refill.
accurate measures of fuel economy. 4) Follow one of the simple calculations above.
Fuel economy may improve over the
first several thousand miles
(kilometers).
548 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:48:27 31TK8600_554
Accessories and Modifications
Modifying your vehicle, or installing Before installing any accessory:

some non-Honda accessories, can
make it unsafe. Before you make any Improper accessories or Make sure the accessory does not
modifications or add any accessories, modifications can affect your obscure any lights, or interfere
be sure to read the following vehicle’s handling, stability, and with proper vehicle operation or
information. performance, and cause a performance.
crash in which you can be hurt
Accessories or killed. Be sure electronic accessories do
Your dealer has Honda accessories not overload electrical circuits
that allow you to personalize your Follow all instructions in this (see page 673 ) or interfere with
Before Driving
vehicle. These accessories have owner’s manual regarding the proper operation of your
been designed and approved for your accessories and modifications. vehicle.
vehicle, and are covered by warranty.
Before installing any electronic
Although non-Honda accessories When properly installed, cellular accessory, have the installer
may fit on your vehicle, they may not phones, alarms, two-way radios, and contact your dealer for assistance.
meet factory specifications, and low-powered audio systems should If possible, have your dealer
could adversely affect your vehicle’s not interfere with your vehicle’s inspect the final installation.
handling, stability, and reliability. computer controlled systems, such
as your airbags, anti-lock brakes, and Do not install accessories on the
tire pressure monitoring system. side pillars or across the rear
windows. Accessories installed in
these areas may interfere with
proper operation of the side
curtain airbags.
2011 Odyssey 549

10/07/17 10:48:34 31TK8600_555
Accessories and Modifications
Modifying Your Vehicle Raising your vehicle with a Larger or smaller wheels and tires
Removing parts from your vehicle, non-Honda suspension kit can can interfere with the operation of
or replacing components with affect the handling, stability, and your vehicle’s anti-lock brakes and
non-Honda components could reliability. other systems.
seriously affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, and reliability. Non-Honda wheels, because they Modifying your steering wheel or
are a universal design, can cause any other part of your vehicle’s
Here are some examples: excessive stress on suspension safety systems could make the
Lowering the vehicle with a non- components and will not be systems ineffective.
Honda suspension kit that compatible with the tire pressure
significantly reduces ground monitoring system (TPMS). If you plan to modify your vehicle,
clearance can allow the consult your dealer.
undercarriage to hit speed bumps
or other raised objects, which
could cause the airbags to deploy.
550 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:48:43 31TK8600_556
Carrying Cargo
DOOR POCKETS REMOVABLE CENTER CONSOLE＊

Your vehicle has several convenient
storage areas:
COIN BOX
Glove box
UTILITY Door and seat-back pockets＊
TRAY
Rear cargo area, including the
second row seats when removed,
and the third row seat when folded
flat
Before Driving
Center pocket
Utility tray
Coin box
Removable center console＊
Roof-rack (if installed)
GLOVE BOX However, carrying too much cargo,

or improperly storing it, can affect
CENTER POCKET your vehicle’s handling, stability,
stopping distance, and tires, and
SEAT-BACK POCKETS＊ make it unsafe. Before carrying any
CARGO AREA type of cargo, be sure to read the
following pages.
＊ : If equipped
2011 Odyssey 551

10/07/17 10:48:54 31TK8600_557
Carrying Cargo
Load Limits (4)The resulting figure equals the

The maximum load for your vehicle available amount of cargo and
is 1,340 lbs (608 kg). Overloading or improper luggage load capacity. For
loading can affect handling and example, if the ‘‘XXX’’ amount
See Tire And Loading Information stability and cause a crash in equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be
label attached to the driver’s which you can be hurt or killed. five 150 lb. passengers in your
doorjamb. vehicle, the amount of available
Follow all load limits and other cargo and luggage load capacity is
Label Example loading guidelines in this 650 lbs.
manual. (1,400 − 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)
Steps for Determining Correct Load (5)Determine the combined weight

Limit − of luggage and cargo being loaded
(1)Locate the statement ‘‘The on the vehicle. That weight may
combined weight of occupants and not safely exceed the available
cargo should never exceed XXX cargo and luggage load capacity
kg or XXX lbs.’’ on your vehicle’s calculated in Step 4.
This figure includes the total weight placard.
of all occupants, cargo, and (6)If your vehicle will be towing a
accessories, and the tongue load if (2)Determine the combined weight trailer, load from your trailer will
you are towing a trailer. of the driver and passengers that be transferred to your vehicle.
will be riding in your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
(3)Subtract the combined weight of cargo and luggage load capacity of
the driver and passengers from your vehicle.
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
552 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:49:06 31TK8600_558
Carrying Cargo
In addition, the total weight of the

vehicle, all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
Example 1 not exceed the Gross Vehicle
Passenger Weight Cargo Weight
Max Load (1,340 lbs) (150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs) (1,040 lbs) Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross
(608 kg) (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) (472 kg) Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both
are on a label on the driver’s
doorjamb.
Example 2
Before Driving
Max Load (1,340 lbs) (150 lbs x 4 = 600 lbs) (740 lbs)
(608 kg) (68 kg x 4 = 272 kg) (336 kg)
Example 3
Max Load (1,340 lbs) (150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs) (590 lbs)
(608 kg) (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) (268 kg)
Max load on EX-L and Touring models is used in the Examples.
2011 Odyssey 553

10/07/17 10:49:13 31TK8600_559
Carrying Cargo
Carrying Items in the Passenger If you remove or fold the rear Carrying Cargo in the Cargo Area
Compartment seats down, tie down items that or on a Roof Rack
Store or secure all items that could could be thrown about the vehicle Distribute cargo evenly on the
be thrown around and hurt during a crash or sudden stop. floor of the cargo area, placing the
someone during a crash. Also, keep all cargo below the heaviest items on the bottom and
bottom of the windows. If it is as far forward as possible. Tie
Be sure items placed on the floor higher than the windows, it could down items that could be thrown
behind the front seats cannot roll interfere with the proper operation about the vehicle during a crash or
under the seats and interfere with of the side curtain airbags. sudden stop.
the pedals, the seat operation, or
the proper operation of the If you carry large items that
sensors under the seats. prevent you from closing the
tailgate, exhaust gas can enter the
Keep the glove box closed while passenger area. To avoid the
driving. If it is open, a passenger possibility of carbon monoxide
could injure their knees during a poisoning, follow the instructions
crash or sudden stop. on page 58 .
554 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:49:20 31TK8600_560
Carrying Cargo
If you place items near the rear If you use an accessory roof rack, Grocery Bag Hooks
windows, be sure they are below the roof rack weight limit may be
the bottom of the windows. If lower. Refer to the information that Front
cargo is higher, it could interfere came with your roof rack.
with proper operation of the side
curtain airbags.
If you carry any items on a roof

rack, be sure the total weight of
the rack and the items does not
Before Driving
exceed 165 lbs (75 kg).
HOOK
Your vehicle has grocery bag hooks

on the instrument panel and at the
bottom of the third row seat-back in
the cargo area.
To use the front bag hook, push it

out.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 555

10/07/17 10:49:25 31TK8600_561
Carrying Cargo
Rear
Cargo Hooks
HOOKS
The hooks are designed to hold light

items. Heavy objects may damage To secure the cargo, you can use the
the hook. four cargo hooks in the cargo area.
The illustration shows the location of
each cargo hook.
556 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:49:29 31TK8600_562
Driving
This section gives you tips on Preparing to Drive ......................... 558

starting the engine under various Starting the Engine........................ 559
conditions, and how to operate the Check Starter System
automatic transmission. It also Message .................................. 560
includes important information on Automatic Transmission............... 561
parking your vehicle, the braking Parking ............................................ 566
system, the vehicle stability assist Braking System.............................. 567
(VSA ) system, the tire pressure Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) ................ 568
monitoring system (TPMS), and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ),
facts you need if you are planning to aka Electronic Stability
tow a trailer. Control (ESC), System ......... 570
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Driving
(TPMS) ....................................... 572
Blind Spot Information System
(BSI) ............................................ 579
Towing a Trailer ............................ 588
Towing Your Vehicle .................... 595
2011 Odyssey 557

10/07/17 10:49:39 31TK8600_563
Preparing to Drive
You should do the following checks 5. Check the seat adjustment (see 9. Fasten your seat belt. Check that
and adjustments before you drive pages 175 and 176 ). your passengers have fastened
your vehicle. their seat belts (see page 15 ).
6. Check the adjustment of the
1. Make sure all windows, mirrors, inside and outside mirrors (see 10.When you start the engine, check
and outside lights are clean and pages 197 and 198 ). the gauges and indicators in the
unobstructed. Remove frost, snow, instrument panel, and the
or ice. 7. Check the steering wheel messages on the information
adjustment (see page 143 ). display or multi-information
2. Check that the hood is fully closed. display (depending on models)
8. Make sure the doors and the (see pages 63 , 64 , 77 , and
3. Visually check the tires. If a tire tailgate are securely closed and 90 ).
looks low, use a gauge to check its locked.
pressure.
4. Check that any items you may be

carrying are stored properly or
fastened down securely.
558 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:49:46 31TK8600_564
Starting the Engine
Your vehicle’s starter system has an 4. Without touching the accelerator

auto control mode. When you turn pedal, turn the ignition switch to
the ignition switch to the START the START (III) position, then The immobilizer system protects your
(III) position, this feature keeps the release the ignition switch. You do vehicle f rom thef t. If an improperly
engine’s starter motor running until not need to hold the ignition coded key (or other device) is used, the
the engine starts. Follow these switch in the START (III) position engine’s f uel system is disabled. See
instructions to start the engine: to start the engine. The starter Immobilizer System on page 145 .
motor runs until the engine starts
1. Apply the parking brake. or a maximum of 10−25 seconds
depending on engine coolant
2. In cold weather, turn off all temperature. The engine is harder to start in cold
electrical accessories to reduce weather. Also, the thinner air f ound at
Driving
the drain on the battery. If the engine does not start, wait at altitudes above 8,000 f eet (2,400
least 10 seconds before trying meters) adds to this problem.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in again.
Park. Press on the brake pedal.
2011 Odyssey 559

10/07/17 10:49:51 31TK8600_565
Starting the Engine
Check Starter System Message If this message is on, the ignition

On Touring models switch has to be held in the START
(III) position manually until the
engine starts. The ignition switch
can be held in that position up to 15
seconds.
Even though you may be able to

start the engine manually without
the auto control mode of the starting
system, have your vehicle inspected
by a dealer.
If there is a problem with the starter

system, you will see a ‘‘CHECK
STARTER SYSTEM’’ message on
the multi-information display when
the ignition switch is turned to the
ON (II) position. You will also see
this message when the auto control
mode of the starter system has a
problem.
560 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:49:58 31TK8600_566
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lever Position Indicators The ‘‘D’’ indicator comes on for a

few seconds when you turn the
position. If it flashes while driving (in
any shift position), it indicates a
possible problem in the transmission.
If the malfunction indicator lamp

comes on along with the ‘‘D’’
indicator, there is a problem in the
automatic transmission control
system. Avoid rapid acceleration, and
Driving
On Touring models have the transmission checked by
your dealer as soon as possible.
These indicators on the instrument
panel show which position the shift On Touring models
lever is in. When the ‘‘D’’ indicator warns of a
possible problem with the
transmission, you will see a ‘‘CHECK
TRANSMISSION’’ message on the
multi-information display (see page
92 ).
2011 Odyssey 561

10/07/17 10:50:05 31TK8600_567
Shifting Except Touring models On Touring models

To shift from: Do this: To shift from: Do this:
RELEASE BUTTON P to R Press the brake pedal, and P to R Press the brake pedal, and
press the release button. press the release button.
R to P R to P
N to R Press the release button. N to R Press the release button.
D to L D to L
L to D L to D
D to N Move the lever. D to N Move the lever.
N to D N to D
R to N R to N
(Depending D3 to D Press the D3 button. D4 to D Press the D4 button.
on models)
SHIFT LEVER D to D3 D to D4
To shift from Park to any position,

press firmly on the brake pedal, and
press the release button on the front
of the shift lever, then move the
lever. You cannot shift out of Park
when the ignition switch is in the
LOCK (0) or ACCESSORY (I)
position.
562 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:50:12 31TK8600_568
Park (P) − This position mechani- Reverse (R) − Press the brake Drive (D) − Use this position for
cally locks the transmission. Use pedal and the release button on the normal driving. The transmission
Park whenever you are turning off or front of the shift lever to shift from automatically selects a suitable gear
starting the engine. To shift out of Park to reverse. To shift from for your speed and acceleration.
Park, you must press on the brake reverse to neutral, come to a
pedal and have your foot off the complete stop, and then shift. Press Except Touring models
accelerator pedal. Press the release the release button before shifting Drive (D3) − To use D3, press the
button on the front of the shift lever into reverse from neutral. D3 button when the shift lever is in
to move it. the ‘‘D’’ position. This position is simi-
Neutral (N) − Use neutral if you lar to D, except only the first three
If you have done all of the above and need to restart a stalled engine, or if gears are selected instead of all five.
still cannot move the lever out of it is necessary to stop briefly with Use D3 when towing a trailer in hilly
Driving
Park, see Shift Lock Release on the engine idling. Shift to the Park terrain, or to provide engine braking
page 565 . position if you need to leave your when going down a steep hill. D3 can
vehicle for any reason. Press on the also keep the transmission from
To avoid transmission damage, come brake pedal when you are moving cycling between third and fourth
to a complete stop before shifting the shift lever from neutral to gears in stop-and-go driving.
into Park. You must also press the another gear.
release button to shift into Park. The
shift lever must be in Park before
you can remove the key from the
ignition switch.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 563

10/07/17 10:50:16 31TK8600_569
On Touring models Low (L) − To shift to Low, press Engine Speed Limiter
Drive (D4) − To use D4, press the the release button on the front of the If you exceed the maximum speed
D4 button when the shift lever is in shift lever. Use Low to make better for the gear you are in, the engine
the ‘‘D’’ position. This position is use of engine power when climbing, speed will enter into the tachometer’s
similar to D, except only the first and for maximum engine braking red zone. If this occurs, you may feel
four gears are selected instead of all when going down steep hills. the engine cut in and out. This is
six. Use D4 when towing a trailer in caused by a limiter in the engine’s
hilly terrain, or to provide engine computer controls. The engine will
braking when going down a steep hill. run normally when you reduce the
D4 can also keep the transmission rpm below the red zone.
from cycling between fourth and
fifth gears in stop-and-go driving.
564 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:50:26 31TK8600_570
Shift Lock Release RELEASE BUTTON

This allows you to move the shift
lever out of Park if the normal
method of pushing on the brake
pedal and pressing the release
button does not work.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition

switch.
COVER SHIFT LOCK RELEASE SLOT
Driving
3. Put a cloth on the notch of the
shift lock release slot cover to 4. Insert the key in the shift lock 6. Remove the key from the shift
prevent scratches. Using a small release slot. lock release slot, then reinstall the
flat-tip screwdriver or a metal cover. Make sure the notch on the
fingernail file, carefully pry on the 5. Push down on the key while you cover is on the right side. Insert
notch of the cover to remove it. press the release button on the the key into the ignition switch,
shift lever and move the shift lever press the brake pedal, and restart
out of Park to neutral. the engine.
If you need to use the shift lock

release, it means your vehicle is
developing a problem. Have it
checked by your dealer.
2011 Odyssey 565

10/07/17 10:50:35 31TK8600_571
Parking
Always use the parking brake when Parking Tips Never park over dry leaves, tall
you park your vehicle. Make sure Make sure the moonroof (if grass, or other flammable
the parking brake is set firmly, or equipped) and the windows are materials. The hot three way
your vehicle may roll if it is parked closed. catalytic converter could cause
on an incline. these materials to catch on fire.
Turn off the lights.
Set the parking brake before you put If the vehicle is facing uphill, turn
Place any packages, valuables, etc. the front wheels away from the
the transmission in Park. This keeps
in the cargo area or take them curb.
the vehicle from moving and putting
with you.
pressure on the parking mechanism
in the transmission. If the vehicle is facing downhill,
Lock the doors and the tailgate. turn the front wheels toward the
curb.
Check the indicator on the Make sure the parking brake is
instrument panel to verify that the fully released before driving away.
security system is set. Driving with the parking brake
partially set can overheat or
damage the rear brakes.
566 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:50:43 31TK8600_572
Braking System
Your vehicle is equipped with disc Constant application of the brakes Braking System Design
brakes at all four wheels. A power when going down a long hill builds The hydraulic system that operates
assist helps reduce the effort needed up heat and reduces their effective- the brakes has two separate circuits.
on the brake pedal. The emergency ness. Use the engine to assist the Each circuit works diagonally across
brake assist system increases the brakes by taking your foot off the the vehicle (the left-front brake is
stopping force when you depress the accelerator and downshifting to a connected with the right-rear brake,
brake pedal hard in an emergency lower gear. etc.). If one circuit should develop a
situation. The anti-lock brake system problem, you will still have braking
(ABS) helps you retain steering Check your brakes after driving at two wheels.
control when braking very hard. through deep water. Apply the
brakes moderately to see if they feel Brake Pad Wear Indicators
Resting your foot on the pedal keeps normal. If not, apply them gently and All four brakes have audible brake
Driving
the brakes applied lightly, builds up frequently until they do. Be extra wear indicators.
heat, reduces their effectiveness and cautious and alert in your driving.
reduces brake pad life. In addition, If the brake pads need replacing, you
fuel economy can be reduced. It also will hear a distinctive, metallic
keeps your brake lights on all the screeching sound when you apply
time, confusing drivers behind you. the brake pedal. If you do not have
the brake pads replaced, they will
screech all the time. It is normal for
the brakes to occasionally squeal or
squeak when you apply them.
2011 Odyssey 567

10/07/17 10:50:50 31TK8600_573
Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) You will feel a pulsation in the brake ABS Indicator
helps prevent the wheels from pedal when the ABS activates, and
locking up, and helps you retain you may hear some noise. This is If this indicator comes on, the anti-
steering control by pumping the normal: it is the ABS rapidly lock function of the braking system
brakes rapidly, much faster than a pumping the brakes. On dry has shut down. The brakes still work
person can do it. pavement, you will need to press on like a conventional system, but
the brake pedal very hard before the without anti-lock. You should have
The electronic brake distribution ABS activates. However, you may your dealer inspect your vehicle as
(EBD) system, which is part of the feel the ABS activate immediately if soon as possible.
ABS, also balances the front-to-rear you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
braking distribution according to On Touring models
vehicle loading. You will also see a ‘‘CHECK ABS
You should never pump the brake pedal. information display (see page 91 ).
Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the If the ABS indicator comes on while
brake pedal. This is sometimes driving, test the brakes as shown on
referred to as ‘‘stomp and steer.’’ page 672 .
568 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:50:55 31TK8600_574
Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)
If the ABS indicator and the brake Important Safety Reminders A vehicle with ABS may require a
system indicator come on together, ABS does not reduce the time or longer distance to stop on loose or
and the parking brake is fully distance it takes to stop the uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
released, the EBD system may also vehicle. It only helps with the snow, than a vehicle without anti-
be shut down. steering control during braking. lock.
Test your brakes as instructed on ABS will not prevent a skid that
page 672 . If the brakes feel normal, results from changing direction
drive slowly and have your vehicle abruptly, such as trying to take a
repaired by your dealer as soon as corner too fast or making a sudden
possible. Avoid sudden hard braking lane change. Always drive at a safe
which could cause the rear wheels to speed for the road and weather
Driving
lock up and possibly lead to a loss of conditions.
control.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of
stability. Always steer moderately
when you are braking hard. Severe
or sharp steering wheel movement
can still cause your vehicle to veer
into oncoming traffic or off the road.
2011 Odyssey 569

10/07/17 10:51:06 31TK8600_575
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
The vehicle stability assist (VSA) VSA OFF Indicator If the indicator does not come on
system helps to stabilize the vehicle when the ignition switch is turned to
during cornering if the vehicle turns When VSA is off, the VSA OFF the ON (II) position, there may be a
more or less than desired. It also indicator comes on as a reminder. problem with the VSA system. Have
assists you in maintaining traction your dealer inspect your vehicle as
while accelerating on loose or Vehicle Stability Assist soon as possible.
slippery road surfaces. It does this (VSA) System Indicator
by regulating the engine’s output and When VSA activates, you will see the If the low tire pressure indicator or
by selectively applying the brakes. VSA system indicator blink. TPMS indicator comes on, the VSA
system automatically turns on even if
When VSA activates, you may notice If this indicator comes on while the VSA system is turned off by
that the engine does not respond to driving, pull to the side of the road pressing the VSA OFF switch (see
the accelerator in the same way it when it is safe, and turn off the page 571 ). If this happens, you
does at other times. There may also engine. Reset the system by cannot turn the VSA system off by
be some noise from the VSA restarting the engine. If the VSA pressing the VSA OFF switch again.
hydraulic system. You will also see system indicator stays on or comes
the VSA system indicator blink. back on while driving, have the VSA Without VSA, your vehicle still has
system inspected by your dealer. normal braking and cornering ability,
The VSA system cannot enhance the but it does not have VSA traction and
vehicle’s driving stability in all NOTE: The main function of the stability enhancement.
situations and does not control your VSA system is generally known as
vehicle’s entire braking system. It is Electronic Stability Control (ESC).
still your responsibility to drive and The system also includes a traction
corner at reasonable speeds and to control function.
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
570 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:51:15 31TK8600_576
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA OFF Switch VSA is turned on every time you VSA and Tire Sizes
start the engine, even if you turned it Driving with varying tire or wheel
VSA OFF SWITCH off the last time you drove the sizes may cause the VSA to
vehicle. malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are of the same size
In certain unusual conditions when and type as your original tires (see
your vehicle gets stuck in shallow page 647 ).
mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA temporarily If you install winter tires, make sure
switched off. When the VSA system they are the same size as those that
is off, the traction control system is were originally supplied with your
also off. You should only attempt to vehicle. Exercise the same caution
Driving
Touring Elite and
Canadian Touring models free your vehicle with the VSA off if during winter driving as you would if
you are not able to free it when the your vehicle was not equipped with
This switch is under the driver’s side VSA is on. VSA.
vent. To turn the VSA system on and
off, press and hold it until you hear a Immediately after freeing your
beep. vehicle, be sure to switch the VSA on
again. We do not recommend driving
When VSA is off, the VSA OFF your vehicle with the VSA and
indicator comes on as a reminder. traction control systems switched off.
Press and hold the switch again. It
turns the system back on.
2011 Odyssey 571

10/07/17 10:51:23 31TK8600_577
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Except Touring models Low Tire Pressure Driving on a significantly under

Your vehicle is equipped with a tire Indicator inflated tire causes the tire to
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) When the low tire pressure indicator overheat and can lead to tire failure.
that turns on every time you start the is on, one or more of your tires is Underinflation also reduces fuel
engine and monitors the pressure in significantly underinflated. You efficiency and tire tread life, and may
your tires while driving. should stop and check your tires as affect the vehicle’s handling and
soon as possible, and inflate them to stopping ability.
Each tire has its own pressure the proper pressure as indicated on
sensor (not including the spare tire). the vehicle’s tire information placard. Because tire pressure varies by
If the air pressure of a tire becomes temperature and other conditions,
significantly low while driving, the If you think you can safely drive a the low tire pressure indicator may
sensor in that tire immediately sends short distance to a service station, come on unexpectedly.
a signal that causes the low tire proceed slowly, and inflate the tire to
pressure indicator to come on. the recommended pressure shown
on the driver’s doorjamb.
If the tire is flat, or if the tire

pressure is too low to continue
driving, replace the tire with the
compact spare tire (see page 655 ).
If you cannot make the low tire

pressure indicator go out after
inflating the tires to the specified
values, have your dealer check the
system as soon as possible.
572 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:51:31 31TK8600_578
For example, if you check and fill Each tire, including the spare, should If the low tire pressure indicator or
your tires in a warm area, then drive be checked monthly when cold, and TPMS indicator comes on, the VSA
in extremely cold weather, the tire set to the recommended inflation system automatically turns on even if
pressure will be lower than pressure as specified on the tire the VSA system is turned off by
measured and could be underinflated information label and in the owner’s pressing the VSA OFF switch (see
and cause the low tire pressure manual (see page 643 ). page 571 ). If this happens, you
indicator to come on. Or, if you cannot turn the VSA system off by
check and adjust your tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitoring pressing the VSA OFF switch again.
in cooler conditions, and drive into System (TPMS) Indicator
extremely hot conditions, the tire This indicator comes on and stays on When you restart the vehicle with
may become overinflated. However, if there is a problem with the tire the compact spare tire, the TPMS
the low tire pressure indicator will pressure monitoring system. indicator may also come on and stay
Driving
not come on if the tires are on after driving several miles
overinflated. If this happens, the system will shut (kilometers).
off and no longer monitor tire
Refer to page 642 for tire inflation pressures. Have the system checked
guidelines. by your dealer as soon as possible.
Although your tire pressure is

monitored, you must manually check
the tire pressures monthly.
2011 Odyssey 573

10/07/17 10:51:38 31TK8600_579
Changing a Tire with TPMS The low tire pressure indicator or On Touring models
If you have a flat tire, the low tire the TPMS indicator will go off, after Your vehicle is equipped with a tire
pressure indicator will come on. several miles (kilometers) driving, pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
Replace the flat tire with the when you replace the spare tire with that turns on every time you start the
compact spare tire (see page 655 ). the specified regular tire equipped engine and monitors the pressure in
with the tire pressure monitor sensor. your tires while driving.
Each wheel (except the compact
spare tire wheel) is equipped with a Never use a puncture-repairing agent Each tire has its own pressure
tire pressure sensor. You must use in a flat tire. If used, you will have to sensor (not including the spare tire).
TPMS specific wheels. It is replace the tire pressure sensor. If the air pressure of a tire becomes
recommended that you always have Have the flat tire repaired by your significantly low while driving, the
your tires serviced by your dealer or dealer as soon as possible. sensor in that tire immediately sends
qualified technician. a signal that causes the low tire
pressure/TPMS indicator to come
After you replace the flat tire with on.
the compact spare tire, the low tire
pressure indicator stays on. This is
normal; the system is not monitoring
the spare tire pressure. Manually
check the spare tire pressure to be
sure it is correct. After several miles
(kilometers) driving with the
compact spare tire, the TPMS
indicator comes on and the low tire
pressure indicator goes off.
574 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:51:45 31TK8600_580
Low Tire Pressure/ Driving on a significantly under

TPMS Indicator inflated tire causes the tire to
When the low tire pressure/TPMS overheat and can lead to tire failure.
indicator is on, one or more of your Underinflation also reduces fuel
tires is significantly underinflated. efficiency and tire tread life, and may
You should stop and check your tires affect the vehicle’s handling and
as soon as possible, and inflate them stopping ability.
to the proper pressure as indicated
on the vehicle’s tire information Because tire pressure varies by
placard. temperature and other conditions,
the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator may come on unexpectedly.
Driving
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK TIRE
PRESSURE’’ message on the multi-
information display.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 575

10/07/17 10:51:51 31TK8600_581
The TPMS can misinterpret the tire Refer to page 642 for tire inflation Although your tire pressure is
pressure because of differences in guidelines. monitored, you must manually check
air temperature. For example, if you the tire pressures monthly.
check and fill your tires in a warm If there is a problem with the TPMS,
area, then drive in extremely cold this indicator begins to flash. It stops Each tire, including the spare, should
weather, the tire pressure will be flashing after approximately 1 be checked monthly when cold, and
lower than measured and could be minute, then stays on. You will also set to the recommended inflation
underinflated and cause the low tire see a ‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’ pressure as specified on the tire
pressure/TPMS indicator to come message on the multi-information information label and in the owner’s
on. Or, if you check and adjust your display (see page 91 ). manual (see page 643 ).
tire pressure in cooler conditions,
and drive into extremely hot If you think you can safely drive a
conditions, the tires may become short distance to a service station,
overinflated. However, the low tire proceed slowly, and inflate the tire to
pressure/TPMS indicator will not the recommended pressure shown
come on if the tires are overinflated. on the driver’s doorjamb.
If the tire is flat, or if the tire

pressure is too low to continue
driving, replace the tire with the
576 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:52:00 31TK8600_582
TPMS System Failure If you see this message, the system Changing a Tire with TPMS
is off and is not monitoring the tire If you have a flat tire, the low tire
pressures. Have the system checked pressure/TPMS indicator will come
by your dealer as soon as possible. on. Replace the flat tire with the
If the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on, or the multi- After the flat tire is replaced with the
information display shows a spare tire, the low tire pressure/
‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’ message, TPMS indicator stays on while
the VSA system automatically turns driving. After several miles
on even when the VSA system is (kilometers) driving, this indicator
turned off by pressing the VSA OFF begins to flash, then stays on again.
Driving
switch (see page 571 ). If this You will also see a ‘‘CHECK TPMS
happens, you cannot turn the VSA SYSTEM’’ message on the multi-
If there is a problem with the TPMS, system off by pressing the VSA OFF information display. This is normal;
you will see the above message on switch again. the system cannot monitor the spare
the multi-information display. tire pressure. Manually check the
When you restart the vehicle with spare tire pressure to be sure it is
Also, the low tire pressure/TPMS the compact spare tire, the TPMS correct.
indicator begins to flash, then stays system message will also be
on (see page 573 ). displayed on the multi-information
display after several miles
(kilometers) driving.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 577

10/07/17 10:52:06 31TK8600_583
This indicator and the warning If the low tire pressure/TPMS As required by the FCC:
message on the multi-information indicator and the low tire position on This device complies with Part 15 of the
display will go off, after several miles the low tire pressure monitor do not FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
(kilometers) driving, when the spare go out after inflating the tires to the following two conditions: (1) This device
tire is replaced with the specified specified values, have your dealer may not cause harmful interference, and
regular tire equipped with the tire check the system as soon as possible. (2) this device must accept any
pressure monitor sensor. interference received, including
Each wheel is equipped with a tire operation.
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You must Changes or modifications not expressly
use TPMS specific wheels. It is approved by the party responsible for
recommended that you always have compliance could void the user’s
your tires serviced by your dealer or authority to operate the equipment.
a qualified technician.
Never use a puncture-repairing agent Canada Standard RSS-210.
in a flat tire. If used, you will have to Operation is subject to the following two
replace the tire pressure sensor. conditions: (1) this device may not cause
Have the flat tire repaired by your interference, and (2) this device must
dealer as soon as possible. accept any interference that may cause
578 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:52:11 31TK8600_584
Blind Spot Information System (BSI)
Failure to visually confirm that it

is safe to change lanes before
doing so may result in a crash
and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind
spot information system when
changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to

either side of your vehicle, and
Driving
behind you for other vehicles
before changing lanes.
On Touring Elite and Canadian Touring If the system detects vehicles in

models adjacent lanes, it automatically
The blind spot information system illuminates the appropriate indicator
(BSI) is designed to assist you when to provide assistance when you
you are changing lanes. change lanes. It is not a substitute
for visual confirmation that it is safe
to change lanes.
2011 Odyssey 579

10/07/17 10:52:19 31TK8600_585
BSI System Operation When BSI detects a vehicle in an The system will not alert you to all
alert zone, a BSI alert indicator vehicles in blind spot zones (such as
comes on near the corresponding vehicles you have just passed which
outside rearview mirror. you should already be aware of)
unless it remains in the alert zone for
While your vehicle is moving approximately 2 or more seconds.
ALERT forward at a speed between 6 mph
ZONE (10 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h), While the system is on, BSI is active
A
the BSI alert indicator comes on whenever the shift lever is in the D
B under either of the following or D4 position.
conditions:
C Another vehicle overtakes you,

entering the alert zone from
A: Approximately 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) behind, at a speed that differs
B: Approximately 10 ft. (3 m) from your vehicle’s speed by no
C: Approximately 10 ft. (3 m) more than 31 mph (50 km/h).
BSI system is designed to detect You pass a vehicle at a speed that

vehicles in specified alert zones differs from that vehicle’s speed
adjacent to your vehicle, particularly by no more than 12 mph (20
in harder to see areas commonly km/h). The indicator comes on
known as ‘‘blind spots.’’ approximately 2 seconds after the
vehicle enters the alert zone.
580 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:52:23 31TK8600_586
BSI INDICATOR MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY
Driving
BSI ALERT INDICATOR
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE
BSI OFF BUTTON
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 581
10/07/17 10:52:29 31TK8600_587
Impacts to the radar sensors or the

LEVER INDICATOR area around them can affect system
performance. If an impact occurs,
ILLUMINATE
have the system checked by your
dealer.
BLINK
The BSI alert indicator starts to blink Radar sensors, located underneath
as a reminder if you move the turn each corner of the rear bumper,
signal lever in the direction of the detect objects. Do not cover this area
detected vehicle. with labels or stickers of any kind.
Always keep this area free of any
kind of dirt every time you get in the
vehicle.
582 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:52:37 31TK8600_588
Important Precautions The system should be turned off Limitations

Like all assistance systems, BSI has when towing a trailer. Due to the The BSI alert indicators may not
limitations. Over-reliance on BSI may added mass and resulting changes in illuminate under the following
result in a collision. Always look in radar coverage, the system cannot circumstances:
your mirrors, to either side of your operate as intended, and detection of
vehicle, and behind you for other the trailer itself by the radar sensors The speed difference between
vehicles before changing lanes. may cause the BSI alert indicators to your vehicle and a vehicle
illuminate. approaching from behind is
greater than 31 mph (50 km/h).
A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
The speed difference between
Driving
your vehicle and the vehicle you
are passing is greater than 6 mph
(10 km/h).
An object not detected by the
radar sensors approaches or
passes your vehicle.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 583

10/07/19 14:54:53 31TK8600_589
BSI may be adversely affected under EXAMPLES

the following circumstances: GUARD RAIL POLE OR TREE
When objects such as guard rails,

poles, trees, etc., are detected.
When an object that doesn’t
reflect radio waves well, such as a
motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
A vehicle is behind or approaching
your vehicle while on a curved MOTORCYCLE
road.
: BSI Alert indicator is on
When towing a trailer. : BSI Alert indicator is off
A vehicle is moving from a far lane The orientation of the sensors has The system is for your convenience.
to the adjacent lane. been changed. Even if an object is within the alert
zone, the system may not detect it,
The system picks up external Bad weather conditions, such as depending on its shape.
electrical interference. heavy rain, snow and fog.
Always look in your mirrors, to
The rear bumper has been either side of your vehicle, and
deformed, or improperly repaired. behind you for other vehicles before
changing lanes.
584 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:52:52 31TK8600_590
BSI OFF Button To turn the system on again, press

the same button. The BSI indicator
on the instrument panel turns off.
The multi-information display
indicates that the system is on.
When the ignition switch is turned to

the ON (II) position, the system will
be in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting.
Driving
To turn the system off, press the BSI
OFF button when the ignition switch
is in the ON (II) position. The BSI
indicator on the instrument panel
glows amber, indicating that the
system is turned off. The multi-
information display indicates that the
system is off.
2011 Odyssey 585

10/07/17 10:53:01 31TK8600_591
BSI Status Displays

System Multi-Information BSI Indicator Description
Status Display Message
When you push the BSI OFF button, a BSI ON or OFF message is displayed on the multi-
ON − information display for about 5 seconds.
The BSI indicator will remain on while the system is off.
A chime sounds to indicate that the system has been turned ON or OFF.
OFF
If while driving, mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor:

The system may shut down
The BSI indicator illuminates, a message is displayed on the multi-information display, and a
chime sounds.
The BSI indicator will turn off and the system will return to normal once the obstacle is removed,
and you begin to drive.
ON/OFF＊ Always keep the area around the radar sensors clean. BSI may not operate properly if the sensors
are obstructed.
The BSI alert indicator:
May come on when a vehicle enters one of the alert zones, even if this message is displayed.
May not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even if this message is not displayed.
＊: System status may remain on even when the BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE message is
displayed.
If the system is faulty, the BSI indicator illuminates and a message is displayed on the multi-
OFF information display.
Have your vehicle inspected by your Honda dealer.
586 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:53:05 31TK8600_592
As required by the FCC:

This device complies with Part 15 of the
operation.

Driving

2011 Odyssey 587

10/07/17 10:53:12 31TK8600_593
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle has been designed Load Limits

primarily to carry passengers and
their cargo. You can also use it to
tow a trailer if you carefully observe
the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the guidelines
in this section.
Break-In Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your
vehicle’s first 600 miles (1,000 km)
(see page 540 ).
Total Trailer Weight: The Tongue Load: The weight that the
Exceeding any load limit or maximum allowable weight of the tongue of a fully-loaded trailer puts
improperly loading your vehicle trailer and everything in or on it on the hitch should be approximately
and trailer can cause a crash in depends on several factors. See page 10% of the total trailer weight. Too
which you can be seriously hurt 589 for the driving limits for your much tongue load reduces front-tire
or killed. towing situation. Towing a load that traction and steering control. Too
is too heavy can seriously affect your little tongue load can make the
Check the loading of your vehicle’s handling and performance. trailer unstable and cause it to sway.
vehicle and trailer carefully It can also damage the engine and
before starting to drive. drivetrain.
588 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:53:19 31TK8600_594
Towing a Trailer
Maximum Total Trailer Weight Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

Number of Occupants＊ Equipped with ATF cooler (GVWR):
2 3,500 lbs (1,587 kg) The maximum allowable weight of
3 3,350 lbs (1,520 kg) the vehicle, all occupants, all cargo,
4 3,200 lbs (1,451 kg) and the tongue load is 6,019 lbs
5 3,050 lbs (1,383 kg) (2,730 kg).
6 2,900 lbs (1,315 kg)
7 1,450 lbs (658 kg) Gross Axle Weight Rating
8 Towing is Not Recommended. (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of
＊: The corresponding weight limits assume occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the the vehicle, all occupants, all cargo,
back, each occupant weighs 150 lbs (68 kg), and each has 15 lbs (7 kg) of cargo in the cargo area. and the tongue load must not exceed
Driving
Any additional weight, including cargo or accessories, reduces the maximum trailer weight and 2,910 lbs (1,320 kg) on the front axle,
maximum tongue load. Never exceed the gross axle weight ratings. and 3,197 lbs (1,450 kg) on the rear
axle.
To achieve a proper tongue load, start by loading 60% of the load toward the
front of the trailer and 40% toward the rear, then re-adjust the load as needed. Gross Combined Weight Rating
(GCWR):
The maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle and trailer is
8,477 lbs (3,845 kg).
2011 Odyssey 589

10/07/17 10:53:25 31TK8600_595
Towing a Trailer
Checking Loads If you normally pull the same load Towing Equipment and
The best way to confirm that all each time you tow a trailer, you can Accessories
loads are within limits is to check use a suitable scale or a special Towing generally requires a variety
them at a public scale. For public tongue load gauge to check the of supplemental equipment,
scales in your area, check your local tongue load the first time you set up depending on the size of your trailer,
phone book, or contact your trailer a towing combination (a fully loaded how much load you are towing, and
dealer or rental agency for vehicle and trailer), then recheck the where you tow. To ensure the best
assistance. tongue load whenever the conditions quality, we recommend that you
change. purchase Honda equipment
If you cannot get to a public scale, whenever possible.
you can estimate the total trailer
weight by adding the weight of your Discuss your needs with your trailer
trailer (as quoted by the sales or rental agency, and follow the
manufacturer) with everything in or guidelines in this section. Also make
on the trailer. sure that all equipment is properly
installed and meets federal, state,
province, and local regulations.
590 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:53:34 31TK8600_596
Towing a Trailer
Hitches Safety Chains Sway Control

Any hitch used on your vehicle must Always use safety chains when you A sway control device helps
be properly bolted to the underbody, tow a trailer. Make sure the chains minimize swaying that can occur in
using the six threaded holes are secured to the trailer and hitch, crosswinds and in normal and
provided. A hitch and the required and that they cross under the tongue emergency driving maneuvers. If
fluid coolers designed especially for and can catch the trailer if it you experience swaying when
your Odyssey can be obtained from becomes unhitched. Leave enough pulling your trailer, consult the
your Honda dealer. slack to allow the trailer to turn trailer maker for the specific type of
corners easily, but do not let the device and how to install it properly.
Weight Distributing Hitch chains drag on the ground.
Your vehicle is designed to tow Automatic Transmission Fluid
without the need for a load Cooler
Driving
distributing hitch. If you wish to use An additional ATF (automatic
one, please consult your trailer transmission fluid) cooler should be
maker for proper installation and set- installed. This device will help
up. Improper set-up could degrade prevent automatic transmission
the handling, stability, and braking overheating, which could cause
performance of your vehicle. serious damage. The additional ATF
cooler can be obtained from your
dealer.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 591

10/07/17 10:53:43 31TK8600_597
Towing a Trailer
Trailer Brakes Trailer Lights

Honda recommends that any trailer
having a total weight of 1,000 lbs RIGHT TURN ＋B BACKUP LIGHT
(450 kg) or more be equipped with SIGNAL
its own electric or surge-type brakes.
TRAILER HAZARD
There are two common types of LIGHT
trailer brakes: surge and electric. SMALL LIGHT BACKUP LIGHT
Surge brakes are common for boat
trailers, since the brakes will get wet. STOP LIGHT
LEFT TURN
If you choose electric brakes, be ＋B SMALL LIGHT SIGNAL
sure they are electronically actuated.
Do not attempt to tap into your Trailer lights and equipment must Your vehicle is equipped with a
vehicle’s hydraulic system. No comply with federal, state, provincial, connector to install an optional trailer
matter how successful it may seem, territorial, and local regulations. lighting connector that mates with
any attempt to attach trailer brakes Check with your local trailer dealer your vehicle. You can get this
to your vehicles hydraulic system or rental agency for the optional connector from your dealer.
will lower braking effectiveness and requirements in the area where you
create a potential hazard. plan to tow, and use only equipment Refer to the above illustration for
designed for your vehicle. wiring information.
See your trailer dealer or rental
agency for more information on
installing electric brakes.
592 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:53:50 31TK8600_598
Towing a Trailer
If you use a non-Honda trailer Spare Tires Additional Towing Equipment

lighting harness and converter, you When towing a trailer, we Many states and Canadian
can get the connector and pins that recommend that you carry a full-size provinces/territories require special
mate with the connector in your spare wheel and tire for your vehicle outside mirrors when towing a trailer.
vehicle from your dealer. and trailer. If you use the compact Even if they don’t, you should install
spare tire that came with your special mirrors if you cannot clearly
Since lighting and wiring vary by vehicle, it could adversely affect see behind you, or if the trailer
trailer type and brand, you should vehicle handling. See page 647 for creates a blind spot.
have a qualified technician install a proper tire size, page 660 for how to
suitable connector between the store a full size wheel and tire, and Ask your trailer sales or rental
vehicle and the trailer. Improper page 655 for information on agency if any other items are
equipment or installation can cause changing a flat tire. recommended or required for your
Driving
damage to your vehicle’s electrical towing situation.
system and affect your vehicle Remember to unhitch the trailer
warranty. before changing a flat. Ask your
trailer sales or rental agency where
and how to store the trailer’s spare
tire.
2011 Odyssey 593

10/07/17 10:54:00 31TK8600_599
Towing a Trailer
Pre-Tow Checklist All items in or on the trailer are Driving Safely With a Trailer
When preparing to tow, and before properly secured and cannot shift The added weight, length, and
driving away, be sure to check the while you drive. height of a trailer will affect your
following: vehicle’s handling and performance,
Your vehicle tires and spare are so driving with a trailer requires
The vehicle has been properly properly inflated, and the trailer some special driving skills and
serviced, and the suspension, tires and spare are inflated as techniques.
cooling system, and lights are in recommended by the trailer
good operating condition. maker. For your safety and the safety of
The trailer has been properly The lights and brakes on your others, take time to practice driving
serviced and is in good condition. vehicle and the trailer are working maneuvers before heading for the
properly. open road, and follow the guidelines
All weights and loads are within below.
limits.
The hitch, safety chains, and any Towing Speeds and Gears
other attachments are secure. Drive slower than normal in all
driving situations, and obey posted
speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
Use the D position when towing a
trailer on level roads. Do not exceed
55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds,
the trailer may sway or affect vehicle
handling.
594 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:54:10 31TK8600_600
Towing a Trailer, Towing Your Vehicle
Making Turns and Braking If you must stop when facing uphill, Backing Up
Make turns more slowly and wider use the foot brake or parking brake. Always drive slowly and have
than normal. The trailer tracks a Do not try to hold the vehicle in someone guide you when backing up.
smaller arc than your vehicle, and it place by pressing on the accelerator, Grip the bottom of the steering wheel,
can hit or run over something the as this can cause the automatic then turn the wheel to the left to get
vehicle misses. Allow more time and transmission to overheat. the trailer to move to the left, and
distance for braking. Do not brake or turn the wheel right to move the
turn suddenly as this could cause the When driving down hills, reduce trailer to the right.
trailer to jackknife or turn over. your speed and shift down to L. Do
not ‘‘ride’’ the brakes, and remember, Parking
Driving on Hills it will take longer to slow down and Follow all normal precautions when
When climbing hills, closely watch stop when towing a trailer. parking, including putting the
Driving
your temperature gauge. If it nears transmission in Park and firmly
the red mark, turn the air Handling Crosswinds and Buffeting setting the parking brake. Also, place
conditioning off, reduce speed and, if Crosswinds and air turbulence wheel chocks at each of the trailer’s
necessary, pull to the side of the caused by passing trucks can disrupt tires.
road to let the engine cool. your steering and cause the trailer to
sway. When being passed by a large Towing Your Vehicle
If the automatic transmission shifts vehicle, keep a constant speed, and Your vehicle is not designed to be
frequently while going up a hill, shift steer straight ahead. Do not try to towed behind a motor home. If your
to D3 or D4 depending on models. make quick steering or braking vehicle needs to be towed in an
corrections. emergency, see page 683 .
2011 Odyssey 595

10/07/17 10:54:12 31TK8600_601
596 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:54:18 31TK8600_602
Maintenance
This section explains why it is U.S. Vehicles: Maintenance Safety ....................... 598
important to keep your vehicle well Maintenance, replacement, or Maintenance MinderTM.................. 599
maintained and how to follow basic repair of emissions control Fluid Locations............................... 613
maintenance safety precautions. devices and systems may be done Adding Engine Oil ......................... 614
by any automotive repair Changing the Engine Oil and
This section also includes establishment or individual using Filter ............................................ 616
instructions on how to read the parts that are ‘‘certified’’ to EPA Engine Coolant ............................... 618
Maintenance Minder messages on standards. Windshield Washers ..................... 620
the information display or multi- Automatic Transmission Fluid..... 621
information display (depending on Brake Fluid ..................................... 623
models), and instructions for simple Power Steering Fluid..................... 624
maintenance tasks you may want to Timing Belt ..................................... 624
take care of yourself. Lights .............................................. 625
Cleaning the Seat Belts ................. 636
Maintenance
If you have the skills and tools to Dust and Pollen Filter ................... 636
perform more complex maintenance Floor Mats ...................................... 637
tasks on your vehicle, you may want Wiper Blades .................................. 638
to purchase the service manual. See Wheels ............................................ 642
page 707 for information on how to Tires ................................................ 642
obtain a copy, or see your dealer. Checking the Battery .................... 649
Vehicle Storage .............................. 651
Interior Care ................................... 652
2011 Odyssey 597

10/07/17 10:54:28 31TK8600_603
Maintenance Safety
All service items not detailed in this Injury from moving parts. Do
section should be performed by a not run the engine unless
certified technician or other qualified Improperly maintaining this instructed to do so.
mechanic. vehicle, or failing to correct a
problem before driving can
Important Safety Precautions cause a crash in which you can
To eliminate potential hazards, read be seriously hurt or killed. Failure to properly follow
the instructions before you begin, maintenance instructions and
and make sure you have the tools Always follow the inspection precautions can cause you to
and skills required. and maintenance be seriously hurt or killed.
Make sure your vehicle is parked recommendations and
on level ground, the parking brake schedules in this owner’s Always follow the procedures
is set, and the engine is off. manual. and precautions in this owner’s
manual.
To clean parts, use a commercially
available degreaser or parts Potential Vehicle Hazards
cleaner, not gasoline. Carbon Monoxide poison from Some of the most important safety
engine exhaust. Be sure there is precautions are given here. However,
To reduce the possibility of fire or adequate ventilation whenever you we cannot warn you of every
explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, operate the engine. conceivable hazard that can arise in
and flames away from the battery performing maintenance. Only you
and all fuel-related parts. Burns from hot parts. Let the can decide whether or not you
engine and exhaust system cool should perform a given task.
Wear eye protection and down before touching any parts.
protective clothing when working
with the battery or compressed air.
598 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:54:36 31TK8600_604
Maintenance MinderTM
Your vehicle displays engine oil life The remaining engine oil life is Engine Oil Life Display
and maintenance service items on shown on the display according to Except Touring models
the information display or multi- this table:
information display (depending on
models) to show you when you Calculated Displayed
should have your dealer perform Engine Oil Life (%) Engine Oil Life (%)
engine oil replacement and indicated 100% − 91% 100%
maintenance services. 90% − 81% 90%
80% − 71% 80%
Based on the engine operating 70% − 61% 70%
conditions and accumulated engine 60% − 51% 60%
revolutions, the onboard computer in 50% − 41% 50% ENGINE OIL SELECT/
your vehicle calculates the remaining 40% − 31% 40% LIFE DISPLAY RESET KNOB
engine oil life and displays it as a 30% − 21% 30% U.S. model is shown.
Maintenance
percentage. 20% − 16% 20%
15% − 11% 15% To see the current engine oil life,
10% − 6% 10% turn the ignition switch to the ON
5% − 1% 5% (II) position, and press the select/
0% 0% reset knob repeatedly until the
engine oil life display appears (see
page 78 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 599

10/07/17 10:54:43 31TK8600_605
MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE(S) ‘‘SERVICE’’ MESSAGE
MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR ENGINE OIL LIFE INDICATOR

U.S. model is shown. U.S. model is shown. U.S. model is shown.
If the remaining engine oil life is 15 The 15 and 10 percent oil life When the remaining engine oil life is
to 6 percent, you will see the engine indicators remind you that your 5 to 1 percent, you will see a
oil life indicator every time you turn vehicle will soon be due for ‘‘SERVICE’’ message along with the
the ignition switch to the ON (II) scheduled maintenance. same maintenance item code(s),
position. The Maintenance Minder every time you turn the ignition
indicator will also come on, and the switch to the ON (II) position.
maintenance item code(s) for other
scheduled maintenance items
needing service will be displayed
near the ‘‘OIL LIFE’’ message.
600 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:54:53 31TK8600_606
The maintenance item code or codes

indicate the main and sub items
required at the time of the oil change
(see page 602 ).
You can switch the information

display from the engine oil life
display to the odometer or the trip
meter. Press and release the select/
reset knob on the instrument panel.
NEGATIVE DISTANCE TRAVELED
When the engine oil life is 15 to 1 U.S. model is shown. U.S. model is shown.
percent, the Maintenance Minder
indicator ( ) comes on every When the remaining engine oil life is If you do not perform the indicated
Maintenance
time you turn the ignition switch to 0 percent, the engine oil life indicator maintenance, negative distance
the ON (II) position, then it goes out will blink. The display comes on traveled is displayed and begins to
if you switch the information display. every time you turn the ignition blink after the vehicle has been
switch to the ON (II) position. The driven 10 miles (10 km) or more.
When you see this message, have Maintenance Minder indicator
the indicated maintenance ( ) also comes on and remains Negative distance traveled means
performed by your dealer as soon as on in the instrument panel. When your vehicle has passed the
possible. you see this message, immediately maintenance required point.
have the indicated maintenance done
by your dealer. Immediately have the indicated
maintenance done by your dealer.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 601

10/07/17 10:55:03 31TK8600_607
To change the information display Maintenance Main Items and Sub Resetting the Engine Oil Life
from the engine oil life display to the Items Display
odometer or the trip meter, press Except Touring models Except Touring models
and release the select/reset knob. Your dealer will reset the display
MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEM after completing the required
When the engine oil life is 0 percent maintenance service. You will see
or negative distance traveled, the ‘‘OIL LIFE 100%’’ on the information
Maintenance Minder indicator display the next time you turn the
( ) remains on even if you ignition switch to the ON (II)
change the information display. position.
Immediately have the service If maintenance service is done by

performed, and make sure to reset someone other than your dealer,
the display as described as follows. MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM(S) reset the Maintenance Minder as
U.S. model is shown. follows:
All maintenance items displayed on 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

the information display are in code. (II) position.
For an explanation of these
maintenance codes, see page 612 . 2. Press the select/reset knob
repeatedly until the engine oil life
is displayed.
602 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:55:12 31TK8600_608
OIL LIFE DISPLAY On Touring models

SEL/RESET BUTTON
Except LX
model
: Press and release the

select/reset knob. ENGINE OIL INFO (▲/▼)
U.S. model is shown. U.S. model is shown. LIFE DISPLAY BUTTON
3. Press the select/reset knob for 5. Press the select/reset knob for
Maintenance
about 10 seconds. The information another 5 seconds. The To see the current engine oil life,
display shows the reset mode maintenance item code(s) will turn the ignition switch to the ON
initial display as shown. disappear, and the engine oil life (II) position, and push and release
will reset to ‘‘100.’’ the INFO (▲/▼) button on the
4. Select the ‘‘OIL LIFE’’ display by steering wheel repeatedly, until the
pressing and releasing the select/ engine oil life is displayed (see page
reset knob. Press the same knob 84 ).
for a few seconds to enter this
setting.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 603

10/07/17 10:55:18 31TK8600_609
MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE(S) SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR
When the remaining engine oil life is The system message indicator on To cancel the system message, press
15 percent or less, the display shows the instrument panel will also come and release the INFO (▲/▼) button
a ‘‘SERVICE DUE SOON’’ message on, and a beeper will sound. on the steering wheel. At this time,
along with the maintenance item the system message indicator will
code(s) for other scheduled also be turned off. Then the display
maintenance items needing service. will change to the engine oil life
display. You will see the
maintenance item code(s) along with
the engine oil life on the multi-
604 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:55:23 31TK8600_610
You will also see the system The system message indicator on
message every time you turn the the instrument panel will also come
ignition switch to the ON (II) on, and a beeper will sound.
position until you have the indicated
maintenance performed by your
dealer.
The maintenance item code(s)

indicate the main and sub items
required at the time of the oil change
(see page 609 ).
When the remaining engine oil life is
Maintenance
less than 5 percent, you will see the
above display. The display then
changes to ‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW.’’
Have the indicated maintenance
done as soon as possible.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 605

10/07/17 10:55:28 31TK8600_611
You will also see the system

message every time you turn the
dealer.
To cancel the system message, press If the indicated maintenance service

and release the INFO (▲/▼) button is not done and the engine oil life
on the steering wheel. At this time, reaches 0 percent, you will see a
the system message indicator will ‘‘SERVICE PAST DUE’’ message
also be turned off. Then the display along with the maintenance item
will change to the engine oil life code(s) on the multi-information
display. You will see a ‘‘SERVICE’’ display.
message and along with the
maintenance item code(s) on the
multi-information display.
606 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:55:34 31TK8600_612
The system message indicator on The system message will appear

the instrument panel will also come again by pressing the INFO (▲/▼)
on, and a beeper will sound. button after canceling it.
When you see this message, have You will also see the system
the indicated maintenance done by message every time you turn the
your dealer immediately. ignition switch to the ON (II)
dealer.
To cancel the system message, press
Maintenance
and release the INFO (▲/▼) button
on the steering wheel. At this time,
the system message indicator will
not be turned off. Then the display
will change to the engine oil life
display. You will see the engine oil
life blinking and a ‘‘SERVICE’’
message along with the maintenance
item code(s) on the multi-
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 607

10/07/17 10:55:41 31TK8600_613
U.S. U.S.
The system message will appear
again by pressing the INFO (▲/▼)
button after canceling it.
You will also see the system

message every time you turn the
Canada Canada
dealer.
Negative distance traveled means

your vehicle has passed the
If the indicated required service is To cancel the system message, press maintenance required point.
not done and the remaining engine and release the INFO (▲/▼) button
oil life becomes 0%, the multi- on the steering wheel. At this time, Immediately have the service
information display will show a the system message indicator will performed, and make sure to reset
‘‘SERVICE PAST DUE’’ message, not be turned off. Then the display the display as described on page 609 .
the total distance traveled after the will change to the engine oil life
remaining oil life became 0%, and the display. You will see the negative
maintenance item code(s). distance traveled blinking and a
‘‘SERVICE’’ message along with the
maintenance item code(s) on the
multi-information display.
608 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:55:50 31TK8600_614
Maintenance Main Items and Sub Resetting the Engine Oil Life
Items Display
On Touring models On Touring models
Your dealer will reset the display
after completing the required
maintenance service. You will see
‘‘OIL LIFE 100%’’ on the display the
next time you turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position.
If maintenance service is done by MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM(S)

someone other than your dealer, MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEM
reset the Maintenance Minder as
follows: 3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET
Maintenance
button on the steering wheel for
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON more than 10 seconds. The
All maintenance items displayed on (II) position. remaining engine oil life reset
the information display are in code. mode will be shown on the multi-
For an explanation of these 2. Press the SEL/RESET button on information display.
maintenance codes, see page 612 . the steering wheel until you see
the engine oil life display.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 609

10/07/17 10:55:56 31TK8600_615
Important Maintenance However, service at a dealer is not

Precautions mandatory to keep your warranties
If you have the required service in effect. Maintenance may be done
done but do not reset the display, or by any qualified service facility or
reset the display without doing the person who is skilled in this type of
service, the system will not show the automotive service. Make sure to
correct maintenance intervals. This have the service facility or person
can lead to serious mechanical reset the display as previously
problems because you will no longer described. Keep all receipts as proof
have an accurate record of when of completion, and have the person
maintenance is needed. who does the work fill out your
U.S. model is shown. Honda Service History or Canadian
Your authorized Honda dealer Maintenance Log. Check your
4. Select ‘‘RESET’’ by pressing the knows your vehicle best and can warranty booklet for more
INFO (▲/▼) button, then press provide competent, efficient service. information.
the SEL/RESET button to reset
the engine oil life display. The We recommend the use of Honda
maintenance item code(s) will parts and fluids whenever you have
disappear, and the engine oil life maintenance done. These are
will reset to ‘‘100.’’ If you want to manufactured to the same high-
cancel the oil life reset mode, quality standards as the original
select ‘‘CANCEL.’’ components, so you can be confident
of their performance and durability.
610 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:56:05 31TK8600_616
U.S. Vehicles: Owner’s Maintenance Checks Lights − Check the operation of

According to state and federal You should check the following the headlights, parking lights,
regulations, failure to perform items at the specified intervals. If taillights, high-mount brake light,
maintenance on the items marked you are unsure of how to perform and license plate lights monthly.
with ＃ will not void your emissions any check, turn to the appropriate See page 625 .
warranties. However, all page listed.
maintenance services should be
performed in accordance with the Engine oil level − Check every
intervals indicated by the odometer/ time you fill the fuel tank. See
trip meter display or the multi- page 545 .
information display. Engine coolant level − Check the
radiator reserve tank every time
you fill the fuel tank. See page 545 .
Maintenance
Automatic transmission − Check
the fluid level monthly. See page
621 .
Brakes − Check the fluid level
monthly. See page 623 .
Tires − Check the tire pressure
monthly. Examine the tread for
wear and foreign objects. See page
643 .
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 611

10/07/17 10:56:13 31TK8600_617
Symbol Maintenance Main Items Symbol Maintenance Sub Items

A Replace engine oil＊1 1 Rotate tires
B Replace engine oil＊1 and oil filter 2 Replace air cleaner element
Inspect front and rear brakes If you drive in dusty conditions, replace
Check parking brake adjustment every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
Inspect these items: Replace dust and pollen filter
Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high
Suspension components concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
Driveshaft boots from diesel-powered vehicles, replace every 15,000
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA) miles (24,000 km).
Maintenance Minder
All fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect drive belt

Exhaust system＃ 3 Replace transmission fluid
Fuel lines and connections＃ 4 Replace spark plugs
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
＊1 : If the message ‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW’’ does not appear within 12 months If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over
after the display was last reset, change the engine oil every year. 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under −20°F,
−29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.
＃ : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty in the first column Inspect valve clearance
on page 611 . 5 Replace engine coolant
NOTE: Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake

fluid every 3 years.
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 only if they are noisy.
612 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:56:17 31TK8600_618
Fluid Locations
POWER STEERING FLUID

(Red cap)
BRAKE FLUID
(Black cap)
WASHER FLUID
(Blue cap)
Maintenance
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
FLUID DIPSTICK
(Yellow loop)
ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK RADIATOR CAP ENGINE OIL FILL CAP

(Orange loop)
2011 Odyssey 613

10/07/17 10:56:23 31TK8600_619
Adding Engine Oil
ENGINE OIL FILL CAP Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and Recommended Engine Oil
tighten it securely. Wait a few
minutes, and recheck the oil level on API CERTIFICATION SEAL
the engine oil dipstick. Do not fill
above the upper mark; you could
damage the engine.
Unscrew and remove the engine oil

fill cap on top of the valve cover. Oil is a major contributor to your
Pour in the oil slowly and carefully so engine’s performance and longevity.
you do not spill. Clean up any spills Always use a premium-grade 0W-20
immediately. Spilled oil could detergent oil displaying the API
damage components in the engine Certification Seal. This seal indicates
compartment. the oil is energy conserving, and that
it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
614 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:56:30 31TK8600_620
Adding Engine Oil
Honda Motor Oil is the preferred Synthetic Oil

0W-20 lubricant for your vehicle. It is You may use a synthetic motor oil if
highly recommended that you use it meets the same requirements
Honda Motor Oil in your vehicle for given for a conventional motor oil: it
optimum engine protection. Make displays the API Certification Seal,
sure the API Certification Seal says and it is the proper weight. You must
‘‘For Gasoline Engines’’. follow the oil and filter change
intervals shown on the odometer/
trip meter display or on the multi-
Ambient Temperature
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle’s engine does not
The oil viscosity or weight is require any oil additives. Additives
Maintenance
provided on the container’s label. may adversely affect engine or
0W-20 oil is formulated for year- transmission performance and
round protection of your vehicle to durability.
improve cold weather starting and
fuel economy.
2011 Odyssey 615

10/07/17 10:56:37 31TK8600_621
Changing the Engine Oil and Filter
Always change the oil and filter DRAIN BOLT OIL FILTER
according to the maintenance
messages shown on the odometer/
trip meter display or on the multi-
information display. The oil and filter
collect contaminants that can dam-
age your engine if they are not
removed regularly.
Changing the oil and filter requires

special tools and access from
underneath the vehicle. The vehicle WASHER
should be raised on a service station-
type hydraulic lift for this service. 1. Run the engine until it reaches 3. Remove the oil filter, and let the
Unless you have the knowledge and normal operating temperature, remaining oil drain. A special
proper equipment, you should have then shut it off. wrench (available from your
this maintenance done by a skilled dealer) is required.
technician. 2. Open the hood, and remove the
engine oil fill cap. Remove the oil Make sure the oil filter gasket is
drain bolt and washer from the not stuck to the contacting surface
bottom of the engine. Drain the oil of the engine. If it is, remove it
into an appropriate container. before installing a new oil filter.
616 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:56:46 31TK8600_622
Changing the Engine Oil and Filter
4. Install a new oil filter according to 7. Replace the engine oil fill cap.
the instructions that come with it. Start the engine. The oil pressure
indicator should go out within 5 Improper disposal of engine oil can be
5. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, seconds. If it does not, turn off the harmf ul to the environment. If you
then reinstall the drain bolt. engine, and check your work. change your own oil, please dispose of
Tighten the drain bolt to: the used oil properly. Put it in a sealed
29 lbf·ft (39 N·m , 4.0 kgf·m) 8. Let the engine run for several container, and take it to a recycling
minutes, then check the drain bolt center. Do not discard it in a trash bin
6. Refill the engine with the and oil filter for leaks. or dump it on the ground.
recommended oil.
9. Turn off the engine and let it sit
Engine oil change capacity for several minutes, then check
(including filter): the oil level on the dipstick. If
4.5 US qt (4.3 ) necessary, add more oil.
Maintenance
2011 Odyssey 617
10/07/17 10:56:52 31TK8600_623
Engine Coolant
Adding Engine Coolant Always use Honda Long-life Anti- If the reserve tank is completely
freeze/Coolant Type 2. This coolant empty, you should also check the
RESERVE TANK is pre-mixed with 50 percent coolant level in the radiator.
antifreeze and 50 percent distilled
water. Never add straight antifreeze
or plain water.
Removing the radiator cap
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not while the engine is hot can
available, you may use another cause the coolant to spray out,
major-brand non-silicate coolant as a seriously scalding you.
temporary replacement. Make sure it
is a high-quality coolant Always let the engine and
MAX MIN recommended for aluminum engines. radiator cool down before
Continued use of any non-Honda removing the radiator cap.
If the coolant level in the reserve coolant can result in corrosion,
tank is at or below the MIN line, add causing the cooling system to
coolant to bring it up to the MAX line. malfunction or fail. Have the cooling
Inspect the cooling system for leaks. system flushed and refilled with
Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
618 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:57:00 31TK8600_624
Engine Coolant
RADIATOR CAP FILLER NECK

4. Put the radiator cap back on, and
tighten it fully.
5. Pour coolant into the reserve tank.

Fill it to halfway between the MAX
and MIN marks. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
Do not add any rust inhibitors or

other additives to your vehicle’s
cooling system. They may not be
Fill up to here compatible with the coolant or
engine components.
1. When the radiator and engine are 3. The coolant level should be up to
Maintenance
cool, relieve any pressure in the the base of the filler neck. Add
cooling system by turning the coolant if it is low.
radiator cap counterclockwise,
without pressing down. Pour the coolant slowly and
carefully so you do not spill. Clean
2. Remove the radiator cap by up any spill immediately; it could
pushing down and turning damage components in the engine
counterclockwise. compartment.
2011 Odyssey 619

10/07/17 10:57:08 31TK8600_625
Windshield Washers
Check the fluid level in the Fill the reservoir with a good-quality
windshield washer reservoir at least windshield washer fluid. This
monthly during normal use. This increases the cleaning capability and
reservoir supplies the windshield and prevents freezing in cold weather.
rear window washers.
When you refill the reservoir, clean
Check the fluid level by removing the edges of the windshield wiper
the cap and looking at the level blades with windshield washer fluid
gauge attached to the cap. on a clean cloth. This will help to
condition the blade edges.
LEVEL GAUGE
On Canadian models: The low washer Do not use engine antif reeze or a
level indicator comes on when the vinegar/water solution in the
level is low (see page 74 ). windshield washer reservoir. Antif reeze
can damage your vehicle’s paint, while
On Canadian Touring model: a vinegar/water solution can damage
You will also see a ‘‘WASHER the windshield washer pump. Use only
FLUID LOW’’ message on the multi- commercially-available windshield
information display (see page 92 ). washer f luid.
620 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:57:16 31TK8600_626
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Except Touring models Touring models Except Touring models
UPPER MARK
LOWER MARK
DIPSTICK DIPSTICK
Check the fluid level with the engine 2. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) 3. Insert the dipstick all the way into
Maintenance
at normal operating temperature. from the transmission, and wipe it the transmission securely as
with a clean cloth. shown in the illustration.
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
Start the engine, let it run until the 4. Remove the dipstick, and check
radiator fan comes on, then shut the fluid level. It should be
off the engine. For accurate between the upper and lower
results, wait about 60 seconds (but marks.
no longer than 90 seconds) before
doing step 2.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 621

10/07/17 10:57:24 31TK8600_627
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Always use Honda ATF DW-1

GUIDE
(automatic transmission fluid).
Use only Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic
6. Insert the dipstick all the way back transmission f luid). Do not mix with
into the transmission securely as other transmission f luids.
shown in the illustration. Using transmission f luid other than
Honda ATF DW-1 may cause
Make sure the rubber cap on the deterioration in transmission operation
UPPER MARK dipstick fits in the dipstick guide and durability, and could result in
LOWER MARK and that you push the dipstick in damage to the transmission.
all the way. Damage resulting f rom the use of
Touring models transmission f luid other than Honda
The transmission should be drained ATF DW-1 is not covered by the Honda
5. If the level is below the lower and refilled with new fluid when this new vehicle warranty.
mark, add fluid into the dipstick service is indicated on a maintenance
tube to bring it to the level message on the information display
between the upper and lower or on the multi-information display
marks on the dipstick. (depending on models).
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so If you are not sure how to add fluid,
you do not spill any. Clean up any contact your dealer.
spill immediately; it could damage
components in the engine
compartment.
622 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:57:32 31TK8600_628
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the Always use Honda Heavy Duty MAX
reservoirs monthly. Brake Fluid DOT 3. If it is not
available, you should use only DOT 3
On Touring models or DOT 4 fluid, from a sealed
You will also see the ‘‘BRAKE container, as a temporary
FLUID LOW’’ message on the multi- replacement.
information display when the brake
fluid level is low. Using any non-Honda brake fluid can
cause corrosion and decrease the life
Independent of the Maintenance of the system. Have the brake
Minder information, replace the system flushed and refilled with
brake fluid every 3 years. Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid MIN
DOT 3 as soon as possible.
The fluid level should be between
Maintenance
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not the MIN and MAX marks on the side
compatible with your vehicle’s of the reservoir. If the level is at or
braking system and can cause below the MIN mark, your brake
extensive damage. system needs attention. Have the
brake system inspected for leaks or
worn brake pads.
2011 Odyssey 623

10/07/17 10:57:41 31TK8600_629
Power Steering Fluid, Timing Belt
Power Steering Fluid Always use Honda Power Steering Timing Belt
Fluid. You may use another power The timing belt should be replaced
UPPER LEVEL steering fluid as an emergency at the intervals shown in the
replacement, but have the power Maintenance MinderTM schedule.
steering system flushed and refilled
with Honda PSF as soon as possible. Replace the timing belt every 60,000
miles (100,000 km) if you regularly
A low power steering fluid level can drive your vehicle in any of the
indicate a leak in the system. Check following conditions:
the fluid level frequently, and have In very high temperatures
the system inspected as soon as (over 110°F, 43°C).
possible.
LOWER LEVEL In very low temperatures
If you are not sure how to add fluid, (under −20°F, −29°C).
Check the level on the side of the contact your dealer. Frequently towing a trailer.
reservoir when the engine is cold.
The fluid should be between the
UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL.
If not, add power steering fluid to the Turning the steering wheel to f ull lef t
UPPER LEVEL mark. or right lock and holding it there can
damage the power steering pump.
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so
you do not spill. Clean up any spill
immediately; it could damage
components in the engine
compartment.
624 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:57:48 31TK8600_630
Lights
Headlight Aiming High Voltage Discharge Tube Replacing a Headlight Bulb

The headlights were properly aimed Headlights Your vehicle has halogen headlight
when your vehicle was new. If you On Touring Elite and Canadian Touring bulbs. When replacing a bulb, handle
regularly carry heavy items in the models it by its base, and protect the glass
cargo area or pull a trailer, The low beam headlight bulbs are a from contact with your skin or hard
readjustment may be required. type of high voltage discharge tube. objects. If you touch the glass, clean
Adjustments should be done by your High voltage can remain in the it with denatured alcohol and a clean
dealer or other qualified technician. circuit even with the light switch off cloth.
and the key removed. Because of
this, you should not attempt to
examine or change a low beam
headlight bulb yourself. If a low Halogen headlight bulbs get very hot
beam headlight bulb fails, take your when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch
on the glass can cause the bulb to
Maintenance
vehicle to a dealer to have it replaced.
overheat and shatter.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 625

10/07/17 10:57:56 31TK8600_631
Lights
High Beam Headlights COOLANT RESERVE TANK STAY BRACKET

HOLDING CLIPS
STAY HOLDING CLIP POWER STEERING RESERVOIR
To change a bulb on the Remove the power steering

1. Open the hood. passenger’s side, use a flat-tip reservoir from the stay bracket to
screwdriver to remove the holding get enough working space.
2. To change a bulb on the driver’s clip from the engine coolant
side, remove the upper part of the reserve tank, and then remove the
air intake duct. engine coolant reserve tank out of
its stay.
Use a flat-tip screwdriver to
remove the holding clip, then
remove the upper part.
626 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:58:08 31TK8600_632
Lights
BULB 5. Insert the new bulb into the hole, Low Beam Headlights
and turn it one-quarter turn 1. Open the hood.
clockwise to lock it in place.
BULB
6. Push the electrical connector onto TAB
TAB the new bulb.
7. Turn on the headlights to test the

new bulb.
8. Driver’s side
CONNECTOR Reinstall the air intake duct
securely.
3. Remove the electrical connector
CONNECTOR
Maintenance
from the bulb by pushing on the Passenger’s side
tab and pulling the connector Reinstall the engine coolant
reserve tank and power steering 2. Remove the electrical connector
down.
reservoir. from the bulb by pushing on the
tab and pulling the connector
4. Remove the bulb by turning it
down.
about one-quarter turn
counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb by turning it
about one-quarter turn
counterclockwise.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 627

10/07/17 10:58:18 31TK8600_633
Lights
4. Insert the new bulb into the hole, Replacing the Front Side Marker/ 4. Push the new bulb straight into
and turn it one-quarter turn Parking/Turn Signal Light Bulb the socket until it bottoms.
clockwise to lock it in place. 1. Open the hood.
5. Insert the socket back into the
5. Push the electrical connector onto BULB headlight assembly. Turn it
the new bulb. clockwise to lock it in place.
6. Turn on the headlights to test the 6. Turn on the lights to make sure
new bulb. the new bulb is working.
SOCKET
2. Remove the socket from the

headlight assembly by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
3. Pull the bulb straight out of its

socket.
628 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:58:25 31TK8600_634
Lights
Replacing a Fog Light Bulb The fog lights were properly aimed
On Touring models when your vehicle was new. If you
Your vehicle uses halogen light regularly carry heavy items in the
bulbs. When replacing a bulb, cargo area or pull a trailer,
handle it by its plastic case, and readjustment may be required.
protect the glass from contact with Adjustment should be done by your
your skin or hard objects. If you dealer or another qualified
touch the glass, clean it with technician.
denatured alcohol and a clean
cloth. 1. Start the engine. If you are
replacing a driver’s side bulb, turn
the steering wheel all the way to MOUNTING BOLT SCREWS
the right. If you are replacing a
Halogen light bulbs get very hot when passenger’s side bulb, turn the 2. Use a 10 mm wrench to remove
Maintenance
lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on steering wheel to the left. Turn off the mounting bolt, and remove the
the glass can cause the bulb to overheat the engine. screws with a Phillips-head
and shatter. screwdriver. Pull the inner fender
cover back.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 629

10/07/17 10:58:35 31TK8600_635
Lights
5. Insert the new bulb into the hole, Replacing Rear Bulbs
BULB and turn it one-quarter turn (in Rear Pillar)
clockwise to lock it in place.
6. Push the electrical connector back

onto the bulb. Make sure it is on
all the way. Pull up
7. Turn on the fog lights to test the

new bulb. Slide
TAB CONNECTOR 8. Reinstall the inner fender. Make

sure it is installed under the edge
3. Remove the electrical connector of the front bumper. MOUNTING BOLTS
from the bulb by pushing on the
tab to unlock it, then slide the 9. Reinstall the screws and mounting 1. Open the tailgate.
connector off the bulb. bolt on the inner fender cover, and
tighten them securely. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to
4. Remove the bulb by turning it remove the two mounting bolts.
approximately one-quarter turn
counterclockwise.
630 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:58:44 31TK8600_636
Lights
2. Rotate the assembly toward the SNAP FASTENERS

side panel until it slightly overlaps SOCKET
the bumper and the bottom of the
taillight housing is exposed.
3. With the hand closest to the cargo

area, use your fingers to grip the
bottom edge of the assembly.
4. Apply a rearward and upward

pulling motion to release the lower
BULB
fastener from the grommet.
5. Continue to support the assembly 7. Determine which of the two bulbs
Maintenance
while placing the fingers of the is burned out: stop/taillight or turn
outer hand on the top of the outer signal light.
corner of the assembly.
8. Remove the socket for that bulb
6. Pull with the upper finger and by turning it one-quarter turn
hand to release the upper fastener counterclockwise.
from the top grommet.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 631

10/07/17 10:58:53 31TK8600_637
Lights
9. Pull the bulb straight out of its Replacing Rear Bulbs

socket. Push the new bulb straight (in Tailgate)
into the socket until it bottoms. If the grommets are loose or completely
out of the holes af ter the taillight
10.Reinstall the socket into the light assembly is removed, they must be
assembly by turning it one-quarter replaced. Ask your dealer f or more
clockwise until it locks. inf ormation.
11.Turn on the lights to make sure 13.Insert the fasteners into the
the new bulb is working. grommets and push the assembly
back into place. You will hear the
fasteners engage.
GROMMET
14.Install the mounting bolts and COVER
tighten securely.
1. Open the tailgate. Place a cloth on
the edge of the cover to prevent
scratches. Remove it by carefully
prying in the notch on its edge
with a small flat-tip screwdriver.
FASTENER 2. Determine which of the two bulbs
is burned out: taillight or back-up
12.Ensure that the grommets are still light.
in place on the body panel.
632 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:59:04 31TK8600_638
Lights
(Back-up light) 5. Pull the bulb straight out of its (Taillight)

socket. Push the new bulb straight
CONNECTOR into the socket until it bottoms. BULB
6. Insert the socket back into the

light assembly. Turn it clockwise
to lock it in place.
TAB 7. Reinstall the base gasket.
BASE GASKET 8. Push the electrical connector back
SOCKET onto the socket. Make sure it is on
BULB all the way. SOCKET
Maintenance
3. Remove the electrical connector 9. Turn on the lights to make sure 3. Remove the socket by turning it
from the bulb by pushing on the the new bulb is working. one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
tab to unlock it, then slide the
connector off the bulb. 10.Reinstall the cover. 4. Pull the bulb straight out of its
socket. Push the new bulb straight
4. Remove the base gasket as shown, into the socket until it bottoms.
then remove the socket by turning
it one-quarter turn
counterclockwise.
2011 Odyssey 633

10/07/17 10:59:13 31TK8600_639
Lights
5. Insert the socket back into the Replacing a High-mount Brake

BULB
light assembly. Turn it clockwise Light Bulb
to lock it in place.
LENS SEGMENTS
6. Turn on the lights to make sure
the new bulb is working.
7. Reinstall the cover.
SOCKET
SCREWS 3. Remove the socket from the light

assembly by turning it one-quarter
1. Place a cloth on the edge of the turn counterclockwise.
lens segment to prevent scratches.
Remove each lens segment by 4. Pull the bulb straight out of its
carefully prying on its edge with a socket. Push the new bulb straight
small flat-tip screwdriver. into the socket until it bottoms.
2. Remove the screws with a Phillips-

head screwdriver, then remove
the light assembly from the
tailgate.
634 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:59:22 31TK8600_640
Lights
5. Press the brake pedal to make Replacing a Rear License Plate

TABS
sure the new bulb is working. Light Bulb
6. Put the socket back into the light COVER

assembly, and turn it clockwise to
lock it in place.
7. Reinstall the high-mount brake

light assembly into the tailgate.
Tighten the two screws and
reinstall the covers.
BULB
3. Pull the bulb straight out of its
Maintenance
socket. Push the new bulb in until
1. Open the tailgate. Place a cloth on it bottoms in the socket.
the edge of the cover to prevent
scratches. Remove it by carefully 4. Turn on the parking lights and
prying in the notch on its edge check that the new bulb is
with a small flat-tip screwdriver. working.
2. Remove the license light assembly 5. Reinstall the socket. Snap the
by squeezing the tabs on both cover back in place.
sides of the socket.
2011 Odyssey 635

10/07/17 10:59:28 31TK8600_641
Cleaning the Seat Belts, Dust and Pollen Filter
Cleaning the Seat Belts Dust and Pollen Filter Have your dealer replace the filter
This filter removes the dust and when this service is indicated by a
LOOP pollen that is brought in from the maintenance message on the
outside through the climate control odometer/trip meter display or on
system. the multi-information display. It
should be replaced every 15,000
miles (24,000 km) if you drive
primarily in urban areas that have
high concentrations of soot in the air,
or if the flow from the climate
control system becomes less than
usual.
If your seat belts get dirty, use a soft

brush with a mixture of mild soap
and warm water to clean them. Do
not use bleach, dye, or cleaning
solvents. Let the belts air dry before
you use the vehicle.
Dirt build-up in the loops of the seat
belt anchors can cause the belts to
retract slowly. Wipe the insides of
the loops with a clean cloth
dampened in mild soap and warm
water or isopropyl alcohol.
636 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:59:36 31TK8600_642
Floor Mats
Front Rear
To Unlock
To Unlock To Unlock
KNOB KNOB
Driver’s side KNOB Passenger’s side
The floor mats that came with your If you remove a floor mat, make sure Make sure the rear floor mats are
Maintenance
vehicle hook over the floor mat to re-anchor it when you put it back also properly hooked. If not, the floor
anchors. This keeps the floor mats in your vehicle. mat will interfere with the seat
from sliding forward (possibly operation and make the front
interfering with the pedals), or If you use non-Honda floor mats, passenger’s weight sensors
backwards (making the front make sure they fit properly and that ineffective.
passenger’s weight sensors they can be used with the floor mat
ineffective). anchors. Do not put additional floor
mats on top of the anchored mats.
To lock or unlock each anchor, turn
the knob.
2011 Odyssey 637

10/07/17 10:59:44 31TK8600_643
Wiper Blades
Check the condition of the wiper WIPER ARMS LOCK TAB

blades at least every 6 months.
Replace them if you find signs of
cracking in the rubber, and areas
that are getting hard or if they leave
streaks and unwiped areas when
used.
To replace a front wiper blade: 2. Disconnect the blade assembly

from the wiper arm:
1. Raise the wiper arm off the Press and hold the lock tab.
windshield. Raise the driver’s side
first, then the passenger’s side. Slide the blade assembly toward
the lock tab until it releases from
the wiper arm.
Do not open the hood when the wiper When replacing a wiper blade,
arms are raised, or you will damage the make sure not to drop the wiper
hood and the arms. blade or wiper arm down on the
windshield.
638 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 10:59:51 31TK8600_644
Wiper Blades
5. Slide the new wiper blade into the

BLADE holder until the tabs lock.
6. Slide the wiper blade assembly

onto the wiper arm. Make sure it
locks in place.
7. Lower the wiper arm down against

the windshield, the passenger’s
side first, then the driver’s side.
BLADE REINFORCEMENT
3. Remove the blade from its holder 4. Examine the new wiper blades. If
Maintenance
by grabbing the tabbed end of the they have no plastic or metal
blade. Pull firmly until the tabs reinforcement along the back
come out of the holder. edge, remove the metal
reinforcement strips from the old
wiper blade, and install them in
the slots along the edge of the new
blade.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 639

10/07/17 10:59:59 31TK8600_645
Wiper Blades
BLADE
REINFORCEMENT
WIPER ARM
To replace a rear wiper blade: 3. Pull one end of the blade out from 4. Examine the new wiper blades. If
1. Raise the wiper arm off the rear the holder. they have no plastic or metal
window. Slide the blade out of the holder. reinforcement along the back
edge, remove the metal
2. Disconnect the blade assembly reinforcement strips from the old
from the wiper arm by pivoting the wiper blade, and install them in
blade assembly upward. the slots along the edge of the new
blade.
640 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:00:06 31TK8600_646
Wiper Blades
5. Slide the new blade into the wiper 6. Install the wiper blade assembly
Maintenance
arm. Make sure it is engaged in onto the wiper arm. Make sure it
the slot along its full length. locks in place.
Insert both ends of the blade into 7. Lower the wiper arm against the
the holder. Make sure they are windshield.
secure.
2011 Odyssey 641

10/07/17 11:00:15 31TK8600_647
Wheels, Tires
Wheels Tires Inflation Guidelines

Clean the wheels as you would the To safely operate your vehicle, your Keeping the tires properly inflated
rest of the exterior. Wash them with tires must be the proper type and provides the best combination of
the same solution, and rinse them size, in good condition with adequate handling, tread life, and riding
thoroughly. tread, and correctly inflated. comfort.
If equipped The following pages give more Underinflated tires wear unevenly,
Aluminum alloy wheels have a detailed information on how to take adversely affect handling and fuel
protective clear-coat that keeps the care of your tires and what to do economy, and are more likely to
aluminum from corroding and when they need to be replaced. fail from being overheated.
tarnishing. Cleaning the wheels with Overinflated tires can make your
harsh chemicals (including some vehicle ride more harshly, are
commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff more prone to damage from road
brush can damage the clear-coat. To Using tires that are excessively hazards, and wear unevenly.
clean the wheels, use a mild worn or improperly inflated can
detergent and a soft brush or sponge. cause a crash in which you can The tire pressure monitoring system
be seriously hurt or killed. (TPMS) warns you when a tire
pressure is low. See page 572 or
Follow all instructions in this 574 for more information.
owner’s manual regarding tire
inflation and maintenance.
642 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:00:28 31TK8600_648
Tires
Even though your vehicle is If you check air pressures when the Recommended Tire Pressures
equipped with TPMS, we tires are hot (driven for several The following chart shows the
recommend that you visually check miles/kilometers), you will see recommended cold tire pressures for
your tires every day. If you think a readings 4 to 6 psi (30 to 40 kPa, 0.3 most normal and high-speed driving
tire might be low, check it to 0.4 kgf/cm ) higher than the cold conditions.
immediately with a tire gauge. readings. This is normal. Do not let
air out to match the recommended LX, EX, EX-L models
Use a gauge to measure the air cold air pressure. The tire will be Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure for
pressure in each tire at least once a underinflated. Normal Driving
month. Even tires that are in good Front: 33 psi (230 kPa ,
condition may lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to You should get your own tire P235/65R17 103T 2.3 kgf/cm )
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm ) per pressure gauge and use it whenever Rear: 33 psi (230 kPa ,
month. Remember to check the you check your tire pressures. This 2.3 kgf/cm )
spare tire at the same time. will make it easier for you to tell if a
Maintenance
pressure loss is due to a tire problem Touring models
Check the air pressures when the and not due to a variation between Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure for
tires are cold. This means the gauges. Normal Driving
vehicle has been parked for at least 3 Front: 35 psi (240 kPa ,
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 While tubeless tires have some P235/60R18 102T 2.4 kgf/cm )
km). Add or release air, if needed, to ability to self-seal if they are Rear: 35 psi (240 kPa ,
match the recommended cold tire punctured, you should look closely 2.4 kgf/cm )
pressures. for punctures if a tire starts losing
pressure. The compact spare tire pressure is:
60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 643

10/07/17 11:00:41 31TK8600_649
Tires
For convenience, the recommended Touring models INDICATOR LOCATION MARKS

tire sizes and cold tire pressures are Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure
on a label on the driver’s doorjamb. Front: 35 psi (240 kPa ,
P235/60R18 102T 2.4 kgf/cm )
For additional information about Rear: 36 psi (250 kPa ,
your tires, see page 690 . 2.5 kgf/cm )
High Speed Driving Tire Inspection

We strongly recommend that you do Every time you check inflation, you
not drive faster than the posted should also examine the tires for
speed limits and conditions allow. If damage, foreign objects, and wear.
you ever drive in a sanctioned TREAD WEAR INDICATOR
competitive event at sustained high You should look for:
speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h), Bumps or bulges in the tread or Your tires have wear indicators
be sure to adjust the cold tire side of the tire. Replace the tire if molded into the tread. When the
pressures as shown below. If you do you find either of these conditions. tread wears down, you will see a 1/2
not, excessive heat can build up and inch (12.7 mm) wide band across the
cause sudden tire failure. Cuts, splits, or cracks in the side tread. This shows there is less than
of the tire. Replace the tire if you 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on
LX, EX, EX-L models can see fabric or cord. the tire.
Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure Excessive tread wear.
Front: 33 psi (230 kPa , A tire this worn gives very little
P235/65R17 103T 2.3 kgf/cm ) traction on wet roads. You should
Rear: 35 psi (240 kPa , replace the tire if you can see three
2.4 kgf/cm ) or more tread wear indicators.
644 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:00:50 31TK8600_650
Tires
Tire Service Life Tire Maintenance Tire Rotation

The service life of your tires is In addition to proper inflation,
dependent on many factors, correct wheel alignment helps to Front Front
including, but not limited to, driving decrease tire wear. If you find a tire
habits, road conditions, vehicle is worn unevenly, have your dealer
loading, inflation pressure, check the wheel alignment.
maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even Have your dealer check the tires if
when the tires are not in use). you feel a consistent vibration while
driving. A tire should always be
In addition to your regular
rebalanced if it is removed from the
inspections and inflation pressure
wheel. When you have new tires
maintenance, it is recommended that (For Non-directional (For Directional
installed, make sure they are Tires and Wheels) Tires and Wheels)
you have annual inspections
balanced. This increases riding
Maintenance
performed once the tires reach five
comfort and tire life. For best results, To help increase tire life and
years old. It is also recommended
have the installer perform a dynamic distribute wear more evenly, rotate
that all tires, including the spare, be
balance. the tires according to the
removed from service after 10 years
maintenance messages displayed on
from the date of manufacture,
the information display or multi-
regardless of their condition or state
information display (depending on
of wear.
On all models except LX models). Move the tires to the
The last four digits of the TIN (tire Improper wheel weights can damage positions shown in the diagram each
identification number) are found on your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use time they are rotated. If you
the sidewall of the tire and indicate only genuine Honda wheel weights f or purchase directional tires, rotate
the date of manufacture (See Tire balancing. only front-to-back.
Labeling on page 692 ).
2011 Odyssey 645

10/07/17 11:00:57 31TK8600_651
Tires
Replacing Tires and Wheels It is best to replace all four tires at Replacement wheels are available at
Replace your tires with radial tires of the same time. If that is not possible your dealer.
the same size, load range, speed or necessary, replace the two front
rating, and maximum cold tire tires or two rear tires as a pair.
pressure rating (as shown on the Replacing just one tire can seriously
tire’s sidewall). affect your vehicle’s handling. Installing improper tires on your
vehicle can affect handling and
Mixing radial and bias-ply tires on If you ever replace a wheel, make stability. This can cause a crash
your vehicle can reduce braking sure that the wheel’s specifications in which you can be seriously
ability, traction, and steering match those of the original wheels. hurt or killed.
accuracy. Using tires of a different
size or construction can cause the Also be sure you use only TPMS Always use the size and type of
ABS and vehicle stability assist specific wheels. If you do not, the tires recommended in this
system (VSA) to work inconsistently. tire pressure monitoring system will owner’s manual.
not work.
The ABS and VSA system work by
comparing the speed of each wheel.
When replacing tires, use the same
size originally supplied with the
vehicle. Tire size and construction
can affect wheel speed and may
cause the system to activate.
646 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:01:07 31TK8600_652
Tires
Wheel and Tire Specifications Winter Driving Snow Tires

Wheels: Tires marked ‘‘M ＋ S’’ or ‘‘All If you mount snow tires on your
All models except Touring models Season’’ on the sidewall have an all- vehicle, make sure they are radial
17 x 7J (TPMS) weather tread design suitable for tires of the same size and load range
most winter driving conditions. as the original tires. Mount snow
Touring models tires on all four wheels. The traction
18 x 7J (TPMS) For the best performance in snowy provided by snow tires on dry roads
or icy conditions, you should install may be lower than your original tires.
Tires: snow tires or tire chains. They may Check with the tire dealer for
All models except Touring models be required by local laws under maximum speed recommendations.
P235/65R17 103T certain conditions.
Touring models
P235/60R18 102T
Maintenance
See page 690 for information about
DOT Tire Quality Grading, and page
692 for tire size and labeling
information.
2011 Odyssey 647

10/07/17 11:01:12 31TK8600_653
Tires
Tire Chains This is the only chain that has been When installing cables, follow the
Mount tire chains on your tires when approved by Honda for use on your manufacturer’s instructions, and
required by driving conditions or vehicle. Since Honda cannot test all mount them as tight as you can.
local laws. Install them only on the chains, you must be personally Make sure they are not contacting
front tires. responsible for proper selection, the brake lines or suspension. Drive
installation, and use of tire chains. slowly with them installed. If you
Because your vehicle has limited tire hear them coming into contact with
clearance, Honda strongly This chain is available at many auto the body or chassis, stop and
recommends using the chain listed supply stores. For a complete list of investigate. Remove them as soon as
below. stores, visit the SCC website at www. you begin driving on cleared roads.
scc-chain.com. When installing
SCC Super Z-6＃SZ-429 chains, follow the manufacturer’s
instructions, and mount them as
tightly as you can. Drive slowly with
chains installed.
648 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:01:19 31TK8600_654
Tires, Checking the Battery
Checking the Battery
Using the wrong chains, or not Traction devices that are the wrong
properly installing chains, can size or improperly installed can
damage the brake lines and damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
cause a crash in which you can suspension, body, and wheels. Stop
be seriously injured or killed. driving if they are hitting any part of
the vehicle.
Follow all instructions in this
owner’s manual regarding the
selection and use of tire chains.
Maintenance
The sensor on the negative terminal
monitors your vehicle’s battery
condition.

If there is a problem with the sensor,
you will see a ‘‘CHECK BATT
SENSOR’’ message on the
information display. Have the vehicle
checked by your dealer.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 649

10/07/17 11:01:27 31TK8600_655
Checking the Battery
On Touring models If you need to connect the battery to On vehicles without navigation system
If there is a problem with the sensor, a charger, disconnect both cables to If your vehicle’s battery is
you will see a ‘‘CHECK BATTERY prevent damaging your vehicle’s disconnected, or goes dead, the time
SENSOR’’ message on the multi- electrical system. Always disconnect setting will be reset to 1:00. To set
information display. Have the vehicle the negative (−) cable first, and the time again, follow the setting
checked by your dealer. reconnect it last. procedure (see page 315 ).
Check the terminals for corrosion (a On vehicles with navigation system

white or yellowish powder). To The navigation system will also
remove it, cover the terminals with a The battery gives off explosive disable itself. The next time you turn
solution of baking soda and water. It hydrogen gas during normal on the ignition switch, the system
will bubble up and turn brown. When operation. will require you to enter a PIN
this stops, wash it off with plain before it can be used. Refer to the
water. Dry off the battery with a A spark or flame can cause the navigation system manual.
cloth or paper towel. Coat the battery to explode with enough
terminals with grease to help prevent force to kill or seriously hurt you.
future corrosion.
Wear protective clothing and a
If additional battery maintenance is face shield, or have a skilled
needed, see your dealer or a technician do the battery
qualified technician. maintenance.
WARNING: Battery posts,

terminals, and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
650 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:01:37 31TK8600_656
Vehicle Storage
If you need to park your vehicle for Block the rear wheels. Cover the vehicle with a
an extended period (more than 1 ‘‘breathable’’ cover, one made
month), there are several things you If the vehicle is to be stored for a from a porous material such as
should do to prepare it for storage. longer period, it should be cotton. Non-porous materials, such
Proper preparation helps prevent supported on jackstands so the as plastic sheeting, trap moisture,
deterioration and makes it easier to tires are off the ground. which can damage the paint.
get your vehicle back on the road. If
possible, store your vehicle indoors. Leave one window open slightly (if If possible, periodically run the
the vehicle is being stored engine until it reaches full
Fill the fuel tank. indoors). operating temperature (the
cooling fans cycle twice).
Wash and dry the exterior Disconnect the battery. Preferably, do this once a month.
completely.
Support the front and rear wiper
Maintenance
Clean the interior. Make sure the blade arms with a folded towel or
carpeting, floor mats, etc., are rag so they do not touch the
completely dry. windshield.
Leave the parking brake off. Put To minimize sticking, apply a

the transmission in Park. silicone spray lubricant to all door
and tailgate seals. Also, apply a
vehicle body wax to the painted
surfaces that mate with the door
and tailgate seals.
2011 Odyssey 651

10/07/17 11:01:40 31TK8600_657
Interior Care
Leather
Vacuum dirt and dust from the
leather frequently. Pay close
attention to the pleats and seams.
Clean the leather with a soft cloth
dampened with a 90% water and 10%
neutral soap solution. Then buff it
with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any
dust or dirt on leather surfaces
immediately.
652 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:01:44 31TK8600_658
Taking Care of the Unexpected
This section covers the more Compact Spare Tire....................... 654

common problems that motorists Changing a Flat Tire ..................... 655
experience with their vehicles. It If the Engine Won’t Start .............. 662
gives you information about how to Jump Starting ................................. 665
safely evaluate the problem and what If the Engine Overheats ............... 667
to do to correct it. If the problem has Low Oil Pressure Indicator .......... 669
stranded you on the side of the road, Charging System Indicator........... 670
you may be able to get going again. Malfunction Indicator Lamp ........ 671
If not, you will also find instructions Brake System Indicator ................ 672
on getting your vehicle towed. Fuses ............................................... 673
Fuse Locations ............................... 678
Emergency Towing ....................... 683

2011 Odyssey 653
10/07/17 11:01:51 31TK8600_659
Compact Spare Tire
Use the compact spare tire as a Follow these precautions: Except Touring models
temporary replacement only. Get The low tire pressure indicator
your regular tire repaired or replaced, Never exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). comes on and stays on after you
and put it back on your vehicle as This tire gives a harsher ride and replace the flat tire with the
soon as you can. less traction on some road compact spare tire. After several
surfaces. Use greater caution miles (kilometers) driving with the
Check the air pressure of the while driving. compact spare tire, the TPMS
compact spare tire every time you indicator comes on and the low
check the other tires. It should be Do not mount snow chains on the tire pressure indicator goes off.
inflated to: compact spare tire.
Touring models
60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm ) Do not use your compact spare After the flat tire is replaced with
tire on another vehicle unless it is the spare tire, the low tire
the same make and model. pressure/TPMS indicator stays on.
After several miles (kilometers)
driving with the spare, this
indicator begins to flash, then
stays on again. You will also see a
‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’
display (see page 577 ).
654 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:01:59 31TK8600_660
Compact Spare Tire, Changing a Flat Tire
INDICATOR LOCATION MARK Changing a Flat Tire 1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and
If you have a flat tire while driving, non-slippery ground. Put the
pull over safely. Drive slowly along transmission in Park. Apply the
the shoulder until you get to an area parking brake.
far away from traffic lanes. If you are towing a trailer,
unhitch it.
2. Turn on the hazard warning lights,
The vehicle can easily roll off and turn the ignition switch to the
the jack, seriously injuring LOCK (0) position. Have all
anyone underneath. passengers get out of the vehicle
TREAD WEAR INDICATOR BAR while you change the tire.
Follow the directions for
Replace the tire when you can see changing a tire exactly, and
the tread wear indicator bars. The never get under the vehicle
replacement tire should be the same when it is supported only by the

size and design, mounted on the jack.
same wheel. The spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
wheel, and the spare wheel is not
designed for mounting a regular tire.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 655

10/07/17 11:02:07 31TK8600_661
Changing a Flat Tire
FLOOR CARPET VINYL STORAGE BAG TIRE

MOUNTING
BRACKET WING BOLT
BRACKET
MOUNTING
HANDLE FLOOR LID TOOL KIT CASE WING BOLT WING BOLT JACK
3. Move the second row seats to the 6. Take the tool kit case out of the 7. Take the jack, vinyl storage bag,
rear-most position (see page 176 ). spare tire well. bracket, bracket mounting wing
bolt, and the tire mounting wing
4. Remove the floor mat under the bolt out of the tool kit case.
second row seats (see page 637 ).
5. Pull up the floor carpet. Raise the

floor lid by lifting up with the
handle, then remove it.
656 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:02:15 31TK8600_662
8. Unscrew the wing bolt and take

the spare tire out of its well.
9. Place blocks in front and back of

the wheel diagonally opposite the
tire you are changing.
The wheel nut wrench supplied with

your vehicle is specially adapted to f it
the hoist shaf t. Do not use any other WHEEL NUT WRENCH JACKING POINT
tool.
10.Loosen each wheel nut 1/2 turn 11.Place the jack under the jacking
with the wheel nut wrench. point nearest the tire you need to
change. Turn the end bracket

clockwise until the top of the jack
contacts the jacking point. Make
sure the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 657

10/07/17 11:02:22 31TK8600_663
LX models
WHEEL
NUT
WHEEL NUT WRENCH EXTENSION WHEEL COVER BRAKE HUB
12.Use the extension and the wheel On LX models 14.Before mounting the spare tire,
nut wrench as shown to raise the Do not attempt to forcibly pry the wipe any dirt off the mounting
vehicle until the flat tire is off the wheel cover off with a screwdriver or surface of the wheel and hub with
ground. other tool. The wheel cover cannot a clean cloth. Wipe the hub
be removed without first removing carefully; it may be hot from
13.Remove the wheel nuts, then the wheel nuts. driving.
remove the flat tire. Handle the
wheel nuts carefully; they may be
hot from driving. Place the flat tire
on the ground with the outside
surface facing up.
658 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:02:29 31TK8600_664
15.Put on the spare tire. Put the

wheel nuts back on finger-tight,
then tighten them in a crisscross
pattern with the wheel nut wrench
until the wheel is firmly against
the hub. Do not try to tighten the
wheel nuts fully.
16.Lower the vehicle to the ground,

and remove the jack.
17.Tighten the wheel nuts securely in 18.Put the flat tire in the supplied
the same crisscross pattern. Have vinyl storage bag.
the wheel nut torque checked at

the nearest automotive service
facility.
Tighten the wheel nuts to:
94 lbf·ft (127 N·m , 13 kgf·m)
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 659

10/07/17 11:02:38 31TK8600_665
TIRE MOUNTING WING BOLT 22.Install the flat tire on the bracket
with the inside of the wheel facing
toward you. Install the tire
mounting wing bolt to the bracket
through one of the five wheel nut
holes as shown. Poke a hole in the
vinyl bag as needed. Secure the
flat tire by tightening the tire
mounting wing bolt.
ATTACHMENT POINT BRACKET 23.Store the jack and tools in the tool
CARPET PIECE PLASTIC SCREW BRACKET MOUNTING WING BOLT kit case, then store the case in the
spare tire well.
19.Return the third row seat to an 21.Install the bracket and the bracket
upright position. mounting wing bolt on the 24.Store the plastic screw in a
attachment point as shown, and noticeable place.
20.You will find a U-shaped carpet tighten the bolt. Make sure the
piece behind the seat bottom of bracket is securely tightened. Make sure to reinstall the plastic
the third row seat. Pull up the screw after the flat tire is repaired
U-shaped carpet piece, fold it, and and installed on the vehicle.
tack the end under the carpet.
Unfasten the plastic screw with a
coin.
660 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:02:48 31TK8600_666
25.On LX models Storing a Flat Tire on the Folded

Store the wheel cover in the spare Third Row Seat
tire storage area. You can store the flat tire on the top
of the folded third row seat.
26.Install the floor lid over the spare
tire well. Make sure it is securely
latched.
Loose items can fly around the

interior in a crash and could TIRE MOUNTING WING BOLT
seriously injure the occupants.
2. Place the flat tire face down on the
Store the wheel, jack, and tools attachment point. Put the tire
securely before driving. CARPET PIECE PLASTIC SCREW mounting wing bolt in the

attachment point through one of
1. Turn over the flap on the left side the five wheel nut holes as shown.
27.Install the floor mat under the of the cargo area floor. You will Poke holes in the vinyl bag. Secure
second row seats (see page 637 ). find a U-shaped carpet piece the flat tire by tightening the tire
behind the seat bottom of the mounting wing bolt.
third row seat. Pull up the
U-shaped carpet piece and remove 3. Follow step 23 through 27 on the
the plastic screw with a coin. previous page.
2011 Odyssey 661

10/07/17 11:02:55 31TK8600_667
If the Engine Won’t Start
Diagnosing why the engine won’t You hear nothing, or almost Nothing Happens or the Starter
start falls into two areas, depending nothing. The engine’s starter Motor Operates Very Slowly
on what you hear when you turn the motor does not operate at all, or When you turn the ignition switch to
ignition switch to the START (III) operates very slowly. the START (III) position, you do not
position: hear the normal noise of the engine
You can hear the starter motor trying to start. You may hear a
operating normally, or the starter clicking sound, a series of clicks, or
motor sounds like it is spinning nothing at all.
faster than normal, but the engine
does not start up and run. Check these things:
Check the transmission interlock.
The transmission must be in Park
or neutral or the starter will not
operate.
662 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:03:00 31TK8600_668
Turn the ignition switch to the ON Turn the ignition switch to the If the headlights dim noticeably or
(II) position. Turn on the START (III) position. If the go out when you try to start the
headlights, and check their headlights do not dim, check the engine, either the battery is
brightness. If the headlights are condition of the fuses. If the fuses discharged or the connections are
very dim or do not come on at all, are OK, there is probably corroded. Check the condition of the
the battery is discharged. See something wrong with the battery and terminal connections
Jump Starting on page 665 . electrical circuit for the ignition (see page 649 ). You can then try
switch or starter motor. You will jump starting the vehicle from a
If you see a ‘‘CHECK BATTERY need a qualified technician to booster battery (see page 665 ).
SENSOR’’ message on the multi- determine the problem. See
information display (or ‘‘CHECK Emergency Towing on page 683 .
BATT SENSOR’’ message on the
information display on some
models) when you try to start the
engine, the battery is discharged.
If it will not start, see Jump

Starting on page 665 .
2011 Odyssey 663

10/07/17 11:03:06 31TK8600_669
The Starter Operates Normally Are you using a properly coded If you find nothing wrong, you will
In this case, the starter motor’s key? An improperly coded key will need a qualified technician to find
speed sounds normal, or even faster cause the immobilizer system the problem. See Emergency
than normal, when you turn the indicator in the instrument panel Towing on page 683 .
ignition switch to the START (III) to blink rapidly (see page 69 ).
position, but the engine does not run.
Do you have fuel? Check the fuel
Are you using the proper starting gauge; the low fuel indicator may
procedure? Refer to Starting the not be working.
Engine on page 559 .
There may be an electrical
problem, such as no power to the
fuel pump. Check all the fuses
(see page 673 ).
664 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:03:15 31TK8600_670
Jump Starting
Although this seems like a simple To Jump Start Your Vehicle:

procedure, you should take several 1. Open the hood, and check the
precautions. physical condition of the battery.
In very cold weather, check the
condition of the electrolyte. If it
seems slushy or frozen, do not try
A battery can explode if you do jump starting until it thaws.
not follow the correct procedure,
seriously injuring anyone
nearby.
If a battery sits in extreme cold, the BOOSTER
Keep all sparks, open flames, electrolyte inside can f reeze. BATTERY
and smoking materials away Attempting to jump start with a f rozen
from the battery. battery can cause it to rupture. The numbers in the illustration
show you the order to connect the
2. Turn off all electrical accessories: jumper cables.

You cannot start your vehicle by heater, A/C, climate control, audio
pushing or pulling it. system, lights, etc. Put the 4. Connect one jumper cable to the
transmission in Park, and set the positive (＋) terminal on your
parking brake. vehicle’s battery. Connect the
other end to the positive (＋)
3. Remove the upper part of the air terminal on the booster battery.
intake duct (see page 626 ).
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 665

10/07/17 11:03:22 31TK8600_671
Jump Starting
7. Start the vehicle. If the starter Keep the ends of the jumper cables
motor still operates slowly, check away from each other and any metal
that the jumper cables have good on the vehicle until everything is
metal-to-metal contact. disconnected. Otherwise, you may
cause an electrical short.
8. Once the vehicle is running,
disconnect the negative cable from
your vehicle, then from the
booster battery. Disconnect the
positive cable from your vehicle,
and then from the booster battery.
5. Connect the second jumper cable

to the negative (−) terminal on
the booster battery. Connect the
other end to the grounding point
as shown. Do not connect this
jumper cable to any other part of
the engine.
6. If the booster battery is in another

vehicle, have an assistant start
that vehicle and run it at a fast idle.
666 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:03:30 31TK8600_672
If the Engine Overheats
The pointer of the vehicle’s 3. If you do not see steam or spray,

temperature gauge should stay in leave the engine running and
the midrange. If it climbs to the red Steam and spray from an watch the temperature gauge. If
mark, you should determine the overheated engine can the high heat is due to overloading,
reason (hot day, driving up a steep seriously scald you. the engine should start to cool
hill, etc.). down almost immediately. If it
Do not open the hood if steam does, wait until the temperature
If your vehicle overheats, you should is coming out. gauge comes down to the midpoint,
take immediate action. The only then continue driving.
indication may be the temperature
gauge climbing to or above the red 1. Safely pull to the side of the road. 4. If the temperature gauge stays at
mark. Or you may see steam or Put the transmission in Park, and the red mark, turn off the engine.
spray coming from under the hood. set the parking brake. Turn off all
the accessories, and turn on the 5. Look for any obvious coolant leaks,
hazard warning lights. such as a split radiator hose.
Everything is still extremely hot,

Driving with the temperature gauge 2. If you see steam and/or spray so use caution. If you find a leak, it
pointer at the red mark can cause coming from under the hood, turn must be repaired before you
serious damage to the engine. off the engine. Wait until you see continue driving (see Emergency
no more signs of steam or spray, Towing on page 683 ).
then open the hood.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 667

10/07/17 11:03:37 31TK8600_673
If the Engine Overheats
6. If you do not find an obvious leak, 8. Using gloves or a large heavy 10.Put the radiator cap back on
check the coolant level in the cloth, turn the radiator cap tightly. Run the engine, and check
radiator reserve tank. Add coolant counterclockwise, without pushing the temperature gauge. If it goes
if the level is below the MIN mark. down, to the first stop. After the back to the red mark, the engine
pressure releases, push down on needs repair (see Emergency
7. If there was no coolant in the the cap, and turn it until it comes Towing on page 683 ).
reserve tank, you may need to add off.
coolant to the radiator. Let the 11.If the temperature stays normal,
engine cool down until the pointer 9. Start the engine, and set the check the coolant level in the
reaches the middle of the tempera- temperature control dial to radiator reserve tank. If it has
ture gauge, or lower, before check- maximum heat (climate control to gone down, add coolant to the
ing the radiator. AUTO at ‘‘ ’’). Add coolant MAX mark. Put the cap back on
to the radiator up to the base of tightly.
the filler neck. If you do not have
the proper coolant mixture
Removing the radiator cap available, you can add plain water.
while the engine is hot can Remember to have the cooling
cause the coolant to spray out, system drained and refilled with
seriously scalding you. the proper mixture as soon as you
can.
Always let the engine and
radiator cool down before
removing the radiator cap.
668 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:03:44 31TK8600_674
Low Oil Pressure Indicator
This indicator should never 1. Safely pull off the road and shut 3. If necessary, add oil to bring the
come on when the engine is off the engine. Turn on the hazard level back to the full mark on the
running. If it starts flashing or stays warning lights. dipstick (see page 614 ).
on, the oil pressure has dropped very
low or lost pressure. Serious engine 2. Let the vehicle sit for a minute. 4. Start the engine, and watch the oil
damage is possible, and you should Open the hood, and check the oil pressure indicator. If it does not go
take immediate action. level (see page 545 ). An engine out within 10 seconds, turn off the
very low on oil can lose pressure engine. There is a mechanical
On Touring models during cornering and other driving problem that needs to be repaired
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK maneuvers. before you can continue driving
ENGINE OIL LEVEL’’ message on (see Emergency Towing on page
the multi-information display when 683 ).
this indicator comes on.

Running the engine with low oil
pressure can cause serious mechanical
damage almost immediately. Turn of f
the engine as soon as you can saf ely get
the vehicle stopped.
2011 Odyssey 669

10/07/17 11:03:50 31TK8600_675
Charging System Indicator
If the charging system Immediately turn off all electrical If you see a ‘‘REPLACE BATTERY’’
indicator comes on brightly accessories. Try not to use other message on the multi-information
when the engine is running, the electrically operated controls such as display (‘‘CHANGE BATT’’ message
battery is not being charged. the power windows. Keep the engine on the information display on some
running; starting the engine will models), along with this indicator on,
Except Touring models discharge the battery rapidly. you may need to replace the battery.
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK Have your vehicle’s battery checked
CHARGE SYSTEM’’ message on the Go to a service station or garage and replaced by your dealer.
information display. where you can get technical
assistance.
On Touring models
You will also see a ‘‘CHECK
CHARGING SYSTEM’’ message on
the multi-information display.
670 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:03:58 31TK8600_676
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
If this indicator comes on If your vehicle’s battery has been

while driving, it means one disconnected or gone dead, these
of the engine’s emissions control If you keep driving with the codes are erased. It can take several
systems may have a problem. Even malf unction indicator lamp on, you can days of driving under various
though you may feel no difference in damage your vehicle’s emissions conditions to set the codes again.
your vehicle’s performance, it can controls and engine. Those repairs may
reduce your fuel economy and cause not be covered by your vehicle’s To check if they are set, turn the
increased emissions. Continued warranties. ignition switch to the ON (II)
operation may cause serious damage. position, without starting the engine.
The indicator may also come on with The malfunction indicator lamp will
If you have recently refueled your the ‘‘D’’ indicator. come on for 20 seconds. If it then
vehicle, the indicator coming on goes off, the readiness codes are set.
could be due to a loose or missing On Touring models If it blinks five times, the readiness
fuel fill cap. Tighten the cap until it You will also see a ‘‘CHECK codes are not set. If possible, do not
clicks at least once. Tightening the EMISSION SYSTEM’’ message on take your vehicle for an emissions
cap will not turn the indicator off the multi-information display. test until the readiness codes are set.

immediately; it can take several days Refer to Emissions Testing for
of normal driving. Readiness Codes more information (see page 700 ).
Your vehicle has certain ‘‘readiness
If the indicator comes on repeatedly, codes’’ that are part of the on-board
even though it may turn off as you diagnostics for the emissions
continue driving, have your vehicle systems. In some states, part of the
checked by your dealer as soon as emissions testing is to make sure
possible. these codes are set. If they are not
set, the test cannot be completed.
2011 Odyssey 671

10/07/17 11:04:06 31TK8600_677
Brake System Indicator
U.S. Canada The brake system If the fluid level is low, take your Slow down by shifting to a lower
indicator normally vehicle to a dealer, and have the gear, and pull to the side of the road
comes on when you brake system inspected for leaks or when it is safe. Because of the long
turn the ignition switch to the ON worn brake pads. distance needed to stop, it is
(II) position, and as a reminder to hazardous to drive the vehicle. You
check the parking brake. It will stay However, if the brake pedal does not should have it towed and repaired as
on if you do not fully release the feel normal, you should take soon as possible (see Emergency
parking brake. immediate action. A problem in one Towing on page 683 ).
part of the system’s dual circuit
If the brake system indicator comes design will still give you braking at If you must drive the vehicle a short
on while driving, the brake fluid level two wheels. You will feel the brake distance in this condition, drive
is probably low. Press lightly on the pedal go down much farther before slowly and carefully.
brake pedal to see if it feels normal. the vehicle begins to slow down, and
If it does, check the brake fluid level you will have to press harder on the If the ABS indicator and the VSA
the next time you stop at a service pedal. indicator come on with the brake
station (see page 623 ). system indicator, have the vehicle
On Touring models inspected by your dealer
On Touring models You will also see a ‘‘CHECK BRAKE immediately.
You will also see a ‘‘BRAKE FLUID SYSTEM’’ message on the multi-
LOW’’ message on the multi- information display.
672 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:04:14 31TK8600_678
Fuses
INTERIOR (Driver’s side) INTERIOR (Passenger’s side) INTERIOR (Rear)
NOTCH
FUSE LABEL COVER NOTCH COVER
The vehicle’s fuses are located in The passenger’s side interior fuse The rear fuse box is located at the
five fuse boxes. box is under the dashboard. Push left side of cargo area.
down the tab and slide the cover

The driver’s side interior fuse box is upward to remove it. Place a cloth on the edge of the
under the dashboard on the driver’s cover to prevent scratches, then
side. The fuse label is attached to the remove it by carefully prying in the
side panel. notch on its middle edge with a small
flat-tip screwdriver.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 673

10/07/17 11:04:22 31TK8600_679
Fuses
UNDER-HOOD (Primary) UNDER-HOOD (Secondary) Checking and Replacing Fuses

If something electrical in your
vehicle stops working, the first thing
you should check for is a blown fuse.
Determine from the chart on pages
678 − 682 , or the diagram on the
fuse box lid or the fuse label, which
fuse or fuses control that component.
Check those fuses first, but check all
the fuses before deciding that a
blown fuse is not the cause. Replace
TAB TAB any blown fuses and check if the
device works.
The primary under-hood fuse box is
located on the passenger’s side. The 1. Turn the ignition switch to the
secondary fuse box is located next to LOCK (0) position. Make sure the
the battery. headlights and all other
accessories are off.
To open each under-hood fuse box,
push the tabs as shown. 2. Except the interior fuse box on the
driver’s side
Remove the cover from the fuse
box.
674 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:04:29 31TK8600_680
Fuses
FUSE FUSE
BLOWN
FUSE PULLER
3. Check each of the large fuses in Also check the combined fuse box 4. Check the smaller fuses in the
the under-hood fuse box by in the under-hood fuse box. under-hood fuse boxes and all the
looking through the side window fuses in the interior fuse boxes by

at the wire inside. Removing these pulling out each one with the fuse
fuses requires a Phillips-head puller provided in the primary
screwdriver. under-hood fuse box.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 675

10/07/17 11:04:35 31TK8600_681
Fuses
If you cannot drive the vehicle

BLOWN without fixing the problem, and you
do not have a spare fuse, take a fuse
of the same rating or a lower rating
from one of the other circuits. Make
sure you can do without that circuit
temporarily (such as the accessory
power socket or radio).
If you replace the blown fuse with a

spare fuse that has a lower rating, it
FUSE PULLER might blow out again. This does not
indicate anything wrong. Replace the
5. Look for a blown wire inside the fuse with one of the correct rating as
fuse. If it is blown, replace the fuse soon as you can.
with one of the spare fuses of the
same rating or lower.
Replacing a f use with one that has a

higher rating greatly increases the
chances of damaging the electrical
system. If you do not have a
replacement f use with the proper
rating f or the circuit, install one with
a lower rating.
676 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:04:39 31TK8600_682
Fuses
6. If the replacement fuse of the SPARE FUSES

same rating blows in a short time,
there is probably a serious
electrical problem with your
vehicle. Leave the blown fuse in
that circuit, and have your vehicle
checked by a qualified technician.
Your vehicle has spare fuses on the

back of the primary under-hood fuse
box cover.

2011 Odyssey 677
10/07/17 11:04:46 31TK8600_683
Fuse Locations
PRIMARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

No. Amps. Circuits Protected No. Amps. Circuits Protected
1 − − 17 7.5 A MG Clutch
2 − − 18 20 A Front Fog Lights＊
3 15 A ACG FR 19 − −
4 15 A Washer 20 10 A Right Headlight High Beam
5 7.5 A VBSOL 21 − −
6 7.5 A ECU FR 22 10 A Small Lights
7 − − 23 − −
8 15 A FI Sub 24 10 A Left Headlight High Beam
9 15 A DBW 25 − −
10 15 A FI Main 26 15 A Right Headlight Low Beam
11 15 A Ignition Coil 27 15 A Left Headlight Low Beam
12 − − 28 7.5 A IGPS Oil Level
13 − − 29 30 A Cooling Fan
14 − − 30 30 A Sub Fan
15 20 A Radio 31 30 A Wiper Main
16 10 A Back Up
＊ : If equipped
678 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:04:53 31TK8600_684
Fuse Locations
SECONDARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

1 125 A Battery 3−8 40 A Passenger’s Side Power

2−1 60 A Fan Main Slide Door Motor＊
2−2 50 A Passenger’s Side Fuse Box 2 4 − −
2−3 30 A Rear Blower 5 − −
2−4 30 A FI Main 6 40 A Rear Window Defogger
2−5 40 A VSA Motor 7 − −
2−6 30 A Stop & Horn, Hazard 8 7.5 A Battery Management
2−7 30 A VSA FSR System
2−8 30 A Battery Management 9 20 A Stop & Horn
System Main 10 15 A Hazard
3−1 50 A Driver’s Side Fuse Box 2 11 7.5 A Interior Lights
3−2 50 A IG1 Main
3−3 60 A Rear Fuse Box 1 ＊ : If equipped

3−4 50 A Passenger’s Side Fuse Box 1
3−5 50 A Driver’s Side Fuse Box 1
3−6 60 A Primary Under-hood Fuse
Box Main
3−7 40 A Front Blower
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 679

10/07/17 11:04:59 31TK8600_685
Fuse Locations
INTERIOR FUSE BOX (Driver’s side)

1 7.5 A Door Lock Motor 1 (Lock) 18 − −

2 7.5 A Door Lock Motor 2 (Lock) 19 20 A Driver’s Power Window
3 7.5 A Driver’s Door Lock Motor 20 − −
(Lock) 21 20 A Fuel Pump
4 7.5 A Door Lock Motor 1 (Unlock) 22 15 A Passenger’s Side Fuse Box
5 7.5 A Door Lock Motor 2 (Unlock) 23 7.5 A VSA
6 7.5 A Driver’s Door Unlock 24 7.5 A ACG AS
7 20 A Door Lock Main 25 7.5 A STRLD
8 − Not Used 26 7.5 A HAC
9 20 A Driver’s Side Power Slide 27 7.5 A DRL
Door Closer＊ 28 7.5 A ACC Key Lock
10 15 A Rear Fuse Box 29 7.5 A Driver’s Power Seat＊
11 7.5 A Meter Lumbar Support
12 20 A Primary Under-hood 30 7.5 A TPMS
Fuse Box 31 − −
13 7.5 A Accessory 32 20 A Driver’s Power Seat Reclining
14 7.5 A STS 33 40 A Driver’s Side Power
15 20 A Driver’s Power Seat Sliding Slide Door Motor＊
16 20 A Moonroof ＊ 34 − −
17 20 A Rear Left Power Window
＊ : If equipped
680 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:05:07 31TK8600_686
Fuse Locations
INTERIOR FUSE BOX (Passenger’s side)

1 30 A Premium Amp＊ 15 15 A Front Accessory Power

2 20 A Rear Right Power Window Socket＊
3 10 A ACM 16 − −
4 − − 17 − −
5 20 A Seat Heaters＊ 18 20 A Front Passenger’s Power
6 − − Window
7 20 A Front Passenger’s Power 19 10 A SRS
Seat Sliding＊ 20 7.5 A ECU AS
8 20 A Front Passenger’s Power 21 7.5 A Auto Leveling Headlight＊
Seat Reclining＊ 22 − −
9 − − 23 7.5 A OPDS
10 − − 24 − −
11 − − 25 7.5 A Instrument Panel

12 − − Illumination
13 20 A Passenger’s Side Power 26 − −
Slide Door Closer＊ 27 15 A Front Accessory Power
14 15 A Rear Accessory Power Socket
Socket 28 − −
＊ : If equipped
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 681

10/07/17 11:05:14 31TK8600_687
Fuse Locations
INTERIOR FUSE BOX (Rear)

1 20 A Power Tailgate Closer＊ 11 − Not Used

2 − Not Used 12 10 A Rear Wiper
3 − − 13 7.5 A ECU RR
4 10 A Tailgate＊ 14 40 A Power Tailgate Motor＊
5 7.5 A Rear Left Door Lock 15 30 A AC Inverter＊
6 − − 16 − −
7 − − 17 − −
8 − Not Used 18 − −
9 − Not Used
10 − Not Used ＊ : If equipped
682 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:05:23 31TK8600_688
Emergency Towing
If your vehicle needs to be towed, Wheel-lift Equipment − The tow

call a professional towing service or truck uses two pivoting arms that go
organization. Never tow your vehicle under the tires (front) and lift them Improper towing preparation will
with just a rope or chain. It is very off the ground. The other two tires damage the transmission. Follow the
dangerous. remain on the ground. This is an above procedure exactly. If you cannot
acceptable way to tow your shif t the transmission or start the
There are two ways to tow your vehicle. engine, your vehicle must be
vehicle: transported with the f ront wheels of f
If, due to damage, your vehicle must the ground.
Flat-bed Equipment − The operator be towed with the front wheels on
loads your vehicle on the back of a the ground, do this: With the front wheels on the ground,
truck. This is the best way to Start the engine. it is best to tow the vehicle no farther
transport your vehicle. than 50 miles (80 km), and keep the
Shift to the D position and hold for speed below 35 mph (55 km/h).
5 seconds, then to N.
Turn off the engine.

Leave the ignition switch in the
ACCESSORY (I) position so the
steering wheel does not lock.
Release the parking brake.
CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey 683

10/07/17 11:05:26 31TK8600_689
Emergency Towing
The steering system can be damaged if Trying to lif t or tow your vehicle by the
the steering wheel is locked. Leave the bumpers will cause serious damage.
ignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I) The bumpers are not designed to
position, and make sure the steering support the vehicle’s weight.
wheel turns f reely bef ore you begin
towing.
684 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:05:30 31TK8600_690
Technical Information
The diagrams in this section give Identification Numbers ................. 686 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
you the dimensions and capacities of Specifications ................................. 688 (EGR) System .................... 698
your vehicle and the locations of the DOT Tire Quality Grading Three Way Catalytic
identification numbers. It also (U.S. Vehicles) ....................... 690 Converter ............................ 698
includes information you should Uniform Tire Quality Replacement Parts..................... 698
know about your vehicle’s tires and Grading ................................... 690 Three Way Catalytic Converter ... 699
emissions control systems. Treadwear .................................. 690 Emissions Testing ......................... 700
Traction....................................... 690 Testing of Readiness Codes ..... 700
Temperature .............................. 691
Tire Labeling .................................. 692
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)−Required Federal
Explanation............................. 694
Emissions Controls........................ 697
The Clean Air Act ...................... 697
Crankcase Emissions Control
System..................................... 697
Evaporative Emissions Control
System..................................... 697
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery ................................. 697
Exhaust Emissions Controls .... 698
PGM-FI System ..................... 698
Ignition Timing Control
System................................. 698
2011 Odyssey 685

10/07/17 11:05:34 31TK8600_691
Identification Numbers
Your vehicle has several identifying

numbers in various places. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the 17-digit number your
dealer uses to register your vehicle
for warranty purposes. It is also
necessary for licensing and insuring
your vehicle. The easiest place to
find the VIN is on a plate fastened to
the top of the dashboard. You can
see it by looking through the
windshield on the driver’s side. It is
also on the certification label
attached to the driver’s doorjamb,
and is stamped on the engine
compartment bulkhead. The VIN is
also provided in bar code on the
certification label.
CERTIFICATION LABEL
686 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:05:40 31TK8600_692
Identification Numbers
The engine number is stamped into Except Touring models

the engine block. It is on the front.

TRANSMISSION NUMBER
The transmission number is on a
label on top of the transmission.
Touring models
The transmission number is on a ENGINE NUMBER
label on the side of the transmission.
Touring models
TRANSMISSION NUMBER
ENGINE NUMBER
2011 Odyssey 687

10/07/17 11:05:55 31TK8600_693
Specifications
Dimensions Air Conditioning

Length 202.9 in (5,153 mm) Refrigerant type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Width 78.6 in (1,997 mm) Charge quantity 24.7−26.5 oz (700−750 g)
Height 68.4 in (1,737 mm) Lubricant type ND-OIL8
Wheelbase 118.1 in (3,000 mm)
Track Front 68.1 in (1,730 mm) Capacities
Rear 68.2 in (1,732 mm) Fuel tank Approx.
21 US gal (79.5 )
Weights Engine Change＊1 1.93 US gal (7.3 )
Gross vehicle weight rating See the tire information label coolant Total 2.64 US gal (10.0 )
attached to the driver’s doorjamb. Engine oil Change＊2
Gross combined weight 8,477 lbs (3,845 kg) Including 4.5 US qt (4.3 )
rating (GCWR) filter
Without 4.2 US qt (4.0 )
Engine filter
Type Water cooled 4-stroke SOHC Total 5.3 US qt (5.0 )
i-VTEC · VCM2, 6-cylinder (V6), Automatic Change 3.3 US qt (3.1 )
gasoline engine transmission 3.6 US qt (3.4 )＊3
Bore x Stroke 3.50 x 3.66 in (89.0 x 93.0 mm) fluid Total 8.0 US qt (7.6 )
Displacement 212 cu-in (3,471 cm ) 7.4 US qt (7.0 )＊3
Compression ratio 10.5 : 1 Windshield U.S. Vehicles 2.6 US qt (2.5 )
Spark plugs NGK: DILZKR7A11G washer Canada Vehicles 4.8 US qt (4.5 )
reservoir
＊1 : Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in the
engine
Reserve tank capacity:
0.225 US gal (0.85 )
＊2 : Excluding the oil remaining in the engine
＊3 : Touring models
688 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:06:18 31TK8600_694
Specifications
Lights Fuses
Headlights High 60 W (HB3) Interior Driver’s side See page 680 or the fuse label
Low 55 W (H11) attached to the dashboard.
35 W (D2S)＊1, ＊3 Passenger’s side See page 681 or the fuse label
Fog lights＊4 55 W (H11) attached to the inside of the fuse
Front turn signal/Parking/Side 28/8 W (Amber) box door under the dashboard.
marker lights Under-hood See page 678 and 679 or the fuse
Side turn signal lights＊4 LED＊2 box cover.
Rear turn signal lights 21 W (Amber) Rear See page 682 or the fuse label
Stop/Side marker/Taillights 21/5 W attached on the inside of fuse box
Taillights 3 CP lid.
Back-up lights 21 W Alignment
License plate lights 5W Toe-in Front 0.00 in (0.0 mm)
High-mount brake light 16 W Rear 0.07 in (2.0 mm)
Individual map lights Front 8W Camber Front 0°
Rear 5W Rear −0°30’
Vanity mirror lights 1.4 W Caster Front 2°36’
Cargo area light 8W Tires
Door courtesy lights 3.8 W (2 CP) Size Front/Rear P235/65R17 103T
Glove box light 1.4 W P235/60R18 102T ＊
Foot light＊4 LED＊2 Spare T135/80D17 103M
＊1 : The low beam headlights are high voltage discharged type. Pressure Front/Rear 33 psi (230 kPa , 2.3 kgf/cm )
Replacement of a low beam headlight bulb should be performed 35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )＊
by your dealer. Spare 60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
＊2 : Replacement of a light bulb should be done by your dealer. ＊ : Touring models
＊3 : U.S. Touring Elite and Canadian Touring models Seating Capacities
＊4 : Touring models Total 8/7 ＊
Battery Front 2
Capacity 12 V − 60 AH/5 HR Rear Second row 3/2 ＊
12 V − 72 AH/20 HR Third row 3
＊ : LX models
2011 Odyssey 689

10/07/17 11:06:26 31TK8600_695
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your car meet all U.S. Treadwear Traction

Federal Safety Requirements. All The treadwear grade is a compara- The traction grades, from highest to
tires are also graded for treadwear, tive rating based on the wear rate of lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
traction, and temperature perform- the tire when tested under controlled grades represent the tire’s ability to
ance according to conditions on a specified government stop on wet pavement as measured
Department of Transportation test course. For example, a tire under controlled conditions on
(DOT) standards. The following graded 150 would wear one and one- specified government test surfaces
explains these gradings. half (1 1/2) times as well on the of asphalt and concrete. A tire
government course as a tire graded marked C may have poor traction
Uniform Tire Quality Grading 100. The relative performance of performance.
Quality grades can be found where tires depends upon the actual condi-
applicable on the tire sidewall tions of their use, however, and may Warning: The traction grade
between tread shoulder and depart significantly from the norm assigned to this tire is based on
maximum section width. For due to variations in driving habits, straight-ahead braking traction tests,
example: service practices and differences in and does not include acceleration,
Treadwear 200 road characteristics and climate. cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
Traction AA traction characteristics.
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform

to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
690 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:06:30 31TK8600_696
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Temperature Warning: The temperature grade for

The temperature grades are A (the this tire is established for a tire that
highest), B, and C, representing the is properly inflated and not
tire’s resistance to the generation of overloaded. Excessive speed,
heat and its ability to dissipate heat underinflation, or excessive loading,
when tested under controlled either separately or in combination,
conditions on a specified indoor can cause heat buildup and possible
laboratory test wheel. Sustained high tire failure.
temperature can cause the material
of the tire to degenerate and reduce
tire life, and excessive temperature
can lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger car
tires must meet under the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.
109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.
2011 Odyssey 691

10/07/17 11:06:41 31TK8600_697
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle Tire Size 102 − Load index (a numerical code
have a number of markings. Those Whenever tires are replaced, they associated with the maximum
you should be aware of are described should be replaced with tires of the load the tire can carry).
below. same size. Following is an example
of tire size with an explanation of T − Speed symbol (an
TIRE LABELING EXAMPLE what each component means. alphabetical code indicating
(1) the maximum speed rating).
P235/60R18 102T
P − Vehicle type (P indicates

passenger vehicle).
235 − Tire width in millimeters.
60 − Aspect ratio (the tire’s section

height as a percentage of its
width).
(1)
R − Tire construction code (R
indicates radial).
(4) (3) (2) 18 − Rim diameter in inches.
(1) Tire Size
(2) Tire Identification Number (TIN)
(3) Maximum Tire Pressure
(4) Maximum Tire Load
692 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:06:51 31TK8600_698
Tire Labeling
Tire Identification Number (TIN) Glossary of Tire Terminology Recommended Inflation Pressure −
The tire identification number (TIN) Cold Tire Pressure − The tire air The cold tire inflation pressure
is a group of numbers and letters pressure when the vehicle has been recommended by the manufacturer.
that look like the following example. parked for at least three hours or
TIN is located on the sidewall of the driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Treadwear Indicators (TWI) −
tire. Means the projections within the
Load Rating − Means the maximum principal grooves designed to give a
DOT B97R FX6X 2202 load that a tire is rated to carry for a visual indication of the degrees of
given inflation pressure. wear of the tread.
DOT − This indicates that the tire
meets all requirements of Maximum Inflation Pressure − The
the U.S. Department of maximum tire air pressure that the
Transportation. tire can hold.
B97R − Manufacturer’s Maximum Load Rating − Means the

identification mark. load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for
FX6X − Tire type code. that tire.
2202 − Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
2011 Odyssey 693

10/07/17 11:06:57 31TK8600_699
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) − Required Federal Explanation
All models As an added safety feature, your Driving on a significantly under

Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle has been equipped with a tire inflated tire causes the tire to
provided), should be checked pressure monitoring system (TPMS) overheat and can lead to tire failure.
monthly when cold and inflated to that illuminates a low tire pressure Underinflation also reduces fuel
the inflation pressure recommended telltale efficiency and tire tread life, and may
by the vehicle manufacturer on the affect the vehicle’s handling and
vehicle placard or tire inflation stopping ability.
pressure label.
when one or more of your tires is Please note that the TPMS is not a
(If your vehicle has tires of a significantly under-inflated. substitute for proper tire
different size than the size indicated maintenance, and it is the driver’s
on the vehicle placard or tire Accordingly, when the low tire responsibility to maintain correct tire
inflation pressure label, you should pressure telltale illuminates, you pressure, even if under-inflation has
determine the proper tire inflation should stop and check your tires as not reached the level to trigger
pressure for those tires.) soon as possible, and inflate them to illumination of the TPMS low tire
the proper pressure. pressure telltale.
694 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:07:03 31TK8600_700
Except Touring models Always check the TPMS malfunction

Your vehicle has also been equipped telltale after replacing one or more
with a TPMS malfunction indicator tires or wheels on your vehicle to
to indicate when the system is not ensure that the replacement or
operating properly. The TPMS alternate tires and wheels allow the
malfunction indicator is provided by TPMS to continue to function
a separate telltale, which displays the properly.
symbol ‘‘TPMS’’ when illuminated.
When the malfunction indicator is

illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect

or signal low tire pressure as
intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or
alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly.
2011 Odyssey 695

10/07/17 11:07:08 31TK8600_701
Touring model TPMS malfunctions may occur for a

Your vehicle has also been equipped variety of reasons, including the
with a TPMS malfunction indicator installation of replacement or
to indicate when the system is not alternate tires or wheels on the
operating properly. The TPMS vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
malfunction indicator is combined functioning properly.
with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a Always check the TPMS malfunction
malfunction, the telltale will flash for telltale after replacing one or more
approximately one minute and then tires or wheels on your vehicle to
remain continuously illuminated. ensure that the replacement or
This sequence will continue upon alternate tires and wheels allow the
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long TPMS to continue to function
as the malfunction exists. properly.
When the malfunction indicator is

illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended.
696 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:07:15 31TK8600_702
Emissions Controls
The burning of gasoline in your The Clean Air Act crankcase ventilation valve routes
vehicle’s engine produces several by- The United States Clean Air Act＊ them from the crankcase back to the
products. Some of these are carbon sets standards for automobile intake manifold. They are then
monoxide (CO), oxides of nitrogen emissions. It also requires that drawn into the engine and burned.
(NOx), and hydrocarbons (HC). automobile manufacturers explain to
Gasoline evaporating from the tank owners how their emissions controls Evaporative Emissions Control
also produces hydrocarbons. Con- work and what to do to maintain System
trolling the production of NOx, CO, them. This section summarizes how As gasoline evaporates in the fuel
and HC is important to the environ- the emissions controls work. tank, an evaporative emissions
ment. Under certain conditions of Scheduled maintenance is on page control canister filled with charcoal
sunlight and climate, NOx and HC 612 . adsorbs the vapor. It is stored in this
react to form photochemical ‘‘smog.’’ canister while the engine is off. After
＊
Carbon monoxide does not contri- In Canada, Honda vehicles comply the engine is started and warmed up,
bute to smog creation, but it is a with the Canadian emission the vapor is drawn into the engine
poisonous gas. requirements, as specified in an and burned during driving.
agreement with Environment
Canada, at the time they are Onboard Refueling Vapor
manufactured. Recovery
The onboard refueling vapor
Crankcase Emissions Control recovery (ORVR) system captures
System the fuel vapors during refueling. The
Your vehicle has a positive vapors are adsorbed in a canister
crankcase ventilation system. This filled with activated carbon. While
keeps gasses that build up in the driving, the fuel vapors are drawn
engine’s crankcase from going into into the engine and burned off.
the atmosphere. The positive
2011 Odyssey 697

10/07/17 11:07:25 31TK8600_703
Emissions Controls
Exhaust Emissions Controls Ignition Timing Control System Replacement Parts

The exhaust emissions controls This system constantly adjusts the The emissions control systems are
include four systems: PGM-FI, ignition timing, reducing the amount designed and certified to work to-
ignition timing control, exhaust gas of HC, CO, and NOx produced. gether in reducing emissions to
recirculation, and three way catalytic levels that comply with the Clean Air
converter. These four systems work Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Act. To make sure the emissions
together to control the engine’s System remain low, you should use only new
combustion and minimize the The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) Honda replacement parts or their
amount of HC, CO, and NOx that system takes some of the exhaust equivalent for repairs. Using lower
come out the tailpipe. The exhaust gas and routes it back into the intake quality parts may increase the
emissions control systems are manifold. Adding exhaust gas to the emissions from your vehicle.
separate from the crankcase and air/fuel mixture reduces the amount
evaporative emissions control of NOx produced when the fuel is The emissions control systems are
systems. burned. covered by warranties separate from
the rest of your vehicle. Read your
PGM-FI System Three Way Catalytic Converter warranty manual for more informa-
The PGM-FI system uses sequential The three way catalytic converter is tion.
multiport fuel injection. in the exhaust system. Through
It has three subsystems: air intake, chemical reactions, it converts HC,
engine control, and fuel control. The CO, and NOx in the engine’s exhaust
powertrain control module (PCM) to carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen
uses various sensors to determine (N2), and water vapor.
how much air is going into the
engine. It then controls how much
fuel to inject under all operating
conditions.
698 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:07:32 31TK8600_704
Three Way Catalytic Converter
The three way catalytic converters A defective three way catalytic

contain precious metals that serve as converter contributes to air pollution,
catalysts, promoting chemical and can impair your engine’s per-
reactions to convert the exhaust formance. Follow these guidelines to
gasses without affecting the metals. protect your vehicle’s three way
The catalytic converters are referred catalytic converter.
to as three-way catalysts, since they
act on HC, CO, and NOx. Always use unleaded gasoline.
Replacement units must be original Even a small amount of leaded
Honda parts or their equivalent. gasoline can contaminate the
catalyst metals, making the three
The three way catalytic converter THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER way catalytic converter ineffective.
must operate at a high temperature
for the chemical reactions to take Keep the engine well maintained.
place. It can set on fire any
combustible materials that come Have your vehicle diagnosed and
near it. Park your vehicle away from repaired if it is misfiring, back-
high grass, dry leaves, or other firing, stalling, or otherwise not
flammables. running properly.
WARM UP THREE WAY CATALYTIC

CONVERTERS
2011 Odyssey 699

10/07/17 11:07:40 31TK8600_705
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes If the testing facility determines that 4. Without touching the accelerator
If you take your vehicle for an the readiness codes are not set, you pedal, start the engine, and let it
emissions test shortly after the will be requested to return at a later idle for 20 seconds.
battery has been disconnected or date to complete the test. If you must
gone dead, it may not pass the test. get the vehicle retested within the 5. Keep the vehicle in Park. Increase
This is because of certain ‘‘readiness next two or three days, you can the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and
codes’’ that must be set in the on- condition the vehicle for retesting by hold it there until the temperature
board diagnostics for the emissions doing the following. gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the
systems. These codes are erased scale (about 3 minutes).
when the battery is disconnected, 1. Make sure the gas tank is nearly,
and set again only after several days but not completely, full (around 6. Without touching the accelerator
of driving under a variety of 3/4). pedal, let the engine idle for 20
conditions. seconds.
2. Make sure the vehicle has been
parked with the engine off for 6
hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient

temperature is between 40° and
95°F (4° and 35°C).
700 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:07:46 31TK8600_706
Emissions Testing
7. Select a nearby lightly traveled 8. Then drive in city/suburban

major highway where you can traffic for at least 10 minutes.
maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph When traffic conditions allow, let
(80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 the vehicle coast for several
minutes. Drive on the highway in seconds without using the
D (A/T). Do not use the cruise accelerator pedal or the brake
control. When traffic allows, drive pedal.
for 90 seconds without moving the
accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed 9. Make sure the vehicle has been
may vary slightly; this is okay.) If parked with the engine off for 30
you cannot do this for a minutes.
continuous 90 seconds because of
traffic conditions, drive for at least If the testing facility determines the
30 seconds, then repeat it two readiness codes are still not set, see
more times (for a total of your dealer.
90 seconds).
2011 Odyssey 701
10/07/17 11:07:48 31TK8600_707
702 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:07:51 31TK8600_708
Warranty and Customer Relations
Customer Service Information..... 704

Warranty Coverages ..................... 705
Reporting Safety Defects.............. 706
Authorized Manuals ...................... 707

2011 Odyssey 703
10/07/17 11:08:00 31TK8600_709
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are Canadian Owners: When you call or write, please give
trained professionals. They should Honda Canada Inc. us this information:
be able to answer all your questions. Customer Relations
If you encounter a problem that your 180 Honda Boulevard Vehicle Identification Number
dealership does not solve to your Markham, ON (see page 686 )
satisfaction, please discuss it with L6C 0H9
the dealership’s management. The Name and address of the dealer
service manager or general manager Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9 who services your vehicle
can help. Almost all problems are Fax: 1-877-939-0909 Date of purchase
solved in this way. E-Mail: ch_honda_cr@ch.honda.com
Odometer reading of your vehicle
If you are dissatisfied with the In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Your name, address, and tele-
decision made by the dealership’s Islands:
phone number
management, contact Honda Vortex Motor Corp.
Customer Service. Bella International A detailed description of the
P.O. Box 190816 problem
U.S. Owners: San Juan, PR 00919-0816
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Name of the dealer who sold the
Tel: (787) 620-7546 vehicle to you
Honda Automobile Customer Service
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Boulevard
Torrance, California 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009
704 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:08:09 31TK8600_710
Warranty Coverages
U.S. Owners Seat Belt Limited Warranty − a seat Replacement Battery Limited
Your new vehicle is covered by these belt that fails to function properly is Warranty − provides prorated
warranties: covered by a limited warranty. coverage for a replacement battery
Please read your warranty booklet purchased from your dealer.
New Vehicle Limited Warranty − for details.

covers your new vehicle, except for Replacement Muffler Lifetime
the emissions control systems and Rust Perforation Limited Warranty Limited Warranty − provides
accessories, against defects in − all exterior body panels are coverage for as long as the pur-
materials and workmanship. covered for rust-through from the chaser of the muffler owns the
inside for the specified time period vehicle.
Emissions Control Systems Defects with no mileage limit.
Warranty and Emissions Restrictions and exclusions apply to
Performance Warranty − these two Accessory Limited Warranty − all these warranties. Please read the
warranties cover your vehicle’s Honda accessories are covered 2011 Honda warranty information
emissions control systems. Time, under this warranty. Time and booklet that came with your vehicle
mileage, and coverage are mileage limits depend on the type of for precise information on warranty
conditional. Please read your accessory and other factors. Please coverages. Your vehicle’s original
warranty booklet for exact read your warranty booklet for tires are covered by their
information. details. manufacturer. Tire warranty
information is in a separate booklet.
Replacement Parts Limited
Warranty − covers all Honda Canadian Owners
replacement parts against defects in Please refer to the 2011 warranty
materials and workmanship. manual that came with your vehicle.
2011 Odyssey 705

10/07/17 11:08:16 31TK8600_711
Reporting Safety Defects
In the US In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
should immediately inform the National Highway immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to inform Transport Canada.
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or become involved in individual problems between you,
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to information on reporting safety defects or about motor
http://www.saf ercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsaf ety.
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington,
DC 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from http://www.saf ercar.gov.
706 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:08:24 31TK8600_712
Authorized Manuals
Purchasing Factory Authorized Manuals (U.S. only) Service Manual:

The publications shown below can be purchased from Helm Covers maintenance and recommended procedures for
Incorporated. You can order by phone or online: repair to engine and chassis components. It is written
Call Helm Inc. at 1-800-782-4356 (credit card orders only) for the journeyman mechanic, but it is simple enough
Go online at www.helminc.com for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
If you are interested in other years or models, contact Helm Inc.
at 1-800-782-4356. Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:
Complements the Service Manual by providing in-depth
Publication Form Description troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit
Form Number in your vehicle.
61TK800 2011 Honda Odyssey Service Manual
61TK800EL 2011 Honda Odyssey Body Repair Manual:
Authorized Manuals
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual Describes the procedures involved in the replacement
61TK800 2011 Model Series Honda Odyssey of damaged body parts.
Body Repair Manual
31TK8600 2011 Honda Odyssey Owner’s Manual
31TK8800 2011 Honda Odyssey
Navigation System Manual
31TK8M00 2011 Honda Odyssey Honda Service History
31TK8Q00 2011 Honda Odyssey
Technology Reference Guide
HON-R Order Form for Previous Years-Indicate
Year and Model Desired
2011 Odyssey 707

10/07/17 11:08:32 31TK8600_714
Index
A Automatic Lighting Off Feature .. 140 Bluetooth

Automatic Speed Control.............. 480 HandsFreeLink ................ 495, 516
Accessories..................................... 549 Automatic Transmission............... 621 Booster Seats ................................... 55
ACCESSORY (Ignition Key Capacity, Fluid ........................... 688 Brakes
Position) ...................................... 147 Checking Fluid Level ........ 621, 622 Anti-lock System (ABS) ............ 568
Accessory Power Socket .............. 211 Shifting ........................................ 562 Break-in, New Linings .............. 540
AC Power Outlet ............................ 212 Shift Lever Position Bulb Replacement ..................... 631
Active Head Restraints ................. 181 Indicators ................................ 561 Fluid ............................................ 623
Additives, Engine Oil..................... 614 Shift Lever Positions ................. 563 Pad Wear Indicators .................. 567
Advanced Airbag System................ 28 Shift Lock Release ..................... 565 Parking ........................................ 199
Airbag (SRS) ................................ 9, 24 Auxiliary Input Jack ....................... 412 System Indicator .................. 67, 672
Air Conditioning System....... 218, 225 Braking System.............................. 567
Rear A/C Control .............. 224, 230 B Break-in, New Vehicle .................. 540
Air Outlets (Vents) ........................ 232 Brightness Control,
Air Pressure, Tires ........................ 643 Battery Instruments ................................ 140
Antifreeze ....................................... 618 Charging System
Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) Indicator............................ 66, 670
Indicator ................................ 68, 568 Gauge ........................................... 81
Operation .................................... 568 Jump Starting ............................. 665
Anti-theft, Audio System............... 413 Maintenance ............................... 649
Anti-theft Steering Column Specifications ............................. 689
Lock ............................................. 147 Before Driving ............................... 539
Armrests ......................................... 178
INDEX
Belts, Seat ..................................... 8, 21
Audio Controls, Remote................ 411 Beverage Holders .......................... 203
Audio System ................................. 234 Blind Spot Information System
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners .... 22 (BSI) ............................................ 579 CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey I
10/07/17 11:08:37 31TK8600_715
Index
Bulb Replacement Center Console .............................. 202 Climate Control System ................ 225
Back-up Lights ........................... 632 Certification Label ......................... 686 Clock ............................................... 315
Brake Lights............................... 631 Chains, Tires .................................. 648 Code, Audio System ...................... 413
Front Parking Lights ................. 628 Changing Oil CO in the Exhaust ......................... 697
Front Side Marker Lights......... 628 How to ......................................... 616 Cold Weather, Starting in ............. 559
Front Turn Signal Light ............ 628 When to....................................... 599 Compact Spare Tire....................... 654
Headlights .................................. 625 Changing a Flat Tire ..................... 655 Consumer Information.................. 704
Rear Bulbs .......................... 631, 632 Charging System Indicator .... 66, 670 Controls, Instruments and .............. 61
Rear Turn Signal Light ............. 631 Checklist, Before Driving ............. 558 Conversation Mirror ..................... 207
Specifications ............................. 689 Childproof Door Locks ................. 162 Coolant
Bulbs, Halogen ............................... 625 Child Safety ...................................... 36 Adding ......................................... 619
Booster Seats ............................... 55 Checking ..................................... 545
C Child Seats .................................... 44 Proper Solution .......................... 618
Important Safety Reminders ...... 35 Temperature Gauge .................... 77
Cancel Button................................. 480 Infants ........................................... 41 Cool Box.......................................... 209
Capacities Chart............................. 688 Larger Children ........................... 54 Crankcase Emissions Control
Carbon Monoxide Hazard .............. 58 LATCH.......................................... 46 System......................................... 697
Cargo Area Light ........................... 215 Risks with Airbags....................... 41 Cruise Control Indicator ................. 75
Cargo, How to Carry ..................... 551 Small Children.............................. 42 Cruise Control Operation ............. 480
CAUTION, Explanation of .............. iii Tethers.......................................... 52 Cup Holders.................................... 203
CD Care .......................................... 352 Where Should A Child Sit? ......... 37 Customer Service .......................... 704
CD Player ....................... 243, 266, 339 Child Seats ........................................ 44
CD Player Error LATCH Anchorage System ....... 46 D
Messages .................... 250, 275, 351 Tether Anchorage Points ........... 52
CD Library ...................................... 276 Cleaning DANGER, Explanation of ................ iii
Center Pocket ................................ 209 Seat Belts .................................... 636 Dashboard .................................... 3, 62
II 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 11:08:41 31TK8600_716
Index
Daytime Running Lights............... 139 Driver and Passenger Safety ............ 5 Emergency Flashers ..................... 142
Daytime Running Lights Driving ............................................ 557 Emergency Towing ....................... 683
Indicator ........................................ 73 Economy ..................................... 546 Emissions Controls........................ 697
Dead Battery .................................. 665 Driving Position Memory Emissions Testing ......................... 700
Defects, Reporting Safety............. 706 System......................................... 190 Engine
Defogger, Rear Window ............... 142 Dust and Pollen Filter ................... 636 Coolant Temperature Gauge ..... 77
Defrosting the Windows....... 220, 229 DVD Error Message ............. 441, 469 Engine Speed Limiter ............... 564
Dimensions ..................................... 688 DVD Player ............................ 418, 446 If It Won’t Start .......................... 662
Dimming the Headlights .............. 136 Malfunction Indicator
Dipstick E Lamp ................................. 66, 671
Automatic Transmission .. 621, 622 Oil Pressure Indicator ......... 66, 669
Engine Oil ................................... 545 Economy, Fuel ............................... 546 Oil, What Kind to Use ............... 614
Directional Signals......................... 136 Emergencies................................... 653 Overheating................................ 667
Disc Brake Pad Wear Battery, Jump Starting .............. 665 Specifications ............................. 688
Indicators .................................... 567 Brake System Indicator ............ 672 Starting........................................ 559
Disposal of Used Oil ...................... 617 Changing a Flat Tire ................. 655 Evaporative Emissions Controls .. 697
Doors Charging System Indicator ...... 670 Exhaust Fumes ................................ 58
Auto Door Locking/ Checking the Fuses................... 674 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Unlocking ............................... 157 Driving with a Flat Tire ............ 655 System......................................... 698
Locking and Unlocking ............. 155 Hazard Warning Flashers ........ 142 Expectant Mothers, Use of Seat
Lockout Prevention ................... 156 Jump Starting ............................. 665 Belts by ......................................... 18
Manual Sliding Doors ............... 167 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ...... 669
Open monitor ......................... 11, 75 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .... 671
INDEX
Power Door Locks ..................... 155 Overheated Engine ................... 667
Power Sliding Doors.................. 167 Towing ........................................ 588
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........... 690 Emergency Brake .......................... 199 CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey III

10/07/17 11:08:46 31TK8600_717
Index
F Fuel .................................................. 540 GCWR (Gross Combined Weight

Economy ..................................... 546 Rating) ........................................ 589
Fan, Interior ........................... 219, 228 Fill Door and Cap....................... 541 Glove Box ....................................... 208
Features .......................................... 217 Gauge ............................................ 77 GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Filling the Fuel Tank ..................... 541 Octane Requirement ................. 540 Rating) ........................................ 589
Filters Refueling..................................... 541
Dust and Pollen Filter ............... 636 Reserve Indicator......................... 74 H
Oil ................................................ 616 Fuses, Checking the ...................... 674
Flashers, Hazard Warning............ 142 Halogen Headlight Bulbs.............. 625
Flat Tire, Changing a .................... 655 G HandsFreeLink .................... 495, 516
Floor Mats ...................................... 637 Hazard Warning Flashers............. 142
Fluids Gas Mileage, Improving................ 547 Headlights ...................................... 136
Automatic Transmission........... 621 Gasoline .......................................... 540 Aiming ......................................... 625
Brake ........................................... 623 Fuel Reserve Indicator ................ 74 Automatic Lighting Off ............. 140
Power Steering........................... 624 Gauge ............................................ 77 Daytime Running Lights .......... 139
Windshield Washers ................. 620 Octane Requirement ................. 540 High Beam Indicator ................... 73
FM Stereo Radio Refueling..................................... 541 Reminder Chime........................ 137
Reception .................................... 409 Gas Station Procedures................. 541 Replacing Halogen Bulbs ......... 625
Folding the Third Row Seat ......... 185 Gauges Turning on .................................. 136
Four-way Flashers ......................... 142 Battery Charge Low .............. .... 81 Headphones.................................... 471
Front Airbags ............................... 9, 26 Engine Coolant Temperature .... 77 Head Restraints ............................. 179
Front Seat ....................................... 175 Fuel ................................................ 77 Heated Mirror ................................ 199
Adjusting............................. 175, 176 Speedometer ................................ 77 Heater, Seat .................................... 189
Heaters........................................ 189 Tachometer .................................. 77 Heating and Cooling ...................... 218
Airbags ...................................... 9, 26 GAWR (Gross Axle Weight High Altitude, Starting at .............. 559
Rating) ........................................ 589 High-Low Beam Switch ................ 136
IV 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 11:08:53 31TK8600_718
Index
HomeLink Universal Key (Immobilizer System) ........ 69 Instrument Panel Brightness ....... 140
Transceiver................................. 483 Lights On ...................................... 73 Integrated Sunshade ..................... 205
Hood, Opening the ........................ 544 Low Fuel ....................................... 74 Interior Lights ................................ 213
Horn ............................................ 4, 134 Low Oil Pressure ................. 66, 669 Introduction ......................................... i
Low Tire Pressure ....... 71, 572, 575 iPod ........................................ 286, 383
I Maintenance MinderTM.............. 599
Side Airbag Off ...................... 33, 68 J
Identification Number, Vehicle.... 686 SRS .......................................... 32, 67
Ignition System Message .......................... 76 Jacking up the Vehicle .................. 657
Keys............................................. 144 TPMS ............................ 72, 573, 575 Jack, Tire ........................................ 656
Switch .......................................... 147 Turn Signal and Hazard Jump Starting ................................. 665
Timing Control System ............. 698 Warning .................................... 72
Immobilizer System....................... 145 Vehicle Stability Assist K
Important Safety Precautions .......... 6 (VSA ) System ................ 69, 570
Indicators .................................... 63, 64 VSA Activation ............................. 69 Keys ................................................. 144
ABS (Anti-lock Brake) ....... 68, 568 Washer Level ............................... 74
Brake (Parking and Brake Individual Map Lights ................... 214 L
System) ............................ 67, 672 Infant Restraint ................................ 41
Charging System ................. 66, 670 Infant Seats ....................................... 41 Label, Certification ........................ 686
Cruise Control .............................. 75 LATCH Anchorage System ....... 46 Lane Change, Signaling ................ 136
DRL (Daytime Running Lower Anchors ............................ 46 Lap/Shoulder Belts ................... 15, 21
Lights) ...................................... 73 Tether Anchorage Points ........... 52 LATCH Anchorage System............ 46
Indicators Inflation, Proper Tire .................... 643 Light Control Switch ..................... 213
INDEX
Fog Light ...................................... 73 Inside Mirror .................................. 197
Fuel Economy .............................. 75 Inspection, Tire .............................. 644
High Beam.................................... 73 Instrument Panel ....................... 4, 134 CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey V
10/07/17 11:08:59 31TK8600_719
Index
Lights M O
Bulb Replacement ..................... 625
Indicator ........................................ 73 Maintenance ................................... 597 Octane Requirement, Gasoline .... 540
Interior ........................................ 213 Minder......................................... 599 Odometer .................................... 78, 85
Parking ........................................ 136 Minder Indicator .......................... 76 Odometer, Trip .......................... 78, 85
Turn Signal ................................. 136 Owner Maintenance Checks.... 611 Oil
Load Limits............................. 552, 588 Safety........................................... 598 Change, How to ......................... 616
LOCK (Ignition Key Position) ..... 147 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .. 66, 671 Change, When to ....................... 599
Locks Manual Sliding Doors.................... 172 Checking Engine ....................... 545
Anti-theft Steering Column ...... 147 Meters, Gauges ................................ 77 Pressure Indicator ............... 66, 669
Fuel Fill Door ............................. 541 Mirrors, Adjusting ......................... 197 Selecting Proper Viscosity
Glove Box ................................... 208 Modifications.................................. 549 Chart ....................................... 615
Lockout Prevention ................... 156 Modifying Your Vehicle................ 550 ON (Ignition Key Position) .......... 147
Power Door ................................ 155 Moonroof ........................................ 195 Onboard Refueling Vapor
Sliding Doors.............. 155, 169, 172 Moving the Second Row Outer Recovery ..................................... 697
Tailgate ............................... 162, 163 Seat .............................................. 184 Outside Mirrors ............................. 198
Low Coolant Level ......................... 545 Multi-Information Display .............. 83 Overheating, Engine ..................... 667
Low Fuel Indicator .......................... 74 Owner Maintenance Checks ........ 611
Low Oil Pressure Indicator .... 66, 669 N Oxygenated Fuels.......................... 540
Lower Anchors................................. 46
Lubricant Specifications Chart .... 688 Neutral Gear Position.................... 563 P
Luggage, Storing (Cargo) ............ 551 New Vehicle Break-in ................... 540
NOTICE, Explanation of .................... i Panel Brightness Control ............. 140
Numbers, Identification ................ 686 Park Gear Position......................... 563
Parking ............................................ 566
Parking Brake ................................ 199
VI 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 11:09:04 31TK8600_720
Index
Parking Brake and Brake R Replacement Information

System Indicator .................. 67, 672 Engine Oil and Filter ................. 616
Parking Lights................................ 136 Radiator Overheating .................... 667 Fuses ........................................... 675
Parking Sensor System ................. 486 Radio/Disc Sound System ............ 234 Light Bulbs ................................. 625
Parking Over Things that Burn ... 566 Readiness Codes ............................ 700 Timing Belt ................................. 624
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ..... 33 Rear Audio Control Panel ..... 414, 442 Tires ............................................ 646
PGM-FI System.............................. 698 Rear A/C Unit ........................ 224, 230 Wiper Blades .............................. 638
Power Door Locks ......................... 155 Rear Entertainment Replacing Seat Belts After a
Power Sliding Doors System................................. 414, 442 Crash ............................................. 23
Indicator ........................................ 75 Rear Lights, Bulb Reporting Safety Defects.............. 706
Operation .................................... 167 Replacement ....................... 631, 632 Reserve Tank,
Switches ...................................... 169 Rearview Camera and Monitor .... 493 Engine Coolant .................. 545, 618
Power Socket Locations................ 211 Rear View Mirror........................... 197 Reverse Gear Position................... 563
Power Tailgate ............................... 163 Rear Window Defogger ................ 142 Roof Rack ....................................... 554
Power Windows ............................. 192 Rear Window Wiper and Rotation, Tire ................................. 645
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts .......... 18 Washer ........................................ 136
Protecting Adults and Teens.......... 11 Reclining the Seat Backs ...... 175, 177 S
Additional Safety Precautions .... 18 Reclining the Second Row Seats.. 177
Advice for Pregnant Women...... 18 Reclining the Third Row Seat ...... 177 Safety Belts................................... 8, 20
Protecting Children ......................... 36 Reminder Indicators ........................ 65 Safety Defects, Reporting............. 706
Protecting Infants ........................ 41 Remote Audio Controls................. 411 Safety Features .................................. 7
Protecting Larger Children ........ 54 Remote Control (RES) ......... 414, 442 Airbags ............................................ 9
Protecting Small Children .......... 42 Remote Transmitter ...................... 148 Seat Belts ........................................ 8
INDEX
Using Child Seats with Removable Center Console .......... 202 Safety Labels, Location of .............. 59
Tethers...................................... 52 Removing the Second Row
Using LATCH .............................. 46 Seats ............................................ 184 CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey VII

10/07/17 11:09:09 31TK8600_721
Index
Safety Messages ............................... iii Removing the Second Row Specifications ............................. 689
Seat Belts ...................................... 8, 20 Multi-Functional Center Specifications Charts..................... 688
Additional Information ................ 20 Seat ...................................... 184 Speed Control ................................. 480
Automatic Seat Belt Third Row Seat Access ............. 182 Speedometer .................................... 77
Tensioners ................................ 22 Security System ............................. 479 SRS, Additional Information........... 24
Cleaning ...................................... 636 Sensors Additional Safety Precautions .... 35
Lap/Shoulder Belt ....................... 21 Front Passenger’s Weight Airbag Service .............................. 34
Maintenance ................................. 23 Sensors...................................... 29 How the SRS Indicator Works ... 32
Reminder Indicator and Driver’s Seat Position Sensor ..... 29 How Your Airbags
Beeper ................................. 20, 65 Serial Number ................................ 686 Work ............................. 26, 30, 31
Replacement ................................. 23 Service Intervals ............................ 599 SRS Components ......................... 24
System Components.................... 20 Service Manual .............................. 707 SRS Indicator.............................. 32, 67
Use During Pregnancy................ 18 Service Station Procedure ............ 541 START (Ignition Key Position) ... 147
Wearing a Lap/Shoulder Belt .... 15 Setting the Clock ........................... 315 Starting the Engine........................ 559
Seat Heaters ................................... 189 Shift Lever Position Indicators .... 561 In Cold Weather at High
Seats ................................................ 175 Shift Lock Release ......................... 565 Altitude ................................... 559
Adjustments ....................... 175, 176 Side Airbags ................................. 9, 30 With a Dead Battery ................. 665
Drivers Lumbar Support ........... 175 Off Indicator ........................... 33, 68 Steam Coming from Engine ......... 667
Folding the Third Row Seat ..... 185 Side Marker Lights, Bulb Steering Wheel
Head Restraints ......................... 179 Replacement ............................... 628 Adjustment ................................. 143
Passenger Seating ..................... 175 Signaling Turns .............................. 136 Anti-theft Column Lock ............ 147
Reclining the Third Row Seat .. 177 Sliding Doors .................................. 167 Buttons ......... 83, 411, 480, 496, 517
Removing the Second Row Snow Tires ...................................... 647 Stereo Sound System .................... 234
Seats ........................................ 183 Sound System ................................. 234 Storing Your Vehicle ..................... 651
Spare Tire Second Row Multi-Functional
Inflating............................... 644, 654 Center Seat ................................. 184
VIII 2011 Odyssey

10/07/17 11:09:14 31TK8600_722
Index
Sunglasses Holder ......................... 206 Tilt and Telescoping the Emergency Wrecker ................. 683
Sun Visor......................................... 207 Steering Wheel .......................... 143 Equipment and Accessories ..... 590
Supplemental Restraint System Time, Setting the ........................... 315 Weight Limit .............................. 588
Servicing ....................................... 34 Timing Belt ..................................... 624 Trailer Loading .............................. 588
SRS Indicator.......................... 32, 67 Tire Chains ..................................... 648 Trailer Towing Tips....................... 594
System Components.................... 24 Tire, How to Change a Flat .......... 655 Transmission
Synthetic Oil ................................... 615 Tires ................................................ 642 Checking Fluid Level ................ 621
Air Pressure ............................... 643 Fluid Selection............................ 622
T Balancing .................................... 645 Identification Number............... 686
Checking Wear .......................... 644 Shifting the Automatic .............. 562
Tachometer ...................................... 77 Compact Spare ........................... 654 Treadwear ...................................... 644
Tailgate ........................................... 162 DOT Tire Quality Grading ....... 690 Trip Meter ................................ 85, 313
Opening the ........................ 162, 163 Inflation ....................................... 642 Turn Signals ................................... 136
Open Monitor Indicator ........ 75, 90 Inspection ................................... 644
Taillights, Changing Bulbs ... 631, 632 Labeling ...................................... 692 U
Taking Care of the Unexpected .. 653 Replacing .................................... 646
Technical Descriptions Rotating....................................... 645 Unexpected, Taking Care
Emissions Control Systems ...... 697 Service Life ................................. 645 of the ........................................... 653
Three Way Catalytic Snow ............................................ 647 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ..... 690
Converter ................................ 699 Specifications ............................. 689 Unleaded Gasoline......................... 540
Temperature Gauge ........................ 77 Tire Chains ................................. 648 Used Oil, How to Dispose of ........ 617
Temperature, Inside Sensor ......... 233 Tire Pressure Monitoring
Tensioners, Seat Belts .................... 22
INDEX
System (TPMS) ............. 572, 574
Tether Anchorage Points ............... 52 Tools, Tire Changing .................... 656
Theft Protection, Radio................. 413 Towing
Three Way Catalytic Converter ... 699 A Trailer ...................................... 588 CONTINUED
2011 Odyssey IX
10/07/17 11:09:19 31TK8600_723
Index
V Wrench ....................................... 657

Windows
Vanity Mirror ................................. 208 Auto Reverse .............................. 193
Vehicle Capacity Load .......... 552, 588 Operating the Power ................. 192
Vehicle Dimensions....................... 688 Rear, Defogger .......................... 142
Vehicle Identification Number..... 686 Windshield
Vehicle Stability Assist Cleaning ...................................... 135
(VSA ) .................................. 69, 570 Defroster ............................ 220, 229
Vehicle Storage .............................. 651 Washers ...................................... 135
Ventilation ...................................... 221 Wipers, Windshield
VIN .................................................. 686 Changing Blades ........................ 638
Viscosity, Oil................................... 615 Operation .................................... 135
Rear Windshield Wiper and
W Washer .................................... 136
Wireless Headphones ................... 471
WARNING, Explanation of .............. ii Worn Tires ..................................... 644
Warning Labels, Location of .......... 59 Wrecker, Emergency Towing ...... 683
Warranty Coverages ..................... 705
Washer, Windshield X
Checking the Fluid Level ......... 620
Level Indicator ............................. 74 XM Radio .............................. 260, 332
Operation .................................... 135
Wheels
Adjusting the Steering .............. 143
Alignment and Balance ............. 645
Compact Spare ........................... 654
X 2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 11:09:34 31TK8600_725
Service Information Summary
Gasoline: Power Steering Fluid: Tire Pressure (measured cold):

Unleaded gasoline, pump octane Honda Power Steering Fluid LX, EX and EX-L models:
number of 87 or higher. preferred, or another brand of Front/Rear:
power steering fluid as a 33 psi (230 kPa , 2.3 kgf/cm )
Fuel Tank Capacity: temporary replacement. Do not
21 US gal (79.5 ) use ATF (see page 624 ). Touring models:
Front/Rear:
Recommended Engine Oil: Brake Fluid: 35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )
API Premium grade 0W-20 Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid
detergent oil (see page 614 ). DOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 or Compact Spare Tire:
DOT 4 brake fluid as a temporary 60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
Oil change capacity (including replacement (see page 623 ).
filter):
4.5 US qt (4.3 )
Automatic Transmission Fluid:

Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic
transmission fluid) (see page 621 ).
2011 Odyssey
10/07/17 09:33:44 31TK8600_001
Owner’s Identification
OWNER This owner’s manual should be considered

a permanent part of the vehicle and should
remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of

ADDRESS the Odyssey. You may find descriptions of
STREET equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual

CITY STATE/PROVINCE/TERRITORY ZIP CODE/ (including the front cover) represent
POSTAL CODE features and equipment that are available on
V. I. N. some, but not all, models. Your particular
model may not have some of these features.
DELIVERY DATE The information and specifications included
(Date sold to original retail purchaser) in this publication were in effect at the time
of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co.,
DEALER NAME DEALER NO. Ltd. reserves the right, however, to
discontinue or change specifications or
design at any time without notice and
ADDRESS without incurring any obligation whatsoever.
STREET
POUR CLIENTS CANADIEN

AVIS IMPORTANT: Si vous avez
CITY STATE/PROVINCE/TERRITORY ZIP CODE/ besoin d’un Manuel du Conducteur
POSTAL CODE en français, veuillez demander à
OWNER’S SIGNATURE votre concessionnaire de
commander le numéro de pièce
DEALER’S SIGNATURE 33TK8C00
2011 Odyssey

2011 Honda Odyssey

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2011 Honda Odyssey

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

10/07/17 09:33:49 31TK8600_002

Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manual

California Proposition 65 Warning

Event Data Recorders

Service Diagnostic Recorders

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act

A Few Words About Safety

2011 Odyssey iii

Owner's Identification Form

Your Vehicle at a Glance (main controls) ................................................................................................ 3

Service Information Summary (fluid capacities and tire pressures)

Contents entertainment and other Technical Information

Your Vehicle at a Glance

DRIVER’S FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL MOONROOF HOMELINK MIRROR CONTROL

Your Vehicle at a Glance

HOOD RELEASE ACCESSORY POWER

Your Vehicle at a Glance

HEADLIGHT/TURN SIGNAL/ REMOTE AUDIO CRUISE CONTROL WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS

VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST

Driver and Passenger Safety

Driver and Passenger Safety

Important Safety Precautions

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many

Driver and Passenger Safety

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Seat Belts Help keep you from being thrown

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Protecting Adults and Teens

Introduction 1.Close and Lock the Doors On Touring models

Driver and Passenger Safety

The door and tailgate open indicator

Protecting Adults and Teens

Protecting Adults and Teens

If you sit too close to the steering 3.Adjust the Seat-Backs

Driver and Passenger Safety

Protecting Adults and Teens

4.Adjust the Head Restraints

Reclining the seat-back too far Improperly positioning head

Reclining a seat-back so that the

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Position the lap part of the belt as On all models except LX

If necessary, pull up on the belt again

Protecting Adults and Teens

Never place the shoulder portion of a

Protecting Adults and Teens

6.Maintain a Proper Sitting In addition, an occupant who is out of

Driver and Passenger Safety

Sitting improperly can increase the

Protecting Adults and Teens

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Do not place hard or sharp objects Do not attach hard objects on or

Keep your hands and arms away

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

If the shoulder part of the belt is Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

To deactivate the lockable retractor,

The lap/shoulder belt in the center